Conscience with the Power and Cases thereof
Divided into Five Books
Conscience
with the
Power and Cases thereof
Divided into Five Books
THE FIRST BOOK
Written by the Godly and Learned
William Ames
Doctor and Professor of the Famous University of Franeker in Friesland
Translated out of Latin into English for more Public benefit
Published by Order, May 20, 1641
Republished 2010
Gospel Covenant Publications
www.gcpublications.com
To the illustrious and mighty Lords the State of Zeland:
I purpose not (Honorable Lords) to insinuate my self, or my endeavors into your favor, by fine words, and feigned commendations of your virtues. For I do not think it will be acceptable unto wise men, who both suspect that art, and account it base, though of my self I am not apt to flatter, yet the very name of conscience that is set before this treatise, charges me to avoid it. Many indifferent good books are in the very beginning disgraced by it. I will only show the true cause, by which I was persuaded (though my name perhaps be more obscure, than to be known unto you) to set down you name in the forefront of this treatise.
It is reported over all places near hand, that the doctrine according to godliness, is both more practically preached by the pastors, and more put in practice by the hearers in your churches, than yet hath been marked in many others, though they hold the same doctrine.
That worthy servant of the Lord, Master William Teeling, who was by this means in great admiration, and famous throughout all the Low-Country churches, (to say nothing of others, that both have, and do take the same course) took such painful pains this way, both publicly and privately, by word and writing, that it may be truly said, The zeal of God’s house has eaten him up: whereby also (Envy the follower of such a virtue, being now overcome) he hath obtained that crown, which God hath prepared for those that have instructed many unto righteousness.
Because I hope this treatise will more excite to this kind of study, it being also desired by many, who were not to be neglected, it’s fittest it should be sent where it may find those running this race, who will be easily put on, and where others also may take example of that course which is taught here.
This being the true cause of the Dedication, gives me cause to hope, that this intention and service will not be unacceptable unto you, this only remains (Noble Lords): The good and great God in Christ, vouchsafe to bless you more and more, and your churches, with a true faith, a good conscience, and perfect happiness.
Your Honors’ most addicted
W. Ames
To the Reader
I gladly call to mind the time, when being young, I heard worthy Master Perkins, so preach in a great assembly of students, that he instructed them soundly in the truth, stirred them up effectually to seek after godliness, made them fit for the kingdom of God, and by his own example showed them, what things they should chiefly intend, that they might promote true religion, in the power of it, unto God’s glory, and other’s salvation;
And amongst other things which he preached profitably, he began at length to teach, how with the tongue of the learned on might speak a word in due season to him that is weary, out of Isa 50:4, by untying and explaining diligently cases of conscience (as they are called). And the Lord found him so doing like a faithful servant. Yet left he many behind him affected with that study, who by their godly sermons (through God’s assistance) made it to run, increase, and be glorified throughout England.
My heart has ever since been so set upon that study, that I have thought it worthy to be followed with all care, by all men. Since also (God’s good providence so disposing it) that I lived out of mine own country. I did observe that in diverse churches, pure both for doctrine and order, this practical teaching was much wanting, and that this want was one of the chief causes of the great neglect, or carelessness in some duties which nearly concerns godliness and a Christian life. My mind was set on, as it were by violence, to try at least in private, whether I were able to prevail with some young men that purpose the ministry, small fruit was to be hoped for. Being afterwards called to a public charge of teaching in the university, I esteemed nothing better, or more excellent, than to go before those that were students for the ministry, in this manner of teaching.
This part of prophecy hath hitherto been less practiced in the schools of the prophets, because our captains were necessarily enforced to fight always in the front against the enemies to defend the faith, and to purge the floor of the church; so that they could not plant and water the fields and vineyards as they desired, as it used to fall out in time of hot wars. They thought with themselves in the mean while (as one of some note writes), If we have that single and clear eye of the gospel, if in the house of our heart the candle of pure faith be set upon a candlestick, these small matters might easily be discussed: but experience hath taught at length, that through neglect of this husbandry, a famine of godliness hath followed in many places, and out of that famine a grievous spiritual plague; insomuch that the counsel of Nehemiah had need to be practiced; namely, that every man should labor in this work with one hand, holding in the other a spear or a dart, whereby he may repel the violence of the enemies. The same experience hath likewise taught, that these small matters (if so be that so necessary things may be so called) are despised with no less madness, than if one would suffer the fingers and toes of his hands and feet to be cut off as some small things, without which he hope to walk and use his hands well enough. All things therefore being rightly weighed, I have taken in hand (God also liking it, as I am persuaded) these instructions touching the power of conscience. Not that I hope that any perfect thing, in this kind, can come from me; for there are more kinds of things this way, than that certain answers can be given (by me at least) to every one) but that I might do something whereby the unlearned, and such as are destitute of better help, might somewhat be helped; and that the more learned might be excited to set forth some more perfect and exact thing. Of which duty the godly, learned, grave, ancient preachers are properly the debtors, whose daily labor it is to deal with the consciences of men; who though their experience have learned much better, what those questions are, in which the conscience useth most to doubt, and out of what grounds they may be best unfolded; then can easily be understood by one that lives privately in an academic profession. And indeed, if such things were handled in the meetings of preachers, according to the variety of cases that fall out; and the more remarkable decisions set down in writing; the children of Israel should not need to go down to the Philistines (that is, our students to popish authors) to sharpen every man his share, his mattock, or his axe, or his weeding hook, as it fell out in the extreme necessity of God’s people, 1 Sam 13:20.
Furthermore if such as are addicted to the ministry, were first instructed in these things, and were seriously tried in them at the examination, before they were ordained, one might well hope, to have as well preachers as churches, more according to God’s heart and Christ’s, then now we have.
The papists have labored much this way, to instruct their confessors: and in a great deal of earth and dirt of superstitions, they have some veins of silver: out of which, I suppose, I have drawn some things that are not to be despised. But they are without the life of this doctrine: and death is in their pot. The things it self requires, that by others, other things be taught, and the same things, after another manner. I have gone about to perform this in part: and others I make no question, will endeavor it.
I follow here the same method, that I did in my Marrow of Divinity, of the second part whereof, the three last of these books are a full exposition: which perhaps, those did expect that desired importunately, even to daily reproving of me for not doing it, that the publishing of this treatise might be hastened. But (to make an end at length of my Preface) I will conclude many things in few words, and that in the words of G. Parisiensis; “Concerning these things, many things we have not written for unskilfulness, many for other necessary business, many for dullness, many through fear of being tedious, many more because of our sins, which most of all hinder both us and others in such things. We doubt not, but we are subject to the danger of slanderous backbiters, but by doing what we may, we have given some fit occasions to wise men, and we have set forth, not a dry sand ground of fruitless disputations, but a most profitable and healthful place for wits to exercise themselves in.”
W. Ames
A Summary Collection of the former Treatise,
according as it was set forth in a public Disputation,
to encourage and stir up to the study of Practical Divinity
DIVINE POSITIONS CONCERNING CONSCIENCE
Knowledge puffeth up; Love edifieth: But greatest conscience ought to be made of edifying the Conscience. 1 Cor 8:1,10
2 Conscience is a man’s judgment of himself, according to God’s judgment of him, Isa 5:3.
3 There is a certain inclination of the will, whereby it can naturally both stir up the understanding to this kind of judgment, and also follow it: This inclination by some is named Conscience, by others a part of conscience, but not truly; For neither the name of Conscience, nor the acts thereof, which are mentioned in the Scriptures, import any other power of faculty, then the understanding, Rom 2:15.
4 Yet every act of understanding is not conscience, but only those which make up such a Practical judgment, as was before handled in the second Position.
5 By Judgment, is most properly meant the act of judging, and not the habit or faculty only, Rom 2:15.
6 The whole nature of conscience is contained in no other judgment, but what is Diametical, or Discursive, because Accusing, Excusing, Comforting, and such like acts of conscience, cannot be, but by some middle or third argument, whose strength appears in a Syllogism, only by the consequence, Rom 6:11. The word translated, Reckon your self, signifies, Reason out.
7 The Major of that Syllogism, wherein the whole judgment of conscience is laid open, treateth always of the Law, the Minor of the fact and state; and the conclusion of the relation that ariseth from our fact or state, by reason of that Law; which is either guilt, or spiritual Joy.
For example, He that liveth in sin, shall die,
I live in sin:
Therefore I shall die
Or thus, Whosoever believeth in Christ, shall not die,
But I believe in Christ:
Therefore I shall not die, but live, Rom 8:13:33,34 1 Jn 3:19,20
8 Conscience in regard of the Major, is called a Law: in regard of the Minor and conclusion, a Witness; but in regard of the Minor, most properly, an Index, or Book: and in regard of the Conclusion, most properly, a Judge, Rom 2:14,15
9 The Major is given by the Synteresis, which the Schoolmen call Synderesis: the Minor is peculiarly called Syneidesis, or Conscience, the conclusion is the Krisis it self, or Judgment.
10 Synteresis is properly an intellectual habit, whereby we give our consent to the principles of moral actions. It differeth not therefore from the Law of nature which is naturally written in the hearts of all men: but in respect only.
11 Though therefore Conscience may be hindered from working for a while, yet can it not be fully extinguished or lost. No man is so desperately wicked, as to be without a Conscience altogether: No not the Libertines, who place their deadly perfection, in putting out the Conscience of sin:
12 To this part of Conscience Synteresis being largely taken, belong all Practical truths whereof we are persuaded; whether they be drawn out of natural principles, by consequence, or communicated by Divine revelation.
13 Hence ariseth the distinction of a natual and an enlightened Conscience. The Scripture sometimes doth appeal to this, as Rom 6:3 sometimes to that as 1 Cor 6:9&11:14
14 Hence the adequate or full rule of conscience is the revealed will of God, which both declares and prescribes man’s duty.
15 Conscience therefore is properly subject to God’s will and authority alone, Jam 4:12. Neither can it be subject to any creature, without Idolatry.
16 Hence also it is, that though men be bound in conscience before God, to obey and keep the just Laws of men after a just manner, Rom 13:5 Yet those Laws of men, as they are men’s Laws, do not bind the Conscience.
17 Conscience so bindeth man, in all those things which it judgeth are his duty, by the will of God; that he cannot be free from it, by the authority of any creature, Acts 4:19. In this respect it is, that he that knoweth God’s will, is said to be a debtor, Rom 1:14 a servant, Rom 6:16 bound, Acts 20:22 constrained, 2 Cor 5:14 to have necessity laid upon him, 1 Cor 9:16. So that he cannot do otherwise, Acts 3:20.
18 The power of Conscience is so great, that it maketh an action, which in its own nature is indifferent, to be either good or bad: and that which in its own nature is good, to be evil: although it cannot make that become good, which is evil in its own nature.
19 Yet no action is better or worse, for that Conscience that one hath, after he hath done it.
20 An erroneous Conscience bindeth always so far, that he that doth against the judgment thereof, sinneth. For formally, and by interpretation he doth it against God’s will.
21 If the error of conscience about the action (that is, the object or matter about which the action is) be not sinful, the Conscience erring, binds as much as if it did not err.
22 Conscience, through error, judging that to be lawful, or necessary, which is unlawful doth so far bind, as that a man sins who doth contrary to it; and sins also, if he do according to the direction of it.
23 Yet this necessity wherein some are entangled, is not contrary to the equity of God’s Law. 1. Because the sin is not the same on both hands: on the one hand a man sins in doing what is unlawful; and on the other, in doing it unlawfully: viz. Without or against Conscience. 2. Because it is not an absolute necessity, but upon supposition only, viz. if they keep still such a Conscience, which they ought to lay down, Eph 4:22 3. Because it doth not flow from the nature of the Law of God, but both is contracted and continued by man’s sin. For no man is thus entangled but by his own fault.
24 Conscience judging that to be unlawful, which is lawful, bindeth to refrain from that lawful thing, Rom 14:14,15 He likewise that judgeth to be necessary which is but lawful, is bound to the doing of it: because a man may abstain from lawful things: and may also constantly practice them without sinning.
25 Nothing may be done whereof the Conscience doubts, Romans 14:23
26 In doubtful cases, the surest part is to be chosen; now that is the surest part, in doing which, its sure there is no sin.
27 It is lawful, and the best sometimes, to do against some scruple of Conscience.
28 The reviewing of our actions, or estate, which by our knowledge of the Law maketh up the Minor of that practical Syllogism, which the Conscience maketh. It is called in Scripture, a beholding of the mind, Ps 119:15. Understanding, Ps 50:22. A casting up one’s ways, Ps 119:59. A laying of the heart, Hag 1:5. A saying to the heart, or in the heart of them, Hos 7:2. A turning again, unto the heart, Jer 12:11 Mal 2:2. And lastly, a proving and examining of our selves, 2 Cor 13:5.
29 In the conclusion of that Syllogism, a man applieth to himself the Law of God, which concerneth his actions or condition, and passeth sentence on himself: whence there followeth necessarily, either an Excusing, Absolving and Approbation; or an Accusation and condemnation, with affections answerable to them Rom 2:15.
30 Though this application in its own nature follow the former acts of Conscience; as a conclusion doth the premises: yet through man’s wickedness, it falleth out ofttimes, that though Major be fully and firmly acknowledged, and the Minor also in a sort; yet the Conclusion and application is not made. Rom 2:18, 20:21, 2 Sam 12:5,6.
31 Hence it is, that a necessity lies upon all faithful Pastors, not only to propound God’s Will in general, but according to their abilities, to help men, both in public and private to apply it according as their understandings, and consciences shall require, Rom 12:7, Mt 14:4.
32 A Conscience honestly good, is that, which judgeth rightly and powerfully. Heb 13:18. That which doth otherwise, is sinfully Evil, Isa 5:20, Rom 1:18.
33 A Conscience peaceably good, is that, which excuseth, absolveth, comforteth, Acts 24:16.
34 Conscience since the fall, is not both honestly and peaceably good, but by the sprinkling of the blood of Christ, Heb 9:13,14 & 10:22. And the virtue of him in the sanctification of the Spirit, 1 Tim 1:5 Acts 15:8,9.
35 A Conscience peaceably good may be sinfully evil, and that which is evil through trouble, and accuseth, may be honestly good.
36 A weak Conscience differeth in kind from that which is evil through trouble, and accuseth, may be honestly good.
36 A weak Conscience differeth in kind from that which is acted, either by malice, or arrogance, or superstition.
37 There is but this one way, to pacify a Conscience troubled upon good grounds: to bring him that is troubled into such a state by true Faith and repentance, that the Minor of that Syllogism which troubleth him, may upon good grounds become false, and prove such as may be lawfully denied.
38 When the Conscience of Believers are sinful in being troubled, the Major or Minor of that reasoning which caused the trouble, may always be denied and confuted. And this is the only way to heal such a conscience.
Corollaries
1. The greatest violation of Conscience is the greatest sin.
2. The greatest anguish of Conscience is the greatest punishment.
3. That uncertainty of God’s favor, which the Papists hold, and that uncertainty of persevering in grace, which others teach, is clean contrary to that solid joy, and strong confidence, which proceedeth from a Conscience truly good.
4. The interpretation of the Scriptures, or a judgment to discern God’s Will for a man’s self, in his own Conscience, belongs to every man.
Chapter 1
The definition of Conscience
The Conscience of man (for I do not intend to treat of the Conscience of Angels) Is a man’s judgment of himself, according to the judgment of God of him. Isa 5:3 Judge I pray you between me and my Vineyard: 1 Cor 1:31 If we would judge ourselves, we should not be judged, etc.
1 I call Conscience Judgment, First, to show that it belongs to the Understanding, not to the Will. The very name of Conscience showeth it to be so, But this proveth it, because all those actions, which in the Scriptures are attributed to man’s Conscience, do properly belong to the reasonable power, or faculty, (though the Will by some act or inclination can both command the Understanding to judge, and also follow that judgment). This inclination, by some, is Conscience; by others, a part of Conscience; but not rightly.
2 Conscience being referred to judgment, it is distinguished from the bare apprehension of truth. For Conscience doth always suppose an assent that is firm and settled.
3 By the definition of Conscience, it appeareth that Conscience is not a contemplative judgment, whereby truth is simply discerned form falsehood: but a practical judgment, by which that which a man knoweth is particularly applied to that which is either good or evil to him, to the end that it may be a rule within him to direct his will.
Seeing that this name of judgment, is sometimes taken for a power and faculty, sometime for an habit, sometimes for an act; this question ariseth; to which of all these Conscience is properly.
4 The most grave Divine, William Perkins (who only of our Countrymen hath set forth a peculiar Treatise of Conscience) doth place it among Faculties; and he doth define it, as he puts for the general nature of it a part of the Understanding, that is to say, as he explains himself, A natural power or faculty. He gives this reason of his opinion, namely because the act of accusing, comforting, terrifying, etc. cannot be ascribed to the Conscience, if it self were an act. But this reason is weak: because in the Scriptures such kinds of effects are attributed to the thoughts themselves, which undoubtedly are acts, Rom 2:15. Their thoughts accusing one another, or excusing. The reason whereof is, because things done, are the effects not only of the Mover, but also of the motion it self. Besides, Master Perkins maketh Conscience, Understanding, Opinion, Knowledge, Faith, and Prudence, to be of one kind or sort; but none would define these so, as that they should be taken for distinct faculties of the soul.
5 Some of the Schoolmen will have Conscience to be an habit: as Scotus, Bonaventura, Durand. Which though it might be granted of some part: or of the principles of Conscience: yet it cannot be granted simply of all that which is signified by the name of Conscience: for the only office of an Habit, as it is an habit, is, Inclinare ad prompte agendum, to make one do a thing readily: but Conscience hath other operations, which belong properly to it, as to Accuse, Comfort, etc.
6 By Judgment therefore, in the definition of conscience, (I understand most properly with the best Schoolmen) an act of practical judgment, proceeding from the Understanding by the power or means of a Habit.
7 The acts of judgment are, either a simple apprehension, or a discourse. Whence it may be asked, to which of these belongs Conscience.
It belongs to judgment discoursing, because it cannot do its act of accusing, excusing, comforting, unless it be through the means of some third argument, whose force appeareth only in a Syllogism, by that which is deduced and concluded out of it.
8 The force and nature of Conscience therefore is contained in such a Syllogism.
He that lives in sin, shall die:
I live in sin:
Therefore, I shall die.
Or thus:
Whosoever believes in Christ, shall not die but live.
I believe in Christ:
Therefore, I shall live.
9 Conscience in regard of the Proposition is called a Light and a Law; in regard of the Assumption and conclusion, a Witness; but in regard of the assumption it is most fitly termed an Index, or a Book, and in regard of the conclusion, most properly a Judge.
10 That which doth dictate or give the proposition is called Synteresis, by the Schoolmen Syderesis. The assumption especially and peculiarly is called Syneidesis, the conclusion is the Crisis, or Judgment.
11 There be many other Syllogisms which belong to Conscience, as either they do prove the proposition of such a principal Syllogism, or illustrate the conclusion it self: but in the Syllogism alone is contained the whole nature of Conscience. The proposition treateth of the Law; the Assumption of the fact or state, and Conclusion of the relation arising form the fact or state, in regard of that Law; The Conclusion either pronounceth one guilty, or giveth spiritual peace and security.
Chapter 2
Of the Synteresis or Principles and rules by which Conscience judgeth
That Synteresis out of which the proposition of this syllogism or the Law of Conscience is taken, is most properly a habit of the understanding, by which we do assent unto the principles of moral actions, that is, such actions as are our duty, because God hath willed, or commanded them; whence it hath the name in Greek from conserving; for through the goodness of God the knowledge of many things which we ought to do or shun, are still conserved in man’s mind even after his fall.
That exposition of Durand who dreams that the Greek word Synteresis signifies a Coelection, is too harsh and absurd.
2 Because this Synteresis is an habit, therefore many do call Conscience, an habit: but it is only the principle of conscience, neither doth it make up any part of conscience, but only as conscience is in its exercise.
3 This Synteresis is termed a natural habit in respect of the light whereby the understanding of man is fitted to give assent unto Natural principles; it is likewise called and acquired habit, in regard of the Species, or of the fuller understanding of that whereunto the understanding is naturally inabled, and can (as it were) understand presently.
4 This Synteresis differs only in respect or apprehension from the Law of Nature or from that Law of God, which is naturally written in the hearts of all men; for the law is the object, and Synteresis is the object apprehended, or the apprehension of the object.
5 This Synteresis may for a time be hindered from acting, but cannot be utterly extinguished or lost. Hence it is that no man is so desperately wicked as to be void of all Conscience.
6 To Synteresis being taken after a large sense, ought to be referred, not only general conclusions touching right or Law, which are deduced by good consequence out of natural principles, but likewise all practical truths, whereunto we give a firm assent, through the revelation we have by faith.
7 From hence ariseth the distinction of Conscience into that which is Natural, and that which is Enlightened. Natural Conscience is that which ackowledgeth for law the principles of nature, and the conclusions arising from them. Enlightened is that which doth beside those, acknowledge whatsoever is prescribed in the Scriptures. The Scripture sometimes speaketh of this last: Rom 6:3 and sometimes of the other as 1 Cor 6:8.
8 From hence it appeareth that the perfect and only rule of Conscience is the revealed will of God, whereby a man’s duty is both shown and commanded. For Synteresis in a more large sense consisteth, partly of moral principles that are naturally in us, together with their conclusions, & partly, of those which God besides them hath enjoined. But the revealed will of God whereby man knows his duty, containeth both these.
9 Hence it is that the Law of God only doth bind the conscience of man. By the Law of God we understand that revealed will of God, whereof we have made mention: viz. as it doth also contain those things which are commanded in the Gospel.
10 To bind (in this moral sense) is to have such an authority, as the Conscience ought to submit itself unto: And it were a sin to do anything contrary to it.
11 Hence it is, that though men be bound in Conscience by God to observe in due and just circumstances the laws of men, yet the same laws of men so far as they are man’s laws, do not bind the Conscience.
12 The conscience is immediately subject to God, and his will, and therefore it cannot submit it self unto any creature without Idolatry.
13 God only knows the inward workings of the Conscience; he therefore only can prescribe a law unto it, or bind it by one,
14 God only can punish the Conscience when it sinneth; he therefore only can forbid any thing to it.
15 Even a promise (which in it self is sacred) thought it be confirmed by an oath: as it is an act of man doth not properly bind the Conscience, for the former reasons; though men are bound in conscience by God to a strict and faithful keeping of them. For as it hath been said before of the Laws of men, it may also in some sort be affirmed of all covenants and other conditions, which being made, a man is bound to keep out of Conscience to God; as for example, the sick person is bound in Conscience to obey the counsel of Physicians for his health; But the receipts prescribed by Physicians, do not bind the conscience. So again, Parents and children are bound to mutual duties; he that hath received a benefit is bound to show himself thankful, (and the like may be said of many other things) yet none of these, either Parent, Benefactor, relation, or benefit, do of themselves bind the Conscience, but the will of God in them.
Chapter 3
Of the Office of Conscience
The office of Conscience, (if we speak with respect to the Synteresis or Laws of it,) is one in necessary things; Another in things of middle and indifferent nature. In necessary things conscience hath two acts: 1. To bind, 2. To enforce practice.
2 Conscience bindeth according as it is informed of the will of God: for in it self it hath the power of a will of God, and so stands in the place of God himself.
3 God’s will as it is understood, or may be understood, binds the Conscience to assent; As it is acknowledged and received by Conscience, it binds the whole man to obey and do it presently.
4 Conscience bindeth so straitly that the command of no creature can free a man from it.
5 Hence man, as he maketh conscience of the will of God commanding him some duty, is in that regard called a Debtor, Rom 1:14 a Servant, Rom 6:16 Is said to be bound, Acts 20:22 contsrained, 2 Cor 5:14 to have a necessity laid upon him 1 Cor 9:16 so that he cannot do otherwise Acts 4:20.
6 Conscience enforceth to obedience by virtue of this its act of binding. For that is to the will an impulsive cause to make it carry itself conscientiously.
7 This enforcement is signified in the forenamed places and phrases: the strength and power thereof is declared, Jer 20:9. Wherefore I thought from henceforth not to speak of him, nor to preach any thing in his name, but the word of the Lord, was a very burning fire in my heart, and in my bones: Amos 3:8. The Lion hath roared, who will not be afraid? the Lord hath spoken, who can but prophecy? Acts 17:16 his spirit was stirred in him.
8 If there be a constant disposition of will in a man consenting to this instigation of Conscience, they do together make up a Conscience morally good.
9 In indifferent things the actions and duties of Conscience are likewise two: 1. To discern, 2. To direct.
10 To discern, is to show and declare the differences of things what is necessary, what is free, what is lawful, and what is unlawful.
11 To direct is with regard had to circumstances, to order lawful actions unto a good end.
12 The ends which are always to be aimed at, even in indifferent things also, are the Glory of God, the edifying of our Neighbor, and the help of our necessary actions.
13 The power of this direction is so great, that it makes an action to be good, which in its own nature is but indifferent; as on the other side, not only an evil direction, but the want of a good direction, makes the same action to be bad.
Chapter 4
Of an erroneous Conscience
Touching this doctrine, of the first acts and offices of Conscience, diverse questions are moved, which being of great weight and moment, for the directing of our actions aright throughout our whole life, ought of necessity to be here cleared, though briefly.
Quest. The first question is, whether an erroneous conscience doth bind?
Answ. To unfold this question rightly, these five things are briefly to be opened: 1. What an erroneous Conscience is. 2. About what things it is conversant. 3. Whence the error of Conscience cometh. 4. The general differences of these errors. 5. The several ways of binding.
1 An erroneous conscience is either opposed privatively to a good conscience, so it comprehendeth every conscience that judgeth not rightly when it ought, even the doubtful and scrupulous Conscience also: or positively, so it signifieth only that conscience, that judgeth otherwise than the thing is, this kind of erroneous conscience is distinguished from a doubting and scrupulous Conscience, by the firm assent it giveth, though it erreth in giving it. In this question we speak of a conscience positively erring.
2 There are some principles so clear, and written in the hearts of all men, that they cannot err to obey and practice them: such as this is, That God ought to be loved; Perjury ought to be eschewed: no man’s Conscience can err in such like things as these, or do them against Conscience. A man cannot love God against his Conscience, etc. Conscience therefore doth err properly about conclusions that are gathered from such principles.
3 The error of Conscience comes, either because that the particular conclusions are not rightly drawn out of the general principles: or because those things which God in the Scripture hath commanded us to believe, are not sufficiently understood: Or finally, because the assent of Faith is not given to those things which ought to be believed, though they be understood. The cause of this (besides God’s secret judgments) is either the not considering of those things which ought to be considered, or some evil disposition, which either keeps the mind from due inquiry, or averts it from judging rightly.
4 The error of Conscience is either about the act, or the rule of it. The error which is about the rule, is either after the action done, or before it. The error about the rule before the action be done consists: Either in that it judgeth that to be lawful, which is unlawful; On in that it judgeth that to be unlawful, which is lawful; Or in that it judgeth that to be bounden duty, which either is unlawful, or but lawful.
5 To bind to a thing, and to bind, are distinguished by some; Conscience is said to bind to a thing (Obligare) when its not only a sin to do any thing against it, but also not to do according to it. Conscience is said to bind (Ligare) when one cannot lawfully do a thing, whilst he maketh such a Conscience of it. One shall sin in doing against it, and sin though he do according to it. The sense and meaning of this distinction is to be approved: as for the terms of it, let the Authors thereof answer.
To bind to a thing (Obligare) is by some in regard of the object, or thing bound to, distinguished thus. One is either bound to do according to Conscience erring, or to lay aside that Conscience. But this distinction is not exact, because Conscience bindeth not, but so far as it doth dictate, or declare a thing: now no Conscience while it erreth doth declare, that the error thereof is to be left. Or that itself is not to be regarded, because it is erroneous.
Others put a difference between that Obligation, whereby one is tied to do what Conscience commandeth and that whereby one is tied not to do the contrary. But neither is this distinction always good. For if a man’s conscience told him he might lie to save his lie, he must either lie, or of necessity go against his Conscience.
6 Out of these grounds the question may be thus answered: First, conscience, though erroneous, binds always so, that he that doth against it, sinneth. The reason is, because he that doth against conscience, doth against God’s will: though not materially, and truly; yet formally, and by interpretation: because what the conscience doth declare, it declareth as God’s will. As for example,
He that revileth a private man taking him for the King, and not to be a private man, he is interpreted and judged to have done it to the King himself; so likewise, he that contemneth Conscience, contemneth God himself, because that which Conscience saith, is supposed to be the will of God. Hence it is that he always sinneth who doth any thing against conscience: but if the conscience doth not err, but the thing is as erroneous conscience supposeth, then he sinneth doubly. First, in doing that which is ill in it self; and secondly, in doing it after an evil manner: evil it is in its own nature, and evil because of the despising of conscience: but if the conscience doth err, that which it doth is not evil, but it doth it after an evil manner; so that the evil is only this, namely, the contempt of conscience.
7 The error of conscience which is about an action (that is, the error which is about the object or matter, about which an action ought to be exercised) is either unvoluntary and blameless, or voluntary and worthy of blame. If it be unvoluntary and blameless, then conscience binds to do a things as much, as if it did not err. For example, If a man should verily believe some thing to make use of it as his own. If one do verily believe he is his Prince, that is in truth a Tyrant; or that he is a lawful Magistrate, who indeed usurps the title; he is bound to yield due obedience unto him. We have an example hereof in Jacob that went in to Leah that was none of his wife, whom he verily thought was his wife Rachel.
8 If the error be voluntary, then it is to be judged of, as an error which is of the law or rule.
9 Conscience erring touching the Law after the fact, (in believing that which it hath done well, to be sin; or contrariwise) hath no power to bind in regard of that action which is past: because binding and obliging have ever a regard to future actions: and a moral action (as the will itself) is always guided and informed by a foregoing apprehension, and not by that conscience which is after it. Yet doth this conscience so far bind (through occasion of that which is done) that one cannot lawfully go on to do the like again, so long as he hath such a conscience, viz. That he hath sinned (though he hath not) in doing so before.
10 Conscience through error, judging that to be lawful which is unlawful; as that it is lawful for one to lie, to save his own, or his neighbor’s life; binds indeed, but doth not bind to do so. It binds because one that hath such a conscience, can neither lie, nor abstain from lying, without sin. He cannot lie, because this is simply unlawful. He cannot abstain from lying, with such a conscience, because such manner of forbearance is forbidden by God, though forbearing itself be commanded. For God requires not only that we do good, and abstain from doing evil; but likewise that we perform both these with a good conscience, and not with a bad one. Such a conscience doth not bind to do what it saith. First because there is no obligation to unlawful things. Secondly, because Conscience bindeth not to do, but by virtue of some command of God; but such a conscience is not grounded upon any command: for the Law of God can neither incline nor bind any man to sin. Thirdly, because this error is always a sin, but a sin doth not bind to practice it. Fourthly, because such a Conscience hath never so sure a ground, as that there needeth not further examination and inquiry into things. Fifthly, because man is bound to lay down such a conscience; for although that be not exactly enough spoken which some do affirm, namely; That such a Conscience bindeth a man to lay down it self; yet it is most certain, that a man is tied to lay down such an erroneous Conscience, for it is a part of that old man, whom we are commanded to put off, Eph 4:22.
11 Conscience judging that which is lawful to be unlawful, bindeth to abstain from the practice and use of it. Rom 14:23 The reason is, because one may abstain from lawful things without sin.
12 Conscience judging that to be bounden duty which is unlawful, binds, but not to the practice of it, for the reasons set down in the ninth Thesis.
13 Conscience judging that to be bounden duty which is only lawful, bindeth to the practice of it; as for example, If any man’s conscience tell him that it is necessary to uncover his hands always when he prays publicly; He must pray so, because lawful things may be observed constantly without sin.
Object. If an erroneous conscience doth so bind that we may neither follow, nor not follow it without sin, then there lies a kind of necessity of sinning on those that do thus err, which cannot stand with the equity of God’s Law.
Answ. This necessity of sinning when one is entangled by his own erroneous conscience, is not the same both ways, viz. Whether one do, or do not, according to conscience; for if one do according to his erring conscience, the sin is in the action done; If he do what is not according to it, the sin is in the manner of doing.
2 It is not an absolute necessity, but upon supposition; namely, if he keep still such a conscience, which he both may, and ought to lay down.
3 This necessity doth not flow from the nature of God’s Law, but is contracted and continued through man’s sin, for no man is thus intangled without his own fault.
Quest. Whether is it a greater sin to do against such an erroneous conscience, or to do according to it.
Answ. We ought to judge of the greatness of sin according to the quality of the thing which is to be done or omitted, as it is in its own nature, and as it is apprehended by us. If any man through error of conscience should hold it to be an unlawful thing to go to the Church, and serve God there (which otherwise he is tied to do) because he knows the Preacher to be a lewd and naughty man, and thinks that he shall be partaker with him in his wickedness; his sin is greater in staying away, then if he were present there: because it is a greater sin, to neglect God’s service, than to communicate with an other’s personal wickedness in that service. But if he should think it unlawful to be present at holy duties for Idolatry, which he judgeth will be committed there, he should sin more heinously if he should be present there: because the sin of Idoloary, is greater than a neglect of true worship. In the first instance; he sins more that follows his conscience, than he that doth against it; but in this, his sin is greater that doth contrary to it: No certain and general rule therefore can be set down in this matter.
Chapter 5
Of a surmising and doubting Conscience
Quest. 1 Whether a man may content himself with a doubting Conscience.
Answ. For the unfolding of this question, it is to be noted, that Opinion sometimes signifies a certain and settled judgment without all doubting. A certain judgment not arising from Sense, Knowledge, or true Faith, but Reason, Sometimes it is taken more strictly; For that judgment whereby indeed we assent to the truth of a thing, but not without suspicion, fear, or doubting of its being otherwise.
Upon this distinction, I answer: First, in such things as are necessary to salvation, and God’s worship, no opinion can be sufficient, though it have never so great certainty of reason; because Faith is required to these, and Faith takes only the infallible word of God.
2 In such things which are more remote from their principles, diligent care is to be had, that we also get a certain persuasion, or belief of them out of the Scripture; but if that cannot be obtained, it is lawful in actions to follow some such opinion, as is certain and tried by the rule of Scripture.
3 Using all diligence to be certain (though we be not) it is lawful in many things to follow that opinion, which is most probable.
4 It is never lawful to do against our own opinion, whether it be certain, or probable, for respect to other men’s authority.
5 No man can at the same time have two contrary probable opinions, concerning the same thing; so as he may lawfully leave the one, and follow the other.
Quest. 2. What shall one do when his Conscience is doubtful?
Answ. For the declaration of this question, we must observe: First, Conscience is said to be doubtful in a large sense, as when the assent even of Faith, or Opinion prevaileth; yet there is some doubting joined. But strictly, and properly, that Conscience is named doubting, which yieldeth to neither part of the question in hand, but sticks and staggers between assent and dissent, not knowing which to do.
Touching the first sort of doubting, it hath partly been spoken in the former question, and shall partly be spoken of in the question following. Here we treat of that Conscience, which in a proper and strict sense is called doubting.
Secondly, doubting is either Speculative, or Practical. Speculative is that, which is not immediately conversant about some particular action, as whether this or that be to be done or avoided, etc.
Answ. These things being laid down, it is answered;
First, in all those doubts which do any way belong to our practice, diligent inquiry is to be made, that we may clearly perceive the truth and not doubt; because while the mind remains in doubt, the action must of necessity want that perfection which it would have, if it were done with Knowledge, and certainty of judgment. For the more certain our knowledge is touching those things which we do, the more confident we are in doing, and more joyful when we have done them.
2 Oft times it is lawful to do a thing, though a speculative doubt remain, because he that doth so, doth not necessarily do either against a doubting Conscience, not without a persuaded Conscience; for not withstanding that speculative doubt, he may assuredly conclude with himself; that, that which he doth, ought to be done. As for example, A man possesseth a piece of ground lawfully, and begins to doubt whether it be his own or not; yet if he know not, that it belongs to any other body, he may lawfully keep the same still, because other things being considered, possession is a better ground to keep it, than doubting is to leave it.
3 It is not lawful to do any thing against a Practical doubt; that is, a doubt whether the thing to be done be lawful: The reason is, 1. Because a man cannot do it of faith, Rom 14:23 2. Because, he that doth so, doth not sufficiently abhor sin: for willingly and wittingly he exposeth himself to the danger of sinning. 3. Because he is not fully enough addicted to God’s will; for as he that doth that willingly, whereof he doubts, whether it be acceptable to his friend or no, doth against the law of friendship: so he that doth that whereof he doubts, whether it be acceptable to God or not; doth against the law of love to God. 4. In things doubtful, the safest way is to be chosen; but that is the safest part, which if we follow, it is certain we shall not sin. As for example, A man doubteth whether Usury be lawful or not? The safest way is to abstain; for herein is no danger of sinning.
Some of the Pholosophers had some knowledge of the equity of this rule, whose Judgment thereof Tully relates, and approves: Office: Lib. 1. Those give good counsel (sayeth he) who forbid to do any thing whereof one doubts, whether it be just or unjust: the equity thereof is apparent in it self, because Doubting imports, thought, or fear of being hurt.
Chapter 6
Of a scrupulous Conscience
Quest. What is to be done when the conscience is scrupulous?
Answ. For the understanding of this question, we must consider.
1 That a Scruple is a fear of the mind concerning its practice, which vexeth the conscience, as a little stone that cannot be discerned in man’s shoe, paineth his foot.
2 Every fear is not properly a Scruple, but that which ariseth from sleight, or no arguments.
3 One is scrupulous either in examining what he hath done, or in ordering what he is to do.
4 Scruples do arise, (God so ordaining) to the end he may either punish or try men: sometimes out of the suggestion of the Devil, sometime from want of knowledge, sometimes from Melancholy, or some such like constitution of body; sometimes from the society of scrupulous men.
5 A Scrupulous conscience differs from a Doubtful one, in this, that a Doubtful conscience doth assent to neither part of the question, but the scrupulous conscience doth assent to one, but is solicited to the other part, by a kind of fear.
These things being set down, it is answered to the question. 1. (God being instantly called unto for grace,) one must labour diligently to remove these scruples, which reason can take away by due trial of the grounds of them. For then is the conscience most quiet, when it hath most certain knowledge. 2 It helpeth much (if it may be conveniently) that the thinking upon those things be shunned, form which scruples may rise; for the fancy being once stirred, many thoughts arise, which cannot be suppressed again, without great difficulty. As we see in Tiles, that are linked together in order, if one happen to fall down, the rest will follow: and from hence are scruples multiplied in timorous consciences.
3 Many scruples when they cannot well be taken away by some contrary reason, ought to be laid down as it were by violence, refusing to think or consider of them. For so long as scruples are not actually applied, they are not troublesome: And some be so troublesome that the weaker and more unskillful sort, can by no other means be rid of them. The bending of the mind attentively to remove a scruple by reason, doth often either ingender or increase a scruple: as for example, All people know that the name of God ought to be called upon daily; yet one may be so vexed with impious thoughts, that this scruple may arise in a man, whether he ought to pray or not? Here it is not always a safe way to examine these thoughts, nor yet to dispute about this question long, but to throw away this fear, as it were with violence, and to fall upon the duty of prayer so well as one can. 4 If they cannot be so removed, but that they do still molest, it is lawful, and the best course, to do a thing against such scruples. As for example, If there be any man that is so molested through the consideration of his unworthiness, that he dare scarce be so bold as to come to the Lord’s Table, though he find in himself true Faith and Repentance,; he may and ought notwithstanding this scruple come to the Lord’s Supper. Neither is this to do against Conscience, but according to Conscience. For a scruple is a rash fear and without any ground, and so cannot bind to do according to it; yea through custom of doing against such like scruples, Conscience it self is made more strong and settled.
Chapter 7
Of the attention of Conscience to men’s actions
Hitherto we have spoken of that Synteresis, or Proposition, whence Conscience telleth what is Law. Now follows the second part of the judgment, whereby a man’s conscience bears witness of his fact according to that law. By reason of this act Conscience is named a witness, and in the common Proverb, a thousand witnesses. It is likewise called a Book, Rev 20:12 because it is left written in man’s mind, as it were in a register, what he hath done, and with what intent, and at length is read and spoken of by Conscience.
The assumption of that practical Syllogism wherein Conscience consists, is nothing else, but the recognizing; or considering of our action, or estate, as it hath respect to that Law which Conscience giveth. For the better understanding of the nature hereof, some things must be made clear concerning the action which is recognized; and some things concerning the recognizing it self.
The action is either agreeable to that which Conscience teacheth, or is contrary to it.
The dictate of Conscience, whereunto an action is to be conformed, doth some time go before and accompany the action, and sometimes follow it. Against the dictate of Conscience that goeth before, or accompanieth the action; we have an example in those, of whom the Apostle speaks, Rom 1:32 Who knowing the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death, not only do the same, but have pleasure in them that do them. We have an example of an action committed against the judgment of Conscience, following the fact in those Jews which put Christ to death through ignorance, Acts 3:17; 1 Cor 2:8 yet being afterwards better taught, they judged far other ways of their fact, than when they did commit it, Acts 3:37.
Quest. From hence ariseth a hard question, how a man can do any thing against the dictate of Conscience which goeth before, or accompanieth his action? the Question ariseth thus.
The Will, as it seems to many, cannot will or nill any thing, unless reason have first judged it to be willed or nilled; neither can it choose but follow the last practical judgment, and do that which reason doth dictate to be done: and by consequent, the will cannot move against the determination of conscience.
Answ. For the unfolding of this matter, these conclusions are to be laid down. It is so clear that no man can question it.
1 That many both may, do, and do against conscience, as it is an habit, or *Summary of Principles: and in so doing, they do in some sense go against Conscience.
2 Against Conscience as it is an act, all those do, who do any thing against that judgment which they had actually, and yet have virtually or in the principle, though actually they judge not as they have done formerly.
3 The Will cannot will, desire, or follow after any thing, without a speculative apprehension of it, because the object of the will is known Good. No man was ever known to desire what he no ways knew.
4 A bare and simple apprehension of the object, without any practical judgment, that forthwith it must be prosecuted, or avoided, may be sufficient to draw forth the act of the Will. This appeareth sufficiently in mad men, Infants, and in every undeliberate motion of the will. The reason of this is, because a good, apprehended or known, hath all those conditions, which are required to the Object of the Will. The Will is as able about its Object, as the sensitive appetite is about its: But sense is stirred up at the apprehension of its Object, as the Eye at sight of Colours, the Ear at Sounds, etc.
5 The Will can at pleasure suspend its act about that which is apprehended and judged to be good; without any foregoing act of judgment, that it should do so; for if to suspend an act, and to leave off acting, an act of judgment, to be necessarily required; then to suspend that judgment, another judgment is requisite; and to suspend that, another; and so in infinitum.
6 The Will can turn away the understanding from the consideration of any object, which at present it apprehendeth and judgeth to be good, to the consideration that it hath formerly apprehended and judged to be so. Be reason of this commanding power, the Will is the first cause of unadvisedness, and blame-worthy error in the understanding. When the Will doth first begin, to draw away the understanding from that, which it hath judged to be good, it doth it by its own inclination without any judgment that it should do so; otherwise these two judgments should be together; namely, this ought to be followed, and this ought not, which were absurd.
7 The Will can move it self, towards an object that is apprehended and judged good for profit or pleasure in some respect, though reason judge that it is not lawful but sinful. The reason is: 1. Because whatsoever good the understanding propoundeth to the will, in this life, it propoundeth it with a kind of indifferency of judgment, as not having any necessary connection, with the universal good. Upon which the will is naturally set and determined. Hence it is that freedom or liberty in an action , is said to be radically in the judgment and reason. 2. Though the will be determined by the understanding in regard of the specification or kind of thing to be willed, because it willeth nothing but that which the understanding hath first apprehended; yet in regard of exercise or act of willing, it moveth both it self, and the understanding with the rest of the faculties. And hence it is that liberty is in the will formally, which should not be true, if it were necessarily determined by the understanding. 3. If the judgment being right, the will could not but will aright; then before the first sin of Angels and men, (which was in the Will) there must necessarily be an error in the Understanding: and if so, then the punishment of sin should be before the first sin; for all Practical error in the understanding, is either sin, or the punishment of it. 4. If the will do necessarily follow the judgment of the understanding; then there should (in proper speaking) be no sin of malice, distinct from those sins, which are committed through ignorance, or passion. But it is manifest, that this kind of sin is found in Devils, and likewise in some men. 5. If the Will do necessarily follow the Understanding, then in Regeneration the Will it self need not be internally renewed by grace: for the enlightening of the Understanding would be sufficient. But this is repugnant to Faith and Godliness.
8 Though the Will doth not always follow the Judgment, yet doth it ever follow that command whereto it is subject; and that agreeth oftentimes with Judgment. But this command though as touching the direction, it doth belong to the understanding; yet as touching the power and efficacy, it belongeth to the Will. From hence we speak truly, and by the consent of all nations, say, I will Will.
Chapter 8
Of Conscience examining and reviewing actions
We are to treat next of that reviewing, which is conversant about our actions and state.
1 I call this a reviewing, rather than a knowledge; First, because a bare and naked knowledge is not sufficient for this act of Conscience, but things must be weighed over and over. Secondly, because there is a knowledge which goeth before, and accompanieth the action, but this reviewing followeth it.
2 This reviewing is a reflect act of the understanding, whereby a man understandeth, and with judgment, weigheth his own actions with their circumstances. It is commonly called, Consideration or meditation on ways. It is called in the Scripture, A respect or beholding by the mind, Ps 119:15 Considering, Ps 50:22 Thinking, or thinking again, Ps 119:59 Laying of the heart, Hag 1:5 A saying in the heart, Jer 5:24 Saying to the heart, Hos 7:2 Returning to the heart, 1 Kings 6:47 A Laying to heart, Jer 12:11 Mal 2:2 and lastly, A proving or examining of our selves, 2 Cor 13:5.
3 The cause of the reviewing of our actions ought to be; First, a care to please God in all things. Secondly, a fear of sinning; for if we review our actions upon other grounds, it is not an act of Conscience: because it respecteth not the judgment of God, which without doubt, it is necessary an act of Conscience should do.
4 The manner of this reviewing doth consist in these two things; First, that we consider our own actions, not materially only, but formally also, that is, that we consider not only, what we have done, as it is an action, but likewise what, and after what manner it is done, as it is good or evil. As for example, It is not an act of Conscience, for a man to think, whether he hath overcome his Adversary, or not; but whether in so doing, he hath committed murder or not? whether it be just, or unjust, that he hath done? 2. The actions and the rule must be compared together. For as he that speaketh the truth, knoweth not that he speaketh truth, unless he campares his speech with the thing it self; so he that doth well or ill, cannot know the same, unless he compare the fact with its proper rule. The rule of this trial or judgment, must not be our natural reason, the custom of others or the like; but the Law, or revealed will of God; For otherwise God’s judgment is not respected (to which Conscience looketh) but men’s.
5 The time which is to be allotted to this Reviewing; In regard of evil deeds, is in Scripture noted, sometimes to be before some threatening of God, 2 Sam 24:13 sometimes after a threatening, but before the judgment be executed, Mal 2:2 and sometime after that God hath inflicted his judgments, Hag 1:5. but the sooner we go in hand with it, the more acceptable it is unto God, and more profitable it is unto us. Hence it is, that this Meditation of what we do daily, is reckoned amongst the daily exercises of the godly, Job 1:5.
6 Through want of this Reviewing, comes 1. Impenitency in the greatest sins, Isa 44:18 Eccl 4:8. Presumption in greatest misery, Rev 3:17 and so great a Stupidity, and those which know many other things, are altogether ignorant of themselves, and what they do. Hence it is that some after they have sworn rashly, and are admonished of their sin, almost with the same breath affirm with an oath, that they did not swear.
7 The peculiar effects of this Reviewing of our ways, are, 1. In regard of God, A right judgment of our ways, Ezek 19:25 and thankfulness. 2. In respect of our selves, Humility: and 3. In respect of others, Equity and Gentleness, Tit 3:3,4.
Chapter 9
Of the application of the Law (by Conscience) to the person, upon the Reviewing of the Action
The Third act of Conscience followeth, whereby the conclusion is gathered from the premiss. This conclusion is an act of Conscience, whereby a man applieth unto himself the Law of God, which concerneth either his action or condition.
2 This conclusion therefore dependeth partly on that general Law, which is pronounced by the Synteresis, in the major Proposition; and partly, on that Reviewing of the action or condition which is contained in the minor Proposition. So that it gathereth together the strength of the former acts of Conscience, and maketh the judgment thereof perfect.
3 Like as therefore Conscience is a Law in the major Proposition, Rom 2:14, and in the minor a Witness, Rom 2:15. So in this conclusion, Conscience is most properly a Judge, 1 Jn 3:20. For as in the Proposition God’s Law is declared, and in the Assumption, the fact or condition of man is examined, according to that Law; So in the conclusion, the sentence concerning man is pronounced according to his fact, or condition, by virtue of the Law that hath been declared.
4 It is well defined therefore by Application, because in such a conclusion, God’s Commandment and man’s fact are mutually joined together, and as it were linked with man, whilst both pass sentence on him.
5 This Application, though in it’s own nature it follow the former acts of Conscience, like as the conclusion of a syllogism is said to follow necessarily from the premises yet through man’s fault it falleth out often, That Conscience doth not do it for a time. Both Proposition are granted, yet conclusion is not made; as for example; A man may in general know and grant that every man that worshippeth not God, is cursed: and may also be conscious to himself, that he is no true worshipper of God, and yet not judge himself accursed. One may also understand sufficiently, that God is ready to pardon him who repenteth of his sins; He may likewise have witness in himself of his own repentance: yet cannot presently apply to himself pardon, and the mercy of God.
6 This staying, or hindering the conclusion, is more usual in passing Judgment upon evil actions, but happeneth sometimes also in such, as are good.
7 We have an example of the sort in those Jews of whom the Apostle speaketh, Rom 2:18, 20,21. And in David himself 2 Sam 12:5,6 who know well enough, what his most evil fact deserved by law, and likewise could not be ignorant of that which he had committed: but halted in the application of the conclusion.
8 An example of the latter kind, we have in all those Believers who repent truly, yet for a long time cannot apply God’s mercy to themselves. The cause why Sinners do it not, are; 1. Because they do not consider seriously enough, God’s law, and their own facts; for the conclusion proceedeth from the power and efficacy of the premises. 2. Because they have flat contrary conclusions in their Judgments to the Law of God. Deut 29:19 3. Because they are afraid of, and avoid these conclusion of Conscience, as most opposite to themselves and their purposes. Job 3:20 4. Because they are careless and forgetful of such things, Jam 1:23,25 From such like causes wicked men use to gather false conclusions, and deceive themselves, Jam 1:22.
9 The causes why believers, and godly men, oftentimes do not conclude for their own consolation, are 1. Some prevailing temptation. 2. The remnants of unbelief, which remain even in those that are regenerate. 3. The greatness of that mercy which they ought to apply unto themselves. And 4. The Conscience of their own unworthiness, especially, after they have committed some grievous sin.
10 Because of this slowness in men to conclude, and apply, there is a necessity laid on all Ministers, not only to declare God’s will generally; but likewise so far as they are able, to help, and further, both publicly and in private, the application of it, so far as men’s condition and consciences require.
Chapter 10
Of the effects of this Application, in the Conscience it self.
1 From the conclusion of Conscience, some effects follow, according as the judgment thereof is.
2 These effects are either acts of Conscience, which are virtually contained in the conclusion, or affections and acts of the will, which arise from those acts of Conscience.
3 Amongst the acts of Conscience, some there be that respect that which is well done: some respect sin.
4 Those that respect what is well done, are Excusing, Absolving, and Approving, Rom 2:15.
5 Excusing is an act of Conscience, whereby a man is freed from the guilt of sin in what he hath done: For excusing here is not taken in that stricter sense, whereby it signifieth a lessening or extenuating of the fault, but in that sense which importeth, a perfect taking away of the fault and guilt.
6 Absolution is an act of Conscience , whereby it pronounceth a man need not fear punishment for what he hath done.
7 These two acts are tied so closely and fast together with a bond that cannot be loosed, that they differ only in our apprehension not really, For excusing doth most properly respect guilt, and Absolution the punishment remaineth; neither doth the guilt remain, the punishment being once taken away.
8 Approving is an act of Conscience, pronouncing that a man in his action hath pleased God.
9 Absolution and approbation differ from Excusing in this, that in Excusing, Conscience doth the part of the Law and hath respect unto God, as he is a Judge, before whose judgment seat it excuseth a man as witness; but in Absolving and Approving, Conscience properly doth God’s part, and hath respect unto man, whom like a Judge it absolveth, and approveth.
10 The acts of Conscience, which respect sin, are Accusation and Condemnation.
11 Accusation is an act of Conscience, convincing and proving a man to be near unto punishment, because of his sin.
12 Condemnation is an act of Conscience, judging a man that is guilty to the punishment of eternal death.
13 Accusation and Condemnation differ in the same degree and manner, that Excusing differeth from Absolution and Approving.
14 Accusation and Condemnation sometimes follow presently upon the fact, as in David, 2 Sam 24:10. Sometimes a little while after it, as in Judas, Mt 21:3 Sometimes a long time after, as in Joseph’s brethren, Gen 42:21,22. For a man is not free from them by length of time, but by repentance only.
Chapter 11
Of the affections which arise from the judgment of Conscience
1 The first affection that riseth in the heart, from excusing , absolving, and approving of conscience, is Joy, whereby a man taketh delight in that he hath done well, as in a true good that is come to him, Prov 15:15, 2 Cor 1:12 Now this Joy differeth much from laughter, and vain Joy: 1. Because it maketh the heart glad. 2. Because it is a serious disposition of the heart, not a light stirring of it. 3. Because it hath a good ground and therefore grows stronger by right meditation. 4. Because it bringeth forth sound and good fruit. None of which things are to be found in common and ordinary laughter and joy, Eccl 2:2.
2 The second affection is Confidence, whereby the heart is settled and strengthened against the fear of evil, and the weak hope of good, Prov 10:9&28 For all misery springeth from sin; and to those that do well, all good things are promised, 1 Tim 4:8.
3 The first affection rising from the accusation and condemnation of Conscience, is Shame, whereby a sinner is displeased with himself, in and for that sin he hath done. For sin always changeth a man from better to worse, Gen 5:7. This shame if it be because of sin, and if it make a man forsake it, it is one of the signs of repentance, Rom 6:21 as impudency in sin, is always a token of an impenitent and lost man.
4 The second affection is Sadness, or Sorrow, whereby the heart is troubled, because of the evil that is come upon it, 1 Sam 25:31 Acts 2:37 For the accusing and condemning of Conscience, doth not only make the sin, and the guilt thereof to be in a manner present, but likewise the punishment.
5 The third affection is Fear, whereby the heart flyeth from the evil that hangeth over it, and from God himself, as from a severe Judge, Gen 3:10 Prov 28:1 Rev 6:16 because the fullness of misery is expected. The great degrees of this fear, are called trembling and horror.
6 The fourth affection is Despair, whereby the soul casts away all hope of escaping, Heb 10:27.
7 The fifth and last, is anguish and vexation of spirit, because of the misery, which lyeth on it. This is that spiritual worm, that perpetually tormenteth the damned souls in hell. Mk 9:44 Isa 66:24.
Chapter 12
Of a good Conscience
Hitherto we have spoken of the nature of Conscience, according as it was laid down in the definition: Now followeth the distribution of Conscience, according to its adjuncts.
1 Conscience is either good or evil:
2 Conscience may be called good, either for its honesty and integrity, or for its quietness and peace.
3 That Conscience is honestly good, whose judgment is Right and Powerful.
4 That the Conscience therefore be honestly good, it is required: 1. That it uprightly and sincerely judge that things to be good, which God judgeth so; and that to be evil, which God judgeth evil. This uprightness must first be in the judgment, of what is to be done, which belongeth to the major Proposition; and 2. In the judgment of what hath been done, which belongs to the minor.
5 To a Conscience honestly good, its 3. required that it excuse, absolve, and approve a man in what is well done; and accuse and condemn him, for what is evil.
6 Concerning the first office, which consisteth in Excusing, Absolving, and Approving, there is no controversy amongst Divines. But of the second, which consisteth in Accusing and Condemning, some doubt, and think that the goodness of Conscience doth no ways consist therein, but in Excusing only.
7 They bring two reasons: 1. Because Adam’s conscience by creation, did only Excuse, and not accuse. 2. Because a good Conscience is troubled and wounded when sin is committed, and occasion is ministered to accuse. But the first reason is not good; because though Conscience in state of innocency, did not accuse actually, yet had it a power to accuse, if there had been occasion. Neither could the Conscience be more blurred for accusing and condemning justly, then the Law it self, & the chief Judge, who did so after sin had once entered, and not before.
8 So far is the just Accusation of Conscience from being to be blamed, that Sinners have most need of it, as the only way to make them repent them of the sins which they have committed. For to the end a Sinner may escape God’s judgment, he must Judge himself: that is, do justice and judgment upon himself, as in God’s room, whom he hath offended, 1 Cor 11:31. He doth this, by pleading God’s cause against himself, that is, by accusing himself, witnessing, alledging, and confessing, or by acknowledging God’s Law against himself, by revealing the secrets of his heart, and his hidden filthiness, to his own ignominy and shame. Then by condemning himself, that is, by declaring what torment and punishment God may justly inflict upon him; or by Proclaiming of himself guilty of everlasting death. Unto this judgment of Conscience, stirring up suitable affections; if God of his great mercy add a change of mind, with an appealing by Faith to the Judgment Seat of God’s mercy in Christ; then is that true (which some use to say) that the Judgment of repentance maketh void the judgment of punishment; that the accusation, witnessing, and condemnation to wrath to come, are prevented by these Actions which supply their rooms; Yea, that God himself, in Christ shall be an Advocate, a Witness, and Judge; for those that have pleaded against themselves, in the court of Conscience by repentance.
9 Neither are we bound only to this Accusation and condemnation of our selves, as to a means of Salvation, but by natural justice also. For if we sin against a man, we ought to do him justice on our selves, by Accusing, Condemning, and Acknowledging our offence; much more then are we bound to do this to God. Besides, we are related to God as his servants, by which we are bound to take his part in all controversies, debates, or quarrels, that he hath against sin, and chiefly against our own sin, which doth us most hurt, and against which we are able to do much more, than against other men’s. Add to these, the consideration of the equity of it, if we be bound (when it will be no hurt to us) to assist a brother, in any of his lawful and just suits, or judgments, either in appearing as a Witness, or as an Accuser, in his behalf: how much more are we bound to do the same for God? for without comparison, each person is more bound to stick close to God, than to himself: and to assist God by accusing, testifying, judging, though it be in the controversy which he hath against himself.
These particular illustrations (which upon another occasion are propounded and urged by G.P.) I have thought good to relate, both for the light which they give to this present question, and for the excellent use, that they have in exhortations to the practice of repentance.
10 The second reason (wherein the trouble of conscience upon accusation, was brought to prove that an accusing Conscience, could not be good) is also of no strength: Because that trouble and wounding, is either the accusation it self, or an affection following it. The same Judge that condemneth rightly and justly, may, and useth to be sorrowful, that he hath occasion to do so: for he absolveth more willingly those that are good, than he condemneth malefactors.
11 To speak home to the matter; The act of Accusation followeth indeed from sin, not as a sin, but a punishment; Conscience therefore accusing, so far as it accuseth rightly, is honestly good, though in respect of the trouble it bringeth, it useth to be called evil, as all other punishments are. It may also be called evil, because the ground of it is always some sin committed.
12 Thirdly, that the Conscience be honestly good, it is requisite that by this upright judgment, it stir up strongly to do good, and draw back strongly from that which is evil, Heb 13:18 but this cannot be done by Conscience alone, there must be also a good disposition, and bent of the Will, answerable to the judgment of Conscience.
13 A Conscience peaceably good, is that which Excuseth, Absolveth, Comforteth, Acts 24:6. Hence also unto a good Conscience, in this respect, do belong the affection of Joy, Confidence, Security, and Freedom.
14 A Conscience that is both honestly and peaceably good, is that which by the Apostle is called pure and clean, 2 Tim 1:3 Beautiful Heb 13:18 Without offence, or not offended, which is the consolation and rejoicing of the faithful, 2 Cor 1:12 To keep which, they are content to suffer all sorts of trouble unjustly, 1 Pet 2:19.
15 Conscience since the fall, or after sin, is made good again: 1. By the blood of Christ applied through Faith; whereby the guilt, accusation, and condemnation of it, are taken away, Heb 9:13,14 and 10:22. 2. By the virtue of the same blood, in repentance and sanctification of the spirit, 1 Tim 1:5 Acts 15:8,9 whereby believers have a settled and constant purpose to serve God. 3. By the witness of the Spirit, whereby we are assured of the grace of God. not only for the present, but also for the continuance of it, to the doing of every good work, Eph 1:18,14; Rom 9:5 & 1 Pet 1:5,6.
16 A good Conscience is maintained by that exercise, whereof the Apostle speaketh, Acts 24:16. Now this exercise doth chiefly consist in these things: 1. That the fear of God be always lively and fresh in our hearts, Ps 36:2. For this maketh us look what God’s judgment is, in all things, Ps 119:6. 2. That we meditate on God’s Law both day and night, Ps 1:2. For by this the Major Proposition or Rule whereby Conscience judgeth, is established. 3. That we examine our own ways with quick and sharp judgment, Ps 4:5 For this inferreth the application in the Minor Proposition. 4. That by daily repentance and renewing of Faith, we wash off the filth that we contract, 1 Jn 3:3 For therein lies the strength of the conclusion or judgment of Conscience.
Chapter 13
Of a weak, and of a strong Conscience
1 A Good Conscience admits of degrees, for which cause it is by the Apostle distinguished, into a weak and a strong Conscience, Rom 15:1
2 A weak Conscience is that which is purged by unfeigned faith, but is troubled with these imperfections, which all believers, for the most part do outgrow by time.
3 True Faith is supposed to be in a weak Conscience, for he that is weak, is a Brother, Rom 14:15,21 not to be condemned or set at naught, vs. 10 One for whom Christ hath died, 1 Cor 8:11 This Conscience therefore being good, differeth in kind from that which is weak through malice, presumption, or superstition.
4 The imperfections wherewith this weak Conscience is displeased, are, 1. Lack of knowledge, because as yet it understandeth not well what is lawful and pure, 1 Cor 8:7 Rom 14:14 This weakness of Conscience, is called the weakness of Faith, Rom 14:1
5 The second imperfection which dependeth on the first, is in Affection, because it easily is made sorrowful, and disquieted, when it seeth others do that which it self approveth not, Rom 14:15. Because of meat thy brother is grieved.
6 The third imperfection is in Judgment, because it quickly Judgeth and condemneth the liberty of others, 1 Cor 10:29 Rom 14:3,15 Why is my liberty judged by another man’s conscience? Let not man that eateth despise him that eatheth not.
7 The fourth imperfection, is in the purpose and settledness of heart, being easily drawn to what is evil. 1 Cor 8:10. For if any man see thee which hast knowledge, sit at meat in the Idol’s Temple: shall not the Conscience of him which is weak, be emboldened to eat those things, which are offered to Idols? From this, a man is most properly said to be offended, scandalized, wounded, destroyed. Rom 14:21, 1 Cor 8:9,12 Rom 14:15.
8 A strong Conscience, is that which is established in the truth. Rom 14:5 Persuaded in his own mind. 2 Pet 1:12 Ye know and are established in the present truth.
9 This stability consisteth in knowledge, yet not so much in the clearness thereof, as in the certainty, 1 Cor 8:4,7. We know that an Idol is nothing in the world, but there is not in every man that knowledge, & their conscience being weak is defiled. For certainty belongeth more to Faith, which we are here to understand by Conscience, than evidence or clearness, which belongs to knowledge, taken in the proper sense. 2. In such and affection, whereby it is always willing to bear with and bear the infirmities of others, Rom 15:1. We which are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak. 3. In judging so, as that nothing be set before a brother, at which he may stumble or fall, Rom 14:13 but judge this rather, that no man put a stumbling block, or an occasion to fall in his brother’s way. 4. In such a resolution and settledness of heart, whereby it is so strengthened in truth and godliness, that it cannot easily be removed, Heb 13:9 It is a good thing that the heart be established with grace.
Chapter 14
Of an evil Conscience
1 Conscience is said to be evil, either because its acts are sins, or because it brings trouble and sorrow.
2 A Conscience evil because of sin in its acts, is that which giveth not a right and powerful judgment; such is the Conscience of all men that are unregenerate, for it is in men according as original corruption is. Of this a polluted Conscience is not the smallest part. Tit 1:15
3 The first fault of an evil Conscience is blindness, whence it judgeth of good and evil no otherwise than one that is bodily blind useth to judge of colors: He calleth good evil, and evil good, Isa 5:10.
4 The second fault, is a kind of spiritual dullness, whence it neither stirreth up powerfully to that, which it seeth is good, nor draweth back from that which it acknowedgeth evil, Rom 1:18. Which withhold the truth in unrighteousness.
5 The third fault, is false witness bearing, which principally appeareth in excusing, and accusing falsely.
6 An evil Conscience doth excuse falsely, either when it doth not accuse where it ought, or absolveth and approveth where it ought to accuse and condemn.
7 The former fault is esteemed as a piece of Religion, by the dangerous Sect of Libertines, who place their chief happiness and perfection to have the sense of sin extinguished.
8 It prevaileth also in all those, who being free from great and gross sins, do seem unto themselves to be as it were perfect, and not to be blamed for any sin, Lk 18:20, Mk 10:20. All these things have I observed from my youth.
9 The second sort of excusing falsely, when an evil Conscience approveth, where it ought to condemn; is chiefly to be found in those that are superstitious. They think to be heard through their much babbling, Job 16:2. The time commeth that whosoever killeth you, will think that he doth God service, Rom 10:2. I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to knowledge.
10 A false accusation of an evil conscience is, when it accuseth and condemneth, where it ought to excuse: viz. For well doing: Rom 14:22. Happy is he that condemneth not himself in that thing which he alloweth.
[11] Conscience evil, through trouble and sorrow is that, which accuseth and condemneth. 1 Jn 3:20 If our heart condemn us.
12 When Conscience is evil in this kind, these affections follow. Sadness, Fear, Anguish.
13 This Conscience is honestly good, if it accuse justly: it is sinfully evil, if it do it unjustly.
14 A Conscience evil through trouble, and honestly goo, is to be found both in believers and unbelievers. In such as believe not, it is a preparation unto true repentance and faith. Acts 2:37
15 A Conscience evil, both through trouble and sin, is common also both to believers and those who believe not. But in those that believe, there is a principle of grace, by strength whereof they are upholden, they wrestle and withstand, and by little and little are healed of it.
Chapter 15
Of diverse degrees and sorts of an evil Conscience
1 An evil Conscience may be distinguished into diverse degrees: 1. In respect of defect, into a benumbed, stupid, and feared. 2. In respect of excess, into a troubled and desperate one.
2 A benumbed conscience is that, which is so dull and heavy in its acts, that there follows no strong stirrings of heart after it; nothing to purpose comes of it. Those that have such a conscience, are oppressed with a kind of spiritual sleep, wherein the sense of conscience is so bound, that it is no more moved, than a man that sleepeth is by his own dreams.
3 This dullness appeareth, 1. In a dull or faint pricking on to good: We have an example in Agrippa, Acts 26:28 thou almost persuadest me.
4 It appeareth secondly in a dull accusation for the evil that is committed, we have an example in Saul, 1 Sam 24:18.
5 The cause of this benumbedness in many that are not apparently wicked, is a certain carnal security, which creepeth secretly upon them, form long peace and prosperity, Jer 48:11.
6 A stupid Conscience is that, which doth not its office in accusing and condemning, unless it be for the greatest sins, and when it is forced by most grievous Judgments. For like as men sick of a Lethargy or Drowsiness, are not wakened commonly, unless it be by the thunder of God’s Judgments. We have an example in Pharaoh, Ex 8:9.
7 The cause of this stupidity is unbelief, and custom in sinning, which taketh away the sense of it.
8 A seared or cauterized Conscience, is that which no ways can be moved, no not by greatest sins, 1Tim 4:2. Which have their Consciences seared with an hot Iron: This sort of Conscience is found chiefly in those, who after they have been enlightened, against their Consciences do give up themselves to a wicked life.
9 In these the Synteresis it self, or Law of Conscience, hath its course stopped, and for time it is in a manner extinguished, Jude 10. Whatsoever they know naturally, as beasts which are without reason, in those things they corrupt themselves. This suppressing of the natural practical knowledge, which is ingrafted in all men, is by the Philosophers called ajpoliqwsis because such kind of men are changed as it were into stones, as in the Scripture they are said to have a hard and stony heart, by other Philosophers it is called qhrioth and qhriwdria because such men become altogether brutish. 2 Pet 2:2. Or rather put on the nature of the Devil. Job 8:44.
10 The signs of such a kind of Conscience are, 1. If one rejoice in sin. Prov 2:14. 2. If after he hath sinned he will not be reformed, Prov 24:22. 3. If he give up himself to commit known sin, with all his might striving to sin more than others. Eph 4:19.
Conscience
with the
Power and Cases thereof
Divided into Five Books
THE SECOND BOOK
Written by the Godly and Learned
William Ames
Doctor and Professor of the Famous University of Franeker in Friesland
Translated out of Latin into English for more Public benefit
Published by Order, May 20, 1641
Republished 2010
Gospel Covenant Publications
www.gcpublications.com
In which those Cases are handled,
which concern the state of man.
Chapter 1
Of a case of Conscience, and the state of man in general
Hitherto we have spoken of the Nature, now we are to intreat of the Cases of Conscience.
1. A Case of Conscience is a practical question, concerning which, the Conscience may make a doubt.
2. It is said to be a question, because it is not an axiom or proposition that is manifest of it self, but hath need of illustration and proof, by some third argument.
3. It is a practical question, because of the doubts which do not immediately belong to practice, do not immediately pertain to the judgment and act of Conscience, which thing is not well observed by them who under the name of cases of Conscience do handle many things, which do no more belong to Conscience than any other head of Divinity, purposely omitted by them.
4. It is called a case, because it is wont to fall out, or to happen in the course of man’s life, and a case of Conscience, because when it falls out, the Conscience ought, with all possible care, to give judgment about it.
5. Of this sort are all those questions wherein (supposing the general doctrine of Faith and Obedience) we enquire what our duty is, upon any particular occasion.
6. Of these questions one saith well. Because that Law which is written and ingraven in nature, containing the rules of honesty and natural justice, is in a manner wholly buried by original corruption, and almost totally overwhelmed by custom in sinning, as it were with some heap of evil lusts Laid upon it; and because also the light of the understanding is involved, and obscured with manifold darkness, so that neither those rules of honesty, which are within the books of the mind, are fully and perfectly legible, nor can our understanding read any thing therein , distinctly and plainly: Hence it is, that God, in his merciful providence hath given us three helps, viz. The light of Scripture, the assistance of his Grace, and the help of teaching. About this last, we are now to intreat.
7. Now every question, or case of Conscience (as the nature of the thing it self, and experience showeth) is either about the state of man before God, or about those actions which in that state he doth put forth, and exercise.
8. The state of man belongs to the first part of Divinity, which is about Faith, and the actions to the second part which is about obedience.
9. The state of man before God, is that relation which man hath to God, as he is the original of spiritual life, and happiness.
10. Concerning this state, the Conscience ought 1. To declare and determine what it is. 2. To judge, that it is to be eschewed if it be evil, and to be preserved, and increased if it be good.
11. Concerning the state of man in general there be three questions: The first is whether a man can certainly know in what state he is?
Answ. He may, 1. Because without this knowledge he cannot have an accusing, or excusing Conscience in respect of his estate, But such a Conscience men both may and are wont to have, Rom 2:15. 2. Because no man can either eschew or desire an unknown state: But one of these states a man ought to eschew, and to labor for the other, Mt 7:8.
12. Quest. 2. Whether men ought to make inquiry into their estates.
Answ. Yes, and that with all diligence possible, for 1. This is a thing that God requireth, 2 Cor 13:5. 2. Without this knowledge a man cannot have peace, or tranquility in his Conscience, Rom 5:1 & 8:1. 3. Otherwise a man cannot perform worship to God, with that preparation which is requisite, 1 Cor 11:28, 1 Cor 11:28.
13. Quest. 3. By what means comes a man to the knowledge of his estate?
Answ. 1. By consideration of those actions external, and internal, which proceed from him, Mt 7:17. 2. By the inclinations, and dispositions, from whence those actions flow, Rom 7:15, 16:17. 3. By that reflex act, which is proper to man, whereby he hath a power, as it were, to enter into, and perceive what is in himself, 1 Cor 2:11 4. By a kind of spiritual sense, Lk 24:32, Rom 7:21,28.
14. Quest. 4. What is it that hinders this knowledge?
Answ. 1. Wicked and profane thoughts in many, Ps 14:1-2. 2. Presumption, Apoc. 3:17, Mt 7:21:23. 3. The overcharging of the heart by the lusts of the flesh, and care about the things of this life, Lk 21:34. 4. An evil Conscience, Jn 3:20. 5. Spiritual sloth, and idleness, Isa 64:11. 6. Ignorance, Rom 6:11.
Chapter 2
Of the state of sin
1. The state of man since the fall of Adam is twofold. A state of sin, and a state of grace Acts 26:18, 1 Jn 3:10,14.
2. The state of sin consists in the privation of spiritual life, and happiness. From this estate therefore we are to fly, as from death and the greatest evil: Concerning this state on sin the first question is, how a man may discern, whither he do still continue in it?
3. Answ. The signs, or arguments, whereby this state may certainly be discerned, are in general, all those which are opposite to a state of grace, and spiritual life. For if a man be not in the one state, he must necessarily be in the other.
4. The first sign is a gross ignorance of those things, which belong to spiritual life, Eph 4:18, for hereby, men are strangers to the life of God. The reason is because it is impossible that any man should please God without faith, Heb 11:6. And for Faith it is impossible to be had without the knowledge of the will of God, which comes by the preaching of the Word, Rom 10:14.
5. The second sign, is a perverse disposition of will, whereby it is in subjection to the rule, and dominion of sin, Rom 6:12. The reason is because those who do yield themselves servants to obey sin, are in a state of slavery to sin, unto death Rom 6:16.
6 Now the signs of reigning sin, are first if a man do not seriously, and in good earnest, make opposition against the lusts of sin, but rather yield up himself unto them. Rom 6:13. Secondly, If in deliberate counsel either profit, or pleasure be preferred by him, and prevail more with him, than either honesty and piety, Phil 3:19. Thirdly, if the committing of sin stir him up rather to pleasure, than grief, Prov 2:14. Fourthly, if he take delight in the company of the wicked, Ps 50:18, 2 Cor 6:14.
7. The third sign, whereby it may be discerned whether a man be in the state of sin, is the disposition of will, whereby a man opposeth himself, to the will of God, Rom 8:7.
8. The signs of this perverse disposition are, 1. To reject the knowledge of God’s ways, Job 21:14-16. 2. To hate correction and instruction, Ps 50:17. 3. To contemn the threatenings, and judgments of God, Ps 36:1,2; Dt 29:19.
9. The fourth sign, is perverseness of the affections whereby men, turn away from God, and wholly cleave, and adhere, to worldly things, 1 Jn 2:15.
10. The averseness of a man from God, is wont to be seen, 1. By his alienation from the Word of God, especially when it is preached to him powerfully 2 Tim 4:3,4. 2. By a neglect of prayer, and other parts of God’s worship, Ps 14:3,4. Ps 79:6. Jer 10:25. 3. By an alienation from the servants of God, Prov 29:27. 1 Jn 3:10.
Chapter 3
Of deferring or putting off one’s Conversion
Quest. The second question is, whether a man may safely, rest for any time, in a state of sin, especially if he purpose with himself to reform and amend his life afterward.
1. Answer, it is not lawful to make the least delay at all in our conversion unto God. The reasons are, 1. Because God requires this for the present, Ps 95:7; Heb 4:7. And seeing sin is a debt, and an injury done to God, it is manifest, that repentance for the same ought not, unless God consent and like of it, to be deferred for one moment. As soon therefore as God shall require us to correct our lives, and to be converted; so soon ought this duty to be performed, besides this, no subject can keep and receive a thief, and murderer, or a public enemy, against the will of the magistrate, but he shall be guilty of a heinous crime. Now sin is a thief, a murderer, and an enemy to God’s glory. Whosever therefore shall keep and nourish sin against God’s Will, although he determine to do it but for a certain time, he thereupon doth bring upon himself a very grievous guilt.
2. Because all delay of Repentance increaseth hardness of heart, Heb 4:7. It doth produce a custom of sinning, and makes the work of repentance to be harder and harder, Jer 13:23. The reason is, because thereby evil habits are more strengthened and confirmed, the understanding becomes darker, Eph 4:18. The will grows more obdurate, and addicted to sin, Heb 4:7. All the faculties are more bound, and tied, as it were with chains, and knots, Acts8:23. A young plant is more easily plucked up than that which hath taken deep root. A nail the oftener it is beaten with a hammer the more firmly it if fastened, and the more hardly drawn out.
3. Because continuance in sin doth increase the number of sins, our guilt, and the wrath of God, Ps 95:10-11. For that sin which by repentance is not taken away, hath through it own natural inclination, the curse of God something in it like to the which in God’s things proceed from God’s blessing, that is, it increaseth and multiplies, and it doth, with its own weight draw unto other sins, even as the deep is said to call unto the deep.
4. Because the duration of our life is altogether uncertain, Jam 4:13-14. Delay breeds danger. Thou fool this night thy soul be required of thee and then where will that conversion be, which thou hast deferred? When therefore we have opportunity, let us set upon this business.
5. Because repentance is the gift of God, which he bestows at his own appointed times, not at our pleasure, 1 Tim 2:25; 2 Cor 6:2; Lk 13:9. We must therefore let slip no occasion, but convert today; And it is just with God that (if we neglect our duty, in this point, and refuse to fall to it, while we may) through his judgment and leaving and forsaking of us, we should not be able to do it, when we would.
6. Because the purpose of deferring repentance cannot stand with a sincere purpose to repent, 1 Pet 4:3. It is a point of dishonesty, and fraud, and a sign of a debtor that never means to pay what he owes, when a man because he is not minded to pay, defers, and puts it off, from one day unto another.
7. Because late repentance is very seldom true, and almost always suspicious. The example of the thief which we read, of in the Scriptures is only one, neither do we read of him, or of any other that was afterward converted that did defer and put off his repentance. Yea, the clean contrary is threatened to such a man, Mt 24:48.
8. Because though we could be certain that we might afterwards repent truly, yet it were a base and unworthy part to deal so with God, as it is not fit we should deal with men, Lev 19:13; Rom 3:28. And as we would be loathe God should deal with us, Ps 13:2,8 & 1 Cor 3.
9. Such kind of delays may be convinced of folly, and of madness, even by common sense, and experience, for all men would account him for a bedlam, that should when his house were on fire, defer the quenching of it, thought but for one hour. Or that having received some poison into his body, should not endeavor instantly to expel it; or the having received some grievous wound, should not with all possible speed seek for remedy. But in neglecting the burning, the poison, and death of sin, as there is more danger so the folly is much more pernicious.
Chapter 4
How the sinner ought to prepare himself to conversion
Quest. 3 What ought a man to do, that he may be translated out of a state of sin, into the state of grace?
Answ. Of those things which are necessarily required to this purpose, some pertain to the pulling a man out of the state of sin, and some to the setting him in the state of grace, Those things which pertain to the pulling a man out of that carnal security, in which he slept before, and to work in him a carefulness of his salvation above all things else, Acts 2:37 & 16:33. That this may be done, many things are necessary.
1. For it is first of all required, that a man seriously look into the Law of God, and make an examination of his life, and state according to. Jam 1:23,24,25.
2. It is required, secondly that upon that comparing of our state with God’s Law, there do follow a conviction of Conscience which in Scripture is called anapomogia a being without excuse, Rom 1:20. And a concluding one under sin, Rom 11:32. Rom 2:20 & 7:7.
3. Thirdly, after this conviction of Conscience, there must follow, a despair of salvation, both in respect, of all strength of our own, and of any help which is to be had from the Creatures, Rom 7:9; 11:13.
4. Fourthly, after all these; there must follow, a true humiliation of heart, which consists in grief and fear because of sin, and doth bring forth confession, Mt 9:12.
5. For the procuring of this humiliation, it is always necessary that there be a distinct consideration of some particular sins: for a general apprehension of sin, causeth a confused astonishment, but no right and true humiliation. Rom 7:7.
6. This humiliation is oftentimes occasioned by sight of some one sin, Acts 2:23,37.
7. It is helped forward oft times by some heavy affliction, as in Manasses, 2 Chron 33:12. The degrees of this humiliation are not the same, in all that be converted: for some feel greater trouble, and some less. But all those that are truly converted are also truly humbled. So put a man in the state of grace, it is required, that there be 1. Such an apprehension, upon the Gospel, as whereby a man judgeth it possible that his sins should be forgiven, Rom 12:23. Ps 130:4. 2. An earnest desire to obtain that mercy, which in Scripture is called a spiritual hunger, or thirst, Isa 55:1. Jn 7:37. Lk 1:53. An actual union with Christ, which consists in Faith, that is wrought in us by effectual vocation, Jn 15:1. 4. True repentance, whereby forsaking all sin, we give up and consecrate our selves wholly to God in Christ, Acts 2:38 & 3:19.
Chapter 5
Of the effectual Vocation
By effectual vocation , we have the first entrance into the state of saving grace; But here (in general) arise four question, which do nearly belong to Conscience, The first question is, whether he that hath Faith, may by ordinary means certainly know, that he is effectually called of God and in the state of grace?
Answ. He that hath Faith, may, and is wont to know certainly that he is in the state of grace. Diverse reasons of this assertion, (besides those which before were, delivered in the questions of the state of man in general) may be produced.
1. It is the office and the work of the spirit of God which the faithful have received, to certify and assure them of those thing which God of his free grace hath conferred upon them, 1 Cor 2:12. Rom 8:15.
2. The faithful are commanded to make their calling and election sure, neither is this a legal precept but and evangelical, 2 Pet 1:10.
3. That grace which we have received hath the nature and force of an earnest, in respect of that inheritance which is promised to us, Eph 1:1,4 & 4:30. 1 Cor 13:14. 2 Cor 1:21,22. For asmuch therefore as it serves for the assuring us of the certain of something which is to come, it ought not it self to be uncertain: for no certainty can be grounded upon an uncertainty.
4. A certain knowledge of the grace of God is required, as a necessary foundation for that joy and thankfulness which God requires of us, in regard of that grace, 1 Pet 1:6,8.
5. A Conscience purged from dead works doth necessarily bring with it a certain knowledge of grace, Heb 10:20. Rom 8:16 & 9:2.
6. The faithful are expressly said to have had this assurance, and that by such arguments as are common to all believers, 2 Cor 13:5. 1 Jn 3:14 & 4:16 & 5:20.
The second question is by what signs the certainty of this effectual vocation, and grace may be confirmed.
7. Answ. The first sign is, a constant inclination of the will towards God, as towards the chief good, Ps 119:57. For there is no man that can indeed place his chiefest good in the enjoying God, but such one as is called by God out of the world, and converted from his idols, which before he had set up to himself in his heart.
8. The second sign is a purpose, and readiness of mind to hearken unto God in everything, 1 Sam 3:10. Acts 9:6. Ps 40:8,9. For in so doing a man answers to the call of God, and becomes called, Ps 27:8.
9. The third sign is, a vehement longing after the word of God, 1 Pet 2:2. For by this word the faithful are called and regenerated, 1 Pet 1:23.
Chapter 6
Of Faith
The work of effectual vocation, is to work in man a true Faith in Christ, and repentance towards God.
Concerning Faith, the first question is what a man is to do that he may obtain true Faith in Christ.
1. Answ. Besides those things which were propounded before, it is further required, 1. That a man do go altogether out of himself, renouncing his own righteousness, Rom 10:3; Phi 3:9 The reason is because no man will seek righteousness out of himself by Faith, unless he do first acknowledge himself to be destitute of all righteousness in himself.
2. Secondly, he ought to propound unto himself the righteousness of Christ, as his chiefest aim, and scope, so that he doth condemn all things in respect of that, Phi 3:9,12. The reason is, because Christ is never sought as he ought to be, unless he be preferred before all things else, as the only means of eternal salvation.
3. Thirdly, he ought to fasten the eyes of his mind, upon the promises of the Gospel; For the Gospel is the Ministry of the spirit of righteousness and life, 2 Cor 3:6,8; the reason is, because Christ is neither offered of God, nor can be apprehended by man, but only in the promises of the Gospel.
4. Now in fastening our eyes upon the promises of the Gospel, we must consider first, that Christ only is propounded in them, and that crucified, 1 Cor 1:23,34 & 2:2. 2. Secondly, that in Christ there is a perfect sufficiency of redemption, and salvation, provided for them that be in him, Jn 3:16. Whence also in Scripture it is called a rich, and plenteous, abundant, and plentiful grace, Eph 1:6,7 & 2:4; Rom 5:10; 1 Tim 1:14. Thirdly, that his grace is particularly offered to all those to whom it is preached, Mk 16:13.
The second question is by what motives a man may be stirred up to believe in Christ.
5. Answ. First, if he consider that this is the Commandment of God, that he do believe in Christ, 1 Jn 3:23. Secondly, if he meditate on that misery, to which all those are subject which believe not, 1 Jn 3:23.
6. Thirdly, if he do meditate of the happiness of those which do truly believe, 1 Jn 3:16.
7. Fourthly, if he consider that there is no other way whereby he can escape that misery, or obtain that happiness but only by Faith in Christ, Acts 4:12; Heb 11:6.
8. Fifthly, if he do consider the injury which is offered to God by the man that believes not, 1 Jn 5:10.
9. Sixthly, if he weigh with himself how much they do honor God, which believe in him, Rom 4:20; Jn 3:33.
10. Seventhly, if he look upon the cloud of examples, which he hath of those which have believed and have been saved by Faith, Heb 12:1. For they were for patterns to them which should afterward believe, 1 Tim 1:16.
Chapter 7
Of those temptations which fight against FAITH
Because the whole spiritual life of a man doth depend upon his Faith, Heb 10:38. And by Faith as by a shield, a man is preserved safe against all the temptations of the Devil, the World and the Flesh, Eph 6:16; 1 Pet 5:9; Heb 11:25. Therefore it is that these three enemies do bend their forces principally against Faith. It will be profitable therefore to be acquainted with the principle assaults in this kind, as also with those means whereby through the grace of God, we may repel them, that they do not overmuch weaken our Faith.
The first Question then is, how the believer may support himself against those temptations, which are drawn from hence, that there are no notable Fruits of his Faith to be seen and discerned.
1. Answ. First he ought to consider that Faith in its own nature is of those things which are not seen or felt, Heb 11:1. And in this it differs from vision, Rom 8:24; 1 Cor 13:12. And therefore there is no more required to the being of Faith but that man do with his whole heart make choice of Christ for his Savior, and with his whole heart adhere unto him. Other things belong to the well being of Faith, not absolutely to the being of it, Col 2:7.
2. Secondly, he ought to consider, that the want of many fruits may argue Faith to be languishing, or weak, but it cannot argue that there is no Faith, 2 Pet 1:8.
3. Thirdly, he ought to consider that the Conscience is often supported much by the remembrance of what is past, though for the present grace appear not, Ps 77:6,7,12. And by the judgments of others that are godly, and wise concerning us, when our own judgment is troubled, Heb 6:9; 2 Cor 2:7,8.
The second Question is, how a man may support himself against those temptations which are drawn from hence, that he feels upon his the signs of the Wrath of God?
4. Ans. First, he ought to consider, that many signs of God’s wrath may stand with his love and favor, Ps 99:8.
5. Secondly, he ought to remember that Christ himself who was the Son of God’s love, did taste the wrath of God in this sort, Mt 27:46.
6. Thirdly, he ought to consider that it is required of the Faithful that they believe against hope under hope, Rom 4:11. And that they do, and they wrestle as is were with God, by Faith, Gen 32:24; Hos 12:4,5.
The third Question is how he may hold up his head against those temptations, which arise from hence, that his Faith increaseth not, Rom 1:17.
7. Ans. He ought to consider first it is with Faith, as it is with plants and living Creatures, which we may more easily perceive to have grown, than to grow. Secondly, that the increase of Faith is not to be expected at every moment, and at all seasons of our life, Heb 5:12. But then especially when the Sun fo righteousness approacheth nearer to our Horizon, by a more merciful communication of his grace, Acts 9:31; 2 Pet 1:2,3. Thirdly, that those temptations which do hinder the increase of Faith for the present do advantage it for the future, like the winter to the Plants, and like diverse sicknesses to the bodies of young Folk.
Fourth Question is how a man may comfort himself against those terrors which arise from the guilt of his sins, especially if they be grievous?
8. Ans. He ought to remember, 1. That such temptations as these, do proceed from a defect in Faith, Rom 6:11; Eph 6:16; 1 Pet 5:9. And therefore that we are not to cast away our Faith because of such sins, but rather so much the more to strengthen it, Lk 22:32.
9. He ought secondly to consider that it is the duty of the faithful not for sin to fly away from God, but rather for God to fly away from sin, and to adhere to God in Christ, that sin may be remitted, and abolished, Jn 3:14. With Num 21:19.
The fifth Quest. is how a Christian may sustain himself in time of affliction?
10. Ans. He ought to consider, 1. That such kind of trials are fruits of God’s love, Heb 12:6. 2. They shall work for his good, Rom 8:28. 3. The grace of God in all these ought to be sufficient to him, 2 Cor 12:9. But of afflictions more hereafter.
Chapter 8
Of Repentance
Concerning Repentance the first Question is, what a man is to do that he may repent?
1. Ans. He ought, 1. Attentively and seriously to consider his sins, according to that nature which is most detestable, Isa 1:4; Rev 3:17. For as the consideration of sin under some false shape as a thing lovely, and desirable, doth draw a man to sin: so the true consideration of sin, as a thing abominable, and by all means to be eschewed, doth withdraw the mind from sin by true Repentance. To set on this consideration it will be profitable, 1. To meditate upon the Majesty of God, which is by our sins most grievously offended. 2. Weigh well the infinite and manifold obligations whereby we are bound to please God, which yet we have not ceased wickedly to violate. 3. To think upon the terrible wrath of God, which like a consuming fire, remains upon impenitent sinners. 4. To set before our eyes, those supernatural good things of which our sins deprive us. 5. To call to mind those great evils which by our sins we bring upon our selves, and others, and the dishonor which we do to God. And to this purpose it will be exceeding profitable religiously to meditate upon the unsufferable torments, death, and curse which befell Christ for our sins.
2. He ought, 2. To set before his eyes, Obedience towards God, as a thing absolutely to be sought, necessarily to be followed after, Lk 13:3 & 10:42. They which are carried after any other thing, as absolutely necessary, are by that very affection by which they are so carried, drowned in perdition. 1 Tim 6:9.
3. He ought, 3. To confess his sins before God, 1 Jn 1:9; Ps 32:5 & 51:5. For confession of sins makes a man take all the guilt, and shame unto himself, and ascribe all the glory to God, Dan 9.
4. He ought, 4. By faith in Christ to expect, and pray for the change of his heart according to that promise which we have, Ez. 36:26,32. For those which go about the work of conversion leaning upon their own strength, do nothing to the purpose in this business, 2 Cor 3:5.
5. He ought, 5. In the power of God, to turn himself with all his heart form that which is evil, and to convert himself to that which is good in the sight of God, Ps 45:8 Which hatred in respect of those sins which are past, doth necessarily bring forth an unfeigned sorrow, Zech 12:10. Together with a shame, and dislike, Rom 6:21. And conversion to good, doth primarily consist, in a desire, and purpose to do well, Ps 119:33,106.
The second Question is, by what motives a man may be stirred up to true repentance?
6. Ans. Let him consider, 1. That this repentance is a thing very pleasing to God, Ps 51:19. The force of the argument lies here, because he which hath given himself up to God by Faith, cannot but endeavor after all those things, by which God is well pleased. 2. That it is absolutely necessary to salvation, Lk 13:3. The reason of the consequence lies here, because he which desires the end, desires also those means, which he sees to have a necessary connection with that end, 3. That sin is the cause of our separation from God, Isa 55:2. This reason holds because the believer by his Faith doth adhere to God, and therefore turns away from all those things which work a separation twixt God, and him, 4. That there is an utter opposition betwixt sin, and our vocation and Faith and Life, 2 Cor 6:15,16; Thess 4:7. The argument is strong because he which affirms one of the contraries denies the other, 5. That the mercies of God towards him, (by all which he is lead unto repentance) are exceeding great, Rom 2:4,5; Jer 8:4,5,12,6. That Christ suffered most grievous anguish for our sins, Zech 12:12. By which we may learn how horrible they be, and how much to be detested, 7. That impenitency in it self is the most grievous sin, and that it is the continuation, the sealing up, and the amplification of all sins besides, 8. That there are great promises made, and that the Kingdom of Heaven stands open to all such as repent, Isa 1:18; 1 Ki 8:48,49,50.
The third Question is, what be the signs of true Repentance?
7. Answer, First grief for sin in respect of the offence done to God by them, and not only in respect of punishment; the reason is because repentance doth turn a man from sin as it is sin, now it is sin as it doth transgress the revealed will of God, and so offendeth him, and provokes him to anger. This grief ought to be the greatest of all grief, Zech 12:10,11. At the least intellectually, in regard of the displeasedness of the will, although in respect of the sense other griefs may sometimes appear more vehement. Grief, or sorrow is an offense of the souls, arising from hence that it suffereth something which it abhors as being a thing whereby it feels it self to be hurt. Grief therefore for sin doth necessarily accompany true conversion, for the mind while converts itself from sin, beginneth to nill sin, or to abhor it, It perceiving therefore that somewhat sticks to it which doth abhor, cannot choose but be troubled. And because the chief reason why the converted soul doth abhor sin, is that repugnancy which sin hath to the will of that God, to which the soul being converted is now joined, hence it is, that grief for sin if it be right ariseth rather from this ground, because God is thereby offended, then because any misery is brought upon our selves.
8. Secondly, a hatred of sin, as a thing above all others most detestable, Rev 2:6. This hatred if it be sincere, 1. Is carried against all known sins without any exception, 2. It is constant without intermission, 3. It is implacable without reconciliation, 4. It is vehement without toleration.
9. A third sign is an earnest desire, and settled purpose to avoid all sin, and to live after God’s Law for the future; The reason is because he which doth detest, and hate sin, for this reason because it is sin, and offends God’s Majesty, will as well abhor future sins, as those which are past, for these do every whit as much offend God as the other: and no man can avoid future sins unless he do purpose and determine with himself, as strongly as he can that he will never, upon any condition commit sin again. This purpose if it be sincere, 1. Doth cause a separation as far as possible may be from present sins, and form occasion of future sins, 2. It intendeth every thing that it is good, 3. It seeks for it effectually in a diligent endeavor and use of the means, 4. It carefully labors to remove all impediments as well internal, as external.
The fourth Question is how a man can repent of such sins as he cannot come to the knowledge of?
10. Answer, He which formally and distinctly repents of all his known sins, hath a virtual, and confused repentance even for those sins which he knoweth not, Ps 19:13.
Chapter 9
Of Adoption
Upon Faith in Christ follows justification and adoption, but because justification doth properly consist in relation therefore there is no peculiar thing about it that belongs to Conscience, besides those which either were spoken of before, in the Question about Faith, or are hereafter to be spoken of, amongst those things which belong to Sanctification, Glorification, and Obedience.
If any one be certain of his Faith in Christ, and yet do doubt in Conscience whether he be justified before God, this happens through want of wisdom to infer the conclusion out of the premises. This defect therefore is remedied by a right information about the nature of justification. For all the promises of the Gospel, concerning remission of sins, justification, and life eternal, do as well belong to every particular believer, and may and ought as well to be apprehended, and applied by him unto himself, as if his own name were written in the Scriptures. The reason is, because whatsoever is promised to Faith, or to the faithful in general, is promised expressly to all and every true believer in particular.
There is the same reason for adoption also, save only that to this benefit, there is attributed as an adjunct a certain operation of the spirit in respect whereof he is called the spirit of adoption. For although it be the same spirit, which doth, 1. Convince men of sin, and of righteousness, and judgment, Jn 16:8. 2. Illuminate them with the saving knowledge of Christ, 1 Cor 1:10,13; Eph 1:17,18. 3. Ingraft them into Christ, Eph 3:6 & 4:4. 4. Quicken them being ingrafted, 2 Cor 3:6. 5. Lead them into all truth which is necessary to salvation, Jn 14:17 & 16:13; 4:16. Yet because adoption hath a primary place among those benefits which are sealed to us by the holy spirit, hence it is that he receiveth a singular denomination there from, and is called the spirit of adoption, Rom 8:15. Concerning this spirit the first Question is, what a man ought to do that he may obtain the lively act, and sense of it?
1. Ans. He ought, 1. To give diligent attention to the preaching of the Gospel, 2 Cor 3:6,8. The Ministers of the new testament are called the Ministers of the spirit, and the Ministry thereof the Ministry of the spirit, because by that means God doth offer, and communicate his spirit, Gal 3:2. Ye have received the spirit by the hearing of Faith, Eph 1:13.
In whom ye also trusted after that ye heard the word of truth, the Gospel of your salvation, in whom also after that ye believed, ye were sealed with the holy spirit of promise.
2. He ought, 2. To beg this spirit of God, Lk 11:13, Your Heavenly Father will give the holy spirit to them that ask him.
3. He ought, 3. To open the doors of his heart that the spirit may enter in, Ps 24:7; Rev 3:20. That is to call off his mind from earthly things and to raise it upwards and to prepare himself, by all means to entertain the motions of the spirit.
The proper Question is, what be the signs of the spirit of Adoption.
4. Ans. The first sign is a spirit of Prayer , whereby we call upon God as a Father, Zech 12:10; Rom 8:15,26; Gal 4:6. For no man can have a true filial affection toward, and confidence in God, but by communion of the spirit.
Now this is in that regard proper in a sort to the time of the Gospel, or new Testament, because God hath declared himself principally, fitly, and in a more excellent manner than formerly to be our Father.
5. The second sign is an high estimation of the dignity of Adoption, Job 1:12; 1 Jn 3:1. For the spirit doth not only seal unto us our Adoption, but doth also show us how great a blessing it is, and how much to be prized.
6. The third sign is the fear and honor of God, 1 Pet 1:17; Mt 1:6. For true reverence follows upon an apprehension of great love and kindness mixed with great power.
7. The fourth sign is filial obedience, 1 Pet 1:14. Which proceeds not so much from hope and reward, as from love and desire to please God, Rom 8:14. For obedience springeth from a religious reverence.
8. The fifth sign is conformity to the Image of God our Father, and Christ our elder brother, Mt 5:48; Rom 8:29; 1 Jn 3:9. For the Son is begotten after the similitude and likeness of his Father.
9. The sixth sign is a firm hope of the eternal inheritance, Rom 8:17. For the inheritance and the expectation thereof is proper to some, not to peccants or strangers.
The third Question is how the testimony of the spirit may be preserved?
10. Ans. 1. If we extinguish and quench it not by contempt or neglect of the means of grace, 1 Thess 5:19,20. The reason is, because the word with the like means of grace are the force of the spiritual life, by the use of which the spirit is strengthened within us, and in the want of which the spirit in regard of its inhabitation fails in us, and is said to be quenched.
11. 2. If we grieve it not by the filthiness of sin, Eph 4:30. The reason is because as natural grief ariseth from the presence, or representation of some repugnant, and unwelcome object, which is incumbent and prevails against us, so that spirit is in a sort grieved by the prevailing of sin, a thing to him most odious and repugnant.
12. 3. If we stir it up by holy exercises, 2 Tim 1:6. The reason is because as fire in green wood burns not but by the help of bellows and blowing, so neither doth any spiritual heat continue in the hearts of sinners, unless due means be used for the stirring it up.
Chapter 10
Of Sanctification
Concerning Sanctification the first question is, what a man ought to do that he may be sanctified?
1. Ans. He ought, 1. Wholly to submit himself to the word of God. For the word of God is that truth which sanctifies us, Jn 17:17; Jer 31:3. And it is effectual to work sanctification, 1. Because of that utter opposition which it hath against sin, by reason whereof, it repels sin out of the heart, where it is seated, 2. Because it is the powerful instrument of God to regenerate men, 1 Pet 1:23.
2. He ought 2. By Faith to apply Christ unto himself, as in Sanctification, 1 Cor 1:30. He ought therefore, 1. To suck as it were holiness out of Christ, that is, Considering that Christ is the Fountain of all spiritual life and Sanctifying grace, Job 1:16; Col 1:19 & 2:9. He ought to rely and put his confidence in Christ for the obtaining of Sanctification, and to draw it out of that Fountain, Isa 12:3. He ought, 2. To provoke himself unto it by the meditation of Christ, that is seriously weighing and considering the blessings of God in Christ, he ought to stir up himself to such an endeavor after Sanctification as becometh such benefits.
3. Now because there are two parts of our Sanctification, namely mortification, whereby sin or the old man is put off, and vivification, whereby grace or the new man is put on, Eph 4:2; 2:24; Col 3:8,10. Therefore there are two parts of the application of it for sanctification, the first part is the application of his death, the second of his Resurrection and life, Rom 6.
4. The application of the death of Christ to the mortifying of sin, is when Faith doth effectually collect this mortification of sin, from the death of Christ, Rom 6:11.
5. By this application sin is said to be crucified, Romans 6:6; Gal 5:24. To be killed, Romans 6:2. And to be buried Romans 6:4.
6. The Nails whereby in this application sin is fastened to the Cross, are the very same with those, whereby Christ was fastened to the Cross. For there is nothing more effectual, than if one would consider seriously, 1. The nature and desert of his sins. For he which seriously considers that his sins do deserve, and will procure his death, and destruction, he cannot but seek by all means to prevent it, by the mortification of sin; for either sin, or the sinner must needs die, Rom 8:13. 2. The love and mercy of God the Father toward him a sinner, in sending Christ to take away his sin. For the love of God will constrain us to seek that for our selves, which God so earnestly sought for us, 1 Jn 4:11. 3. The love of Jesus Christ in undergoing, and fulfilling all things that were required for the taking away of our sins. For this grace and love of Christ, if it work but upon us as it ought, will constrain us to set about this work, 2 Cor 5:14,15. Those were the very Nails whereby Christ was fastened to the Cross, and not those material ones, which his murderers did use for this purpose.
7. The application of the resurrection and life of Christ unto vivification, is when Faith doth effectually collect this life of grace, from the resurrection and life of Christ, Rom 6:11. Now it is effectually collected, by a meditation of the efficient cause, and end, and fruits of the resurrection of Christ, Col 3:1. The meditation of the efficient cause affordeth this argument; If the said spirit which raised up Christ from the dead, dwell in me, it will also raise up my soul from the death of sin, to the life of grace, Rom 8:11. The meditation of the end, this; As Christ was raised up, that sin might have no more dominion over him, but that he might for ever live to God, so also must we, Rom6:9,10. The meditation of the fruits yields this argument: As Christ being raised up sitteth at the right Hand of his Father in Heaven, so ought we also to live as Citizens of Heaven, Phi 3:20.
8. He ought, 3. By a lively Faith, not only to apprehend the general promises of salvation, but those particular ones also, which do in a singular manner pertain to sanctification, Ex 30:24.
9. He ought, 4. To yield up himself wholly to the holy Ghost, to be acted and led by him in all things, Rom 8:13,14.
The second Question, by what motives may a man be stirred up to labor for Sanctification?
10. Ans. If he consider, 1. That without holiness no man shall see God. Heb 12:14; Mt 5:20. 2. That holiness is the Image of God, and that perfection, wherein we were created at the beginning, Eph 4:24. 3. That holiness is the end of our election, redemption and vocation, Eph 1:4; 1 Tim 4:7; Tit 2:14; 1 Cor 1:2. 4. That is not the least part of glory and eternal bliss, Eph 5:27. 5. That there can be no true Faith or justification, or adoption without sanctification, Jam 2:26; 2 Pet 1:10; 1 Cor 6:11.
The third Question, what are the signs of true sanctification.
Ans. 1. A reformation of all the powers, and faculties of the whole man, 1 Thess 5:23. 2. A respect to all the Commandments of God, Ps 119:6; Jam 2:10. 3. A constant care to avoid all sin, Pro 28:14. 4. A walking before God, Gen 17:1; Acts 24:16; 1 Cor 10:31; Col 3:23. 5. A combat betwixt the flesh and the spirit.
Chapter 11
Of the combat of the Spirit against the Flesh
Question, how may the combat of the spirit against the flesh which is in the regenerate, be distinguished from that fight which is oft found in the unregenerate when they sin.
First, Ans. 1. They differ in the causes. For, 1. The reluctation which is in the wicked proceeds either from horror, and a slavish fear of punishment, or from some evil disposition, which is easily overcome, but the spiritual combat ariseth from a certain new nature, which of its own accord, is carried after those things which are pleasing to God, and doth firmly, and constantly shun, and make opposition against whatsoever is contrary, 2. That fight and reluctation, which is found in wicked men, takes place only, in such gross sins, as either are condemned by the Law of nature, or are wont to be abhorred by all such as are in any small measure illuminated: but the spiritual combat of the regenerate is exercised against all sin, though it never come to be perfected in any gross crime.
Secondly, 2. They differ in the objects: For that fight which is found in the wicked, is either between the dictate of their Conscience and the inclination of the will, or between some light inclination of the will to some moral good things, and heady affection which rule, and bear sway: but that combat which is in the regenerate, consisteth in the opposition and strife of a certain new and supernatural quality of spiritual life, which hath its seat principally in the will, against corrupt inclinations, which dwell indeed within them, but bear no sway over them.
Thirdly, 3. They differ in the effects. For 1. That Fight which is in natural men, may and is wont to consist with a daily and ordinary course of sinning: But the combat of the spirit, doth always cause that (although there may be many slips, and infirmities) the course, and tenor of a man’s life be squared, and ordered according to the will of God, 1 Jn 3:9,10. 2. That opposition in natural men, although it may sometime be a cause, why some good is done by them, yet it cannot make a good principle, a good end, and a good manner of working: all which the combat of the spirit against the flesh doth bring along with it, 3. The fight of natural men, doth ordinarily admit such actions as are for the substance of them evil: but the spirit doth so prevail for the most part that it admits not a sin in the fact it self although there may be a failing in the degree, and manner of doing, 4. For those evils which the unregenerate man doth commit, this fight that is within him hinders not, but that the sin may be, in all respects consummated, in regard of the precedent consultation, and purpose, the concomitant pleasure, and delight, and the following obstinacy and impenitency: but the spirit by its combat with the flesh doth abate the power of sin, partly before the commission, partly in the commission, and doth afterward utterly break it, 5. That reluctation which is in natural men seeks only to repress, and keep sin under, but the spirit in its combat always for the very mortification of sin, and the highest perfection of grace, although before death it be not attainable.
Chapter 12
Of growth in Sanctification
The fifth Question is whether we ought to content our selves with this, that we have some beginnings of sanctification?
1. Answ. No, there are two duties to be performed yet by us, in either of which if we be negligent all our labour is lost.
2. The 1. Is a care to keep that holiness we have, 1 Tim 1:19. The reason is because that many have escaped in some degree the pollutions of the world, and yet have been entangled therein and overcome, and so the latter end hath been worse with them than their beginning, 2 Pet 21:22.
3. Now we shall hold fast our holiness, 1. If we be mindful of the Covenant which we made with God, Job 31:1. And of our redemption, 1 Cor 6:19,20. 2. If we take diligent heed, that we never repent of any repentance, Jer 34:11. That is if we be careful that we never fall in love with that sin which we have hated, or slight any duty which our Consciences have approved, no not in those things, which the world counts small and as nothing.
4. The 2. Duty is a study, and care to increase in holiness, with the increase of God, Col 2:19; 2 Pet 1:5; Phil 1:9; 1 Tim 4:15.
5. The reason is, 1. Because such is the nature of grace that it always stirs up them in whom it is to an earnest desire of larger fruition of it, 1 Pet 2:2,3. So that although that thirst which is a thirst of total indigence or want be excluded by grace, Jn 4:14. Yet that which is for a more plentiful fruition is not taken away but increased, 2. Because as the vital heat of our bodies doth never continue in one state, but is either increasing, or decreasing always, so in this life of grace, unless we do give all diligence that we may be on the growing hand, it cannot be avoided but there will be a consumption through that opposition which the spirit meets with from the flesh.
6. Now we shall make a progress in Sanctification, 1. If we exercise ourselves daily to a more perfect denying of sin, and of the world, and of our selves, and to a more earnest and serious seeking of God and his Kingdom, 2. If we have our end always in our eyes, Pro 4:23. 3. If we keep our hearts with all diligence, Pro 4:23. 4. If we watch to the holy use of all those means which make to sanctification, and join earnest prayer with them.
Chapter 13
Of the first fruits of Glorification consisting in the sense of God’s Love.
Amongst the first fruits of glory which are granted to the faithful in this life, the apprehension and sense of God’s Love is the chiefest, for as the procurement of our salvation, had its beginning, and first foundation, in the election, and love of God, so the beginning of the perceiving thereof is in the same love, now concerning this love, the first Question is how a man may obtain the apprehension and sense of the love of God?
1. Ans. The proper cause of this apprehension is the holy Ghost, who sheds this love of God in the hearts of believers, Rom 5:5. That is, certifies them particularly that this love of God is extended abundantly to them. But yet there are many means whereby this work is promoted, and whereby also believers come to be rooted, and grounded in this love, Ephesians 3:18. The principle of them are these that follow.
2. First, if the believer do apprehend that (God in regard of that relation wherein he stands to him and the rest of the faithful is merely love) 1 Jn 4:8. For so that phrase is to be understood, not of God considered absolutely, but in relation unto the faithful, because all things which God doth, to and about believers, proceeds in some sort from his love, for the love of God is to be sought for, and to be considered in the effects thereof.
3. Secondly, if he consider how admirable all the circumstances be in the love of God, Jn 3:16. In respect of the person loving. For God who hath in himself all good, all sufficiency, and perfection, that could receive no profit, either by man, or by man’s love and besides that was grievously offended with man, this God notwithstanding loveth man, 1 Jn 4:10,11.
4. Secondly, in respect of the person beloved. For God hath loved man, that deserved no such thing from him, man his enemy, man unthankful, Rom 5:8.
5. Thirdly, in respect of the gifts which are the fruits of this love. For God out of love hath given man his own Son, and in his son himself, 1 Jn 2:24. And with him all good things, Rom 8:32.
6. Fourthly, in respect of the manner of the giving, which was out of mere and abundant grace, without man’s request, and beyond his expectation, Rom 10:20.
7. Fifthly, in respect of the continuance, for this love of God was from eternity, and shall remain immutably unto all eternity, Eph 1:4; Jer 31:3; Jn 13:1
8. The third mans to promote the sense of God’s love in the heart of a believer is for him to labor with all his might in the use of those means which tend to this purpose to get a more plentiful taste of this love, Ps 34:9; 1 Pet 2:3.
The second Question is how a man may know that God loves him?
9. Ans. 1. If he be certain that Christ is his, Gal 2:20; that is, if he be certain that he hath a true Faith in Christ. For Christ is the Son of God’s love, by whom his love is derived unto others.
10. 2. If he be certain of his love to God, 1 Jn 4:10; Pro 8:17.
11 3. If he follow after righteousness, Pro 15:9. For God cannot but love his own Image.
12. 4. If the love of God do constrain, and effectually stir him up, to all duties of piety towards God, and of love, and Justice towards men, 2 Cor 5:14; 1 Jn 4:12.
A third Question is, whether a man may not collect the Love of God, from the common good things which he bestows?
13. Answ. All the benefits of God, of what sort soever they be, do bring with them an obligation, to love and obey that God which is the donor, but it is proper to some of them to bring besides that, solid and spiritual comfort to the receiver, by a demonstration of the singular love of God, which is made by them. For nothing that is common, can demonstrate any special love. Creation therefore, and preservation, and earthly and natural good things cannot by themselves be any signs of a supernatural love, Eccl 9:2. But yet these common good things when they are received by Faith, as given in Christ, are (in respect of the manner wherewith they are then clothed) proper to the faithful, and are secondary signs of God’s love to them, Ps 22:10,11,12. For Faith maketh such a kind of arguing as there the Psalmist useth, to be of force, whereas without Faith there could no such consequence be drawn from them.
Chapter 14
Of the hope of eternal life
From the apprehension, and sense of God’s love, follows a confirmed hope, or confidence, and undoubted expectation of eternal life. Now concerning this hope, and certainty, the first Question is whether a believe may be infallibly be assured of his salvation?
1. Ans. There is not only a possibility for the believer to come to this certainty, but it is his duty also, never to rest contented till he have obtained it, Heb 6:11 & 10:22; Rom 4:21 & 8:35-39. For
2. First, God hath confirmed this to every believer by promise, by oath, by earnest, by seals, Jn 3:16; Jer 31:40,41; Heb 6:17; Eph 1:14; Mk 16:16.
3. Secondly, Faith ought to receive all that which God hath thus confirmed, Heb 4:2.
4. This certainty is perfected in us by three Acts, 1. By an act of Faith properly so called whereby we rest upon God by Christ, for the certain obtaining of salvation: 2. By an act bpignwsews of knowledge, whereby we believing do understand that God hath certainly adjudged to us and made ours. But yet for all that the whole application is attributed to Faith, because it dependeth first, and chiefly on faith.
5. Thirdly, salvation, and life eternal is contained in the object of Faith. For we believe life everlasting, 2 Pet 1:3,4,5.
6. Fourthly, true grace (of the certainty of which we spake before) is never separated from life eternal, Heb 6:9. For the grace of justification is a more certain cause of life, and the grace of sanctification is a part of eternal life, Jn 17:3; Gal 2:20.
7. Fifthly, God the Father hath decreed to bring to eternal life all those that believe, for Faith is a fruit of election, Acts 2:47 & 13:48.
8. Sixthly, Christ our Savior doth perpetually intercede for the faithful, that they may be preserved from evil, Jn 17:15.
9. Seventhly, the holy Ghost doth direct, and keep the faithful to life eternal, Jn 16:16; Ez 36:27.
10. Eighthly, by the power of God, and Christ, the faithful are preserved, Jn 10:28,29; 1 Pet 1:5. And strengthened, Eph 3:16; Col 1:10; Phil 4:1.
The second Question by what motives a believer may be stirred up to seek for this certainty of hope with all diligence?
11. Ans. 1. God requires this, Rom 15:13; Col 1:23; Heb 6:11 & 10:22; 1 Pet 5:9.
12. Secondly, this hope is as necessary for a believer in time of temptation, as a helmet is for a Soldier, and an anchor for a Ship, Eph 6:17; 1 Thess 5:8; Heb 6:19.
13. Thirdly, it brings with it freedom, and strength, and courage, and constancy, in every work of the Lord, Heb 3:6; 1 Cor 15:58. The reason is because the end, and fruit of a man’s work doth allure, and whet him on to industry, and constancy in working. For although our salvation be not the chief, and last end of our obedience, yet it is the fruit of it, and in that respect, partaketh of the nature of an end, Rom 6:22. So that it is not only lawful but very expedient also, for the help of our infirmity to set about the work of piety, with an eye upon the recompence of reward, Jam 5:7; Gal [?]6,7,8; Heb 12:2; Ps 19:12.
14. Fourthly, it is the end of the calling of the Faithful, whence also it is styled the hope of their calling, Eph 1:18.
15. Fifthly, this hope make not ashamed, because it is never vain, neither doth it deceive, Rom 5:4,5; Rom 8:24.
16 Sixthly, it is hope by which a believer is saved, Rom 8:24.
The third Question is what a believer ought to do for the obtaining and preserving of a lively hope.
17. Ans. He ought, 1. To preserve his Faith firm, and lively. For hope flows from and depends upon Faith, and that not only, the being of Faith, but the degree, the measure, and the sense of it, Heb 11:1.
18. Secondly, he ought with all care to keep a good conscience: for such a Conscience doth make much for the confirming of Faith and hope, 1 Tim 1:19; 2 Tim 4:7,8.
19. Thirdly, he ought diligently to observe the experiment which he hath had of God’s love towards him. For experience causeth hope, Rom 5:4.
20. Fourthly, he ought oftentimes to set before his eyes the examples of those, who have with happy success placed their hope in God, Jam 5:10,11.
21. Fifthly, he ought to be frequent in the exercises of piety, Rom 15:4.
The fourth Question is what are the signs of a true and lively hope?
22. Ans. 1. True hope is carried upon God only, who is therefore called the God of hope, Rom 15:13. And the hope of Israel, Jer 14:8.
23. Secondly, it rests upon that free mercy of God which is manifested in justification, and not upon any human merits, or strength, nor upon any external and common blessings of God, Rom 5:1.
24. Thirdly, it doth expect not only happiness, but sanctification also, Gal 5:5.
25. Fourthly, it is begotten, and preserved by holy exercises, Rom 15:4
26. Fifthly, it brings forth patience, 1 Thess 1:3.
27. Sixthly, it causeth spiritual joy, Heb 3:6.
28. Seventhly, it begetteth a constant care of holiness, 1 Jn 3:3.
Chapter 15
Of Consolation
From Christian hope or confidence, ariseth consolation, which is, a confirmation of the soul, against the grief and fear that doth oppress it, for it is not properly a rejoicing of the soul (as some think) but rather a repression, or a mitigation, or an allaying of grief, fear, or sadness. For that man is said to receive comfort and consolation, when he hath in some sort put away grief, although joy be not yet come in the place, or if his sadness, and sorrow, be at least in some sort mitigated, and lessened. For sometimes there may be a mixture of sorrow and consolation together. Neither are men either perfectly well or perfectly ill, when they begin to receive consolation, Isa 40:1,2. Now concerning this consolation
The first Question is, whether a believer may attain unto solid comfort against all kinds of evil?
1. Ans. He may. For, 1. God the Father in respect of the faithful is the God of all consolation, comforting them in all afflictions, 2 Cor 1:3,4.
2. Secondly, Christ is the principle, or fountain by which the comfort of the faithful doth flow, 2 Cor 1:5.
3. Thirdly, the holy Ghost is the comforter of all believers imparting unto them all consolation, Jn 14:16,26 & 15:26 & 16:7,13.
4. Fourthly, the whole Scripture maketh for the consolation of the faithful, Rom 15:4.
5. Fifthly, this consolation is made strong by the immutable counsel of God, and by his strengthening of believers, Heb 6:17,18.
6. Together with this consolation God doth join the confirmation of his grace, which consists in a repairing of their strength, and in a fortifying of them against trouble. For whereas the faithful oft times like weak women, through the apprehension of some terrible evil, do fall as it were into a [swoon], and all their strength is dissolved, God on the other side in this defect makes a supply by his grace of confirmation: we have a notable example of this, Dan 10 & 8. There remained no strength in me, & 10. And behold a hand touched me which set me upon my knees, and upon the palms of my hands, and he said unto me, stand upright, and 18. Then there came again and touched me one like the appearance of a man, and he strengthened me and said, O man greatly beloved fear not, peace be unto thee, be strong, yea be strong, and when he had spoken unto me I was strengthened, and said let my Lord speak for thou hast strengthened me. And this is a grace which we are commanded to seek for, Heb 12:12.
Chapter 16
Of Afflictions
The second Question is, what those evils be against which the faithful ought to seek consolation?
Ans. They are either corporal, as the afflictions of this life and death, or spiritual, as spiritual temptations and sins.
The third Question is, by what arguments, a believer may be confirmed, and comforted against the afflictions of this life?
1. Ans. First, such kind of afflictions are common to man, 1 Cor 10:13. And are wont to be accomplished in believers while they live here, 1 Pet 5:9; Acts 14:22.
2. Secondly, without God’s Providence not so much as a hair of our head shall perish, Mat 10:30; Lk 21:18.
3. Thirdly, the fatherly love of God is wont to be manifest in the afflictions of the faithful, Heb 12:6.
4. Fourthly, Christ himself hath suffered and overcome all the afflictions of the World, to the intent he might succor us, Heb 4:15.
5. Fifthly, God together with the temptation, will strengthen by the spirit, and make a way to escape, 1 Cor 10:13.
6. Sixthly, the time of affliction is but short, 2 Cor 4:17; 1 Pet 5:10.
7. Seventhly, the fruit of afflictions is saving. For every chastening yeildeth the peaceable fruit of righteousness, unto them that are exercised therewith, Heb 12:11.
The fourth Question is whether we are to comfort our selves after one sort in all afflictions?
8. Ans. There be diverse kinds of afflictions, so there be several ways of consolation. For some afflictions are brought upon us by men for righteousness sake, for the cause of Christ and his Gospel and Kingdom, Mat 5:10,11; Mk 10:29; Lk 18:29. These afflictions are commonly styled by the name of persecution, or the Cross, because of the resemblance which they have to, and participation with the Cross of Christ, Phil 3:10. In these kinds of afflictions, consolation is easy and at hand, for we ought even to account the afflictions of this nature, and for such a cause to be themselves an argument of great comfort, Mt 5:12; Acts 5:14; Jam 1:2; 1 Pet 4:14,16. The reason is because in those persecutions which we suffer for righteousness sake there is the nature of a testimony, martyrdom, and example whereby we glorify God before men. And so out of the eater comes forth meat according to Samson’s riddle, Jud 14.
9. Some afflictions are laid upon us by God to prove us, and to try us, Ex 15:25 & 16:5; Dt 8:2,16. These are properly called trials and temptations. In these kinds of afflictions our consolation is not to be fetched from the temptation it self, but from our manner of bearing it, when we through the grace of God in such a condition, do sanctify and glorify his Name, Job 1:24. Our principal care therefore ought to be to frame and compose our selves to a right bearing of these afflictions, and the comfort will follow of its own accord.
10. Some afflictions are laid upon us, as punishments and corrections, Job 36:9,10; Heb 12:7,8. Yet this comfort cannot be solidly apprehended, but only in making right use of the afflictions themselves, Ibid 6:11. Here therefore our first care must be to make right use of these visitations before we seek after comfort.
11. These kind of afflictions are not so different but that they may meet together, in one, and the same trouble. For in perfection the faithful are always tried, sometimes corrected, but yet there may be trials and corrections often times without persecution, and when they do meet together some of these kinds may more appear in some than others.
The first Question is what a man in afflictions ought to do to the end that he may obtain true and solid comfort?
12. Ans. First, he ought to acknowledge the hand of God afflicting him, Isa 26:11; Job 5:6,8; Amos 3:6. For this consideration is the foundation of patience, 1 Sam 3:18; Ps 39:10. And of all those saving truths, which are received by afflictions, Isa 9:13.
13. Secondly, he ought to search his ways and acknowledge his sins, Lam 3:39,40; Job 36:9,10. For although all afflictions are not always sent directly and principally for sin, yet sin is the fountain, and foundation of all affliction, Rom 5:12. It is therefore a course most equal, most safe, and most pleasing to God, that in our afflictions, we behold our sins, which either have directly procured them, or at least deserved them.
14. Thirdly, he ought to submit himself in the presence of God, and under his mighty hand, Jam 4:10; 1 Pet 5:6; 2 Sam 15:20; Lev 26:41. Otherwise the chastening of God is condemned, and men show their security and vain confidence, Pro 3:11; Heb 12:5.
15. Fourthly, he ought by humble repentance to seek the face, and favor and mercy of God, Ps 57:2; Lam 3:41; Amos 4:12; Hos 5:15 & 6:1 & 14:2. There are three seasons wherein we ought to seek God by repentance, 1. Presently after sin committed, 1 Cor 5:1,2. 2. After some fear of punishment, or some threatening of God, Eph 2:1,2. 3. After that the wrath of God hath in some sort broke in upon us Dan 9:13. Those Christians are the best which lay hold upon the first opportunity, for they declare that they do hate sin simply for it self, those that make use of the second season come next to them. For such believe although they see not, but those that repent not in the third season are altogether desparate.
16. Fifthly, he ought to see that he profit by his affliction in all parts of new obedience, 2 Chr 28:22; Isa 26:9; Job 36:10; Heb 12:10; Isa 27:11; Lev 26:18,21-28.
17. Sixthly, he ought patiently to expect what end the Lord will make, 1 Cor 10:13; Jam 5:7,8,11.; 2 Sam 15:25; Mic 7:9. He that seeks freedom by unlawful means doth offend God more, 2 Kings 1:3. Neither yet is he free but by an exchange of a less evil for a greater, Isa 24:18; Amos 5:19.
Chapter 17
Of Death
Concerning Death the first Question is whether it be a thing to be condemned?
1. Ans. Death is not simply to be condemned, 1. Because it is in its own nature a grievous judgment of God against the sins of men, and so doth represent, both our desert and God’s wrath, 2. Because it is in its own nature, a passage to an eternal separation from God, so that it is a point either of desperate security, or affected wisdom, and valor, to condemn death after that manner that some of the heathen have done, who have been praised for so doing. But yet comparison being made betwixt death and those things which after death are prepared for the faithful, death may, and ought in some sort to be condemned by all believers, Heb 12:2.
The second Question is whether a believer ought to desire and pray for death?
Answ. Death is not simply and absolutely to be desired, 1. Because it is in it self an evil, 2. Because God as a General hath placed us in our station of this life, ad without his Commandment we ought not to forsake, nor simply to desire to be dismissed before the time that he hath appointed, 2 Cor 5:4,9. But yet the faithful may and ought so to expect the life which is to come after death that they do account it much more pleasing to them than this present life, 2 Cor 5:8. And to tend thither, with the desire that is moderate, and subject to the will of God, as being a condition much better, Phil 1:13; Rom 8:23; 2 Tim 4:8.
The third Question is, by what argument the mind of a believer may be strengthened against the fear of death?
2. Ans. First, if he seriously consider, and by faith apprehend that Christ hath by his Death destroyed the power of Death, Heb 2:14, and taken away its sting, 1 Cor 15:56. So that death hath been swallowed in victory by Christ, and that victory is imparted to believers, Ibidem & 54,57.
3. Secondly, if he consider also that this was one end of Christ’s death, to free us from the fear of death, as being a great bondage, Heb2:15.
4. Thirdly, if he consider also with faith, that the love of Christ and of God in Christ is so firm and constant that no death can separate us from it, Rom 8:35.
5. Fourthly, if he consider with himself that for Christ the death of the faithful is precious in God’s eyes, Ps 72:14. And he be also fully persuaded that the good hand, and fatherly providence of God, is present with, and watcheth over the faithful for good both in life and death, Mt 10:28,29,30,31.
6. Fifthly if he well consider from how many, and from how great evils he shall be freed by death, as, 1. From sin, 2. From those miseries that follow sin, Isa 57:1,2,5. Which cause others often times to seek for death, Rev 9:6. 3. From the temptations of the Devil, Rev 12:8. 4. From the opposition and vexation of the World and the flesh, Rev 14:13; Ecc 4:1,2. Hence it is that death is called a rest and a sleep, Isa 57:2,6; 1 Thess 4:13,14. Thus much the Devil himself in the shape of Samuel did acknowledge, 1 Sam 28:15.
7. Sixthly, if he cast his eyes always upon that happiness to which we shall come by death, For after death, 1. The grace of God shall be perfected in us, 1 Cor 13:10. 2. We shall be with God, 2 Cor 5:8. With Christ ad the blessed spirits, Phil 1:23. 3. We shall enjoy a firm and immutable estate of heavenly life, 2 Cor 5:1; Heb 11; 10:16; Lk 16:9.
8. Sevently, if he seriously set his mind to consider the vanity of all those things which depend upon this present life, and which we forsake at our death, Eccl 2:18.
9. Eighthly, if he persuade himself that God’s providence without him is sufficient to provide for all those things concerning which he can be careful, and do know withal that without it, no good can be done, though he should continue in life.
The fourth Question is what a believer ought to do that he may enjoy this consolation?
10. Ans. First, he ought to labor that he may have a special faith in God through Christ, and that this faith be lively, and strong, Lk 2:28; 2 Tim 1:12; 1 Jn 5:4.
11. Secondly, he ought with all care to preserve his Conscience pure and without offence, Acts 24:15,16; Heb 10:22.
12. Thirdly, he ought with this faith and Conscience to live in a continual expectation of the coming of the Lord, so carrying himself here as becomes a Citizen of heaven, Phil 3:20; 2 Pet 3:12.
13. Fourthly, he ought always to think the hour of his death to be near and at hand, Ps 19:20; Isa 28:15; 2 Tim 4:6.
14. Fifthly, he ought always to exercise himself to a denial and forsaking of the world, 1 Cor 7:29,30,31; Gal 6:4.
15. Sixthly, he ought to make death familiar in a sort to himself both by a frequent meditation of it, and by those exercises to which God calls him, 1 Cor 15:31; 2 Cor 1:9 & 4:10,11.
16. Seventhly, he ought to labor that as the outward man draws to corruption, so the inward man may be renewed more and more, 2 Cor 4:16.
17. Eighthly, he ought not to think so much upon death it self, as upon God’s grace both in death, and in those things which follow after, 2 Tim 4:8.
18. Ninthly, he ought in all humility to commend his soul unto God as unto a faithful Creator, 1 Pet 4:16.
Chapter 18
Of Temptations
Concerning temptations the first Question is by what arguments a believer may strengthen himself against their assaults?
1. Ans. First, if he consider seriously that these temptations are part of that warfare to which the faithful are called, Eph 6:12; and unto which they have given up their names in baptism, and have bound themselves by oath.
2. Secondly, if he consider that Christ is our Captain and General in this war, Rev 12:7. That he is every where present and beholds the combat with his eye. This must needs be a strong incitement to provoke us to do valiantly. For he doth exhort us to fight, helps us to overcome, aids us when we faint, and crowns those that conquer.
3. Thirdly, if he consider that the direction of the temptations themselves doth depend wholly upon the providence and disposing of God, Mt 6:13; 2 Thess 2:11; 2 Chron 18:21; Rom 4:1.
4. Fourthly, if he meditate upon the fruit and the use of temptations, Lk 21:31; 2 Cor 12:8,9.
5. Fifthly, if he propound unto himself Christ who was tempted, overcame temptations, and succors them that are tempted, Heb 2:18 & 4:15; Col 2:15.
6. Sixthly, if he distinguish betwixt the evil of temptation, and temptations themselves.
The second Question is, what a believer ought to do that he may apprehend this comfort in the hour of temptation?
7. First, he ought to account all those temptations which entice him unto sin as his utter enemies, 1 Pet 2:11.
8. Secondly, he ought to abhor and detest those very suggestions themselves which lead unto sin, Rom 7:15.
9. Thirdly, he ought to arm himself diligently against his spiritual enemies, Eph 6:13.
10. Fourthly, he ought, he ought to resist them with all his might, Jam 4:7; 1 Pet 5:9.
11. Fifthly, he ought in this combat not to trust unto his own strength, but to implore the help of God, and to rest upon him, Mt 6:13.
12. Sixthly, he ought in foul temptations to abstain from all disputation, and special deliberation about the thing suggested, resting himself satisfied in that he doth detest them, Mt 4:10. For such temptations are vile and do easily cleave to us.
14. Seventhly, he ought to avoid all those occasions which may further the temptation, Pro 4:14,15.
Chapter 19
Of the Conscience of sin
Concerning sins the first Question is, how a Christian may be comforted when his Conscience doth reprove him for, and accuse him of diverse sins?
1. Ans. Sins are of two sorts, For some be properly called infirmities, or faults, which do commonly cleave to the best and most vigilant of the faithful, 1 Cor 6:7. Others are more heinous wickedness which neither are to be found in all the faithful nor in any of them at all unless very seldom; and by reason of some violent temptation, Rom 6:13; Gal 6:1.
2. An infirmity is when a purpose to do well is present, but power of performing it is absent, Rom 7:18. A wickedness is when the purpose it self at least in some particular fact is impious, 2 Sam 12:10. Now in case of infirmities these following arguments may serve for consolation.
3. First, even the best and most perfect of God’s Children while they live here are subject unto these failings, Jam 3:2; 1 Jn 1:8.
4. Secondly, God doth pity his servants in their infirmities as a loving Father pities his little children, Ps 103:13; Mt 3:27.
5. Thirdly, Christ himself is touched with the sense of our infirmities, Heb 4:15.
6. Fourthly, Christ himself is such a propitiation for such kind of sins, that he offers us consolation for them before they be committed, 1 Jn 2:1,2; Rom 6:14.
7. Fifthly, by Christ we have access with boldness to the Throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, Heb 6:14.
8. Sixthly, God at our prayer will cure our infirmity, Isa 40:29; Ps 103:3.
9. Seventhly, the spirit helpeth our infirmities, Rom 8:26.
10. Eigthly, these infirmities shall not be imputed to us for sins, Rom 7:17, 10[?]
11. In more heinous sins, there can be solid comfort had, till they be taken away, 1 Cor 5:2,6.
Certain collections out of the Book of William Paris concerning temptations, and the resisting of them, which I thought good here to set down for the further illustration of the Doctrine of temptations, because they are not read in the Author, except by a very few.
First, Temptation in one sense is nothing else but a trial, and to tempt is nothing else but to make a trial experiment of any thing, that we may know it, that is, that it may be discovered, and become manifest, and this is all that the Devil can do, he cannot with strength conquer us, or cast us down. For unless we of our own accord trust him, and deliver our selves into his hand, he can have no power over us. He can prevail no farther against us, than we give him leave or permit him. All that he can do therefore is to tempt us, that is to make an experiment what we are, whether weak or strong, whether we be such as will yield to him, or whether such as will resist him valiantly. And if in the beginning of the temptation, he find that we make valiant resistance, he despairing of the victory, and being overcome and confounded, for the most part departeth presently. And this is the property of a tempter when he hath made his argument, and found what he sought for, to surcease the work of temptation.
II. In another sense temptation signifies, a fighting against one, or a war, or a battle, and it is very likely that whatsoever the Devil attempts against us is by way of such a fight, if we consider the matter but diligently. For he doth all that he doth with a purpose and desire to conquer, whether he lay snares for us, or whether he make trial of us, or whether he smite us with the staff, or sword, whether he undermine the wall of our defense, or whether he take from us our spiritual food, or procure it to be taken away, for he doth do all these things with a desire to do us a mischief. And in very deed, all these are parts of that war, or combat, wherewith he fights against us.
III. Every sin hath its temptations, and against the mind of man doth the devil fight, besieging it, in a circumventing way, and ordering his armies, and forces, against the armies of virtues, and against the Castle of man’s soul.
IV. The fightings which arise from the faculty of reason within our selves are these, 1. Curiosity, that is a lust to know things not necessary, and things the knowledge of which tend nothing to, nor help forward all salvation, 2. Slowness to believe, 3. Levity in believing every thing, 4. Doubtfulness, 5. Suspiciousness, 6. A spirit of blasphemy which is a spring and fountain of abominable thoughts, and of thoughts so horrible and troublesome, that such a kind of temptation is like a martyrdom, and there have been some that have rather desired to suffer Martyrdom than to endure such thoughts.
V. Any one may resist any temptation of the Devil, if he do simply and purely will it, without any mixture of unwillingness. For no man is overcome, or yields to the temptation utterly against his will, for so his will remains unconquered, and victorious and uninclined to consent unto the temptation, and so a man should both yield, and not yield. But that a man may, simply, and purely be willing to make a resistance it is not from man himself, or from any natural power in him but from the gift of God, and the help and assistance of his grace.
VI. Now we must observe that when the question is, whether a man may have a will to resist temptation? This word may doth admit two significations; For it signifies sometimes a possibility which is passive, in respect of capacity, and sometimes in regard of virtue or power, or efficiency, now it is manifest, that no man can resist any temptation by way of efficiency, but by way of possibility, or passibility.
VII. Besides the gifts of graces and of virtues the providence and protection of God is necessary for believers, that they may resist temptations, and so are those manifold helps wherewith God succors his elect in the combat.
VIII. The first of these helps is a driving away of the enemies whereby they are sometimes not suffered to tempt the Elect, Job 1.
IX. The second help is a bridling of the enemies that they cannot tempt so much as he would, Job 2.
X. The third help is from the tempter himself, when even that very shape under which he tempts affords us some help and instruction, so the form of the Serpent might have caused Eve to have suspected his temptation.
XI. The fourth help is from the temptation it self, when it either stirs up fear in us, which is the best keeper, or stirs us up to fight, and encourageth us against the enemy.
XII. The fifth is, a new grace, or an increase of the former. For to those that employ their talents well God gives an increase either in the greatness, or number, Matt 25; Luke 19
XIII. The sixth is a cessation, or peace, or rather a truce from the temptation.
XIV. The seventh is a refreshment in the heat of temptation, which is a mitigation of it, as when the tribulation is turned into a solace.
XV. The eight is a comforting, that is a strengthening, and lifting up of the heart by a promise of strength and victory, and by a demonstration of the weakness of the enemies, and the lightness of the fight.
XVI. The ninth is consolation, that is a cheering of the heart, in troubles, in sorrow and grief.
XVII. The tenth is a bestowing of Faith and Hope, and a confirmation of the same, against the shaking of fear, which ariseth from our own defect and infirmity.
XVIII. The eleventh is an upholding of them that are set upon that they fail not, that is, that they receive no hurt. Now they are oft times so assaulted that they are ready to fall, and that for this end that they may acknowledge their own infirmities, and may ascribe it to God’s mercy and not their own power, that they are kept from falling.
XIX. The twelfth is, God’s receiving of them that fly unto him, in respect of which he is called, the hiding place of the Elect.
XX. The thirteenth is God’s fighting against and overthrowing the enemies.
XXI. The fourteenth is outward tribulation of which there are many profits helping this way.
XXII. The fifteenth is the remembrance of the last thing, Death, judgment, damnation and happiness.
XXIII. It is very difficult to overcome temptations because that in this corruption of our nature no man fights with all his strength against any temptation, but partly for it, and against himself. A believer in temptation is as a Kingdom divided within it self, like an armed Horseman that sits upon a winching, unruly, and unbroken Colt, like a House well built, but upon a weak foundation, like a stout warrior standing upon a slippery pavement, or he is partly armed, and partly without armor, or loaded with a grievous burden.
XXIV. Amongst the most hidden treacheries and most subtle temptations of the devil, whereby the most wise, and valiant Christians are often times brought under: the first is a long tediousness, whereby he wearies him, by which he endeavors, not only to bring him whom he tempts into the temptation, but into desperation also, to make him believe that he belongs not to God, and that God cares not for him, And form hence comes this folly and mischief because men know not what a great deal of advantage ariseth from a long a often combating with temptations, how it serves for the breaking of pride which is rooted within us, for the discovering of other infirmities which would else have never been seen, and for the preservation of humility.
XXV. The second craft of the devil is, the strangeness of the temptation, for he oft times sets upon many of the elect with unusual temptations, whereupon it happens that they become very fearful that they belong not to God, because they cannot hear of any that have been tempted in the same sort.
XXVI. Third subtlety, is when the devil goes about to make a man change that state wherein he is, and wherein he is well, even as Birds and Fishes, are often times, by noise, and vehement stirring, driven out of those places in which they were safe from the nets and the snares of the Foulers, and Fishers.
XXVIII. The fifth subtlety is when under the pretence of some good, he draws man into danger.
XXIX. The sixth subtlety is when under the pretence of virtue persuades a man to some vice.
XXX. The seventh and most dangerous subtlety of all, is a peace, and cessation from temptations, whereupon follows security, wrath, pride, contempt of our brethren, hardness of heart.
XXXI. A man may resist temptations three ways, 1. He resists that consents not. The temptor is overcome, if he overcome not us, 2. He resists temptations that flies from them and shuns them, 3. He resisteth which beateth them back and makes opposition.
XXXII. With a shunning of temptation we must join an indignation. For even as a Merchant that hath some precious commodity, will scorn to look after, or to hearken to such a chapman as shall offer him for it a great deal under the worth, and some times falls into an indignation against him, so he which loves God entirely will not vouchsafe to look after or hearken to the Devil, whatsoever he offer him, that he would forsake him, yea and he cannot but have an indignation when he offer him that which is infinitely of less worth and even nothing in comparison.
XXXIII. And here it is a point of wisdom, and spiritual skillfulness, so to cleave unto virtue and to preserve and defend it that the darts of the temptor may not come at us. So many which love God fervently, do so cleave unto him and bend themselves to do his pleasure, and do employ themselves so diligently therein, being fixed in such kind of exercises immovably, that the Darts of the temptation do not touch them.
XXXIV. A temptation is best of all beaten back by its own weapon, now every virtue doth so, as oft as in the temptation its beauty and preciousness is seriously thought upon, for by such a kind of meditation, both the sins that do tempt us, and the thoughts and darts that proceed from them, are always as it were wounded, and weakened, and sometimes also they vanish into nothing, even as darkness vanisheth, and flyeth away, where light approacheth; for this cause only doth vice, and the pleasures and profits thereof seem to us in the hour of temptation to be of some moment worth, because at that time the Law of virtue is hid from our Eyes, either through ignorance, or negligence, even as the only reason why rotten wood, and the scales of fishes do shine in the night is, because the light of the sun or at least other lights are wanting.
Conscience
with the
Power and Cases thereof
Divided into Five Books
THE THIRD BOOK
Written by the Godly and Learned
William Ames
Doctor and Professor of the Famous University of Franeker in Friesland
Translated out of Latin into English for more Public benefit
Published by Order, May 20, 1641
Republished 2010
Gospel Covenant Publications
www.gcpublications.com
Of Man’s Duty in General
Chapter 1
Of Obedience in General
Hitherto we have spoken of those things that belong to the state of man, now it follows that we inquire into the actions, and conversation of his life.
And here in the first place we are to intreat of obedience to God in general, where,
The first Question is what are the signs of true obedience?
1. Ans. First, if we make more account of God’s will than any commands of men, or any pleasure of our own, Acts 4:19 and 5:29. The reason is because obedience properly consists in this, that we do simply, and absolutely apply our will to the will of God.
2. Secondly, if our heart be flexible, and easy to be wrought upon by God’s persuasion, Eph 2:2 and 5:6; Col 3:6 where the uiai ths a peiqeias children as I may say insuasibilitatis, that are not to be persuaded. For they are opposed to those which 1 Pet 14 are called tekna upakohs obedient children. Opposite to this disposition is a hard, and stony heart.
3. Thirdly, if we do prepare our selves to follow the will of God in all things, Dt 5:33. Even in those which seem to be opposite to, and to cross our profits, so that the flesh apprehends them to be evil, Jer 42:2; Heb 11:8; Phi 2:8.
4. Fourthly, if we do apply our selves to the obedience of God’s will, even then when we see no reason for it, Jn 13:7,8; 1 Sam 5:9,15. Otherwise we follow not simply God’s will, but the reason of it.
5. Fifthly, if we be ready in regard of the disposition and bent of the heart, to obey God’s will not only in those things wherein for the present we are ignorant of his will, Ex 10:27.
6. Sixthly, if we desire most of all, to know that part of God’s will that concerns our selves, and our own duty, Ps 119:33,34; Acts 9:7; Job 21:13,14.
7. Seventhly, if the fear of God be continually before our eyes, so that we take heed of diligently, and shun carefully the offending of him, Heb 12:28,29; 1 Pet 1:17.
8. Eigthly, if we depend not upon that success, and event of our obedience which we find in the world, but resolve to hold on, though our obedience procure us never so many afflictions, 1 Pet 2:19,20,21; & Dan 3:17.
9. Ninthly, if we exercise ourselves in the use of those mercies whereby our hearts may be framed to obedience, 1 Cor 2:9.
The second Question is, by what motives a man may be stirred up to yield obedience unto God?
10. Ans. First, If he apply his mind to consider of God’s Authority, Mat 1:6; Jer 35; Rom 6:18,20; 1 Cor 6:19.
11. Secondly, if he consider also God’s power, Jer 18:6.
12. Thirdly, if he consider that the obedience that God requires of us tends not at all to his advantage but to ours, Job 22:2 & 35:6,7.
13. Fourthly, if he consider, the benefits of God bestowed upon him, what and how great they be, Rom 12:1[?]; Ex 20:2. And upon this point our soul should settle as upon a consideration most effectual; for it is manifest, that the obligation of debt, towards a benefactor is augmented and increased, according to the greatness of the benefit. For there is no Question, but that every benefit doth bind him that receives it to the benefactor, and the greater the benefit is the greater the bond. Well therefore doth William Par. urge this consideration after this manner: “If any man should give to another a 1000 marks; questionless he which receives such a kindness should be much bound to the giver, and if he should give he should give him 2000 marks, the bond would be doubly greater, and so on infinitely. If therefore he should give him any thing which were infinitely better, or more precious, the receiver would be infinitely more bound. Now a man’s eye, or his tongue alone, (much more his whole body) is incomparably better, than a 1000 marks, therefore every one is infinitely more bound to God, for his tongue, or eye alone, than he should be for the gift of a 1000 marks. Again let us suppose that God should give to one man, a 1000 marks only, and to another a 1,000,000 it is manifest that the obligation and debt of thankfulness, and service, from him that received the greatest benefit infinitely, is infinitely greater than the bond, and obligation of him that received the less; seeing the obligation whereby a man is tied to God for his tongue, or eye alone is infinitely greater than the other, it is manifest that this obligation is infinite. Now then that obligation, wherein a man is tied to God for his whole body is after a sort more infinite, and that for his soul is yet greater, and that again for eternal and everlasting life, must needs be much greater, and so in the rest, it is manifest therefore that our obligation and debt is to God, of thankfulness and service is in many respects infinite.”
13. Fifthly, if he consider that the end of God’s greatest mercy is obedience, Lk 1:74; Pet 1:18.
15. Sixthly, if he do attend how he is called upon by God continually to obedience, Tit 2:12, 1 Thess 4:7; 1 Pet 1:15.
16. Seventhly, if he remember how we are bound by a most firm covenant to serve God, Job 31:1; Heb 8:10.
17. Eighthly, if he consider the misery of those, that obey not God, for he is the servant of sin, to death, Rom 6:16,21.
18. Ninthly, if he meditate of the promises that are made to obedience, 1 Tim 4:8; 2 Cor 7:1; Heb 5:9.
19. Tenthly, if he always set before his eyes the threatenings against, and the vengeance which is prepared for the disobedient, 2 Thess 1:8.
The third Question is by what means a man may be made fit, to yield obedience unto God?
20. Ans. 1. He ought to have a special care that his Faith be solid and lively. For all the obedience which is acceptable unto God, is obedience of Faith, Rom 1:5 & 16:26.
21. Now faith brings forth obedience four ways, 1. Because while it cleaves unto the Word of God, as the Word of eternal truth, it makes all those motives to obedience, which are found in the Scriptures to be forcible, and effectual, 2. Because it doth obtain all grace from God, 3. Because it doth join us to Christ, as to our head, without whom we can do nothing, and in whom we can do all things, Jn 15; Phil 4:13. 4. Because it doth as it were drive such a spirit of life out of Christ.
22. Secondly, he ought to yield himself up to the spirit, 1 Pet 1:22; that he may be in the spirit, Rom 8:9. And that the spirit may dwell in him, verse 2. That he may be moved by the spirit, verse 14. walk in the spirit, Gal 5:16. Be led by the spirit, verse 18. Live and go in the spirit, verse 25.
23. Thirdly, he ought to apply his mind to receive the word of God in the power of it, 1 Thess 1:5; 2 Cor 10:4,5; Rom 6:17.
24. Fourthly, he ought to use all his endeavor to present himself obedient unto God, according to his Word, Rom 6:13,19.
Chapter 2
Of Knowledge
Because to the performing of Christian obedience there is necessarily required some knowledge. Concerning knowledge therefore,
The first Question is, what a kind of study of knowledge ought to be in us?
1. Ans. First, we ought in this study to take heed of all affected ignorance, 2 Pet 3:5; Pro 2:22,29,7.
2. Secondly, we ought also to avoid all curiosity, Dt 29:29; Pro 25:1; 1 Tim 6:20; 2 Tim 2:23; Tit 3:9; Jn 21:22; Acts 1:6,7.
3. There is a fivefold curiosity of knowledge, 1. When we would know those things that God hath not revealed, 2. When we seek to know those things which belong not to ourselves, but to others, 3. When we spend most study about things least necessary, 4. When we desire to know the hardest things, and neglect the principles, and fundamentals, 5. When we rest not simply in the Will of God, but would see a reason of it.
4. Thirdly, we ought to study for the knowledge of those things especially which are most necessary for us in our life, Pro 9:12; 1 Tim 6:8.
5. Fourthly, we ought to labor for a growth in knowledge, not contenting ourselves to be children in understanding, 1 Cor 14:20; Heb 5:12; Col 3:16.
6. Fifthly, we ought to take heed of all pride, which is wont to spring from knowledge, 1 Cor 8:1.
The second Question is what a man ought to do that he may obtain solid knowledge?
7. Ans. First, the mind is wholly to be devoted unto piety, Pro 1:7, 9:10; Ps 25:14; Jn 7:17. For as knowledge is easy to the godly, Pro 8:9 & 14:6, so to the wicked it is impossible, Pro 24:7.
8. Secondly, we must deny our carnal wisdom, 1 Cor 3:18, Pro 26:12.
9. Thirdly, the lusts of the flesh are to be avoided, because they blind the mind, Eph 4:18. By abusing, disturbing, alluring, and pressing it down.
10. Fourthly, Heavenly wisdom is to be highly prized and to be sought with proportionable care, Pro 2:4 & 3:14 & 4:7.
11. Fifthly, it is to be desired of God by earnest prayer, Ja 1:5.
12. Sixthly, humility and modesty and sobriety must be observed, Pro 11:3; Rom 12:3.
13. Seventhly, we must confer and consult with those that God hath much endowed with a larger measure of this knowledge, Pro 15:12.
14. Eighthly, we ought to glory in a holy manner in the possession of Heavenly knowledge, Jer 9:24.
15. Ninthly, this wisdom is to be sought, in a daily and religious heeding and hearing of the Word of God, 2 Tim 3:16.
16. Tenthly, that knowledge which we have obtained must be turned into use and practice, Mat 25:29; Jn 13:17.
The third Question is by what arguments a man may be stirred up to seek this Divine knowledge?
Ans., 1. Because knowledge pertains to the natural perfection of a man, as appears by the temptation of our first parents, Gen 3:5. 2. It is that which makes a difference betwixt man and the brute beasts, Ps 32:9. 3. They which are destitute of this knowledge are in some sort more stupid than the brute beasts, Isa 1:3. 4. Knowledge brings along with it a certain singular, and honest delight, Pro 14:13,14. 5. Without knowledge the heart of man cannot be good, Pro 19:2. 6. Knowledge is the key of the Kingdom of Heaven, Luk 11:52. 7. Knowledge is the spiritual food of the soul, Jer 3:10. 8. This knowledge is necessary to make us partakers of the covenant of God, Heb 8:11. 9. The faithful are all of them children of light not of darkness, Eph 5:8. 10. The want of this knowledge, and averseness to it is foolishness, Pro 17:22. 11. It is the cause of all wickedness, 1 Cor 2:8. 12. It doth so corrupt good affection that it makes them become evil, Rom 10:2. 13. It is a cause, and note of perdition, Heb 4:6; 2 Cor 4:3.
Chapter 3
Of the Fear of God
The fear of God, hath very near affinity with the knowledge of God, Ps 119:79. Concerning this fear therefore:
The first Question is whether all kind of fear of God be good?
Ans. There is both a good and evil fear of God, Ex 20:20. And hence it is that fear is sometimes generally commended, Pro 28:14. Sometimes again it is generally found fault with, Rev 21:8.
The second Question is what is that fear of God that is to be found fault with?
2. Ans. 1. That fear which scares men away from God, or which drives them to fly away from him, Ex 20:18; Gen 3:8; Rev 6:16. 2. The fear of them also which are only afraid of God’s anger, Ja 2:19; Rom 8:15.
The third Question is what is that fear of God which is commendable?
Ans. 1. When we reverence the Majesty and Power of God, so that the principal cause of our fear is not any evil which we are in danger of, but the excellent perfection of God, Gen 28:7 & 31:42,53; Eccl 9:4; Pro 13:13. 3. When we are affected with trembling upon the sight of God’s wrath, Ps 90:10.
The fourth Question is whether the fear of punishment be not a servile fear?
4. Ans. If it be only in respect of punishment it is merely servile, and vitious, 2. If in punishment we have a chief respect unto our own misery, so far it is servile. 3. But if punishment be respected only secondarily, and be feared especially for this cause that it separates from God, and tends to this end to make us more wary in waiting before God, such a fear is laudable. 4. If the Minister of God, and the revenger be to be feared for wrath, Rom 13:4, much more is God himself, Heb 12:29; Amos 3 & 8.
The fifth Question is what be the signs of the true fear of God?
5. Ans. 1. If we seriously and carefully avoid those things that are displeasing in God’s sight, Pro 3:7 & 14:16 & 16:6. 2. If out of Conscience to God, we abstain from those sins that are most secret, and those which in respect of men, we might with safety enough commit, Lev 19:14; Gen 42:18; Job 31:21,22,23. 3. If we not only abstain from the sins but even hate and that for this cause especially because God doth detest them, Pro 8:13. 4. If we be most careful to take heed that we depart not away from God, Jer 52:40. 5. If we not only abstain from evil but study to do that which is good, Eccl 12:13; Deut 5:20. 6. If we labor after perfection in every part of Sanctification, 2 Cor 7:1; Phil 2:12. 7. If we neither fear men nor any creature so that they can scare us from doing our duty, Mt 10:28; Isa 8:12,13; 1 Pet 3:14,15. 8. If we employ ourselves in the Word of God, and other holy things with fear, 1 Cor 7:25. 9. If we use the very name and attributes of God with reverence, Dt 28:58.
The sixth Question, by what motives a man may be stirred up to fear God?
6. Ans. 1. By a consideration of God’s Omnipotency, Jer 5:22; Job 37:23,24; Ps 76:4,7. 2. By a consideration of the Kingdom of God, Ps 99:1; Jer 10:7; Dan 6:26. 3. His powerful government of all things, Isa 25:1-4. 4. His particular judgments against sin, Ps 119:118,119; 120:17; Heb 3:16; Eph 3:5,7. 5. His universal judgment of the whole World, Eccl 12:13,14; 1 Pet 1:17. 6. His threatening, 2 Kings 23:19; Heb 3:16. 7. The punishments that lie upon us, Luke 23:4. 8. The mercy of God, Ps 130:4. 9. His benefits, Jer 5:24; Ps 72:5. 10. The promises that are made to them that fear God, Ps 25:12-14 & 34:9 & Prov 10:27 & 13:13 & 19:23 & 22:4; Eccl 8:12.
Chapter 4
Of humility towards God
Because the nature of obedience stands in subjection, therefore the next place we must treat of humility towards God in which there is a submission, Isa 4:6,7. Which is joined with the fear of God, Prov 22:4.
The first Question is what are signs of true humility towards God?
1. Ans. First, A serious acknowledgement of our own imperfection before him, Ps 30:2,3; Isa 40:6; 1 Pet 1:24. For pride stands in an imagination and affectation of excellency;
2. Secondly, an acknowledgement of that same great guilt which lies on us by reason of our sins committed against him, Rom 3:19. For pride doth exclude the serious confession hereof, Luke 18:11.
3. Thirdly, a submission with silence to the judgments of God, Ps 39:5; Rom 3:18; Job 1:21 & 39:37. For a proud man answers again, Rom 9:20.
4. Fourthly, an amplification of the grace and mercy of God in all his benefits, 1 Chr 29:14. For a proud man doth in some sort think himself worthy of all good things, and that they are no more than his due, Deut 8:14,17 & 9:4.
5. Fifthly, an holy admiration of those ways of God which are past finding out, Job 42:3; Rom 11:33,34; Ps 13:1. For a proud man thinks himself able to comprehend all things, and that all things ought to be communicated to him.
6. Sixthly, a laying aside all our dignity and excellency above others, in the presence of God and duties of his worship, Rev 4:10. For a proud man hath his thoughts upon his own excellency, and doth condemn others even in the presence of God, Luke 18:11.
7. Seventhly, an apprehension of our own meanness and baseness in the presence of God, and a trembling because of his Majesty, Gen 18:27.
8. Eighthly, an holy modesty in the worship of God, Eccl. 5:1-3.
9. Ninthly, a voluntary undertaking of those tasks which God puts upon us although they may seem to be but mean and base, Ps 2:8; Jn 13:14.
The second Question is by what arguments a man may be stirred up to the study of humility towards God?
10. Ans. First, if he set before his eyes the majesty and power of God, 1 Pet 5:6.
11. Secondly, if he consider of the nature of this humility to wit that it makes the soul of man fit, that it may become an house or temple of God, Isa 66:3. That it may be a sacrifice for God, Ps 51:19; that it may be a receptacle for the grace of God, Prov 3:3,5; that it may be capable of wisdom, Prov 11:2; For this is the mother of all other virtues, and is also it self a singular ornament of the soul, 1 Pet 5:5.
12. Thirdly, if he consider of the promises which are made to the humble, God will respect them, Isa 66:2; He will give them his grace, Jam 4:6; 1 Pet 5:5.
13. Fourthly, if he consider that humility is necessary to the end that we may seek God and turn away his anger, Eph 2:2,3; 2 Chron 12:7.
14. Fifthly, if he consider that humility is required in every duty that we perform to God, Mic 6:8.
Chapter 5
Of Sincerity
Because sincerity is a proper quality of obedience concerning it therefore,
The first Question is, wherein consists the sincerity of obedience?
1. Ans. First, that it be not only external, but chiefly, and principally, internal, Ps 51:8; Mat 23:25.
2. Secondly, that it respect God especially, and not men, Col 3:23; Mat 6:1.
3. Thirdly, that there be a shunning of all mixture of corruption, and by-respects, 1 Cor 5:8.
4. Fourthly, that nothing be omitted, or neglected, which belongs unto perfection.
5. Fifthly, that it expect its fruit from God and not from man, Rom 2:29.
The second Question is, what are the signs of sincerity?
6. Ans. First, if a man love the light of the Word, and come to it that his deeds may be made manifest, Jn 3:21.
7. Secondly, if he be obedient in the absence, as well as in the presence of lookers on, in secret as well, yea and more, than in public, Phil 2:12; Mat 6:6. Not only when God makes his presence manifest by his judgments, but even when he seems to be absent, Ps 78:34.
8. Thirdly, if he cleave fast unto God in adversity, as well, as in prosperity, Job 1:8-11.
9. Fourthly, if he have a care of all God’s Commandments, even of those which seem to be least, Mat 5:19.
10. Fifthly, if he abstain from all appearance of evil, Thess 5:22.
11. Sixthly, if he neither cover, nor excuse his sins, but confess them, and forsake them, Prov 28:13; 2 Cor 7:11.
The third Question is, by what Motives a man may be stirred by to endeavor after sincerity?
12. Ans. First, because God is the searcher of the heart and reins, Prov 16:2 & 21:2; Ps 7:10 & 26:2; Rev 2:23; Job 31:4.
13. Secondly, because it is the means to procure true peace, joy, and security, Prov 10:9.
14. Thirdly, God is delighted in sincerity, Ps 51:8; Pro 10:20. And will bless those that be upright with all sorts of blessings, Prov 28:10,18.
15. Fourthly, a double heart is a base, monstrous, and abominable thing.
Chapter 6
Of Zeal
Because the highest degree of our obedience towards God, consisteth in zeal. Therefore, concerning this zeal.
The fist Question is wherein the nature of zeal doth consist.
1. Ans. It consists in that, that the affection of pleasing God, and promoting his glory be, in the highest degree, Rev 3:15,19. Now because such a kind of vehemency doth principally show it self in the resisting of those things which oppose the will and glory of God; Therefore for the most part it is referred to that opposition, which is made against evil.
The second Question is, what be the signs of true zeal?
2. Ans. First, if it be according to Knowledge, Rom 10:2.
3. Secondly, if a man be ready to perform whatsoever duty may be enjoined, according to his strength, yea and above his strength, 2 Cor 8:3.
4. Thirdly, if he be diligent in the execution of his duty, Act 18:15.
5. Fourthly, if he put no other limits and bounds to his obedience, than those which God himself shall set, Exod 36:6.
6. Fifthly, if a man be mild in his own cause, and in those things which concern himself, and fervent in those which concern God, Numb 12:3; with Exod 32:19; Gal 4:12; with Acts 13:9,12. For true zeal is therefore called the zeal of God, because it is principally carried toward God; Whereupon one saith, it is an affection to revenge the injuries of God, or to root out the enemies of God, or a jealousy persecuting the adulteries of Christ’s Spouse, together with the occasions and signs of Adulteries; or a vehement love which doth by a close and straight guard seclude the Spouse of Christ from the World.
7. Sixthly, if that fervor and heat of it lie not principally in contentions about questions and controversies, but in the study of good works, Tit 2:14.
8. Seventhly, if a man be affected in greater matters more, and in smaller, less, Mat 23:23.
9. Eighthly, if he be no more indulgent unto himself than he is to others, Mat 7:4; An example of the contrary we have, Gen 38:24; 2 Sam 12:5.
10. Ninthly, if he cannot bear with such as are evil, Rev 2:2, though they be such as in other respects are near unto him, 1 Kings 15:13.
11. Tenthly, if his indignation against sin be joined with grief and pity in respect of the sinners, 2 Cor 12:21. For so, as well that dull remissness which is opposite to zeal, as that fury which looks like the heat of zeal, will be with equal care avoided.
12. Eleventhly, if it be constant and the same in every condition, Gal 4:15,18.
The third Question is by what motives a man may be stirred up to a zeal of God?
13. Ans. First, because zeal is the property of the people of Christ, and one of the things which Christ intended to our redemption, Tit 2:4.
14. Secondly, because those things which belong to God, to our duty toward him, are (above all things) most worthy to be gone about, and done with zeal, Gal 4:18. Although we should be even as it were eaten up with it, Ps 69:10; Job 2:17.
15. Thirdly, because there can be no true religion without zeal, Rev 3:15,16,19.
16. Fourthly, because if zeal be wanting, sins and scandals are not taken away, but nourished in our selves, and others, with the offence of God, and dishonor of his name, 1 Sam 2:29; Rev 3:19.
17. Fifthly, because the want of zeal provoketh God to indict heavy judgments, Rev 2:5 & 3:16; 2 Thess 2:10.
18. Sixthly, because there is a singular promise of God’s presence and communion with Christ, made to such as are zealous, Rev 3:20.
19. Seventhly, because zeal perfecteth, and maketh more acceptable all the duties which we perform unto God, Jam 5:16; Rom 12:11.
20. Eightly, because that is the way and fittest manner of seeking the Kingdom of God, Mt 11:12.
21. Ninthly, because that many that make only a show of Religion, are zealous persecutors of Religion, Mt 23:15.
The fourth Question is, what is to be done of us, that we may get, confirm, and excite the true zeal of God in our selves?
22. Answer, We ought, 1. To take heed of all those things which are enemies to zeal. Such are, 1. Sundry speculations, and questions, which tend not to the edification of men in Faith and obedience, 1 Tim 1:4 & 4:7; 2 Tim 2:14,23; Tit 3:9. For the intention of the mind about those things which are merely speculative, although it may be a means to find out the truth, yet it hindereth the intention of the affections about things practical. And this is the reason why there is more true zeal often found in poor simple Christians, than in our Doctors and Masters, 2. Intention of the affections about worldly things, Luke 8:14. 3. A spiritual satiety or fullness, that is, is a presumption of our own sufficiency, and a resting in that degree and measure to which we have attained, Phil 3:13,14. 4. Sloth, Fear, and carnal wisdom, Jud 1:19,21,27-33. 5. Familiarity with the world, or the commonness of sin abounding in others, Mt 24:12. 6. The practice of such things as our conscience alloweth not, Rom 14:20,21. 7. Indulgence to our selves in our own corruption, 1 Cor 5:6; 2 Cor 7:11; Eph 4:29,30.
Chapter 7
Of peace and tranquility of Conscience
Because of the concomitant object of obedience is a quiet Conscience. Concerning peace of Conscience.
The first Question is how peace of Conscience doth depend upon our obedience?
1. Ans. It depends not upon our obedience as upon the principal cause, but rather upon that justification which we have by Christ Jesus, Rom 5:1, Heb 10:22; 1 Pet 3:21; 1 Cor 4:4.
2. They which go about to rest in themselves, or in their own works, can never find any solid tranquility in their Consciences, both because of the diverse falls, and because of the manifold imperfections, which adhere to the endeavors of the best men, while they live in this World. And hence it is that those that are popish must needs be vexed with perpetual doubts, both in life, and death, because of the opinion which they have of the Righteousness, and Merits of their works, which are yet by their own confession uncertain.
3. Secondly, it depends upon our obedience, 1. As upon that whereby the contrary is removed, or as upon that which removes the impediment, 1 Sam 25:31; 1 Jn 3:18,21. 2. As upon the procreant cause, or secondary reason thereof, 1 Cor 1:12.
4. Now this is so to be understood, as that the tranquility of Conscience in regard of those which are agreeable to the Law of God, is to be conceived to depend upon obedience in regard of the thing it self: But that tranquility which respects our state before God, is to be ascribed no otherwise to our obedience, as to the cause, but only in respect of the certainty of our perceiving of it, and that our obedience respecteth the thing it self, as the sign and effect thereof: hence that phrase so oft used by John, By this we know, and such like, Jn 2:3,5,29 & 3:10,14,19 & 4:13.
5. Peace of Conscience also depends upon obedience, as upon the conservant cause. For righteousness (not imputed, no inherent) but of the life and conversation, is the breastplate of a believer, whereby he is guarded, and defended and is perfectly safe, and quiet, Eph 6:14; Job 3:7; 1 Cor 4:3. Hence it is that that righteousness which consists in obedience, is called the righteousness of a good Conscience, Acts 24:10.
6. Now obedience doth, preserve and maintain peace of Conscience, not only as a sign of our reconciliation with God, but also as a continuation and an exercise of that life which is acceptable, and pleasing unto God, Col 1:10; Thess 4:1; Heb 12:28. Not that there is any such perfection in our obedience, as can satisfy the Law of God, but because that after our persons by faith in Christ, become acceptable to God, then by virtue of the same faith, for Christ’s sake, our obedience though weak, and polluted, is accepted before God, 1 Pet 2:5.
The second Question is, what is that obedience, by the presence whereof the Conscience may enjoy peace?
7. Ans. First, an absolute perfection is not required to this tranquility, for then it were a vain thing to seek for it in this life, Jam 3:2; 1 Jn 1:10.
8. Yet such a proportion is necessary, as by God’s own testimony in his holy word is acceptable to him, Heb 11:2.
9. Thirdly, this perfection consisteth properly in this, that all our studies, and endeavors be good: and the imperfection be only in the manner of performing, Rom 8:4.
10. Fourthly, all those imperfections which adhere to our obedience, are with all humiliation of soul to be acknowledged, and pardon for them is to be begged in Faith, Pet 5.
The third Question is, what kind of tranquility it is which doth arise from such obedience?
11. Ans. First, Such as the obedience itself is, that is, various, and imperfect, 2 Cor 1:24.
12. Secondly, it doth not therefore exclude motion from evil, unto good, but only that perturbation which ariseth from the apprehension of God’s Anger.
13. Thirdly, Yet nothwithstanding it doth as with a guard keep the souls of the faithful, Phil 4:7. And govern them, Col 3:15.
The fourth Question, how may the peace of a good conscience be distinguished from that peace, which is in wicked men?
14. Ans. First, the peace of the wicked is not founded upon the Word of God, but upon vain words, and imaginations, Jer 23:17,18; 1 Thess 5:3.
15. Secondly, peace of the wicked is not wont to be constant, but is interrupted with many gripes, and pangs, that come between; and is wont to vanish, when the judgments of God begin to light upon them.
16. Thirdly, the peace of the wicked continues, whether duties of piety, and righteousness be done or omitted, so that only those crimes be abstained from, which their natures abhor.
Chapter 8
Of Virtue
Question 1. Whether it be not enough for a man to do that which is good, unless we labor also for an habit of virtue, whereby our hearts may be inclined to that which is good?
Ans. We ought to give all diligence to add to our Faith, Virtue, 2 Pet 1:5.
1. Because the Word of God, whereby we are in special manner called upon for the performance of our duty, ought to be engrafted within us, Jam 1:25.
2. We ought to deliver up ourselves unto the same Doctrine, as to a pattern, or mould, the likeness of which is to be expressed in our hearts, Rom 6:17. Now this inward image and likeness, is virtue.
3. As we ought to put off the old man together with his members, which properly are internal vices, Col 3:5. So we ought to put on the new man with his members, which properly are virtues.
4. We ought to be framed and fashioned after the Image of Christ, Col 3:10. In whom did dwell all the fullness of virtues, Isa 11:2; Col 1:19. And that for this end, that of his fullness we may receive grace for grace, Joh 1:16.
5. If the habit of virtue be absent, although we should do some good works, yet we are not rooted and grounded in good, but are rashly carried away with evil, and that goodness soon vanisheth, Mt 13:21; Col 1:23.
6. That good which we do without virtue, we do it not with an honest and good heart, which is required to make it pleasing unto God, Lk 8:15.
7. Such kind of works, are not the obedience that is acceptable unto God, Mt 7:18 & 15:8.
Question, 2. What ought a believer to do, that he may grow and increase in any virtue?
8. Ans. First, he ought seriously and in a special manner to acknowledge his failings, and weakness, 2 Cor 3:5; 1 Cor 3:18.
9. Secondly, he ought in Christ to apprehend that grace especially, which he wanteth, that in time he may be strong, and complete, Phil 4:13; Col 2:10.
10. Thirdly, he ought diligently to take heed of all such things, as are contrary to that virtue, which he labors for, Pro 4:14,15; Eph 4:29,31.
12. Fifthly, he ought to seek the same virtue at God’s Hand, by daily and earnest prayer, Jam 1:5; Acts 4:29.
13. Sixthly, he ought frequently and diligently to exercise himself in those things, which are proper to his virtue, 1 Tim 4:7.
Question, 3. What be the signs whereby a man may know that he hath gotten, any virtue?
14. Ans. First, a propensity and readiness in a manner natural to the exercise of that virtue, 2 Pet 1:4; 1 Thess 4:9.
15. Secondly, firmness and constancy in that exercise, Eph 4:14,15.
16. Thirdly, a joy and delight arising from that exercise, Pro 21:15; 2 Cor 8:2 & 9:7,13.
17. Fourthly, an abomination of the contrary vice, Ps 119:163.
18. Fifthly, an alienation form those which are given to that vice, Pro 29:27.
19. Sixthly, universality, whereby it comes to pass, that, a man doth not only in part, and in some respect follow that which is good, and oppose that which is evil (admitting a limitation, and measure according to carnal wisdom) but simply, and absolutely, 2 Cor 13:17; Col 1:10.
Chapter 9
Of Prudence
Among those conditions which are necessarily required to virtue, after that general justice, which notes out its essential rectitude, follows in the next place, Prudence, or spiritual wisdom. Concerning it therefore,
Question, 1. In what thing doth true prudence consist?
1. Ans. First, spiritual wisdom doth generally consist in such discerning, circumspect looking to, considering, and ordering those things which belong to God’s Glory, and our duty, and salvation, that as much as may be, they may be brought unto perfection, Pro 14:8,15 & 15:24 & 22:3. But in a more special manner it belongs to wisdom, 1. To propound a right end evermore unto our selves, and to be endeavoring after it: Jeremiah 4:22; 2 Tim 3:15. For, that man’s wisdom is in vain, who is not wise for himself, and for his own good.
2. Secondly, to make choice of such means as do tend certainly to that scope, Pro 2:9.
3. To walk accurately, and precisely in the use of those means, Eph 5:15.
4. To take hold of, and to redeem every opportunity, for the advancing, and helping forward of this study, Col 4:5.
5. Carefully to take heed of, and avoid all such things, as do hinder this study, Job 28:28.
6. To forsake all things else, for the attaining of this chief good, Mt 13:44,45.
7. Not to trust to a vain hope, but to lay a solid foundation in all things, Mt 7:24.
Question, 2. By what means may this wisdom be gotten?
8. Ans. First, it comes from none other than God alone, by the Holy Ghost, Job 28:12-14,20-23; Isa 11:2,3; Eph 1:8,17; Jam 3:15.
9. Secondly, that we may obtain it from God, we must seriously acknowledge and confess our own foolishness, 1 Cor 3:18.
10. Thirdly, we ought to seek it in the Word of God, Ps 19:7 & 119:98,99,104; Jer 8:9.
11. Fourthly, we must seek it of God in a due manner, Jam 1:5; 2 Cor 1:10,11.
12. Fifthly, we ought to direct all our observation and experience to the getting of wisdom, Ps 90:12.
Question, 3. By what arguments, we may be stirred up, to labor after this spiritual wisdom?
13. Ans. First, because therein lies the perfection of man above other Creatures, Ps 32:8,9.
14. Secondly, because it is a main part of God’s Image, Col 3:10.
15. Thirdly, because it delivers from all evil, Prov 2:11,12.
16. Fourthly, because it conduceth to all good, Prov 3:13,14,19.
Now because in Scripture there is mention made of an human wisdom, or prudence, opposed to this spiritual wisdom: therefore the Question is;
Question, 1. Whether all human wisdom is to be condemned?
17. Ans. Human wisdom is considered, 2. Ways; either as it is simply an human perfection, or (as they call it) an intellectual virtue, whereby the business that a man hath to do, though they be many and great, are easily conceived, judged, and directed; or as it is a corruption and abuse of that faculty, and hath some sin adhering to it, or mingled with it. In the former sense it is a thing good in regard of nature: and so to be commended and labored for: although in respect of any moral goodness, it is a thing of an indifferent nature, neither good nor evil, as all other natural perfections also are. Civil wisdom therefore considered in it self, is not opposed to spiritual wisdom, but only as a disparate. But in the latter sense, it is a thing evil in regard of the morality of it, and to be condemned, and avoided. For it is opposed to spiritual wisdom as a thing adverse: For which cause also it is called fleshly wisdom, earthly, sensual, devilish, Jam 3:15.
Question, 2. When is human wisdom carnal, and in that respect to be condemned?
18. Ans. First, when it opposeth it self directly to the wisdom of God, in devising any evil, Ex 1:10; Pro 21:30; Pro 6:13. That is, when it becomes an instrument of any impiety, or injustice. For wisdom when it is joined with ungodliness, is nothing but wickedness armed. And to be wise to do evil, is not to be wise, but to be unwise.
19. Secondly, when it condemneth the wisdom of God, and accounteth it foolishness, 1 Cor 1:23.
20. Thirdly, when it will by no means be subject to the wisdom of God, Rom 8:7.
21. Fourthly, when in some sort it yieldeth to the wisdom of God, in regard of the thing it self, which it seeketh; but in regard of the means and manner of seeking, trusts to it self, 2 Kings 5:11; 1 Cor 2:14.
22. Fifthly, when it makes a man more uncapable of those things which are of the spirit of God, 1 Cor 2:14.
23. Sixthly, when it is made a matter of boasting, Jer 9:23; Ez 28:17.
24. Seventhly, when trust and confidence is place in it, Pro 3:6 & 26:12.
25. Eighthly, when it is separated from innocency, and sincerity, Rom 16:19; Mat 10:16; 2 Cor 1:12.
Question, 3. By what means may a man be brought to condemn this carnal wisdom?
26. Ans. 1 Because it sets men further off from the Kingdom of God, than simple foolishness. 1 Cor 1:26,27; Mat 11:26. 2. Because God doth use to infatuate and to bring to naught such wisdom, 1 Cor 1:19,20. 3. Because it is serpentine, and diabolical, Gen 3:1; Jam 3:15. 4. Because it destroyeth those in whom it is, Prov 11:3. 5. It overthroweth all human society, and takes away the comfort of life, 2 Sam 16:22,23.
Chapter 10
Of Watchfulness
Because the exercised force, and (as I may say) activity of patience is usually in Scripture set forth by the name of watchfulness. Concerning it therefore:
Question, wherein doth it properly consist?
1. Ans. Watchfulness is nothing else but an heedful attention, whereby a thing is gone about with diligence, Luke 2:8; Heb 13:16. But this spiritual act of vigilancy, which is required of all men, is in Scripture referred to three objects. 1. To the watches themselves, Prov 4:23 2. To their duty, that they watch unto that, Eph 6:18. 3. To the future, for which they by this duty prepare themselves, Mat 24:34,44,45. The first may be called the object over which, the second the object for which, The third the object to which. But although for teaching sake we do distinguish these three, in practice they ought always to be conjoined, so that we always observe our selves, watch to those duties which lie upon us, and prepare our selves for the future, Eccl 5:1-5.
2. Watchfulness over our selves in general is nothing else, but a vigilant observation of the Will of God, Ps 119:4-6.
3. Particularly, there is required in it, as in the watching of a City that is besieged, or any other way in danger, that we observe, and enquire, 1. Into all comers in, whence they come, and whither they tend; and to all those things which come in by our sense, as by the City Gates, that if they be hurtful, they may be excluded, Ps 119:37; Job 31:1. 2. Into all that go out, as into all our thoughts, words, and actions, which proceed from us, Prov 4:23,24; Ps 39:2; Eccl 5:1; Jam 3:2
4. Vigilancy as it respecteth our duty, is nothing but a carefulness about those things, which God hath commanded, how we may please him in them, 1 Cor 7:32.
5. Vigilancy is particularly required, 1. Before the duty is performed, that the matter be duly weighed, Prov 14:15. That all impediments, (whether they be things in themselves lawful, or unlawful) may be removed, 1 Pet 2:11; 2 Tim 2:4. That we may be fit and prepared for the doing of our duty, Luke 21:34,36. And that we may lay hold on the occasions of doing it, that are offered, Gal 6:20. And the contrary be avoided, Pro 4:15 & 5:8. 2. In the very duty, that it be done in an exact and accurate manner, Luke 8:18. 3. After the duty, that it be not marred by any following corruption, 2 Jn 8. Because it is easily wont, either to be corrupted by pride, 1 Cor 4:7. Or by inconstancy, and levity to be overthrown, Jer 34:11.
6. Watchfulness as it respects the future, which we are to have before our eyes, is a due preparation, such as that, which we expect, doth require, whether it be good, that it may be received, or evil, that it may be avoided, Mt 24:42,44. Particularly here is required, 1. That this preparation be made in time, Mat 25:3 with 11:2. That it be used constantly, and without ceasing, Luke 21:36.
Question 2. What is principally required for the observing of this watch?
7. Ans. First, sobriety in the use of worldly things, 1 Thess 5:6; 1 Pet 4:7 and 5:8. For the heart is overcharged, not only with surfeiting and drunkenness, but also with the cares of this life, Luke 21:34,36.
8. Secondly, a frequent consideration of God’s own presence, and beholding of our ways, Prov 1:20,21; Ps 119:168.
9. Thirdly, a frequent examination of our ways, with a just censure, and judgment passed upon them, Ps 4:4; Ps 119:59; 1 Cor 11:31.
10. Fourthly, the fellowship, and society of them, which will be to us in this care, Phil 2:4; Heb 10:24. 5. Frequent prayer, Matt 26:41.
Question 3. By what arguments may we be stirred up to this watchfulness?
11. Ans. There is one essential reason, which is taken from that danger in which both we our selves are, and the Name of God by reason of us, 1 Tim 6:1.
12. Now we are subject to that danger, 1. Through the infirmity of our flesh, Matt 26:41. 2. Through the deceits of the devil, and the world, 1 Pet 5:8. 3. Through the uncertainty of the time of Christ coming to judgment, either general, or particular, Matt 24:42 & 25:13; Mark 13:33,35; Luke 21:35,36.
Chapter 11
Of Fortitude
Because next after prudence, fortitude is requisite to the perfection of virtue: concerning it therefore,
Question 1. Wherein doth Christian fortitude consist?
1. Ans. It is not to be confounded with animosity, or stoutness, which is to be found not only in men void of all virtue, but also in the brute Creatures, the Lion, the Horse, the Bull, the Dog, Prov 31:29-31.
2. Secondly, yet courage or greatness of mind, hath the nature of a Genus, or General, in respect of true fortitude: which therefore consists not so much in the moderation of boldness, or hope, as in the moderation of fear, and desperation, Job 6:11,19.
3. Thirdly, it doth not only consist in adventuring upon dangers, or undertaking hard things, but also in suffering, and bearing evils, and adversity, Heb 11:34,36; 2 Tim 2:1,3.
4. Fourthly, but true fortitude adventures upon dangers, and suffers adversity, for virtue’s sake, and for the performing of his duty, 1 Pet 3:14 & 4:14,15.
5. Fifthly, fortitude therefore is that courage, whereby we are ready to perform our duty, even because it is our duty, what difficulties soever happen, 1 Cor 15:58 & 16:13.
6. Sixthly, he cannot be said to be truly courageous, which offers himself to dangers, not once considering what they are, or why to be attempted, or entangled in them by chance, or compelled by necessity, and not led thereto by virtue. It was not from fortitude, and courage, that the Demoniac, Mark 9, often lept into the water, often into the fire, but through the violence of the evil spirit; so it is not from the virtue of fortitude, that many are strong to pour down drink, Isa 5:22. Yea, many attempts, by which men are judged valiant and courageous, by foolish Acts, are nothing but made furies.
7. Seventhly, neither hath he this virtue, who is scared, or doth desist from doing his duty, through any fear, or danger, Prov 24:10.
8. Eighthly, yet it is here to be remembered, that the courage of the faithful in this life, is joined with infirmity, and so some momentary shaking, wherewith the godly sometimes are made to stagger, may consist with the fortitude of virtue, Jer 20:9; 2 Cor 4:8.
9. Ninthly, and although in regard of purpose of mind and preparation of heart, the faithful do arm and fortify themselves against all such things, as may hinder them in their duties, 2 Cor 6:4. Yet notwithstanding they are not always equally prepared to the suffering and undergoing of all kinds of molestations, as Satan observed, Job 1 & 2. And the event in Job in some sort proved. For that which experience teacheth in corporal fortitude in a due proportion, holds also in spiritual; Some are strong to suffer labors; others to exercise warfare; others to carry burdens; others to repel things that are hurtful; and many which are strong in one or other of those things, are found infirm, and weak in the rest.
Qu. 2. By what means may this Christian fortitude be stirred up in a man?
10. Ans. First, if he acknowledge his own weakness, Rom 5:6; 2 Cor 3:5.
11. Secondly, if he consider that he is chosen and called of God to perform that duty, which he goes about, 1 Chron 28:10.
12. Thirdly, if he persuade himself that God will be present with him in that which he hath commanded him, Deut 20:3,4; Ps 27:12; 2 Kings 6:16.
13. Fourthly, if he expect and look for all sufficiency of strength from God, Eph 6:10; Phil 4:14; Ps 73:26.
14. Fifthly, if he call to mind, how the victory hath been long since gotten for him by Christ; and that nothing is required of him, save only, that he adhering unto Christ, become a conqueror with him, and in him, John 16:33; Rom 8:37.
15. Sixthly, if he stick close to that promise, which testifies, that all things shall work together for good to them that love God, Rom 8:28.
16. Seventhly, if he have the recompense of reward, which is laid up for him, always before his eyes, 1 Cor 15:58.
Chapter 12
Of Boldness which is contained under fortitude
Because under fortitude is contained boldness, or confidence, perseverance, and patience; of these therefore briefly,
Qu. 1. What is this boldness of fortitude?
1. Ans. First, by it we understand not here properly that confidence of Faith, whereby we rest upon God by Christ, unto salvation; Nor simply that confidence of hope, whereby we expect the things, which God hath promised: but that confidence, whereby we being full of Faith, and hope, do cheerfully and boldly set upon the duty laid upon us by God, Jer 1:7,8,19; Acts 4:13,29 & 9:29; Eph 6:19,20; Phil 1:14,20.
Qu. 2. What are those adverse evils which are properly overcome by this confidence?
2. Ans. Two especially, 1. The difficulties which hinder us in the performing of our duties, Prov 22:13 & 26:13; Eccl 11:4; Cor 16:9. The uncertainty of the success or event, which will follow upon the performance of the duty, Dan 3:17,18.
Qu. 3. By what means is the mind confirmed against those vexations?
3. Ans. First, by the fervor, and heat of the spirit, or zeal, Acts 18:25,26; Acts 4:8 with 13; Amos 5:24.
4. Secondly, by a true trust placed in God, Prov 16:3; Ps 37:5 & 55:22; 1 Pet 4:19 & 5:7; Isa 58:11.
5. Thirdly, by faithful prayers, commending ourselves to God, Phil 4:6; Esth 4:16.
6. Fourthly, by a right judgment concerning the terrors, whereby we are astonished. For sometimes the things which terrify us, are utterly to be condemned, as the speeches of vain men, etc. Sometimes they are mere figments, which if we pass an exact judgment of them, vanish presently, and they are such always, that if they be compared with the dignity, fruit, and necessity of our duty, they are of no force at all.
Chapter 13
Of Constancy
Question, 4. Wherein doth perseverance, or constancy of virtue consist?
1. Ans. First, In a perpetual continuation of the same purpose, and disposition of well-doing, Gal 4:18; Ps 106:3; Rom 2:7.
2. Secondly, in a frequent iteration of the same kind of actions, with fervor, and zeal, 1 Thess 5:17.
3. Thirdly, in a care to proceed and go on in a way of virtue, Phil 3:13,14.
Qu. 5. Which are the evils which are opposed to this Constancy?
4. Ans. First, declining out of the right way, Job 23:11,12.
5. Secondly, wearisomeness, and fainting, Gal 6:9.
6. Thirdly, a desultory lightness whereby men are changed every hour, and become unlike themselves. It is called childishness, Eph 4:14; And madness, and bewitching, Gal 3:1.
Qu. 6. How are men stirred up to constancy?
7. Ans. Because the reward is not promised, save only to them that persevere, Rev 2:10,26. And therefore it is vain for a man to begin, unless he hold on, and go through with it, Gal 3:4.
Chapter 14
Of Patience
Question 7. What is the nature of patience?
1. Ans. Christian patience hath reference to a three-fold object. 1. To God, according to whose pleasure all adverse things, are ordered, Job 1:20 & 2:9,10. In which respect, murmuring against God is opposed to patience, 1 Cor 10:10. 2. To men, or those means which do directly afflict us, 2 Thess 1:4 with 6; 1 Pet 2:20 & 3:9. In which respect desire of revenge is opposed to patience, Rom 12:17,19. 3. To that office, or duty, which by the molestation of adversity, we are tempted to forsake, Heb 10:36; Luke 12:19.
In which respect, faintness of mind is opposed to patience, Heb 12:5. And drawing back, and departing out of the right way, which follows there, Heb 10:36 with 38:39 & 12:7 with 13.
2. In the first consideration, patience pertains to Religion towards God; In the second to charity toward our Neighbor. In the third, it is a part of fortitude, and a general affection of virtue. Yet to the third consideration, may the other two be referred, so far as our duty, either towards God, or man, is considered in them: Although, besides this general nature, they have special difference, by which they may be profitably distinguished from this, and between themselves.
Qu. 8. How is this patience, and sufferance, to be distinguished from that, which consists in confidence, and Constancy?
3. Ans. Those three are always joined together in true fortitude; but confidence or boldness doth properly respect the setting upon a duty, constancy the continuation of it, patience, the defence of it.
Qu. What be the signs of this patience?
4. Ans. First, if we neither utterly condemn the difficulties, that we meet with, not faint under them, Heb 12:5. But do overcome all oppositions duly weighed in a right judgment.
5. Secondly, if we be prepared in mind for righteousness sake, not only to suffer those troubles, which are less, but even those which are most fearful, Acts 21:13.
6. Thirdly, if we do not only, not quite forsake our duty, because of difficulties, we meet with, but not so much as remit, or lessen any thing of our zeal, Heb 10:35 & 12:13.
7. Fourthly, if we undergo these troubles not as by constraint and unwillingly, but with spiritual joy and exultation, Matt 5:12; Col 1:11; Heb 10:34.
Qu. 10. By what motives may we be confirmed in this patience?
8. Ans. First, because without this patience no good thing can be perfectly accomplished, Jam 1:4.
9. Secondly, because without patience we want the possession of our own souls, Luke 21:19. Netiher can we attain to have our hearts established in anything that is good, Jam 5:5,10; Prov 24:10.
10. Thirdly, because by these troubles we are brought into trial by God who takes a proof of us by the Devil’s temptations, Heb 10:32. Wherein unless by patience we get the better we must needs to the dishonor of God, and our own hurt be overcome by the Devil, Rom 12:21.
11. Fourthly, because in this trial God himself will give both a supply of strength and a happy issue, 1 Cor 10:13.
Chapter 15
Of Temperance
Because to the constitution of virtue there is required (besides the uprightness of justice the direction of prudence and the firmness of fortitude) the custody also or the guard of Temperance, therefore some thing must be said of Temperance.
Qu. 1. Wherein lieth the nature of Temperance.
1. Ans. First, As fortitude doth arm virtue against those things, whereby men are wont to be deterred and made afraid of doing their duty: so Temperance doth defend it against those things which are wont to allure, and entice men away from the same.
2. Secondly, although in that victory which Temperance obtains over flattering Temptations (in the resistance of which there is oft times much molestation) and in that constancy also which is properly a fruit of Temperance, there be to be found a magnanimity and height of mind near of kin to fortitude: yet there is difference betwixt it and fortitude because of the difference of the objects.
3. Thirdly, because every object that doth allure and entice, hath some show of good; and the appearance of an honest good, as such, doth not allure to sin, but to honesty: therefore the object of Temperance are things that have a show of profit and delight; or profits and pleasures.
4. Fourthly, also love, desire, and delight are conversant about such kind of good things; therefore temperance properly is occupied about the moderating of these affections, about such objects.
5. Fifthly, Temperance doth not utterly take away these affections, as being natural, but doth govern them, that is, takes away their inordinateness, in regard of their degree, extent, and manner.
6. Sixthly, this inordinateness, because in believers, it is taken away only in part, therefore these affections are in some sort, but not perfectly mortified. Hence it is, that Temperance is said to restrain, and keep under the remainders of them, and to abstain from them.
Qu. 2. What are the signs of Temperance?
7. Ans. First, if a man be not led with carnal and worldly affections, but keep them tamed under the yoke of reason and Religion, and do, as it were, deny them, Tit 2:12.
8. Secondly, if he abstain especially from those lusts, to which (either by reason of the condition of his life, or by evil custom, or by the example of those amongst whom he lives) he is most inclined, 2 Tim 2:22; 1 Pet 4:2-4.
9. Thirdly, if he abstain, not only from the outward works, whereby such lusts are wont to be fulfilled, but also study to root out and mortify the very inward inordinate affections, Col 3:5,8; Rom 8:13.
10. Fourthly, if he be neither lifted up inordinately in the fruition of the commodities and pleasures of this World, nor troubled in the want of them, but when he hath them, be as if he had them not, 1 Cor 7:19,30,31. And when he hath them not, be as if he had them, 2 Cor 6:10.
Qu. 3. What is to be done by us, that we may attain Christian Temperance.
11. Ans. First, we ought to endeavor by all means to diminish and resist the love, desire, and delight of the World and of worldly things, 1 Jn 2:15,16.
12. Secondly, to this purpose it will be profitable to turn away our thoughts, and senses from things perversely beloved: lest the appearance of good which seems to be in them prove to be an incentive, and nourisher of perverse love, Job 31:1. For it is remarkable that the two first perverse loves which we read of in the Scripture, are said to come by the sight, Gen 3. The Woman saw that the Tree was good and pleasant to the Eyes, and Gen 6:2. The Sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair.
13. Thirdly, it is profitable also seriously to ponder of the fading vanity of all worldly things, 1 Jn 2:17; Eccl 1.
14. Fourthly, to the end that we be not taken and carried away with the show of pleasures, it is good to behold them not as they come flatteringly, but as they go away, that is full of shame and sorrow, Rom 6:21.
15. Fifthly, we must be watchful that the motions of concupiscence get not strength by long delay, but we must do our endeavor that they be presently and in the beginning repressed, Rom 7.
16. Sixthly, we must often and seriously revolve in our minds how all those that ever were wise and godly here, not without just cause despised these pleasures, and judged them fit to be despised and eschewed by others.
17. Seventhly, the mind is to be occupied in other things, and our love, desire, and delight, are to be turned to those things which are Spiritual, and Divine, that so evil love may be driven out of the mind by good love, as one nail out by an other.
Chapter 16
Of Drunkenness
1. Among the sins which are opposite to Temperance, those are most remarkable which are conversant about the delights of touching, as Gluttony, Drunkenness, and such like, because such kind of abuses have most manifestly in themselves, and of themselves a moral badness as appears by the Law of nature, of God, and of man, all which do condemn them.
2. In all those kinds of excess, the inordinateness is commonly found to be either in regard of the substance when more precious things are desired, than do agree to a man’s state; For in regard of the quantity when more is consumed than reason requires, or in regard of the quality when too much curiosity is used for the satisfying of one’s lust, or in regard of the manner when a just decorum is omitted, or lastly in regard of the time when men give themselves unto such things oftener than they should or when they ought not.
3. Now of drunkenness there is something in special to be considered before other sins of the like nature, because of that singular opposition which is betwixt it and the offices and works of virtue.
Qu. 1. What is drunkenness?
4. Ans. First, drunkenness is oftentimes taken for the privation of reason which follows upon immoderate Drinking. And so it is not properly a sin by it self, but rather an effect and punishment of sin.
5. Secondly, as it doth note either a desire of immoderate drinking, or voluntary drinking it self so far immoderate, that a man by it is violently deprived of the use of reason, so it is a grievous sin; Prov 23:30,39; Isa 5:11; Hos 4:11: Luke 21:34: 1 Cor 6:10; Eph 5:18.
6. The deformity and filthiness of this sin doth appear from these grounds, 1. Because the Drunkard doth for a contemptible pleasure fell that which is the excellentest thing in the nature of man whilst he deprives himself of the use of reason, 2. Because by this means he makes himself unfit not only for the duties of piety, Luke 21:34; But also for all honest actions, Hos 4:11. 3. Because he exposeth himself to the danger of almost all kinds of sins, whilst he deprives himself of the power to avoid those things which otherwise he knows to be gross sins. For which reason, and that which went before it is apparent that Drunkenness is not so much a special sin, against any one Commandment of God, as a general breach of the whole Law, 4. Because he doth so deform the Image of God in himself, that he doth in a sort cast himself below the Beasts. 5. Because he doth hereby many mischiefs to his body, name, and outward condition, 6. Because he which is accustomed to this sin proveth in a sort incurable. For a Drunkard is seldom or never reclaimed from Drunkenness, or any other sin because his heart is taken away, Hos 4:11.
7. Drunkenness is voluntary not only when it follows from a direct intention, but also when it cometh of a notable negligence in preventing it.
The outrages which a man committeth in Drunkenness are so far to be imputed to him for faults, as the Drunkenness was voluntary; Now then especially, they are both voluntary, and accounted faulty, when (all circumstances being considered) a man might, and so ought to have forseen, that he would commit such things in his Drunkenness, either because he had tried it by experience before, or because in the like case of Drunkenness, or upon the like opportunity, drunken men are wont to commit such things, or at least do expose themselves to the danger of committing them.
9. Now, although complete Drunkenness do consist in the loss of the use of reason by Drinking, whereby a man is made altogether unfit for the duties he hath to do; Yet all perturbation of the fantasy by Drink whereby a man is notably made less fit, for the ordinary exercise of piety (as prayer and reading) is a degree of the same sin, Luke 28:34.
10. Those also which are strong to drink, so that though they drink above measure, they find no perturbation of their forces, yet if they like to sit at their cups, to stay at the Wine, and to extend and prolong their drinkings, they are not free from this sin, Isa 5:11.
11. He is a partaker in this sin, who doth wittingly and willingly give wine or drink to another, to make him drunk. For he doth cooperate to his sin.
12. But much more are they guilty, who induce others to make themselves drunk, whether they intend it directly, or indirectly by inviting them to drink, by calling for greater pots, by striving, by urging them without all reason, to drink as much, and take their turn, as they call it.
13. We ought to abstain, not only from the imitation, but also from the fellowship of such kind of sins, according to that of the Apostle: if any that is called a brother, be a Drunkard, with such an one no not to eat, 1 Cor 5:11.
14. We are to abstain therefore (even from this ground, if there were no other) from those rites, whereby drunkenness is artificially wont to be brought about: of which sort are the adjuring of others to drink by the names of some that are great, or dear to them; the sending of cups about, that all and every one in his order may drink them off; that abuse of lots (as it is in some places used) to impose a feigned and (unwritten) Law and necessity of drinking upon the guests, and such like mysteries of Bacchus, and introductions to the excess of drinking.
Chapter 17
Of Good Works
Because from virtue proceed good Works; concerning them therefore,
Qu. 1. What is here to be understood by a Work?
1. Ans. A work in this place ought not to be distinguished from an action, as it is distinguished by them, who do account those only for good works, which produce something, that is good and profitable unto men; such as are alms, the building and endowing of Temples, Colleges, Hospitals, etc. For although among men, which are affected with their own commodities, such works are in a singular manner above others extolled. Yet such works may be so done, that that action from whence they come, may be in many respects evil; although the things done may be useful and good unto other men.
2. Again, even when such works, not the works only, but the actions be truly good: yet they cannot be equaled to some other actions, which carry not so great a pomp, 1 Tim 3:1; Jam 5:20.
3. This thing ought so much the more diligently to be observed, because it pertains much to the comfort of the poorer sort of believers, who have hardly any power to do any thing, that may tend to the external good of others. It serves also to abate the insolency of certain rich Men, who think that they only do good works, and none but they.
Q. 2. Concerning the efficient cause of good works, it may be demanded, whether the works of men unregenerate, (whereby they do in some sort the same thing which the regenerate do in their good works) be good works, or no:
4. Ans. In such kind of works, we are to distinguish between the substance (as I may say) of the work, and the fault of the person, wherewith it is defiled: the substance of such works is good, because they are the things of the Law, Rom 2:14. Now, every work so far as it agreeth with God’s Law, is good. But for all that, there be some vices cleaving to them, which come, partly, from the person that doth them, partly, from the manner of doing, whereby such works are so defiled, that though in their own nature, and in respect of others they be good, yet in respect of any spiritual obedience yielded by them unto God, they are not good, Isa 1:13; Isa 66:3
Qu. 3. How then can the works of the regenerate be good, seeing they are many ways defiled?
5. Ans. Although evil doth always cleave both to the persons and the actions of the godly, Rom 7:21. Yet this evil in their holy duties takes not away the essence of a spiritual duty, but hinders and diminisheth the degree and perfection thereof; because all the causes of such works are good, and only the adjunct evil: and so the imperfection being covered in Christ, the works are for Christ’s sake acceptable, and pleasing unto God, 1 Pet 2:5.
Qu. 4. Concerning the matter of good works, it may be demanded whether it is not lawful for us at our own pleasure to make choice of something, in which to yield honor and obedience unto God?
6. This is expressly forbidden, Deut 12:8,32; Num 5:39; Matt 15:9; Mk 7:7.
7. Secondly, it doth imply a contradiction that we should yield obedience to God in those things, whereof he hath given us no Commandment: Neither without obedience can we give any honor to God, that may be pleasing to him. All works therefore of our own choosing are only good before men through a feigned and vain persuasion, but not before God.
8. Thirdly, yet there is some difference to be observed in good works, in regard of the matter; for some are expressly and immediately enjoined to all, as the duties of the moral Law; others are not commanded to all, but to some only, and that is not expressly and immediately, but consequently, and upon the supposition of certain circumstances, by which it comes to pass that (hic & nunc) in some particular case, they partake of the nature of precepts.
9. In such things, the will of God is to be gathered and collected by a syllogism, whose general proposition is contained in the Scripture; the assumption dependeth upon gift, call, or such like special circumstances; and the conclusion is out of the proposition so derived by the assumption, that in respect of this or that man, such or such a time, it hath the same force of binding, with a general Commandment. For example, all ought to cut off occasion of calumny and scandal, and to take that course which makes most for the furtherance of the Gospel, and the edification of the Church. This is the proposition, 1 Cor 10:31-33. Now Paul, considering all circumstances, did thus assume, I Paul, if I shall freely preach the Gospel, shall cut off occasion of calumny, 2 Cor 11:12. I shall further the Gospel, 1 Cor 9:23. And edify the Church, 1 Cor 9:19. Hence this conclusion follows, therefore I Paul ought to preach the Gospel freely, 1 Cor 9:15. Again, all ought according to the gifts which they have, and their vocation, to promote the Gospel, 1 Cor 7:17. I have the gift of continency, and the present necessity makes the single life more fit to further the Gospel, than marriage, 1 Cor 2:6. Therefore I ought to continue in that single estate.
10. If this explication be duly observed, it will easily without any longer dispute, overthrow the Doctrine of the Papists, who make distinction between Evangelical counsels, and the Laws of God.
Qu. 5. Concerning the end of good works, it is demanded, what force intention hath to make an action either good, or bad?
11. Ans. A good intention by it self cannot make a good action, because goodness is a perfection, and doth arise from the perfection and integrity of all the causes. Neither is there any action so wicked, but may be committed out of some good end: the incest of Lot’s Daughter was upon a good end, Gen 19:32. And many do kill Christians, thinking thereby to do God service, John 16:2.
12. Yet an evil intention doth make an action evil, because evil, is a defect, and doth arise out of any defect, Matt 6:1. Take heed ye do not your alms before men to be seen of them, etc.
Qu. 6. What kind of intention is necessarily required to make an action good?
13. Ans. First, it is absolutely necessary that it be done with a respect to honesty, and in reference to the pleasing of God, and obeying his Will, Acts 24:16. For an action cannot be good, unless it be done under the notion of goodness; Now to do a good thing under the notion of goodness, is to have a respect to honesty and goodness in the doing of it. For he that doth a thing that is honest, because it is delightful, or profitable, may be said to do rather a thing profitable, or delightful, than honest, 1 Tim 6:5.
14. Secondly, a secondary intention of profit, or pleasure doth in no sort take away the honesty of an action, but adorn it rather, Rom 1:12 & 15.
15. Thirdly, it is also absolutely necessary, that there be a reference of the action to the glory of God, 1 Cor 10:37. This is done virtually in the intention of our doing our duty: but the more distinct and direct respect is unto God in action, the more perfect it is, Ps 16:8.
16. Fourthly, it is meet also there be a secondary intention of setting our own salvation, 1 Cor 9:24.
17. Fifthly, in such works as come to the notice of others, it is requisite also that we think of stopping the mouths of the wicked, 1 Pet 3:16. And of furthering others in the way of salvation, Matt 5:16.
18. Sixthly, the cause is otherwise in evil actions; for to make an action evil, it is not required, that there be any respect to evil, or express intention of dishonoring God’s Name, or of bringing death, or giving offence unto others: because as the nature of sin consists in privation, so the want of good intention is an evil intention, and (as it is chosen by the will) interpretatively is reckoned for the intention of all those evils, which are opposed to good intentions: and hence it is that the sinner is said to love death, Prov 8:36.
Qu. 7. Of the form of a good action wherein it doth consist?
19. It consists properly in the manner of doing, when the agent is not only well disposed, and that thing which he doth is approved of God, but also the action is so ordered in respect of all the circumstances, as God prescribeth, what and of what nature this is, appeareth by the defect, 1 Cor 11:28-29; Commandment 3.
Qu. 8. Because the information and force of Conscience doth nearly pertain to the form of doing, concerning it may be demanded, whether the Conscience of man be a sufficient and absolute rule to work by?
20. Ans. The Conscience of a man since the fall is defiled, Tit 1:15. And so by it self cannot be a perfect, and pure rule, yea: if we simply follow it as a leader, we shall be brought oftentimes into vile wickedness, Jn 16:2; Acts 26:9; Phil 3:6. It is therefore only a subordinate rule, so far of force, as it is directed by the Word of God. Hence an erring Conscience hath not that power to bind, that we are simply bound to follow the judgment of such a Conscience. For we ought never to content our selves, till our Conscience be certainly informed in those things which concern our duty; although in this sense it may be said to bind, because against such a Conscience, while such, we are to do nothing.
Qu. 9. What is to be done when the Conscience is in doubt?
21. Ans. If the Conscience do doubt whether the action be lawful we ought to abstain from that action, till we be certain concerning it, Rom 14:23.
Qu. 10. What if the Conscience be in a perplexity, so that it thinks it a sin as well to abstain from the action as to do it?
22. Ans. Out of the nature of the thing it self, and of the Conscience considered by it self, such a case cannot fall out: for it cannot be that the judgment of the Conscience should at the same time assent to both parts of the contradiction.
Qu. 11. What is to be done when the Conscience is troubled with scruples?
23. The conscience is then said to be troubled with scruples when doth give assent to one part of the question, being hereunto induced by sufficient arguments, but yet in some sort troubled with the objections of the other side, which it cannot easily answer. Such kind of doubts (if it may be) ought by a certain judgment to be laid down; but if this cannot be such an imperfection of judgment (inasmuch as it doth not hinder assent by a doubtful wavering, but only make that assent to be more weak) is no just cause to make us forbear that, which such an assent leads us unto, Deut 13:1-3; 1 Kings 13:21.
Qu. 12. How ought a man to carry himself between contrary opinions, when he is uncertain of the truth?
24. Ans. First, it is not enough for a good conscience to adhere to the authority of men, though they be learned and godly; because the conscience is not by it self to be subjected to the judgment of man: Neither hath any human testimony, sufficient strength to argue God’s approbation of a thing, or to excuse in God’s presence, Rom 14:12; 1 Cor 8:10.
25. Secondly, every one ought to follow that opinion, which (after due diligence to search the truth) he judgeth to be improbable out the nature of the thing and the Law of God compared together, whether that probability appear to him by his own search, or by the help of others, 1 Cor 8:4 with 7.
26. Thirdly, if after due inquisition made the mind be wholly in suspense, whether the action be lawful or unlawful, then that doubtfulness remaining, the safer part is to be chosen. Now that is the safer part in which there is no danger of sinning, and in this case he sinneth not, who simply abstains from such an action, so that he condemns not another which doth it, Rom 14:5 with 4:23. We are therefore to abstain from all such things, about which (after due diligence used) the conscience is in doubt, whether they be lawful or no. They which do otherwise, do not only expose themselves to the danger of sinning in the very action it self, but without doubt do sin in the very manner of doing.
Qu. 13. When a man doth apprehend, that, of two sins he must needs commit one, which is he to choose?
27. Ans. The precepts of God do never so jar of their own nature, that it is necessary to break one of them by sin: For when a less Commandment is neglected, that a greater may be observed, that less Commandment doth cease for the whole to bind; so that they who upon such an occasion neglect it, are altogether blameless, that is, sin not, Matt 12:5,7.
28. For that usual saying, that of two evils we must choose the least, it is meant of evils of punishment, not of sin.
29. A man ought therefore always to have a fixed resolution to eschew and avoid all sin.
30. There is no necessity of fear, danger, or outward constraint whereby a man can be excused, if he do upon that pretence commit the least sin.
31. Neither indeed is there properly any constraint, when anything is done with certain counsel, and the will (which cannot be compelled) induced by fear, consenteth to the action.
32. Thirdly, if any through weakness be brought to those straits, that he thinks he must needs of two sins commit one, the conscience cannot give judgment in such a case, because that deliberation is made against the conscience. Yet it cannot be doubted, but he sins less, which commits the lesser sin.
Chapter 18
Of things indifferent
Question, 1. Wherein consists the nature of a thing indifferent?
1. Ans. First, adiaphorum (for so it is called) according to the interpretation of the word, is that which hath such a respect to two extremes, that it is inclined no more to the one, than to the other, and in the same sense is called an indifferent thing, or thing of a middle nature.
2. Secondly, now although according to this large acceptation of the word, any middle thing may be called indifferent or adiaphorum, yet the word doth commonly signify only such a thing as is in the middle between moral good and evil.
3. Thirdly, the middle between good and evil is either, 1. Of mere denial (as they term it) in which there is neither good nor evil to be found; and so all substances, whether they be things natural or artificial, are middle things or indifferent: or it is, 2. A middle of participation, which doth so far agree with both extremes, as the extremes agree between themselves ; and thus no substances are properly things middle and indifferent by themselves, because none of them are either good or evil, but only actions, and dispositions to actions.
4. Fourthly, such actions therefore as are neither commanded nor forbidden, and that be in their own nature neither points of obedience, or disobedience, are indifferent or middle.
Qu. 2. Whether there be any actions indifferent in regard of their kind?
5. Ans. First, this may be understood two ways: either that indifferency be of the specifical nature of any action, which is false: or that the common nature of an action should have an indifferent respect to good or evil, which is true.
6. Secondly, there is therefore no action of its own nature so indifferent, but by circumstances it may be made good, or evil; but there be diverse actions which in their common and bare nature, before they be as it were clothed with circumstances, do include in themselves no goodness or badness; as, to eat, to drink, to take a journey, to walk, etc.
Qu. 3. Whether indifferent actions differ nothing among themselves, but are all equally distant from good and evil?
7. Ans. In their own intrinsical nature they differ nothing at all; but yet there are some which for the most part have evil circumstances annexed to them, and so bend more toward evil, and have an evil name, as to do the work of an accuser, the office of an hangman, etc. Some there be also which for the most part have good circumstances, and so bend toward good, and have a good name, as, to till the ground, to follow our study diligently, etc.
Qu. 4. Whether do things indifferent make any thing for order and comeliness?
8. Ans. Whatsoever it is that of its own nature serves for order or comeliness, or edification, is not indifferent: for when they do participate the nature of goodness, they are not in the middle betwixt good and bad. And when they produce good, they must needs have some good force and efficacy in them: everything brings forth its like.
Qu. 5. Whether do indifferent things cease to be indifferent when any certain thing is set down concerning them, by such as are in authority?
9. Ans. Nothing ought to be commanded, but that which is good, nor to be forbidden, but what is evil: That which is indifferent cannot simply, absolutely, and for ever be either enjoined or forbidden; but commanded, as it draws near to good, forbidden, as it approacheth to evil.
Qu. 6. Whether any singular and individual action be indifferent?
10. Ans. First, there be some actions which though they be actions of a man, yet they are not human actions; such are those which proceed from imagination only, and not from deliberate reason, as the rubbings of man’s hands, to scratch the head or beard, to take up a straw, etc. while we are thinking of something else: these actions are not morally good or evil, they want that which is required to make them so, namely counsel and deliberation. For although a man may sin by those actions, as if in time of Prayer he suffer his imagination to wander; and do give way to such toying as those. Yet these actions considered in themselves are neither good nor evil. It is true these motions are subject to the command of man’s will, but yet they are so subject, that they may be exercised without any precedent act of reason: Neither are we bound any further by reason to prevent them; but only so far that they hinder not the duties we are about. So for moving of the eye lids, reason and the will have power to moderate them, but it is not worth the while to take notice how often we wink, if so be we take heed that in such things nothing be done which is undecent, or against our duty.
11. Secondly, every action which proceeds from deliberate reason, and is properly called human, considered singularly and in the individual, as it is an exercised action, is either good or evil. For such a kind of action is either ordered to a good end, or it is not; If it be, then it hath the nature of a good action, if other circumstances be correspondent; if it be not ordered to a good end, it is an evil action because it wants the perfection, which ought to be in it, and is not according to its rule.
12. Yet is not required to the goodness of natural action, that it be always actually and explicitly referred to the due end, so that this be done implicitly and virtually; because reason in that exercise of such kind of actions, may be often with more profit be conversant about those objects.
13. Thirdly, some one or two circumstances of an human action may be indifferent, as if one scholar be speaking with another, it is sometimes indifferent whether they use the Latin tongue, or any other. But their talk taken with all these circumstances is necessarily either good or bad: the reason is, because the determination of an action doth not depend upon one circumstance apart, but upon all jointly together.
14. Fourthly, there may be some singular action in which there is no goodness special to be found, which may not be found in another, and so, that at this time we do this or that, rather than another thing, therein is oftentimes neither good nor evil. Opportunity, or the suggestion of our minds without any respect of moral goodness, may be of weight sufficient to make the determination.
15. Fifthly, although therefore there be no singular actions human, that is neither good, nor evil; yet there are diverse, which singularly and in comparison of others are neither necessary nor unlawful. For as the Carver hath oftentimes no certain reason, why he rather makes this image, than that: yet if he make any, it is necessary that he either follow the rules of his Art, and make a good one, or fail and so make a bad one. So it is in many singular actions of men, which in respect of the exercise, have no proper reason beside the inclinations of the mind, but in the doing they are either good or bad.
Chapter 19
Of a voluntary Act
Question 1. Whether in a good or evil act there be necessarily required an inclination of the will?
1. Ans. First, the will is the principle and the first cause of all human operation in regard of the exercise of the act. For we therefore do this or that rather than another thing, because we will; As God himself is said to do all things of his own Will, Eph 1:11. So also doth man who is made after the Image of God. The first cause therefore of the goodness or sinfulness of any Act of man, is in the Will.
2. Secondly, liberty also of election is formally in the will: that therefore anyone doth yield obedience to God, or refuseth to do so, proceeds from the will.
3. Lastly, our obedience stands in our conformity to the Will of God: and the disobedience, in our unconformity thereunto. Now our conformity with the Will of God is first and principally in our will, Rev 2:6.
4. Ans. Nothing at all but either absolute violence of constraint, or chance which could not be foreseen, or prevented. And for such things as are done through absolute violence or mere chance, they have neither the nature of Obedience or sin. As if one should be forced to offer incense or bow the knee before an Idol, or should merely by chance kill another, Deut 19:5,6,10.
Q. 3. What are we to think of those actions which are done through ignorance?
5. Ans. First, that ignorance which is in some sort a cause of the action (so that if a man knew what he did he would not Do it) if it be unvoluntary both in itself and in its cause, that is, not affected, nor procured, nor tolerated, doth make the action merely casual and unvoluntary and so excuseth from sin.
6. Secondly, ignorance of the Law doth never wholly excuse, because all men are bound to know the Will of God: but yet it doth somewhat lessen the fault if it be not affected, 1 Tim 1:13, Jn 4:41; Acts 3:17. But if it be affected it is of itself a sin and so doth not diminish but rather increase the guilt of other sins, 2 Pet 3:5.
7. Thirdly, an Ignorance of the fact if a man hath used such diligence as he ought, doth excuse him, because by such an ignorance the fact is made casual. So Jacob being deceived lay with Leah whom he took to be Rachel, Gen 29. But if due diligence have not been used, ignorance of the fact, doth not altogether excuse although it do somewhat lessen the fault. And this seems to have been the case of Abimelech, Gen 20:5.
Qu. 4. What are we to judge of those actions which are done through fear.
8. Ans. First, fear doth not simply make an action unvoluntary: but doth considering the circumstances of time and place, etc. impel a man to will this or that. As appears in that known instance of the merchant, who is induced through fear of death to throw away his merchandise into the Sea. Fear therefore doth never wholly excuse from sin: yea more, fear itself is oft a sin forbidden, and a cause too of most grievous sins, Matt 10:26; Phil 1:28; 1 Pet 3:14; Rev 21:8. Although therefore a great fear or terror such as is wont sometimes to trouble even a man of good courage before men, be accounted for a good excuse, and is of force to make contracts done through fear void, yet before God such an excuse will not be taken.
9. Secondly, yet that sin which is committed through some strong terror, is not so grievous (if other things be alike) as that which is committed of the voluntary inclination of the will without any such fear of danger, because in fear the temptation is stronger: and such a fall, if repentance follow, doth proceed not so much from malice, as from infirmity and perturbation. And this was Peter’s case when he denied Christ.
Qu. 5. What are we to judge of those actions which are done through concupiscence.
10 . Ans. Concupiscence doth not make an act cease to be voluntary, neither doth it indeed diminish the voluntariness of it in respect of the act, but increaseth it rather. For he that doth a thing out of concupiscence, hath a will strongly inclined to that which it doth, as it appears either delightful or profitable to him, if therefore the concupiscence be fixed the sin’s the greater, as it was in Judas, who betrayed Christ out of covetousness of monies.
Qu. 6. What are we to judge of those actions which are done through inadvertency, or through not minding of what we do?
11. Ans. Inadvertency or mindlessness is of the same nature with ignorance: because it differs not from it, but only as the privation of an act doth differ from the privation of a disposition. Inadvertency therefore is itself often sin and is opposed to watchfulness. At such a time therefore as we are bound to watch and attend, if we watch not and attend not, we may be rightly said to will this watchfulness, not to will, yea to will our inadvertency, Isa 1:3.
12. Again this inadvertency is sometimes voluntarily chosen in it self, Amos 6:10. Sometimes it is voluntarily chosen in its cause, Matt 13:22.
Qu. 7. How are we said to will a thing in its cause?
13. Ans. When we do will something upon which an other thing follows. He which will be present at immoderate-drinkings may be said to will drunkenness. He which willingly gives himself to sleep, and idleness, may be accounted guilty of a willing neglect of the duties of his calling. He which will please men, may be said with his will to displease God, Gal 1:10.
Chapter 20
Of the sins of the Heart
Question 1. What are the sins of the Heart?
1. Ans. The sins of the heart are partly thoughts, partly delights, and partly desires.
Qu. 2. What thoughts are to be accounted as sins?
2. Ans. There’s a threefold thought of the heart about that which is evil. 1. In the bare and simple apprehension of evil. 2. When with that apprehension there’s joined some motion of the heart to consent to the evil. 3. When there is a full approbation of a consent unto the evil. In the first of these there is of it self no sin. For it was in Christ, Matt 4:1. Hence it is rightly said to know evil is not evil. But the other two kinds of thoughts are not without sin. For the third makes some question, and for the second the Scripture is plain, Jam 1:14. When we are also taught how to distinguish those thoughts which are evil from others, namely when some thought about an evil thing begins in the least manner to draw us towards it, when we begin to nibble upon it and are tickled with it. The reason is because then it begins in some sort to be received by us, and stick in all, so that the evil of which we think becomes in a sort ours whilst we begin to be moved towards it as towards an object betwixt which and us there’s some agreement. For although we stop here and proceed not, to a full consent: yet even this fasten’s some blot and defilement upon us (now we ought to have such a care of our souls which were made after God’s Image, that we keep them pure from all even from the least pollution and defilement. For it is well observed by a great author that every man is appointed by God to keep, and defend his own heart as Soldiers are sometimes appointed to defend a Castle, or Town against the enemies. If therefore without seeking of any aid, and without expecting succor from GOD he should upon the first attempt of the enemy yield up this Castle, he commits manifest treason. What then shall we say, if he should give up the Keys of this Castle before there be any assault made? Now the Keys of the Castle are the thoughts. For these open the heart, and let in the devil. Certainly, he which voluntarily gives this key to the Devil shall never be able to clear himself from guilt of treason. Now a man delivers this Key to the Devil, as oft as he gives up his thoughts to the Devil’s hands, or frames his thoughts to the Devil’s will. The rolling of the thoughts in the mind is like the turning of the Key in the Lock to open it.
Qu. 3. What delight about evil is to be accounted as sinful?
3. Ans. Not that only which comes from evil in the commission of it, or after the Commission or while we have a purpose to commit it, Prov 2:14; 10:23. But even the simple, bare, and ineffectual complacency in an unlawful thing, although there be no purpose ever to commit it. This delight is usually called delectation morose not from the length of time, but from the stay of the understanding which stays, and prolongs the time in the contemplation of an unlawful thing with some pleasure. Now the reason why this delight is sin, is because that delight is a conformity of the affection with the thing thought upon, and doth contain some approbation of it, Rom 7:22.
Qu. 4. Is all delight in an unlawful thing sinful?
4. Ans. Yes, if 1. It be in an unlawful thing or an evil action as it unlawful and evil, 2. If it proceed from an affection tending and inclining towards such things, or from any unlawful provocation, 3. If it be such a delight as in its own nature may have the force of a cause, or an occasion to stir up evil affections. In these three cases it cannot be doubted but such a delight is a sin. But if one be delighted in the thought of an evil thing not as it is evil, such a delight is not simply, and of itself a sin. As when one takes delight in that cunning dexterity, constancy, and courage, which appears in another, in an unjust duel: the reason is because this delight is not properly, and formally conversant about an evil thing but about a good thing.
Concerning absolute desires there’s no doubt but if they be carried to things that are evil they are sinful; but concerning such desires, as are only with a condition there may be some question made.
Qu. 1. Whether is it lawful for a man to wish any evil of punishment, or misery to himself upon any condition?
5. Ans. That this is in some sort lawful appears, 1. By the example of Paul, Rom 9:3. Who wished himself accursed for the Jews’ sake, 2. By the thing itself, because actually to undergo and suffer such a kind of evil is not only lawful, but expedient often upon some condition, Gen 44:33. 3. By reason, because to suffer evil is not of itself an evil, or a sin: if therefore the condition under which it is desired be good, the desire is good also.
Qu. 2. Whether can the desire of an unlawful thing upon a condition become lawful?
6. Ans. First, in those things which are only unlawful by man’s Law such kind of desires may be lawful, because such things have no intrinsical evilness in them; As if I would go out of the City over the Walls when the Gates are shut, unless it were forbidden.
7. Secondly, in some things also that are forbidden, even by God’s Law which have no such intrinsical evil annexed to them, but that it may in thought be abstracted and separated; such desires may be lawful by themselves, if there be no danger of an absolute consent. As if a man should say I would take such a Woman to be my Wife, if she were not too near of kin to me.
8. Thirdly, The desire to do that which plainly, and intrinsically evil upon condition, if it were lawful and not forbidden, cannot be excused from sin. As if a man should say I would commit fornication if it were not forbidden. For our desires ought to stand at as far a distance from sin as form any thing in the World, and to abhor it utterly: but in such kind of desires there doth appear some inclination, and propension to sin.
9. Fourthly, the desire to do anything which is in itself evil, unless the singular condition and state of one’s life hindered it, is a sin. As if a man should think I would be revenged upon such a one if I were not a minister. Or I would keep company with such and such boon fellows, if I were not towards the Ministry. For such men do not abstain from evil simply because it is evil, but because it becomes not men of their callings or may tend more to their prejudice than to the prejudice of others.
10. Fifthly, when the condition is such an one as doth not except the evil in the action, but the danger of punishment only, then the desire is a grievous sin, and a sign of much inward wickedness. As if a man should say I would kill such an one if I might do it, and it never be known. I would play the Fornicator, or adulterer if there were no Hell: for although such a condition, or wish puts nothing in esse, (as they say) that is, in being, in respect of the thing it self, yet in the will it doth suppose an affection towards such a sin, and shows also that he which is so affected would commit those sins, if he might escape punishment.
12. Sixthly, all such conditional desires in a manner are temptations of the devil which we cannot admit without a great deal of danger.
Chapter 21
Of the sins of the Mouth
Question 1. Whether if a man have conceived a sin in his Heart, is there no evil added to it by the uttering of it?
1. Ans. If one do refrain from uttering with his mouth that evil which hath in his heart, that he may the easilier commit it without being hindered, then the silence itself is a sin, and tends to the aggravation of the evil which he hath conceived in his thoughts: and much greater sin is it if he should in his words make a show of the clean contrary, Prov 26:24-25; 10:18. But if one do therefore abstain from uttering the evil which hath thought, because it is evil and shameful, such an one stops the course of sin and doth well, Prov 30:32. And if he should when he hath thought evil, proceed to utter it with his tongue, he increaseth his sin by making it more complete than it was before the speaking.
Qu. 2. Whether is an idle word a sin?
2. Ans. 1. An idle word properly and strictly is an unfruitful word, or a word of no use, fruit, or profit. Now such a word can hardly ever proceed from deliberate reason: because reason and the will of man doth always propound unto it self some end, and some good either moral or natural: so that of necessity every word proceeding from deliberation must be either good or evil, and so no word properly and rigidly can be said to be idle.
3. Ans. 2. This notwithstanding, those speeches in Scripture are called idle, Matt 12:36. Which are little or nothing regarded by the most, and of which they think they shall never give account. Now of these words our Savior saith there’s such an account to be given before God, as that even in them there will be found matter enough, and desert enough for the inflicting of eternal Condemnation.
Qu. 3. Whether are all words uttered in jest or sport, or by way of merriment, idle and sinful?
3. Ans. They are not always idle because they have sometimes their use, at least for recreation and to make mirth. Neither are they always sinful: because they may have a lawful and honest use, Prov 29:9; 1 Kings 18:27. Such kinds of jests therefore may be both good and evil as they may be used.
Qu. 4. Whether are those words sinful wherein men do make profession of some good, without any intention of performing it, James 2:16.
5. Ans. They are sinful, and that not only in regard of the defect, because a due intention is wanting, but also in regard of the deceit and fraud which doth accompany such words and hath in some sort the nature of a lie.
Quest. 5. Whether is multiplicity of words a sin:
6. Ans. It is not of itself a sin for a man to use many words: but is often an occasion of sin, Prov 10:19.
Chapter 22
Of sins of Works
Quest. 1. Whether the external Work of sin joined with the internal do increase the evil of it?
1. Ans. 1. If one have an effectual will of sinning, viz. be so affected in regard of his will towards sin, that nothing hinders him from the external Work, but only that the occasion is wanting, such a man before God is accounted as great a sinner, as if he had performed the outward action; this appears by the contrary acts of obedience, 2 Cor 8:12; Heb 11:17.
2. Ans. 2. And yet such a sin in regard of the extension of it is made great by the external work. For as sanctification is great when it hath renewed the spirit, soul and body, than if it should reform any one part alone, 1 Thess 5:23; 1 Cor 6:20; 2 Cor 7:1. So also sin in the like manner is greater when it hath as it were invaded the body, than if it should keep possession only of the soul.
3. Ans. 3. In regard of that hurt and mischief which is done to others, either by reason of scandal, or by reason of some real discommodity, sin is made greater by the external work, 1 Sam 25:31,33.
4. Ans. 4. Hence it is that some punishments are justly inflicted for the external act of some sins which are not inflicted for the internal. As a divorce is made for the act of adultery but not for the intention.
Qu. 2. Whether do those discommodities which fall out in the event of an evil work increase the sin.
5. Ans. These kinds of events may have a fourfold respect unto the will of the sinner. 1. Sometimes they are directly intended, and then they do increase the sin, in the internal nature of it whether they follow or follow not, 2. Sometimes they are foreseen, although not directly intended, as, when one seeth an innocent person like to be much indamaged by the theft which he intendeth, and then interpretatively, and indirectly they are said to be increased, and likewise aggravate the sin, 3. Sometimes they are neither intended nor foreseen, but yet they ought by some means to be foreseen and prevented: and then also they aggravate the sin, because they are in some sort presumed to be foreseen, 4. Sometimes the ignorance of them is void of sin, and then they are not imputed as sins.
Qu. 3. How is the act of sin broken off?
6. A. 1. Not by every physical interruption of the act: for if it be in a moral sense continued, the sin itself remaineth.
7. 2. Not by a simple cessation of the act of the intention or will: for that may come to pass through inadvertence, and distraction about other things.
8. The morality therefore of it is only broken off by a contrary will and resolution: and yet that breaking off is imperfect; unless there be withal such a change of the will, as is required to true Repentance.
Conscience
with the
Power and Cases thereof
Divided into Five Books
THE FOURTH BOOK
Written by the Godly and Learned
William Ames
Doctor and Professor of the Famous University of Franeker in Friesland
Translated out of Latin into English for more Public benefit
Published by Order, May 20, 1641
Republished 2010
Gospel Covenant Publications
www.gcpublications.com
Concerning the Duty of Man towards God
Chapter 1
Of Religion
Question 1. Whether religious honor be due to God only.
1. Answer 1. All that honor which Religion doth enjoin, or is yielded unto any, because religion commands it, is sometimes called religious. And in this sense that honor which is required in the fifth Commandment may be called religious honor, which yet is due to diverse creatures.
2. Answer 2. There is also a civil honor, which hath a certain singular likeness to that honor which is given to God and because of that Analogy is sometimes called religious honor, such as is piety towards parents.
3. Answer 3. But that honor which is the proper act of Religion as respect unto God only as the object which is to be honored. For 1. The greatest honor is due to God only: but religious honor is the greatest, 2. That honor which is due unto the Author and Lord of life, and eternal blessedness can be given to none but God: but such is religious honor. 3. The soul and conscience of man is directly subject to God only: but this is done in religious honor. 4. God only is our absolute Lord, and hath an unlimited power to exact Obedience at our hands: but this is supposed in religious honor. 5. Everywhere in Scripture such are condemned as give religious worship to any but the true God.
Question 2. How may religious worship be known?
4. Answer 1. If confidence and trust be properly placed in any.
5. Answer 2. If the Conscience be subjected unto any.
6. Answer 3. If those things which are proper to God be attributed to any.
7. Answer 4. If there be a going beyond the usual bounds of civil honor.
Question 3. In what external acts doth religious honor, or the worship of God consist?
8. Answer 1. All lawful acts which men do exercise directly towards God, are acts of honor and religious worship. For we can do nothing out of duty towards God, besides the giving of honor to him with submission and reverence.
9. Answer 2. Yet there are some acts in which this affection is more expressly signified than in others, namely those in which we have almost respect to nothing but the honor of God, as falling prostrate, bending of the knees, or submissive bowing of the body before God, by which acts the external worship and adoration is set out unto us in the Scriptures.
Question 4. What honor is due to men, and to the holy Angels?
10. Answer 1. If they be present with us, civil honor is to be given to them, according to that excellency which is in them.
11. Answer 2. But if they be absent, or appear not unto us, there is no act at all of adoration to be exercised towards them.
12. Answer 3. Whether they be absent, or whether they be present, there is no religious honor due unto them, because although they have a singular respect to the excellency of God, yet that excellency is to them extrinsical, and so the honor which is due unto that excellency is not to be given unto them. Acts 10; Rev 19 and 22.
Chapter 2
Of Faith
Question 1. How is divine Faith distinguished from opinion, and from human faith.
1. Answer 1. Divine Faith is grounded upon God’s Testimony, 1 John 5:9,10.
2. Answer 2. It hath always joined with it a pious affection towards God, Heb 11; Rom 4:20.
3. Answer 3. It overcomes the world, 1 John 5:4; Rom 4:18.
Question 2. What things are of necessity to be believed of salvation.
4. Answer 1. We must implicitly at least believe all the things which God hath propounded to be believed, Acts 24:14.
5. Answer 2. We must believe with an explicit Faith, those things the knowledge and apprehension of which is necessary to it as a means to salvation, John 6:53, 17:3.
6. Answer 3. The things which are necessary to be known and believed, for the conceiving and apprehending of those, Rom 3:19,20.
Question 3. What measure and degree of knowledge is necessary in those things which are explicitly to be believed.
7. Answer. Those things may be known three ways; First, according to the substance of the sense or sentence in which they are contained. 2. According to that declaration whereby they are distinctly explicated in the Scriptures to the edification of Faith. 3. According to the difficulties which usually are, or may be raised about them. Now it is sufficient to salvation to know the fore-mentioned things, according to the substance of the matter, and the necessary declaration of it. For example, it is sufficient to salvation, if one understand that the Father, Son, and holy Ghost, is one God in essence, distinguished into three Persons: that Christ is the true Son of God, and true man also, in one Person, although he understand little or nothing of the subtle disputations about these things.
Question 4. Whether can that man be saved, which believes anything opposite unto the things which are necessary to be believed to salvation.
8. Answer. If he do understand that they are repugnant, he cannot believe both. But if through error, and want of instruction, he think that they may both stand together, such an error, doth not exclude a man from salvation. For there is no mortal man, which is not subject unto error: neither is there any error in Religion, which is not in some sort repugnant to the foundations of Religion.
Question 5. Whether such men can be saved, as make no matter at all of those things which are not absolutely necessary to salvation.
9. Answer. It cannot possibly be, that those should have true faith about things necessary to salvation, which do slight and neglect the rest. For he which is careful about his salvation, will seek the most certain, and the most distinct knowledge thereof. 2. Those which by true faith adhere unto God, do make high account of God’s will and commandments. 3. He which hath true faith, will seek not only his own salvation but God’s glory. 4. True Faith as all other things, will seek the preservation and increase of it self. 5. It takes delight in all things like unto it, and agreeing with it.
Question 6. Whether a man may by divine Faith believe a falsehood?
10. Answer. 1. Divine Faith neither by itself, nor by accident, neither directly, nor indirectly, is the cause of a false assent, as it is false, for so God, and the truth of God should be the cause of falsehood.
11. Answer. 2. Yet it may concur as a cause in regard of the substance of the act of assenting to that which is false, by reason of an ill accommodation, Acts 21:11,12. So the case stands in such a Syllogism, whose proposition is true by Divine Faith, and the assumption is admitted by an human faith or false opinion. For example, whatsoever is revealed in the Scriptures is true: but in the Scriptures it is revealed that the holy Martyrs shall rise from the dead a thousand years before other men, therefore it is true.
Question 7. Whether may a man make an ill use of Divine Faith; namely, by referring it to some evil end, as vainglory, or such like?
12. Answer. Divine Faith itself, cannot by itself be referred to an evil end: but some kind of knowledge that is gotten by it, may be thus perverted, 1 Cor 8:1,2; 2 Cor 1:2,7.
Question 8. What kind of certainty is there in Divine Faith?
13. Answer 1. In respect of the object, there is a greater certainty of Faith than of any natural knowledge.
14. Answer 2. In respect of the subject also, it works of its own nature a stronger assent in us than natural knowledge doth, because it is grounded on a more certain cause.
15. Answer 3. Yet because the understanding of man hath a greater proportion to natural things, and doth comprehend them more fully, therefore it doth not always use the Light of Faith with that certainty with which it useth natural knowledge.
16. Answer 4. Hence it is that such waverings and doubtings, as be unvoluntary and indeliberate, may stand with true Faith, because of the imperfection of Faith, and the infirmity of the understanding.
Question 9. Whether a believer may be infallibly certain that he hath Faith?
17. Answer 1. According to the nature of the things, and in common course, he which doth believe, knows that he doth believe: For the understanding reflecteth upon its own action, and as it were by an evident experience perceiveth what it doth, as also what to will, willeth. And as by natural knowledge we not only know a thing surely, but are sure also that we know it. And we know also whether the will be carried after such an object or no, so also it is in Faith. Otherwise no man could say as that blind man did, John 9:38, Lord I believe.
18. Answer 2. All the faithful are commanded not only to believe, but also to make this sure unto themselves that they do believe, 2 Cor 13:5.
19. Answer 3. No man can doubt of the certainty of his own assent which doth not doubt also of the truth of the object: He which doubts whether he do certainly believe that Christ is God, he doth doubt in some sort whether Christ be God.
20. Answer 4. This experimental certainty may be had not only of the substance of the act, but also of the formal nature of it, that the Faith which a man hath, is truly Divine Faith. Because the understanding by its own reflex we act doth not only perceive the act itself, but also the kind and nature of it, which it hath from the object, as also it perceives the affection from whence it doth proceed.
21. Answer 5. Besides, this experimental certainty, there is also another certainty of Faith from the testimony of the holy Ghost, Rom 8:6.
22. Answer 6. There is also a certainty of Faith which ariseth from the proper acts of it distinctly perceived, as when one knows his own readiness out of a pious affection wholly to deny himself, and all carnal reason, that so he may adhere unto God, according to his will revealed in his Word.
23. Answer 7. Yet for all this, there may be such a defect in the reflection of the understanding upon its own action. Such a discertion of the Holy Ghost, such an intermission of the acts of Faith, that a believer for a time may not be able to know that he doth believe that which he doth believe; yea, he may falsely judge himself to be an unbeliever.
Chapter 3
Of the external profession of Faith
Question 1. Whether is external profession necessary.
1. Answer. It is necessary for many reasons. 1. Because God hath commanded it, 1 Pet 3:15. 2. Because it hath promise of salvation made unto it, Matt 10:32; Rom 10:10. 3. Because there is a grievous threatening made against the neglect of this duty, Mark 8:58; Luke 9:26; 18:8; 2 Tim 2:12. 4. Because this profession makes for the edification of other men, and the neglect of it is a scandal to them, Phil 1:12; 2:15,16. 5. Because this profession of Faith makes for the glory of God, Phil 1:20; and the denial of it is a great reproach to the name of God, as if it were a thing to be ashamed of, Luke 9:26.
Question 2. Whether is this profession always, and everywhere necessary.
2. Answer 1. It is always and everywhere required that we deny not the Faith, or make any profession, or show contrary to the true Faith. 2. Yet it is not either necessary or convenient everywhere without difference to proofs what we believe, Matt 7:6. As if some furious fellow should rise up, and pull out his sword, and say he would kill whosoever he was that should confess himself to be a Christian, it were no wisdom at such a time, and before him to make profession of one’s Faith. But then only this profession is to be made when there is some hope at least, that it would tend to the glory of God, and the edification of our neighbor. For the necessity of the means is judged by that relation which they stand in unto the end.
Question 3. Whether is a man bound to make confession when he is asked publicly concerning his faith, by one that is set in authority.
3. Answer In common course he is bound so to do, 1 Pet 3:15. Because it pertains to the glory of God, and the salvation of others, Matt 10:18.
Question 4. Whether a man may not being compelled by necessity, be present at a forbidden worship, if he keep his mind in a dislike of it.
4. Answer If he be present without any difference carrying himself there after the same manner that those do who profess that worship, he sins grievously, 1. Against his neighbor, 1 Cor 8:10; 2. Against God, 1 Cor 10:20-22.
Question 5. Whether is it lawful for the avoiding of danger, to use the Ceremonies which belong to such a worship.
5. Answer It is not lawful: for the proper end of Ceremonies is profession, he therefore which doth use an idolatrous Ceremony doth in some sort make a profession of idolatry.
6. Although therefore it be lawful, to use any civil garment of idolators, yet no man without sin under that pretence can use such a garment as is the proper badge of religion, and is of its own institution religious.
Question 6. Whether is it lawful to flee in time of persecution, especially for a Pastor?
7. Answer 1. That it is lawful in some case to flee appeareth: 1. By Christ’s direction, Matt 10:16,23; By Christ’s own example, Matt 12:14; 14:13; John 10:39. 3. From the example of the Saints, as of Moses, Heb 11:27; Of Elias, 1 Kings 29:3; Of diverse Prophets, 1 Kings 18:13; And of the Apostle Paul, Acts 9:25. 4. By reason, because by the Law of nature men are bound to preserve their own lives, till it do manifestly appear that the God and Lord of Life do require them, to lay them down, that is till some necessity or advantage for the glory of God, for the good of the Church, do persuade the contrary.
8. Answer 2. It is not lawful for them to flee, whose presence is necessary for the edification of the Church. For this would be, not so much a declining from persecution as a shaming of the duty.
9. Answer 3. In such a persecution as is common, and not personal, it is a shame for a Pastor to show himself more afraid than others be, who should be an example of Christian courage, and constancy to the whole Church.
Question 7. Whether may one that is caught, and put into prison for the confession of the truth, lawfully break the prison, or deceive his Keepers?
10. Answer He may not; 1. Because he is now called to make confession. 2. Because this were to offer violence to public authority. 3. Because the Apostles, and other holy men, whose examples are commended unto us, never practiced any such thing.
Question 8. Whether is it lawful for a believer in such a case to redeem his liberty with a price.
11. Answer 1. That this is not always lawful appears by Paul’s example, Acts 24:26.
12. Answer 2. Yet it seemeth sometimes to be lawful by the nature of the thing; For if he which hath power to set one free being covetous and desirous of gain, should seek a reward for so doing, and the circumstance be such, that a man might lawfully accept of liberty gratis, then it is as lawful to procure one’s liberty by the loss of some money, as to redeem one’s life at the hands of a thief.
13. Answer 3. In this and the like cases the honor of God, the edification of the Church, and the disposition of a man’s own conscience, this way, or that way, is chiefly to be heeded.
Question 9. Whether ought Infidels to be compelled to the profession of the true Faith by such as be their governors?
14. Answer 1. They ought not to be compelled to it, 1. Because Faith itself cannot be wrought by constraint. The act of true Faith proceeds always from a free will, not from fear or force, Ps 47:10; Acts 2:41. 2. Because external profession without internal Faith, is nothing but hypocrisy. 3. Because the Church by this means is corrupted, whilst those are thrust upon it as members which are not fit.
15. Answer 2. Yet they are to be allured with favors, and if that will not do, to be moved by loss of favour, seriously to consider themselves of Faith, and of the embracing of it.
16. Answer 3. They may also be compelled to come and hear the Word preached. For this preaching takes not away their heresy.
17. Answer 4. They may also be compelled that they blaspheme not the true faith, nor hinder the propagation of it.
Chapter 4
Of Heresy
Question 1. Who is to be accounted as an heretic?
1. Answer To make a man an Heretic in that sense in which the word is taken, in the Church it is required, 1. That he be such an one as makes some profession of Christianity, viz. that he either be baptized, or at least-wise a Catechist, for Heresy is a Greek word signifying Election, so that an Heretic is such an one as leaves in some part the truth with he did profess, and afterwards chooseth to himself a contrary opinion, to which he adhereth. But he which never professed the truth, although he may be of the same judgment an heretic is of, yet such an one is not called an heretic, but an Infidel.
2. It is required secondly, that the error which he holds be not only contrary to the doctrine which is contained in the Scriptures, but that it be contrary to that doctrine which belongs to the sum and substance of faith and manners, 1 Tim 4:1-4. And moreover, heresy is always so against Faith, that it doth necessarily overthrow it; For otherwise it is rather to be called an error in Faith, or about faith, and not an heresy against Faith.
3. It is required thirdly, that the error which he holds be joined with stubbornness and obstinacy, Tit 3:10.
4.
Such an one is to be accounted stubborn, as when the truth is not
only manifestly revealed in
Scripture, but is also sufficiently
propounded, and manifested unto him, yet doth so adhere to his error,
that he either opposeth himself to the plain Scripture, and will not
through the naughtiness of his mind perceive the sense of it, for he
is obstinate which is not ready to captivate all his understanding
and reason unto the Scripture.
5. Therefore a man may be an heretic materially whilst he gives assent to some pernicious error through simple facility, likeness, and rashness in believing heretics who were wont to deceive under a color of piety, or through ignorance, who is not yet to be accounted formally an heretic, because he is not stubborn nor obstinate in his mind, and so cannot go simply for an heretic.
Question 2. Whether are Papists Heretics?
6. Answer 1. Papistry as it was confirmed by the Council of Trent is a pernicious heresy. 1. Because it doth directly overthrow true and saving faith, whilst it teacheth to place faith and confidence in the creatures, and thrusts upon men works and human Traditions in the room of Faith, and the Bishop of Rome and his creatures, in the room of Christ. 2. Because it doth in divers ways by false worship and idolatry overthrow the principal part of piety. 3. Because it useth such stubbornness in the defense and propagation of these errors, that it doth even accuse the Scripture itself many ways, takes it away from the people of God, and makes it subject to their authority and pleasure.
7. Answer 2. Yet it is not wont to be reckoned amongst the Heresies. 1. Because it is not any one singular heresy by itself, but as it were a certain body made up and produced of many heresies. For as Mohammedanism is a mixture of former heresies with had been in the East and South, so Papistry though under another color is the very sink of divers heresies, that pestered the West and North. 2. Because it did not arise altogether and at once, but grew to its strength leisurely and by little. 3. Because for many pernicious errors it doth not so much openly profess them in words, as really nourish them in a mystery. 4. Because it hath not publicly impugned the Church, but hath invaded and possessed the Church itself, and hath challenged the title of the Church unto itself.
8. Answer 3. And yet because there are many amongst the Papists who understand not the mystery of popery, but do adhere to it partly through fear of danger, and partly through custom and simply: therefore all the Papists without exception are not to be accounted such heretics as of whose salvation there is no hope, although we cannot affirm, if we judge by their profession, that they are in a way of salvation.
Question 3. Whether are Anabaptists to be accounted as Heretics.
9. Answer They are not properly heretics as they simply do deny the baptism of children, although that be an error not to be suffered in the Church, because of this error they overthrow not the foundation of Faith. But as they deny Original sin and the human nature of Christ to be born of the blessed Virgin, in these and such like they are heretics.
Question 4. Whether be the Arminians Heretics?
10. Answer The opinion of the Arminians, as it is received of the most that do favor them, is not properly an heresy, but a dangerous error in the Faith, and tending to heresy: but as it is defended by some of them, it is a Pelagian heresy; because they deny the effectual operation of internal grace to be necessary for the working of conversion and Faith.
Question 5. Whether are Lutherans Heretics?
11. Answer Those amongst them which do pertinaciously defend the ubiquity of Christ’s human nature, cannot be excused from heresy, because that opinion doth directly overthrow the humanity of Christ. But because many amongst them are free from that opinion, and others amongst them do defend it rather through contention, than because they believe it sincerely; therefore they are to be accused rather of stupidity and fury, or of Schism, than of Heresy.
Question 6. Whether are Heretics to be punished by the civil Magistrate?
12. Answer 1. That Heretics are to be resisted by everyone that is godly, according to the calling and power which he hath received from God, it appears sufficiently from the nature of the thing: because all the godly are called to a Christian warfare, and are in their stations every one to oppose themselves to the kingdom of darkness.
13. Answer 2. The place and office of a Magistrate requires, the he repress wicked men that trouble the Church, even with the sword, or with public and external power if there be need, Rom 13:4; 1 Tim 2:2.
14. Answer 3. If therefore Heretics be manifestly known and publicly hurtful, they are to be restrained of the Magistrate by public power.
15. Answer 4. And if they be manifestly blasphemous, and pertinacious, and stubborn in those blasphemies, may suffer capital punishment. For that Law Lev 24:15,16; although it bind not Christians as it is a Law, yet as it is a doctrine coming from God, it doth belong to the direction of Christians in cases of like nature. When therefore the glory of God, and the safety of the Church requireth such a punishment, it may, and if other remedies have been used in vain, it ought to be inflicted by the Christian Magistrate.
Chapter 5
Of Apostasy
Question 7. Who is to be accounted as an Apostate?
1. Answer He is properly an Apostate which having formerly professed the true faith, is wholly departed from it. For an Apostate signifieth a Forsaker, or a Runaway: such a one was Julian, who therefore was surnamed the Apostara: and such are those, as of Christians do become Jews or Mahometans.
2. But by an Analogy, those also are so called, who do in the most things fall off the from the true faith: as those that fall from the truth of the Gospel to Popery. Apostacy therefore contains all in it that heresy doth in respect of the Essence: but it adds also somewhat to it.
Question 8. What difference of degrees is there betwixt Infidels, Heretics, and Apostates, viz. which of them sin the most grievously.
3. Answer 1. Defection is a greater sin than the denial of subjection; for in defection God is more rejected, more bonds of conjunction are broken: and God himself is silently accused as unjust, Micah 6:2,3. Other things therefore being like the sin of Apostates is most grievous, 2 Pet 2:21; especially if besides the denial of the known truth, there be an opposing and resisting of it, Acts 26:14, 1 Tim 1:20.
4. Answer. Next unto Apostates come Heretics, because they do with them fall from the known truth, and from the faith which they were tied to hold by many bonds. But Apostates fall away from more things.
5. The Jews and Pagans in regard of the extension of infidelity do sin more than Heretics, because they do live in more error: but intensively the sin of the Heretic is greater, because he was more bound by the law of Faith, than such an one as never received it.
6. There’s the like reason between the infidelity of the Jews and Pagans. For the Pagans do err in more things than the Jews, but yet the Jews do sin more grievously, because they received the truth from the Prophets, and do in some sort profess it, and so are more subject to the Law of Faith than the Pagans be.
7. There’s the like proportion to be observed betwixt Christian themselves, who do either in word or in deed deny the truth of Christ, for the more perfectly any one hath been instructed in the truth, the more grievously doth he sin when he falls from it.
Question 9. How is that to be understood, 2nd Epistle of John 10, do not say unto them God speed?
8. Answer It is spoken principally of Apostates and Heretics, for of such as were without, the Apostles judged otherwise, 1 Cor 5:12.
9. Yet even towards Heretics and Apostates themselves, we are not forbidden to do the necessary offices of humanity, but are commanded constantly to manifest our detestation, and are forbidden such a commerce with them as cannot stand with a due detestation
Chapter 6
Of Hope
Question 1. What are the signs of true Hope?
1. Answer 1. If it be grounded only upon the grace of God, and his free promise, 1 Pet 1:13.
2. Answer 2. If it work in us a care of pleasing God in all things, 1 John 3:3.
3. Answer 3. If it put us on to use those means which are ordained of God, and to abstain from others, Heb 10:23-25.
4. Answer 4. If it depend not upon the means but upon God, who worketh either with them or without them, Esth 4:14.
Question 2. Whether doth not Hope lean in some sort upon our own endeavors?
5. Answer 1. It doth not lean upon our own endeavors, as causes of, or as deserving the thing hoped for, but as upon signs and arguments whereby it is strengthened and confirmed in the certain expectation of the grace of God, Heb 10:22,23.
Question 3. Whether hope be certain?
6. Answer 1. Divine hope in regard of the certainty of the object is most sure, because it leans upon the power and faithfulness of God, by which he hath revealed that he most undoubtedly both can and will always perform his promises, Rom 4:21; 2 Tim 2:13.
7. Answer 2. In regard of the certainty of the subject it ought to be most certain and firm, Heb 6:18,19.
8. Answer 3. Absolutely and in itself considered, it is also infallible and certain, Ps 25:2,3. 3. Because it leans upon the same certain and infallible foundation that Faith doth, Rom 4:18,19; Heb 11:1.
9. Answer 4. Yet because of our imperfection and the diverse temptations with which we are assaulted, it is oftentimes accompanied with some doubtfulness, which makes it seem to our sense not always to be certain, Ps 73; Lam 3:18.
Question 4. Whether is Hope conversant with the same certainty about all things it expecteth.
10. Answer 1. The principal object of divine Hope is eternal blessedness, about which there ought to be the same certainty of Hope, as there is of Faith, viz.: the greatest. Hence it is that blessedness itself called Hope, Eph 1:18; Col 1:5; Titus 2:13. And believers are said to be saved by hope whilst they live here, Rom 8:24.
11. Answer 2. The secondary objects of Hope, are all those things which are essentially necessary to blessedness, as the affording of grace, and perseverance of grace: which are to be apprehended with the same certainty we apprehend blessedness itself with, Rom 8:38.
12. Answer 3. External and corporal good things also, have the nature of secondary objects of divine Hope, as they serve to promote the glory of God, and our happiness: But because this oftentimes is not apparent unto us in the particular, therefore we neither can, nor ought absolutely to hope for particular good things of this nature, but with that limitation with which they are promised by God, 2 Tim 4:18; Phil 1:20,25.
Question 5. Whether may spiritual grace in particular be certainly hoped for, for the performance of this or that duty, or for the overcoming of this or that temptation?
13. Answer 1. It may and ought for the thing itself: because God hath promised that he will make a supply of these spiritual things which have a certain and essential connection with life eternal, Phil 4:13.
14. Answer 2. But in regard of the degree or manner which is not essential, it cannot, 1 Cor 12:8,9; because divine hope of its own nature is not carried to such circumstances as to its object, but is applied to them by human election which is subject to error.
Question 6. What certainty of hope may anyone have concerning other men?
15. Answer 1. As the signs of true Faith do appear in them, so it is meet that we do hope of them, Phil 1:6,7.
16. Answer 2. But because these external signs which appear in others, cannot work so certain a faith in us concerning them, as that inward experience which we have in ourselves of the grace of God: and because the holy Ghost doth seal to believers their own adoption, not the adoption of others; therefore this hope conceived of others in particular, is not in the same manner and degree infallible, as is the hope which we have concerning ourselves, for it leans in part upon human credulity, 1 Pet 5:12.
17. Answer 3. Yet because this certainty which we often have of the inward affections of others is morally certain, as children may be certainly persuaded that they are sincerely and truly beloved of their parents, and friends may certainly judge the same of their friends; therefore we ought to nourish a good hope without any actual doubting, concerning such as show forth the signs of sincere Faith, Heb 6:9,11.
18. Answer 4. If such a hope conceived of others do sometimes deceive, we must not therefore think that divine hope is uncertain, because this hope is only so far frustrate, as it doth in the application or determination lean upon human conjectures, 2 Tim 2:19.
Chapter 7
Of patience towards God
Question 1. What are the signs of this patience?
1. Answer 1. If we neither contemn the chastisement of the Lord, nor murmur against God howsoever he deal with us, but bless him in all, Heb 12:6; Job 1:21,22.
2. Answer 2. If we do constantly continue in the doing of our duty, whatever the success be, James 5:8; Heb 12:12.
3. Answer 3. If we do expect from God himself the end which we hope for, Jam 5:11; Heb 10:36.
4. Answer 4. If we make not too much haste, either fleeing to unlawful means, or being out of heart, Heb 10:38; Isa 28:16.
5. Answer 5. If lastly we seek counsel and direction from God in all our straights, Jam 1:4,5.
Question 2. By what arguments may the mind be strengthened to this patience?
6. Answer 1. Because or sins do deserve greater miseries, Lam 3:39; Mic 7:9.
7. Answer 2. Because God in his chastisements offers himself to us, as a father to his children, Heb 12:7.
8. Answer 3. Because he doth not forsake his, but will give a good issue, Lam 3:25-27.
9. Answer 4. Because the time of our expectation shall be but little, Heb 10:37.
10. Answer 5. Because by this way Christ himself, and all the Saints have gone to glory, Heb 10:1,2.
11. Answer 6. Because God himself is patient towards us, 2 Pet 3:9.
12. Answer 7. Because this patience is necessary to salvation, Heb 10:36.
Chapter 8
Of Fear
Question 1. Whether ought men to fear eternal damnation, and other punishments of God?
1. Answer 1. Impenitent sinners ought whiles they are in that estate, to fear these things and to expect them, Rom13:4; John 3:36.
2. Answer 2. The faithful ought not either to expect eternal damnation, or simply to doubt whether such an estate do remain for them or no? Rom 8:1; Heb 2:15.
3. Answer 3. Yet the faithful ought to fear, to tremble at, to take heed of, and to flee from the wrath of God and damnation, as due unto them for their sins, Heb 12:29; 2 Cor 5:11; Eph 5:6; Col 3:6.
4. Answer 4. When they do offend God heinously, they ought also to fear some heavy and sharp correction from God, 1 Cor 11:29.
5. Answer 5. While they do lie in any enormous sin, without renewing of their repentance, they ought also in a singular manner to fear the wrath of God, and eternal damnation itself, because they are now in the very way which leads to condemnation, and if they should go on, they would undoubtedly come unto it, Gal 5:21 and 6:8.
6. Answer 6. But this fear is suspended upon and mitigated with a condition, because condemnation is feared unless it be prevented by repentance: it is not therefore a fear of mere incredulity, but of languishing Faith: it is not the fear of a slave, but the fear of an undutiful son.
7. Answer 7. The faithful, as such, are called to confidence, not to the fear of punishment, Eph 1:18. But they are things done as it were to the fear of punishment, as sin doth prevail in them.
Chapter 9
Of Desperation and Presumption
Question 1. Whether it wholly takes away the nature of hope, if one despair in some of these things which we ought to hope for?
1. Answer. Desperation hath almost the same respect in regard of Hope, which Heresy hath in respect of Faith. For as every error about those things which are to be believed, doth not take away Faith, nor is to be accounted heresy: so neither doth all diffidence about things to be hoped for take away hope, and bring into a state of Desperation: But as a pertinacious error about the foundations of Faith doth make an heretic, so a pertinacious diffidence about the principal objects of hope, viz: eternal blessedness, and those things which are necessary unto it doth make a man desparate.
Question 2. Whether are all those to be accounted desperate, which do say they do despair?
2. Answer. In so wise: For as either through some strong perturbation, or through ignorance, or through infirmity of judgment, a believer may for a time seem to himself to be void of faith; so also upon the same ground, he which hath true hope may think that he is altogether destitute of it. There are certain swoonings, as it were, of hope and faith, in which the acts of them do not appear, when yet the internal virtues of them are not extinguished. It may therefore come to pass, that a man in regard of his own feeling and conceiving, may seem to himself to be in the state of damnation, who yet in truth is in the state of salvation.
Question 3. In what thing doth presumption consist?
3. Answer. He properly doth presume, that doth persuade himself that he shall obtain eternal happiness, although he use not the means which God hath ordained for that end. And such men are said to presume, because they take up that unto themselves which God nowhere in his word hath either given them, or promised them.
Question 4. Whether there is as much danger in presumption, as there is in desperation?
4. Answer. The danger of him that presumes is oft-times greater than of him that despairs. 1. Because he that presumes doth not see or perceive himself to presume: but he that despairs sees and perceives his own fault. 2. He that presumes pleaseth himself in his condition, not doubting but that already he is in the best way, and so he seeks not a better: but he which despairs is weary of his misery, and wisheth he were in another condition. 3. He that presumes desires not to follow any better counsel, he that despairs desires if he could. 4. More men do perish by presumption than by desperation. Better hope therefore is to be conceived of those which seem to themselves to despair, than of those which do presume. The less presuming men do despair, the more desperate is their condition.
Chapter 10
Of love towards God
Question 1. Whether is God to be loved for his goodness and perfection in itself considered, or for his goodness towards us, and benefits conferred upon us?
1. Answer 1. The most perfect kind of love stands in this, that we love God for himself, that is, that the formal reason of our love, being (as the Schoolmen speak) the lovely nature of God; and that our love be carried towards him, as towards the last end. 1. Because that love is most perfect which is wont to be called the Love of friendship. 2. Because if we love God only for his goodness towards us, then we love him for ourselves, and so we love ourselves more than God. 3. Because such is the divine love that is betwixt the Father, Son, and holy Ghost, Prov 8:30. 4. Because such is the Love of God towards us, forasmuch as there is no good can accrue properly to him from us.
2. Answer 2. Yet because we are so imperfect that we cannot immediately raise up our minds to the contemplation of God’s perfection, but by those means by which the goodness and perfection of God is made known unto us: and because it is principally made known by the communicating of good things, and we are most affected with these good things which are communicated to ourselves; therefore the benefits of God to ourselves, are also a reason, and as they call them, motives of our love towards God, and in regard of the order are the first; though in regard of dignity they are not the principal; the last and highest, but such as from which, and by which, we ought to ascend to the divine nature of God itself, which is in itself, and for itself to be loved, and where we must lastly rest, John 4:8-11,16,19.
Question 2. What are the signs of love towards God?
3. Answer 1. As it is a love of union, it appears, 1. In the affection of desire towards all those means by which God doth offer himself unto us, Ps 4:8. 2. In an averseness from, and shunning of all those things which separate us from God, that is, of sins, and that for this cause because they do so. 3. In a desire of true and spiritual union and conjunction with the Church and people of God, 1 John 3:14. 4. In our grief conceived for the failing, or the diminishing of the sensible efficacy of the Spirit of God in us in any sort. 5. In our desire of a perfect fruition of the presence of God in the life to come.
4. Answer 2. As it is a love of complacency, it appears, 1. In that delight which we feel upon our union and communion with God, when it is perceived by the inward grace and operation of the Spirit. 2. In the sweetness and the joy which we feel in the exercises of godliness, Ps 122:1. The reason is given, Prov 13:19. 3. In the great account we make of the society of the Saints, Ps 16:3,4. In an hatred and abomination of all those things which are opposite to the will of God, Ps 119:128,136.
5. Answer 3. As it is a love of benevolence it shows itself, 1. In zeal for God’s glory, 2. In obedience, John 15:10.
Question 3. In what manner is God to be loved above all things?
6. Answer 1. We ought so to love God, that we prefer him before all other things, both in affection and will, and in effect or deed, Deut 6:5. Now God is preferred before all things in affection, 1. When no affection to any creature can entice us to be willing to offend God, Matt 10:37. 2. When we do more esteem of the love of God than of any other, so that out of that affection which we bear unto God, we are ready for his sake to leave all the things which are most dear unto us amongst things created, Luke 14:26. God is preferred before all things in effect, when that affection doth powerfully show itself in our life, and external conversation, 1 John 5:3; 2 Cor 5:14; John 21:15.
7. Answer 2. We ought so to love God, that this love be stronger, firmer, and more rooted in our heart than any other affection whatsoever that we bear towards the creature. Now this is done when it doth proceed from the inmost parts of our hearts, and is immovable, so that it cannot be laid aside, Ps 103:1; 2 Cor 7:3.
8. Answer 3. We ought so tenderly to love God, that the least hurt or violation either of God himself, or of our love towards him should more affect us, then if in other things we should suffer some great loss, or harm, Ps 119:136.
9. Answer 4. Our love to God ought to be so fervent, and so vehement, that in comparison we love other things as though we loved them not, 1 Cor 7:29.
Question 4. How are the consciences of the godly to be pacified, when they seem to themselves sometimes to be carried with a greater love towards certain creatures, than towards God?
10. Answer 1. The estimation, and strength of love is to be distinguished from that stirring of that affection, which may be greater, when the love is less. For if any one be so disposed that he would not offend God, or forsake him, although all things besides were to be forsaken for him; if such an one be more moved sometimes in other things, yet it doth not follow that he loves them more. It was therefore no solid and Logical, but only a military argument which Joab, 2 Sam 19:7, drew from the stirring of David’s affection towards Absalom.
11. Answer 2. The solidity of love is to be distinguished from the light titling of it, as much as common and vulgar mirth is distinguished from serious joy, where the spirit is more inwardly affected, and the affection is founded and rooted, there is the greater love, Eph 3:3,18.
12. Answer 3. We must distinguish betwixt spiritual and sensual love. For spiritual love may in its kind be more tender and vehement, than sensual in its kind, although the corporeal senses may be less affected with this, than with that: as the sensual affection may be so vehement in its kind, that the spirit in the mean season may be little or nothing affected. While we live here such is our infirmity which we have contracted by sin, that ordinarily our senses, and our vital, and animal spirits, are more affected with things sensible, than with things spiritual: yet this hinders not, but our spirits may be affected more with the spiritual good, if they do adhere to it in that manner which was spoken of before.
13. Answer 4. We must also distinguish betwixt the habit of love, and the acts of it. For one affection may sometimes be more moved in act, than another which doth yet exceed it by many degrees, in the internal disposition.
Question 5. How and how far is fear opposed to love.
14. Answer 1. Not as sin, or the offence of God is feared and shunned thereby: for so far it is an effect, and fruit of love, 1. Because love seeketh the union, and communion with God, and the fear of sin avoideth that which doth separate from God. 2. Because love both desireth and causeth all honor to be given to God, and this fear shunneth that which is opposite to God’s honor. 3. Because love resteth in the goodness of God, and this fear shunneth those motions whereby anything is preferred before God.
15. Answer 2. Nor as fear is taken for the reverence of God’s infinite majesty: for so far it is due unto God from every creature, and is found in the Angels and blessed Spirits which have perfect love, Isa 6:2.
16. Answer 3. Nor as the wrath of God is feared in this state of imperfection and frailty, which we are in for the present. For although this fear be opposed to perfect love, 1 John 4:18, Yet simply to love it is not, because love while it is imperfect, and is in a combat against imperfections is holpen by this fear.
17. Answer 4. That fear which makes us flee from God, is opposed unto love, whereby we do adhere unto God.
18. Answer 5. That fear which apprehends God so terrible unto us, that we cannot rest in his goodness, is opposite unto love, which hath a complacency in God.
19. Answer 6. That fear which doth affect a man with anguish, and vexation is opposite to love, which brings with it joy and peace.
Question 7. Who are they that in this third respect are to be accounted as haters of God?
23. Answer 1. All those who wittingly, and willingly break the commandments of God, Exod 20:5 with vs. 6; because it is a point of love to observe God’s commandments.
24. Answer 2. Those which are strangers to the knowledge and worship of God, Job 21:14,15.
25. Answer 3. Those which hate discipline, and true reformation of life, Ps 50:17.
26. Answer 4. They which do not studiously seek after wisdom, Prov 8:36.
27. Answer 5. They which do hate such as do love God, Ps 39:7; 1 Jn 4:12; 5:1; Matt 25:40.
28. Answer 6. They which do love other things more than God, 2 Tim 3:4.
29. Answer 7. They which do neglect God, and cleave unto the world, Luke 16:13.
Chapter 11
Of the hearing of the Word of God
Question 1. What kind of attention is required to the hearing of the Word of God aright?
1. Answer 1. Religious attention which doth arise from the consideration of the majesty of God, and from that reverence which is due unto him: so that it differs not only in degree, but in the whole nature of it, from that attention which is due to words of men, although they be such as excel in authority, Acts 10:33; Jud 3:20; 1 Thess 2:13.
2. Answer 2. Attention therefore to the words only, or to the sense of the words is not sufficient; but there is required an attending to that divine obligation, which in many respects lies upon us, whereby we are tied to a religious observance of the will of God, when it is propounded unto us, Deut 32:46,47.
3. Answer 3. The foundation of this attention consisteth in the exercised act of the reverence and fear of God, Isa 50:10.
4. Answer 4. Hence it is that such an attention is required, which must have some preparation going before it, Ex 19:10,11; Eccl 5:1.
Question 2. What kind of inquiry, or consultation is required in this attention?
5. Answer We are not to consult whether the will of God is to be obeyed or no, for such a consultation cannot be free from impiety: but we are to enquire only to this end, that we may understand what is the will of God, 1 John 4:11; For the words of any men whosoever, such a judgment ought to be passed on them, whereby it may be discerned whether they be good, and to be observed yea or no, 1 Thess 5:21; but the Word of God admits no other judgment but only for the discerning of it to be the Word of God. For by the Word of God we must pass judgment of all things else: but as for it, we are not to judge it, but to submit ourselves to it to be judged.
6. In hearing of men, men are said to carry themselves these four ways. For either they are like sponges which do suck up both bad and good, or else they are like Hour-glasses which let that out at one ear which they take in at the other: or they are like the Wine sacks, which keeps the dregs only, and let the good wine out: or else the Sieves which let go that which is worth nothing, and retain that only which is good. And among these four kind of hearers, the last only which are like Sieves are to be approved: but in hearing the pure Word of God, the first kind only are to be commended, namely they which suck up all like like a Sponge, or like the earth which drinks up the rain that falls upon it, Heb 6:7.
Question 3. What intention of the Will is required in hearing of the Word of God?
7. Answer 1. Our intention ought not principally and lastly, to be carried to knowledge, but to practice, Jam 1:22. Such do fall into a foul and dangerous deceit, which do rest in knowledge.
8. Answer 2. Our intention to do those things which God would have us to do, ought to be absolute and universal, without any limitation or distinction, Deut 5:33,35; Jer 42:3,5,6; James 2:10.
9. Answer 3. This intention ought to be so strong, that it may have the force of a vow, or of an oath, Ps 119:106.
10. Answer 4. It ought not to be delayed with any stay, or lingering, Ps 119:60.
11. Answer 5. In this intention we must rest not upon our own strength, but upon the grace and power of God, 1 Thess 1:5.
12. Answer 6. This intention must be continued by a daily and diligent meditation of the Word heard, Ps 1:2 and 119:19,109.
Chapter 12
Of Pride against God
Question 1. Whether can any creature show his pride against God his Creator?
1. Answer 1. Pride is an inordinate affection of a man’s own excellency.
2. Answer 2. This affection of excellency is put forth two ways: 1. When one doth lift himself up above another. 2. When he arrogates something to himself that is above him.
3. Answer 3. In the first respect a man shows his pride, either directly, when he doth simply prefer himself before another: or indirectly, and by interpretation, when he refuseth to submit himself to another, to whom he ought to be subject.
4. Answer 4. After this last manner all these show their pride against God, which will not be subject unto his will, not hear his word, Ex 5:2; Jer 13:15 and 43:5.
Question 2. How can this pride be in all those which will not hear the Word of God, since many other lusts may be causes of this disobedience?
5. Answer 1. As sin, so also the cause of sin, may admit a twofold consideration: For we may consider him either as it is a turning away from God, or as it is a turning to something that is opposite to God. Now many other lusts may be the causes of disobedience, in respect of the turning to something instead of God; but pride is the beginning of all sin, as it is a turning away from God, and a denial of that subjection that is due unto him.
6. Answer 2. Other concupiscences and lusts, while they do draw a man to neglect the will of God, they draw also to a certain pride, and contempt of God, 2 Sam 12:9.
7. Answer 3. All other lusts, at least, the most of them do induce us to sin, as carry in them the appearance of some excellency (ye shall be like gods) in the desire of which there is to be found something of the nature of pride.
Question 3. What are the proper mean whereby this Pride may be beaten down, and kept under?
8. Answer 1. The consideration of the greatness and power of God, Job 39:35; Rom 9:10,21.
9. Answer 2. The consideration of our own baseness, Rom 9:17.
10. Answer 3. The consideration of those bonds, whereby we are tied to submit ourselves wholly to God, as to our Creator, Preserver, and Lord.
11. Answer 4. The consideration of the wrath of God against the proud, and of his grace towards the humble, 1 Pet 5:5,6.
Chapter 13
Of Consulting with the Devil
Question 1. When are men said to Consult with the Devil?
1. Answer Not only when they do, either by a direct petition, or by an express compact, desire the aid of the Devil, either that they may come to the knowledge of things hidden, or for the doing of things difficult: but also when the same is attempted by a silent and implicit compact. For as in consulting with God, we are not only said to enquire at him, when we do immediately do to him, but also when we use those means, for the knowing, and doing of his will, which are ordained by himself; So also the devil is consulted with, when we do use those means, for the finding out, or effecting of anything, which have been first brought in by the Devil. These two do differ only, as diverse degrees of the same act.
Question 2. When is the Devil silently and implicitly consulted with, and his voice heard in the place of God?
2. Answer 1. In a general way this is done, whensoever we forsake that way which God hath prescribed us, and follow the suggestion of the Devil walking in another way, and using other means for the attaining of happiness, as it is to be seen in the temptation, and fall of our first Parents.
3. Specially, and properly, this is done, when either those men are consulted with, which have communion with the Devil: or those means are used, either for the knowing or effecting of things with have no such use by their own nature, nor by the ordinance of God; and no extraordinary operation of God with them can be expected by Faith. The reason is, because such means have not that virtue which seems to be in them from God, neither in a way of nature, nor in a way of grace, nor extraordinarily by the working of his omnipotency, nor can they receive such a virtue from men, because men cannot communicate that virtue unto others, which themselves have not, neither do they receive such a virtue from the holy Angels, because they do nothing but only as God’s ministers. It follows therefore that the Devil is the author both of the operation, and significations which do depend on such means, and that the Devil is consulted with by them that do expect anything in such ways.
Question 3. What is the evil of such an action?
4. Answer 1. The first evil which is found in this sin is infidelity. For Faith and Hope are not placed in God, when the way which he hath prescribed is forsaken, and a new way is sought.
5. Answer 2. But the chief evil in it is this, that he which in this manner consults with the Devil, doth in some sort submit himself unto the Devil, and doth yield unto him an excellency which belongs to God, and so by interpretation doth give honor and worship unto him.
6. Answer 3. There is also hereby a way directly laid for the Devil’s more effectual deceiving of us, and our fuller forsaking of God.
Question 4. Whether are the predictions of indicial astrology of this nature?
7. Answer Predictions from the Stars concerning voluntary actions, and concerning contingents also in particular, although sometimes they may be ascribed to rashness and impudence, yet if they be seriously used, they cannot be excused from all participation of this sin: for the Stars although they may infuse a certain general disposition, and inclination into inferior bodies, as common causes, yet can they not be certain causes, or natural signs of this or that effect in particular: no more than an Hen that sits upon diverse sorts of Eggs is a cause or certain sign that one kind of chicken shall come out of one Egg, and another out of another.
8. The same is to be said of such predictions, as are taken from the elements, from the frame of the members of man’s body, from dreams, from prodigies, etc.
9. For in these things, and in the like there is wont to be something that is natural, from which in a general sort other things may be concluded, but yet nothing certain in particular; concerning contingent events, especially those which do depend upon the election of the Will.
Question 5. In which thing is this sin usually committed, and participated by the simple, ignorant, and credulous common people, these vain observations?
10. Answer 1. When common and ordinary things are highly accounted of, as if they were lucky or unlucky, that is, when they do conjecture some joyful, or sad events, upon some accidental words or deeds aforegoing. As if such a creature, as suppose a Hare, or Cat should meet them, or cross the way before them, if the Salt-seller upon the table should be overthrown, or Wine spilt, if at their first going out in the morning they should sneeze, or dash their foot against a threshold.
11. Answer 2. When certain days accounted lucky, or unlucky to begin any work in, for this cause only, because they are such days of the week, years, or months, dedicated to such a Saint.
12. Answer 3. When efficacy is attributed to certain forms of prayer, and to conditions annexed to them, for the procuring of this, of that singular thing: Of this sort among the Papists are brief sentences hung about their necks, Ave Marys, and Pater nosters mumbled upon Beads, till they come to a certain number.
13. Answer 4. When some advantage is expected by the carrying about of things unprofitable: As when the Papists carry certain relics about their necks, that by the strength of them they may be defended against dangers, diseases, and temptations.
14. Answer 5. When virtue to drive away diseases, or to produce other real effects is attributed to Figures, Images, Charactes, Charms, or Writings.
15. Answer 6. When the like virtue is ascribed to Herbs, and other medicines, not as they are applied in a natural way, but as they be charmed, or as they be used in some certain form and no other.
16. Answer 7. When Faith is given to the predictions of brain-sick-men, as if they were the Oracles of God.
Chapter 14
Of Prayer
Question 1. In what thing doth the essence itself of holy Prayer consist?
1. Answer Prayer in regard of the inward essential and common nature of it is nothing else, but a religious motion of our will towards God, tending to move, as it were, him also.
2. In this it doth differ from hearing of the word of God, because there our will is moved towards God, that we may be moved by him again: but here the immediate end of our motion is God himself, that he may be affected with our desires.
3. Hence it is, that by a singular appropriation, Prayer is called, The lifting up of the heart to God, the ascending of the mind towards God, the drawing near unto God, and is said effectually to avail with God, as a sacrifice out of which God smells a sweet savor, wherewith he is affected, or moved.
4. Now because it is not for us to apply the will or power of God to this or that, either by commanding, as he deals with us in his word, which the part of Superiors to their inferiors: or by a familiar request, which is the part of equals amongst themselves, or by any other way, whereby we may by any real endeavor lay an obligation upon him, or work an inclination in him to this or that: this way only remains, that we do by way of a submissive and religious representation of our affection before him, minister unto him an occasion and matter of such, or such and operation. And this is to be done only with subjection, which is necessary in all the actions of obedience, but specially, with that submission which doth become an act of Religion.
Question 2. What intention of the Will is required in Prayer?
5. Answer There is required, 1. A special intention of honoring God, and not a general one only, as in all other things.
6. Answer 2. There is required an intention of representing some good, honest, and decent desire unto God, that is, such a desire as is conformable to his goodness, and will.
7. Answer 3. There is required an intention of stirring up such affections in ourselves, as do agree to the presence of God, and to the nature of the thing that we propound unto him.
8. Answer 4. All those intentions are required which do immediately, and essentially follow Faith, Hope, and Charity.
9. Answer 5. In all these intentions we ought to lean not upon ourselves, and our prayers, but upon Christ.
Question 3. What attention of the mind is required in Prayer?
10. Answer 1. There is required an attention to God, to whom we pray.
11. Answer 2. An attention to the thing for which we pray.
12. Answer 3. An attention to ourselves, and the disposition of our affections, out of which we pray. For we ought with attention to watch to the intention which we have.
13. Hence it is that he which desires to pray aright, ought necessarily to recollect himself, and to take heed that his thoughts be not distracted, and that his senses do not rove, nor wander.
Question 4. Whether is such a kind of attention so necessary, that the want of it makes our prayers frustrate?
14. Answer 1. This attention is twofold: 1. Actually, whereby we do distinctly, and constantly attend to everything that we should. 2. Virtual, whereby we continue in the same disposition of attending, wherein we began. The first attention is most laudable, but if this latter kind of attention be used, though it fail in some part, our prayer doth retain its virtues.
15. Answer 2. Distractions and rovings are of two sorts, For either they come through our negligence, or want of care, or else they rush into our minds, so that we do unwillingly, and with grief suffer them. The former kind of distractions turn Prayer into sin, the latter are to be numbered amongst the infirmities of the faithful, which do not shut them out from comfort.
Question 5. In what sense are we bound to pray continually, or at all times without intermission, Eph 6:18; 1 Thess 5:17.
16. Answer 1. In regard of the disposition of preparation of the heart to pray, we ought to keep it continually: Because we can never without sin leave off, or turn aside from directing our hearts, and desires towards God.
17. Answer 2. In regard of the act of Prayer, we ought to take, yea, to catch at every occasion, and opportunity of exercising it. adialeipiws en panti kairw:, Without ceasing upon every occasion. There is the like phrase used, 2 Sam 9:1, Mephibosheth did eat meat continually at the King’s table. And Luke 2:37.
Question 6. Whether is there any Commandment for set times of Prayer every day?
18. Answer 1. There’s a general precept, that we serve God all the days of our lives, Luke 1:75. That worship of God therefore which fitly may be performed every day, ought no day to be omitted: But such is Prayer, therefore it ought no day to be omitted.
19. Answer 2. We are taught in the Lord’s Prayer, to pray every day for our daily bread. Give us this day. And yet more instantly is the kingdom of God, and the righteousness thereof to be sought, Matt 6:33.
20. Answer 3. In the Old Testament there was a Law commanding a daily Sacrifice to be offered publicly, Numb 2:8. And there was likewise an hour of Prayer, Acts 3:1. Now the Sacrifice itself, and the Incense offered with it was a type of Prayer, Ps 51:17 and 141:2; Heb 13:15.
21. Answer 4. Godly men have been want to pray daily, Ps 55:17; Dan 6:10.
22. Answer 5. This is the common instinct of all those, who have any show of Religion amongst them, as may be seen by the Papists, and the very Mahometans themselves.
23. Answer 6. We are daily invited to this duty by many benefits from God: urged by sundry dangers from the enemies of our souls: excited by our own wants, and the necessities of others: and drawn on, and as it were, by a sweet force moved to this exercise daily, by the nature of Prayer itself, wherein we have a singular and sweet communion with God, an exercise of every grace, and refreshment and reparation of our souls.
24. This duty therefore is daily to be performed by everyone, in regard of the precept; and though by reason of the diverse conditions of men’s lives, all men cannot perform it in the measure, and manner, yet the thing itself ought not any day wholly to be omitted.
Chapter 15
Of Confession
Question 1. Whether is Confession necessary in every Prayer?
1. Answer Express and Explicit Confession is not always necessary, as appears by several forms of prayers, which we have approved to us in the Scripture, in which yet there is no direct Confession expressed; yet an implicit, and silent Confession, at least, ought always to be joined with Prayer. 1. Because Prayer is an act of Religion, and so we ought in it to confess our subjection to, and dependence upon God, at least, by a silent acknowledgment. 2. Because humiliation before God, and poverty of spirit, is necessary in Prayer, Luke 1:53; Jam 4:10; 1 Pet 5:6. 3. Because we can desire nothing of God properly with true Faith, but we must first acknowledge it to be above our desert and sufficiency. 4. Because both ourselves and our prayers, being defiled with diverse sins, ought not to be presented before God, without a confession of our unworthiness.
Question 2. When is it requisite that we confess our sins distinctly, and expressly?
2. Answer Whensoever our consciences are burdened with the guilt of sins, and we seek the remission of them, that our consciences may be unburdened, Jer 3:8; Prov 28:13; Ps 32:5. The reason is, 1. Because we cannot seriously, and as we ought, desire the remission of our sin, unless we be first affected with the sense of them. Now a pious confession doth demonstrate this sense, by our laying of our sins open, and doth fasten it deeper, by our ripping them up. 2. Because God in his Word hath passed judgment concerning sin and sinners, and will not remit that judgment by condemnation, unless it be first acknowledged as just, by sinners themselves, and be in a sort passed in their own consciences, 1 Cor 11:31. God will therefore have us to accuse, convince, and condemn ourselves of sin, in our confessions, that so we may not be enforced to undergo accusation of the Devil, and the sentence of God’s wrath, If thou thy self be thy accuser, and God do set thee free, what will the Devil be but a slanderer, Augustine. 3. Because the confession of sin gives unto God, both the glory of his justice in judging, and of his mercy in pardoning, Neh 1:33; Ps 51:6; Dan 9; and so of its own nature makes way for our reconciliation with the Lord, whom we have offended, as it is to be seen also amongst men, Gen 41:9.
Question 3. What conditions are requisite in this Confession?
3. Answer 1. It ought to be naked without any manner of hiding, or covering, Prov 28:13. For though in the committing of sin, it is better to hide it than to declare it, Isa 3:10; Yet in confession, all is to be opened unto God, and nothing to be concealed.
4. Answer 2. It ought to be humble, with the submission of our souls to the judgment of God, which is due unto our sins, and so with grief and detestation of sin, as it were in dust and ashes, Job 42:6; And with shame of face, Ezek 9:6,15; Dan 9:7-9. If this condition be wanting, the declaring of our sins is not a confession, but rather a profession.
Question 4. Whether it be necessary that we confess our sins in particular, and by name?
5. Answer Such sins as are grievous and known, are particularly to be confessed: But it is enough to confess others generally, Ps 19:13; 1 Sam 12:19,21.
Question 5. Whether, and how far, is Confession of sins also to be before men necessary, that our prayers may be acceptable to God?
6. Answer 1. Whosoever seriously doth confess his sins before God, he also will be without doubt always ready, in some sort, to confess the same before men to the glory of God’s mercy, Ps 32:6. Yet, this is not always required in particular. For those sins which are known to God only, are ordinarily to be confessed only unto him. For seeing Confession of its own nature tendeth to the taking away of the guilt of sin, and to the removing of the punishment which was inflicted upon the commission of sin: It hath of itself no use, but only to ward him that is offended by the sins and that knows them.
7. Answer 2. Yet by accident it may fall out, that those sins which are known to God only, ought to be laid open before men. 1. When the glory of God in any singular way seemeth to require this, John 7:19. 2. When our own necessity persuadeth to it, that is, when we do judge the particular counsel and comfort of this, or that man about our sins, to be profitable for us, Acts 10:18; James 5:16.
8. Answer 3. But those sins which are publicly known, ought also publicly to be confessed. Because to all those to whom any hurt doth come by the contagion of an evil example, notice should be given of the repentance and amendment of the sinner that hath done the hurt. The desire of the glory of God, and of the salvation of men, must needs constrain the faithful to this duty, Acts 19:19; 1 Tim 5:20.
9. Answer 4. Those sins wherein we have done any singular and notable injury, to such and such a man, must be confessed singularly unto him, if it be possible, for the renewing of that bond of charity which was broken through our default, Matt 5:23,24.
10. Answer 5. Public confession also before the Church is necessary, after the commission of a sin publicly scandalous, 2 Cor 2:6,7. This is grounded upon the same reasons with the former, and moreover is due unto that Ministerial judgment, which Christ doth exercise in the Church, and by the Church, Matt 18:17,18.
Chapter 16
Of promise made to God in Prayer
Question 1. In what thing doth such a kind of promise consist?
1. Answer 1. Essentially it consisteth in an holy purpose, represented before God, Ps 119:30,57.
2. Answer 2. In that representation there ought to be contained a will to bind ourselves, such as in an oath, Ps 119:106.
3. Answer 3. There ought also to be added an expression of this will, Gen 28:20,21,23.
4. Answer 4. The solemn expression of this will, doth chiefly agree to greater occasion and affections: when we are either in great troubles, out of which we do desire to be freed, Ps 66:14. Or when some great cause of joy falls out through the singular favor of God, Ps 118:27.
Question 2. Whether is it necessary that such a promise be always made to God in prayer?
5. Answer It is required at least implicitly, in respect of the purpose of the Will. Because to desire anything from God, without a pupose to endeavor with our utmost power for the obtaining of it, or without a purpose to glorify his name for the granting of our petition: and to praise God in words, for the benefits we have received from him, without a purpose to yield honor unto him in our actions: or lastly, for us to represent our well before God, to be regarded by him, without purpose of observing his will, and of living answerably to such an action, all this would in some sort be nothing but to mock God.
Question 3. What kind of things are to be promised to God?
6. Answer 1. Not an evil action, nor anything that is vile and abominable, Deut 23:18.
7. Answer 2. Not things impossible, inevitable; nor those which through the calling or strength bestowed upon us by God, we cannot, or are not fit to perform it, Numb 30:3,4.
8. Answer 3. All those things are to be promised which are commanded us by God, which yet ought to be understood so far, as they may be performed by the grace of God, without special privilege. For it is not lawful for us simply to promise that we will abstain from all sin. Although we ought to promise all care and diligence, to the utmost of our power, by the grace of God, for the avoiding of all sin, and the following after everything that is good, Ps119:106.
9. Answer 4. All those things likewise are to be vowed, which although they be not enjoined unto all, yet all circumstances being considered, may be means unto us either of honoring God, or of a better observing of his commandments.
Question 4. In things that are good and commanded, how can there be by our promise and vow a new obligation added unto that obligation which lies upon us, by virtue of the Law of God?
10. Answer There is not properly hereby a new obligation added, neither is the former in itself augmented, but it is more acknowledged and received by us: passively we were bound as much before, but by an active renewing of this bond, it is more strictly applied unto us by ourselves.
Question 5. Whether may things not commanded be the object and matter of a vow?
11. Answer 1. If they be simply considered , as indifferent, they ought not to be vowed unto God: Because so they have nothing in them convenient, profitable, or fit to promote the honor of God.
12. Answer 2. Yet as they are means to some good end, whereby God is glorified, they may, being rightly ordered, be a fit object of a vow.
Question 6. What kind of obligation is brought upon us by such kind of vows?
13. Answer If the vow be lawful, the obligation is most strict. Because the bond of Religion is contained in the vow: and so that which before was free, is now, because of the vow made, in some sort, the due worship of God. For although the subject matter of the thing which is vowed be of itself indifferent, and be directly to that religious honor which we owe to God. The breach therefore of such a vow, is a profane perfidiousness against God. It is perfidiousness, because the promise is not performed; and profane, because the promise was made unto God, and doth pertain to his honor.
Chapter 17
Of mental and vocal Prayer
Question 1. Whether is it sufficient to pray with the heart and mind?
1. Answer 1. It doth suffice to the essence of prayer: because the virtue of Religion which is exercised in prayer may be put forth in an internal act, although no external act be added to it, 1 Sam 1:13; Neh 2:4. God also sees the internal act, though it be expressed with no external sign, Ps 139:4
2. Answer 2. But it is not always sufficient for the discharging of his duty, that prayeth: 1. Because god is to be glorified, and to be religiously worshipped by us, not only with our souls, but also with our bodies, and so with our voice, 1 Cor 6:20. 2. Because although the internal act may suffice to the brief ejaculation of our desire, yet it is difficult to hold on in a continued representation of our desires before God, unless the outward man also be withdrawn from other things, that it together with the inward may attend unto this duty. 3. Because the voice coming from the heart, is heard again, and recoileth upon it, so that it is a mean of exciting, continuing, and increasing that holy affection from whence it springeth. 4. Because we must often pray with others, which are edified by benefit of our voice, and are admitted to the participation of the same prayer with us.
Question 2. What sort of attention is required in vocal Prayer?
3. Answer 1. The principal attention ought not to be about the words and voice. 1.Because they are only the adjuncts of prayer, and may in the same manner be used of him that doth not pray as by a fool, one asleep, a child, one that doth but play. 2. Because in such an attention there is a greater regard had to our own vain glory, than to the glory of God. 3. Because by this means, that internal affection in which the essence of Prayer consisteth is not promoted, but hindered, lessened, or quite taken away.
4. Answer 2. Yet some attention is required, even to the Words. 1. That they be decent, lest something be intermingled, that is unbeseeming God, or his worship. 2. That the speech, as much as may be, may be such as the Holy Ghost teacheth, 1 Cor 2:13. 3. That they be not uttered after the manner of men, but be clothed, as it were, with a spiritual habit, agreeable to the nature of the thing. 4. That if we pray with others, a care be had to their edification.
Question 3. What using of many words is that which is forbidden? Matt 6:7
5. Answer 1. All long Prayers are not forbidden, for Christ himself was wont sometimes to spend all night in prayer, nor all doubling of the same Petition; for Christ also hath approved that by his example. Matt 26:44.
6. Answer 2. But there is forbidden, 1. An affectation of prolixity, and much repetition. 2. An estimation of such things, as if they were of force to procure audience. 3. That prolixity and repetition which comes not from the abundance of inward affection, but from the want of it.
Question 4. Whether a certain and prescript form of words is to be used in Prayer?
7. Answer 1. That this is sometimes lawful, is evident from the approved practice of the Saints; which the Scripture commends unto us in their prescript Psalms, and forms of blessing.
8. Answer 2. It is also profitable and necessary for some to follow such a form, though out of a Book, 1. Because there are some believers so ignorant, that they are not able to express their desires in any sort in fit words.
9. Answer 3. Others there be, who though they can do it, so as may suffice for themselves in private, yet if they be to pray with others, they are either destitute of ability, or of a freeness of putting it forth. 3. There are some also to whom it may be profitable in their meditations and prayers, to be ruled, as it were, by such a mean as this.
10. Answer 4. Yet no man ought to rest contented in such a kind of praying, but rather that he may be able to express his mind before God, without such an help. 1. Because a prescript form, while it doth not directly follow our inward affections, but lead them, doth less perfectly perform that which is in the nature of prayer. 2. Because all those particular things which we have need to go to God for, cannot be contained in a prescript form. 3. Because even as we are praying, God is wont to stir up special affections in our hearts, which are often hindered, and extinguished, if we always keep to a prescript form. 4. Because by this reason, sloth and lukewarmness creeps upon us, and deadness in prayer; so that our form is used out of custom only, and for a form.
Question 5. Whether the Lord’s Prayer be a form prescribed for us, and to be observed by us?
11. Answer 1. Christ in teaching us that prayer, would not prescribe us a form of words constantly to be observed: but an example or pattern, according to which we are to direct our Prayers. This is evident enough from this, that we never read that the Apostles used that Prayer.
12. Answer 2. It is not expedient to stick to this form. 1. Because we ought often to pray, more particularly, as occasion is offered. 2. Because by this means, it is become among the Papists like a charm. 3. Because so we shall make no proficiency in the spirit and gift of praying.
Chapter 18
Of the gesture of Prayer
Question 1. Whether in every Prayer there be some care to be had of the gesture of the body?
1. Answer 1. In short ejaculations of our desires before God, the outward gesture, neither can be attended, nor hath any use, further than it doth really, and without a direct intention of its own accord, follow the inward motion of the mind.
2. Answer 2. In secret Prayer which is known to God only; yet in the presence of others, gestures and outward sign ought as much as may be, to be hid, Neh 2:4; Lest we give cause to suspect of hypocrisy, or affectation of vain glory, with the Pharisees, Matt 6:5.
3. Answer 3. In private solitary Prayer, some care of the gesture is profitable for ourselves, because as by the voice, so by the gesture and habit of the body, affections are excited, supported, and continued, Dan 6:11.
4. Answer 4. In Prayer with others, whether private or public, there must be stricter observation of gestures and signs, because of others: partly, least we give them occasion to suspect us guilty of carelessness, or disturb them any way, or offend them; and partly, that we may help their Devotion by our example, Ps 95:6.
Question 2. What gesture is required?
5. Answer 1. Gestures in general ought to be such, as may in an holy manner express the inward motions of the mind.
6. Answer 2. Because in every Prayer there is required singular humility, therefore the common gesture of solemn Prayer, ought to be agreeable to this dimension, as the uncovering the head, and for the most part, bending the knee, bowing of the body, or standing upright. Sitting by itself is not gesture of praying, because it expresseth no reverence, nor is approved in Scripture.
7. Answer 3. Because also in every Prayer, our desire is directed to our heavenly Father, with confidence and hope; therefore the lifting up of the hands and eyes is decent in every solemn Prayer.
8. Answer 4. Other particular singular gestures in Prayer with others, are not to be used, for the causes before spoken of. In private Prayer they are not so much to be affected, as to be admitted according to the motion of the mind.
Question 3. What use is there of covering the face in Prayer?
Answer No other but to prevent occasions which may be insinuated by the eyes, or to conceal those singular gestures which sometimes are unnecessary for us, but would seem fond, or hypocritical to others. Except on these occasions, the covering of the face doth rather belong to women, than men.
Chapter 19
Of Singing
Question 1. What use hath Singing above the ordinary pronunciation?
1. A. 1. It brings a kind of sweet delight to godly minds, Ps 104:34.
2. 2. It hath a more distinct and fixed meditation, Ibid.
3. 3. It hath a more copious and ample profession of Piety, Col 3:16.
4. 4. It hath more command of mutual edification, if it be with others, Eph 5:19.
Question 2. Whether singing do equally agree to the mind in trouble and in joy?
5. A. It doth more properly agree to joy, James 5:13; because of the sweet dilation of the heart, which it makes a show of yet it well agreeth to the profitable recording of past sorrow, as appears by these Psalms which are called Penitential; and sometimes to the removing of sorrow, Prov 25:20.
Question 3. How are we to sing those Historical Psalms which belong to other persons, and times.
6. A. 1. If we so meditate of them, that we reap consolation, and hope from them, Rom 15:4.
7. 2. To this end, we ought in our thoughts to put on, as it were, the person, either of them, or whom those Psalms were composed, or of them who composed them, that whatever is spoken there, we may, in some sort, take it as spoken to ourselves.
Question 4. How may we sing those Psalms aright, which contain dire imprecations in them?
8. A. 1. We may upon occasion of those imprecations meditate with fear and trembling, on the terrible judgments of God against the sins of impenitent persons.
9. 2. We may thereupon profit in patience, and consolation, against the temptations which are wont to arise from the prosperity of the wicked, and afflictions of the godly.
10. 3. We may also pray to God that he would hasten his revenge (not against our private enemies, but) against the wicked and incurable enemies of his Church.
Chapter 20
Of Petition
Question 1. How are spiritual things to be asked of God?
1. A. 1. All things are to be asked in that manner, in which they are promised. Therefore spiritual good things, as they are necessary to salvation, are absolutely to be desired; because they are absolutely promised to believers and penitents, Luke 11:13.
2. 2. Those spiritual good things which admit degrees, cannot absolutely in every degree be desired: because the things themselves, not the degrees of them are absolutely necessary, and absolutely promised by God, 2 Cor 12:8,9.
3. 3. Yet we ought absolutely to desire that measure of grace which is necessary for us, to the avoiding of crimes, or scandals, and to the keeping a good Conscience, James 1:5,6; 1 Cor 10:13; Ps 19:14.
Question 2. How are temporary things to be asked of God?
4. A. 1. Temporary good things are only secondary objects of our hope: namely, as they tend to spiritual blessedness: which because it is not certainly known to us, therefore we cannot desire them with that strength of hope in particular, with which we desire things spiritual; neither ought they to be desire with so ardent and fervent an affection, but with a secondary and more remission, Matt 6:33.
5. 2. As we may hope that temporal good things will profit us to salvation, and turn to the glory of God, so far we may beg them, Pet 4.
6. 3. Such a petition is not formally conditional, neither in words nor sense: Because as a conditional assertion, affirms nothing certainly of the antecedent, so a conditional petition desires nothing.
7. 4. Neither is it a general Petition only, that God would deal with us as he sees fit, and expedient to his glory, and our salvation. For so a sick man should no more desire freedom from sickness, than the continuation and increase of it.
8. 5. It is therefore an absolute Petition, but yet with a submission to the wise ordering of God, either expressly, or tacitly.
Question 3. Whether may all our Lawful desire be represented to God in a Petition, to have them fulfilled?
9. A. 1. In no sort; for some desires are lawful; the contrary of which is to be chosen, Phil 1:23-25. Some lawful desires also are so light, that they ought not to be commended to God: such as is the desire to win in play.
Question 4. For whom are we to pray?
10. A. 1. For all, and every person alive we may pray in some sort, because some goodness of God extends to all. 1 Tim 4:10.
11. 2. We cannot pray for all men collectively, that they may be saved; because it is manifest to us out of the Scripture, that all are not to be saved.
12. 3. Yet we may pray for every one in particular, that they may be saved (unless extraordinarily there happen something to hinder) because we are bound by the law of Charity to hope well of every man.
13. 4. We may and ought to pray for spiritual good things for them, from whom we justly desire that temporal things may be taken, while they may hurt themselves or others with them. And so we are to pray for the potent enemies of the Church.
Question 5. Whether are we bound to pray altogether in the same manner for others, as for ourselves?
14. A. We may, and ought to do it with the same charity; but with the same faith and hope we cannot: because we do not so properly by Faith apprehend and apply the promises of God to others, as ourselves.
Chapter 21
Of Fasting
Question 1. What kind of Abstinence is required in a religious Fast?
1. A. Greater abstinence is required, than the common law of temperance prescribeth. For Temperance ought to be perpetual; but Fasting is extraordinary, and upon special occasion.
2. 2. This abstinence must not only be in meat and drink, but also in all other things that tend to the pampering of the body, Dan 10:3.
3. 3. This Abstinence is to be such and so great, that thereby we may be made fitter for extraordinary humiliation, Ezek 8:21.
4. 4. Now because all and every one are not of the same temperance and constitution: therefore this fitness for religious humiliation bringeth home variety of abstinence: so that that degree of abstinence which is profitable and necessary for one, would be an impediment to another, neither can any particular rule be given for all and every man to observe in that degree and measure of abstinence.
Question 2. In what doth the religion of a Fast consist?
5. A. 1. A religious Fast differs from a natural and civil Fast in this, that it is commanded by Religion, that is, it doth directly and immediately tend to the worship and honor of God.
6. 2. Yet it is not so referred to the worship of God, that it is part of worship, but only as a means whereby true worship is promoted.
7. 3. In the New Testament it is not properly a mean of worship, either because it doth anything, or signifieth anything by institution, either before God, or men, but as it doth fit for the extraordinary exercise of worship.
8. 4. It fitteth principally by removing those impediments, which are repugnant to the extraordinary calling upon God.
Question 3. Whether it be lawful publicly to appoint such Fasts?
9. A. Not at man’s pleasure, because there is nothing religious which depends altogether upon man’s wit; but upon an extraordinary cause, to call men to the extraordinary invocation of God, is both lawful, and pious.
Question 4. For what causes principally are the Fasts of the Papists to be disallowed?
10. A. 1. Because certain set times, returning in course, are appointed for Fasting, which is repugnant to the nature of an extraordinary exercise, that depends upon a special occasion: so that it brings in the form of a Fast, without the force and power of it.
11. 2. Because they do sometimes prolong those times beyond the space fitting, either for an extraordinary duty, or the abstinence of Fastings, as in Lent; whence also that form of Fasting is made more vain.
12. 3. Because at those times they make a certain choice of meats, which is both ridiculous while they abstain from flesh, and use wine and junkets: O impious! Because they abstain from flesh, as if it were for that time unclean, which is the doctrine of Devils.
13. 4. Because they obtrude those times, and this choice of meats upon the whole Church by human Laws that bind the Conscience; and establish them with more rigid and severe punishments, than the Law of God.
14. 5. Because they place worship in the abstinence which they prescribe.
15. 6. Because they attribute satisfaction and merit to their Fasts.
Chapter 22
Of an Oath
Question 1. Whether an Oath be lawful for Christians?
1. A. 1. It is evidently lawful of its own nature, 1. Because it is not of its own nature intrinsically evil; for it contains nothing but the confirmation of our testimony, by desiring the testimony of God. Again, if it were intrinsically evil, it should never have been lawful: whereas yet no Christian will deny, but it was lawful under the Old Testament.
2. 2. In the Old Testament it was no part either of the Judicial or Ceremonial Law, because it hath nothing proper to the Jews: therefore it was of moral right, which pertains to Christians as well as to the Jews.
3. 3. Because there can be no reason given, why it was lawful of old to swear, which takes not place as well among Christians.
4. 4. Because there are laudable examples of the use of an Oath in the New Testament, 2 Cor 1:23; Rev 10:6.
5. 5. When Christ forbids to swear at all, Matt 5:34; he simply forbids those forms of swearing, which he there nameth, and such like: as also to use any Oath in familiar talk, or but upon necessity; because the Jews thought the third Commandment was not broken in that manner, but only by forswearing, James 5:12.
Question 2. Whether it be lawful to swear by the creatures?
6. A. 1. The Popish sort teach that a man may swear by the creature, in a double respect, by unreasonable creatures, specially if they be consecrated and dedicated to God, in order and relation to God: and by some reasonable creatures, as the Angels and Saints in heaven, absolutely.
7. 2. Some also of our Divines, although they condemn that absolute way of swearing by the creatures, yet they admit a relative way, out of Matt 5:34 and 23:16.
8. 3. But neither of these opinions is to be admitted; For although creatures may be named in swearing, 2 Cor 1:23; yet they may not absolutely be respected, without Sacrilege and Idolatry, as appeareth from the nature of the thing. Neither can they be relatively used in the place of God himself without sin.
9. 1. Because we have no approbation of such kind of forms of swearing in Scripture. For Christ, Matt 23:16; doth not approve those former, as if they were to be used, but only shows that being used, they do bind. The Apostle, 1 Cor 15:31; doth not properly swear, but proves that he was obnoxious unto death, and 1 Tim 5:21, he calls the Angels to be witnesses, as men that are present may be called by a bare obtestation.
10. 2. Because to swear by the creature with relation unto God, is religiously to invoke the creature, in reference unto God. But this is condemned in Scripture, by the consent of all our Divines.
11. 3. Such forms are scandalous, both to such as do swear, and the like sort, after the example of others, without distinguishing a relative Oath from an absolute; and to the swearers, who cannot discern when one swears lawfully, and when not.
12. 4. Such oaths diminish the reverence which is to be used in swearing, and so cause them to be too familiarly and rashly used, even by those which are not profane, as we may see in the Jews.
13. 5. Heretics were the first authors of these forms in the Church of God, who also were upon that ground, condemned. Elixai (a follower of the Heresy of the Ossenes, in the time of Trajan) taught, that it was lawful to swear by Salt, Water, Bread, Earth, Heaven, Sky, Mud; whom Epiphanius confuting, Lib. 1, proves, that we must swear by God alone, according to the Law; Thou shalt have no other gods but me. And of the Manichees, among other their novel Doctrines, it is reported by Augustine, Lib 19, Contra Faust, cap. 22; that they sware often, and without any scruple, by the creatures.
14. 6. In the Civil Law such kind of forms are condemned by the best Interpreters, Wesembec. Lib 12. tit. 2. The Emperors Arcadius and Honorius in the Book, Si quis major, Cap. De Transactionibus, thus spake.
Objection What is to be thought then of those forms of Oaths, in which mention is made of the Soul, Life, Salvation, Death, Damnation, etc.?
15. Answer In these forms of execration, men swear directly by God himself: and by these additions, they effectually show that they offer themselves to the severe judgment of God, to deprive them of those best things they have, or to afflict them with the greatest evils, if they make not good what they say. But when the attestation itself is made by a creature, it can by no means be excused
Question 3. What are we to think of those usual forms, in Faith, in Truth, on my Conscience?
16. Reason They are not Oaths, because they add not a new attestation to the confirming of a Testimony, but only declare it to be serious, deliberate, sincere, and certain. Yet from such forms as have the Particle, By, in them, with reference to the creature, we are to abstain, as from that which hath an appearance of evil, and is scandalous.
Question 4. What is to be thought of that form, in which the Sacrament, or some such thing is named, in way of an Oath?
17. Answer. Beside the common sin, which is always committed in swearing by creatures, there is also a Superstitious opinion concerning such things, or at least, a kind of partaking in that Superstition.
Question 5. Whether is it lawful in swearing to use Amphibology, or Equivocation?
18. Answer 1 Equivocation is used in an Oath two ways, First, when the words themselves which are used are of a doubtful sense, and so are meant one way by him that sweareth, and taken otherwise by others: As if a French-man, called in Latin Gallus, being questioned with about his Country, should swear he were no Gallus, meaning no Dunghill-Cock, as the word also signifies.
Secondly, when the words themselves which are used, have a plain meaning, but by a tacit restriction, or interpretation, which one keeps to himself in his mind, they are changed into another sense: as they say, that Fransiscan Monk did, who being asked which way a Murderer had fled that passed by him, putting his hands into his sleeves, answered, he passed not that way; meaning, that he went not through his sleeves.
So also, many of the Jesuits do maintain, that a Priest being asked, whether he be a Priest, if he be not asked by a Judge, or have a cause to dissemble the truth, may lawfully answer, that he is no Priest, so that he understand that he is no Priest of Baal or Isis, or that he is no Priest to tell another so. The former may be called Verbal Equivocation, the latter Mental.
19. A. 2. Mental Equivocation cannot be used in an Oath without a grievous sin.
First, because in an Oath we testify something unto others, in the most solemn manner that may be; but when we signify no certain thing in our words, but something feigned, or dissembled; then we do in intention testify nothing unto others: and so the nature of an Oath is by this dissimulation violated, and quite overthrown in the main foundation of it.
Secondly, because this mental Equivocation is a direct and manifest lie, because there is in words a testimony given both against the mind and conscience of the witness, and against the thing itself.
Thirdly, because he goeth about by his testimony to work a belief of that which is false in the hearers; which is not only to suffer them to be missed and deceived, but directly to mislead and deceive them.
Fourthly, because it is a great injury to, and provocation of God, to bring his testimony, though feignedly, to prove a falsehood; and therefore that outward Oath is taken upon a grievous lie, with a great mockery of God’s testimony which is called upon.
Fifthly, because by this means, a door is opened for the cherishing of all manner of lies. For there is nothing (as Azor. Jes. observeth) so false, but may be cleared from being in any sort a lie, if we do but reserve something in the mind, according to our pleasure. For we might, whatsoever anybody desires of us, though we have it by us, deny that we have it, understanding, to give it to them: whatsoever we have done, spoken, or thought, or purposed; we might say, when we are asked about it, we have not done, spoken, thought, or purposed it, namely, in this sense, to tell it to you.
Object. Of the speech uttered by the mouth, and the reservation we keep in mind is made but one compound, and total proposition, in which there is no falsity. As when a Mass-Priest affirms in words, that he is no Priest, and understands, to tell it to another. Now it is free for a man to compose such a proposition of Vocal and Mental terms.
20. Answ. Although such mixed propositions may be admitted , when a man is meditating of anything by himself, or when we have to do with God alone; because God and our spirit understand that which is in our mind, as well as if it were uttered by words: yet they have no place in giving testimony before men; because the mental reservation testifies nothing to the hearers; let that reservation therefore, be what it will, such a testimony is a lie; and if it be confirmed with an oath, it is perjury: seeing that which is signified by words, is repugnant to the conscience of the witness.
21. 2. Verbal equivocation is also unlawful in an oath. First, because it testifies no certain thing, and without a certain testimony, that oath at least is vain.
Secondly, because it tendeth not to the end of an oath which is to end Controversies, and confirm the truth, Heb 6:16; but contrary.
Thirdly, because it deceives and misleads the hearers, which is contrary to the nature of an Oath, if wittingly I deceive.
Fourthly, because the affirmation, or denial of the question propounded, if from the Conscience of the respondent, it be not conformable to the sense of him that asks the question, is a lie. For the question itself, in that meaning in which it is propounded, is the sentence to be testified: and the affirming or denial of that which cannot stand with that sense, is a falsity, which if it be against the conscience of him that gives the testimony, it cannot but be a complete lie.
Fifthly, because such an oath that confirmeth a lie, is in respect of the nature of the thing, manifest perjury; and in respect of the intention of the swearer, a profanation of God’s Name.
Object. If we be not asked in a lawful manner, or if injury be done to us, it is lawful for us to provide for our own good, so that we speak ambiguously?
22. Answ. No injury offered unto us by man, can be any just cause to us of offering injury to the name of God. Now a great injury is done to God in that sin of lying, and much more in that sin of perjury.
Question 6. In what sense are the words of an Oath to be taken?
23. Answ. In that sense which we judge the hearers to conceive: that is, regularly in that sense which they have in common use of men. Because the signification of words depends upon the use of men.
Question 7. Whether is it lawful sometime to answer according to the principal and remote intention of the asker? For example, when one city refuseth to admit the inhabitants of another city, which is thought, though falsely, to be infected with the Plague, if anyone coming thence should be asked, whether he came from that City, whether may he upon Oath deny it, either because that City is not infected; or because, if the City be infected, he knows himself to be clear: and so he truly satisfies the principal intention of him that demands the question?
24. Answ. It’s not lawful. Because the question is propounded, the Oath required, not about the End, which is principally intended, but about that particular mean which seems to belong to that End. Now the question, and the affirmation; or denial of it do together make up one and the same proposition, or axiom.
Question 8. Whether are the words of an Oath always to be taken strictly, as they import?
25. A. 1. An Oath, (because of the danger of perjury) is of a strict, right, and interpretation, so that it admits not those larger explications, which take place oftentimes in deeds and words of another nature.
26. 2. Yet in an Oath there are to be understood those conditions, which through the received use and custom, are presumed to be conceived of those whom the Oath concerns. For example, First, in all promissory Oaths this condition is understood, if it shall please God.
Secondly, in those things which are subject to the power of a Superior, it is to be understood, if it shall please him also.
Thirdly, in things so mutable, that they may make their promise unlawful, it is so to be understood, if they continue in the same state.
Fourthly, He which swears he will keep the Statutes of any Society, is to be judged to understand, as those Statutes are observed in the approved custom and use of others.
Fifthly, He which sweareth that he will stand to the Precepts or Statutes of any man, or Society, ought to be understood in that sense, that the Oath be not stretched but to those that he might in probability think of, not to those which if the Juror had thought of, it is probable he would not have promised to perform.
Question 9. Whether every Oath obligeth him that sweareth, to the fulfilling of it?
27. A. 1. Every Oath binds as far as it is a testimony of a lawful and possible thing, but no further. Hence, first, such an Oath binds, although it be wrested by force, or fear, though it be joined with some injury. For there is a double obligation in every promissory Oath; one to God, another to man. Now although the injury done, takes away the wrong in respect of man doing the injury, because no right is founded upon an injury; yet the obligation made to God remaineth, which without irreverence and injury to God, cannot be both admitted, and then condemned. This is the case of a man constrained by thieves to swear to pay a price for his redemption. Such a one either ought not to swear, or swearing a lawful thing, ought religiously to keep his Oath.
28. A. 2. Although an error about the substance of the thing which is respected in their Oath, or about the proper cause, may take away the obligation of one’s promise, which is the case of one that contracts Matrimony with one particular person, supposing her to be another: yet an error about a circumstance, or an intrinsical, and accidental cause doth not dissolve the obligation. This was the case of the Israelites with the Gibeonites, Josh 9; and is the case of him that contracts Matrimony with a mean, or a poor woman, supposing her to be Noble, or rich. In the first error there was no testimony at all, but in the second there was a lawful testimony.
29. A. 3. A latter Oath against a former honest Oath, or promise, doth not bind: because such an Oath is plainly of its own intrinsical nature, upon supposition or the Former promises unlawful.
30. A. 4. An Oath to commit any sin, or to neglect any duty, doth not only not bind, because an evil thing can receive no force from an Oath; but if it be kept, it increaseth the guilt, because then two sins are committed; one, of that kind which the fact considered in itself is of; and the other against religion, out of irreverence, and abuse of the name of God, as an evil purpose is confirmed by the authority of God.
31. A. 5. That an Oath lawfully taken, though the keeping of it may hinder a greater good, ought to be observed, unless that good be such that it brings a general obligation, and be generally understood as an exception in such a promise.
Question 10. Whether the Oath of a dead man doth bind his Heirs and Successors?
32. A. 1. It doth not properly bind under that notion of an Oath: because an Oath is a personal bond. Citizens therefore are not properly perjured, if they keep not the Statutes, which were sworn by their Predecessors, if themselves swear not.
33. A. 2. Yet it doth sometimes bind, in respect of the thing which was the proper cause of the Oath; to wit, if it were after the nature of a contract: which is the case of him, that sweareth he will pay, or do this or that; so that by that means he may enjoy this or that commodity. For his heirs if they will enjoy the same benefit, are tied to keep the same oath.
Question 11. Whether and how may the obligation of an oath be loosed?
34. A. 1. No absolution from an oath, properly so called, either by Dispensation (which is a plain releasing of the bond) or by Commutation (which is the changing of the bond, from one subject matter to another) can be expected from any human Authority. Because the religion of an oath pertains to a Divine Court, and therefore is not subject to Man’s Court. In those doubts which fall out about Oaths, the counsel of such as are skillful, is of good use, but for Authority to loose the bond of an Oath, either wholly, by Dispensation, or in part, by Commutation, is not committed to any kind or order of men.
35. 2. Yet there may be a making void of an Oath sometimes by Superiors, if in that subject-matter they be Superiors, about which the Oath is conversant. So Parents, Husbands, Masters, Princes, may pronounce as well either the Oaths, or the vows of their Children, Wives, Servants, Subjects, made without their consent in such things as are subject to their power.
36. 3. When the formal reason of an Oath is taken away, the Oath itself ceaseth in regard of the event; which is the case of such as have sworn that they will obey any Lord, or Prince, who afterward ceaseth to be such an one.
37. 4. When the Oath taken, respects only the observance or commodity of man, to whom something is promised, then the obligation ceaseth upon the releasing, or consent of that man to whom the promise was made. The reason is, because the foundation of such a promise ceaseth and by the nature of the thing, there is always included in such a promise a condition, unless the other shall pardon or remit. This is the case of a creditor to his debtor, and such like. But this cannot be extended to the contract of Espousals, because there not only the profit of man is looked at, but the institution of God.
Question 12. Whether is it lawful for a man to bring him to swear, whom he knoweth, or vehemently suspecteth, will swear against his cause?
38. A. It is never lawful determinately to desire that he would swear that which is false. Neither is it lawful indifferently to desire that such a one should swear, whether this or that thing be or no, unless upon a necessary cause: because we should both do injury to God, and be a murderer of his brother. Now there may be a necessary cause for a Judge to require this, at the influence of a Plaintiff, where no other remedy can be used: because then we exact it not in his own person, but in the person of the Plaintiff. And there may be sometime a necessary cause to the Plaintiff of desiring this, when otherwise some great discommodity cannot be avoided. But for a private man, that knows it, privately to require it, there can be no sufficient cause; because no private benefit can come of it.
Question 13. Whether it may be lawful for a private man to draw him to swear, who, he fears, will swear false, but is in simplicity deceived: For example, Titius knows that Sempronius was not this year at Francquer; he knows also that Caius doth doth merely think that, he saw him this year at Francquer; the question is, whether Titius may desire Caius to swear that Sempronius was not at Francquer this year?
39. A. This is not lawful: Because though this Oath in Caius would be without fault; yet in Titius the persuader and advise to it, it would partake of the nature of perjury. He doth not indeed so much injury to Caius, as if he should induce him to swear that which he know to be false, but he doth the same injury to God; whose Name he doth wittingly and willingly abuse, to the confirmation of a falsehood.
Question 14. Is it lawful for a Christian to accept, or require an Oath of him, who he knows will swear by Idols?
40. A. It is lawful to do this for weighty cause, as Jacob did, Gen 31:53. First, because the perverseness of the Oath is not respected by him, for whose sake it is taken, but only the confirmation of a testimony, and faith given. Secondly, because it is not simply evil, to use evil to a good end. Thirdly, because he that simply desires an Oath, not such an Oath, doth not so much make use of the perverseness of the Oath, as the common nature of it.
Question 15. Whether it be lawful for the Judge to exact of the Defendant an Oath touching the crime objected to him; which is called an Inquisitory Oath, or Oath ex Officio?
41. A. It is not lawful at all, in a crime that is altogether secret. For God only judgeth of secret things.
42. 2. It is not lawful to give a man an Oath, whereby he should be compelled to accuse himself. First, because it is against nature, that a man should bring a punishment upon himself. Secondly, because by this means many would be brought to forswear themselves.
43. 3. Though there be an accusation going before, yet it is not lawful to require such an Oath of anyone, as a probation, because all judgment ought to be founded in Witnesses, and such arguments as have the force of a testimony, Deut 15:19; 2 Cor 13:1.
44. 4. In case of an infamy going before, or a probation not sufficient, and the want of a full one; a man may be admitted to an Oath of purgation, if he shall offer himself to it, Exod 22:11; but he cannot be compelled.
45. 5. If the fault be notorious, any man generally may, even with the religion of an Oath, be asked concerning the author, Deut 21:7.
Object. 1. It was lawful to adjure a wife suspected, Numb 5:19.
46. A. This was a singular law, of an extraordinary disposition, granted because of the hardness of the hearts of the Jews, as also the divorce of a woman that was not an Adulteress.
Object. 2. Joshua required of Achan, that he should acknowledge his fault, Josh 7:19.
47. A. After accusation and judgment, he only persuades to confession.
Object. 3. Our Savior answered to the High Priests adjuration, Matt 26:63,64.
48. Answ. First, not because he was lawfully adjured, John 18:20,21. Secondly, No otherwise than he did to Pilate without adjuration. Thirdly, Not to confess his fault, but to bear witness to the truth, John 18:37.
Chapter 23
Of a Lot
Question 1. How may a Lot be lawfully used?
1. A. 1. Such a Lot as is cast to find out what is lawful or not, is in no sort to be permitted. Because the Law of God is a mean appointed by God to show men the rule of life; neither did he ever reveal his will to any by Lot.
2. A. 2. A Consulting, or a Dividing Lot, used to find out an hidden truth that is past, or some event that is to come, cannot be lawful, unless it be by Divine inspiration. Because this is an extraordinary mean, and so hath not an ordinary rule, nor may it be used without extraordinary direction, without rash tempting of God.
3. A. 3. A Divisory Lot, which is used to determine anything de facto, may be lawful, or unlawful, according to the circumstance wherewith it is clothed. It is unlawful, First, if it be done out of an ill intent, expecting the deciding of the Question, either from Fortune, or from any other cause, but by the providence of God. Because then it is either a mere vanity, or hath Superstition mixed with it. Secondly, If it be done without just necessity, or if other ordinary means of God’s providence be omitted. For then it hath rashness mixed with it, and belongeth to the tempting of God. Thirdly, if it be done in an under means, either with fraud, or without due reverence to God’s providence. It is lawful: First, if it be done out of a right intention, seeking direction from God. Secondly, if in a case of necessity, when a better means cannot be used to take away the doubt or difficulty. Thirdly, if in a due matter, where there is no danger of injustice: because we have the decision of such questions in the word of God. Fourthly, if with due reverence, so that that be yielded, to which the lot determines, as coming from Divine providence.
Question 2. What is a just cause of casting a divisory Lot?
4. A. When there is no other means to avoid some great discommodity. Now the greatness of the discommodity sometimes depend upon the weight of the thing itself; as when it is put to Lot, which among fit ministers, ought to stay in the City in the time of the Plague. And often it depends upon the affection of men: as when among companions that are every way equal, the Lot is cast for the taking away debate and discord.
Question 3. When Lusory Lots, or those plays which consist of Fortune, or mere chance, be lawful?
5. A. Such a kind of Plays, whether they merely depend on Fortune, as Dice players, or do principally depend on it, as Cards and Tables are in their own nature unlawful. First, because that ought not to be turned into a play, which in its own nature hath a singular respect to God’s special Providence. But a Lot of its own nature, doth respect the determination of the Question, from the special providence of God. For mere contingency of itself, hath no aptitude, for the determining of any question. Neither can anything beside mere contingency, be respected in a Lot, without the special providence of God, or the help of the Devil, or of some feigned Deity in the directing of that Contingency. Secondly, because in such kind of plays, the nature of the Lot gives occasion to many sins, as to a blasphemous recreation, and cursing of Fortune, when the Lot is cross: a praising of one’s good Fortune, when the Lot favoreth: and a pertinacious contention because of the expectation of better fortune.
Question 4. What is it to be thought of public Lotteries, wherein many Prizes, or rewards, are proposed to be gotten by Lot?
6. A. 1. They might haply be so ordered, that they might be lawful. Namely, if there were any need of a contribution to some pious use: and to avoid discommodities, the business should be permitted to Lot who should distribute: and these also which cast the Lots, should only venture that which they would not willingly give, and so come to the Lottery, not out of hope of gaining, but out of an intention of bestowing something.
7. 2. As they are now used, they seem to be unlawful, because they only aim at gain, by fraud and flattery, and give an occasion to many evils.
Chapter 24
Hitherto concerning the first Commandment; In the second, first of the Church
Question 1. Whether is a Believer bound to join himself to some certain particular Church?
1. A. 1. Yes, by all means. First, in respect of God’s Instituition, Matt 18:17; in which there is not only the necessity of a Precept, but also of a Mean.
2. 2. In respect of the presence of God and Christ, Rev 1:13. For if we would approach to God, we must join ourselves to that Society, where God is in singular manner present, so that he may be found of those that seek him.
3. 3. In respect of the glory of God, which by this means is publicly promoted, and propagated. For as the Name of God in the Old Testament, was placed at Jerusalem, so also is it now, in the Ecclesiastical Assemblies though not in this or that place.
4. 4. In respect of the Covenant and promise of God: For those which are in the Church, are as it were directly under the blessings of God, to have them poured upon them, Ps 65:5 and 133:3.
5. 5. In respect of our profession, because otherwise it cannot be avoided, but those signs will hardly be discerned, whereby Believers are distinguished from Unbelievers, 1 Cor 5:12.
6. 6. In respect of mutual edification, which followeth of itself, upon the combination of Believers, Heb 10:24,25; 1 Cor 11:17 and 12:25,27; Rom 1:12.
Question 2. To what kind of a Church ought we to join ourselves?
7. A. 1. To none but a true one, that is, Professing the true Faith.
8. 2. Of true ones, we ought to choose the purest as far as we are able.
9. 3. Although we may join ourselves to one, in which many defects are necessarily to be tolerated, yet not to one in which we must of necessity partake in any sin, Eph 5:11; neither is it lawful to adjoin ourselves to any Church, with a mind, by our silence, to cherish any of its defects, but that (as far as we may with edification) we may do our endeavor to take them away.
Question 3. Whether we may communicate with such a Church, as doth tolerate the wicked, and oppose the good?
10. A. 1. The tolerations of any notorious crime, is a grievous sin in a Church, Rev 2:0; and of its own nature tends to the corruption of the Church, 1 Cor 5:6.
11. 2. It doth pollute the Communion in itself, to these wicked ones who are tolerated, and to those also which are the causes of that toleration, Hag 2:3.
12. 3. All those participate of this pollution, which do not endeavor, as much as in them lies, to remove scandals, 1 Cor 1.
13. 4. That mixture which doth arise from this toleration, doth diminish the consolation and edification of the godly.
14. 5. All men ought therefore by all lawful means to endeavor that they may live in those Churches, where the Precious is separated from the vile, Jer 15:19.
15. 6. Yet from such a Church, in which some wicked men are tolerated, we must not presently separate, 3 John 9:10,11; First, because it may be the error or infirmity of the Church. Secondly, because patience and long-suffering is to be exercised toward a private brother offending, Gal 6:1; much more towards a whole Society of Brethren, or a Church. Thirdly, because by the rash departure of the godly the correction of the evil ones is not promoted, but hindered. Fourthly, Because oft times there cannot be a departure made from such a Church, to one more pure, without grievous discommodities; which must be avoided as much as we can, without sin: yea sometimes they make an affirmative Precept to cease to bind, which otherwise could not be left undone without sin.
16. 7. If anyone either wearied out with unjust vexations, or providing for his own edification or for a testimony against wickedness, shall depart from such a Society to one more pure, without a condemnation of that Church which he leaves, he is not therefore to be accused of Schism or of any sin.
Question 4. Whether it be lawful to continue in that Church, where the power of removing Scandal, and purging out the wicked, is wanting?
17. A. 1. The power itself, for the right of it, or in regard of the first act of it, cannot be separated from a true Church, because it doth immediately and necessarily flow from the very essence. For it is contained in that covenant whereby Believers are joined into a Church.
18. 2. The use of the power cannot be taken away, without the grievous fault of them who take it away, and the great injury of them from whom it is taken.
19. 3. Neither ought the Church to rest in this, that it seeth itself unjustly oppressed by others: for it belongs to the duty of the Church to maintain the Liberties which are granted to her by Christ.
20. 4. Yet if Believers contending for their liberty cannot procure this right in that part, nor without most grievous discommodities depart to a more pure Church, and do keep themselves from the approbation of sin, and study likewise to make up that defect, as much as they can, they sin not if they join themselves to such a Church, or continue in it.
Question 5. Whether it be lawful to stay in such a Church, where some of the Ordinances of Christ are wanting, and in the room of them some of men’s constitutions brought in?
21. A. 1. The defect of some Ordinances, though it ought not to be approved, yet it may be tolerated; because an imperfection, whether in private persons, or in a public State doth not take away the nature of that Office, which is found more perfect in some persons or State.
22. 3. Human Institutions if they be extrinsical to the Church and Worship, and make to the promotion of the Ordinances of Christ, and edification of the Church, then they ought to be admitted and approved, as Civil means used and applied to spiritual ends. But if they have a religious State, and pertain intrinsically to worship, or have that same nature with the institutions of Christ, possessing this place, for they ought in no sort to be approved.
Chapter 25
Of calling to the Ministry
Question 1. Whether a Calling be necessary?
1. A. 1. A singular calling, not required to teach and preach the Gospel upon occasion, Acts 8:4 and 11:19,21 and 18:24.
2. The reason is, First, because this is the duty of all Christians to promote as much as they can, the kingdom of God and so to teach others Divinity.
Secondly, because it is necessary sometimes that men be convicted of errors, and instructed in the truth, before there can be any lawful vocation.
Thirdly, because a people sometime destitute of a Minister, cannot, without detriment to their edification, be otherwise helped, unless they admit the teaching of such as are not yet rightly called to the Ministry.
3. 2. Not only private preaching, but public, may be exercised with a singular calling. First, in a Church to be constituted.
Secondly, in a Church constituted also, with her approbation, if confusion be avoided, and order observed, 1 Cor 14:23, etc; Acts 13:15; for it pertains to the edification of the Church, that they who excel others in gifts, do exercise them before others, to help them and excite them.
4. 3. Yet for one to invade the proper duty of a Minister, without a special calling, is altogether unlawful, Heb 5:4; Tit 1:5; Jer 14:14.
First, because there is required a singular separation of God, Acts 13:2 and 20:28; Rom 1:1.
Secondly, there is required an undertaking of a singular, and weighty function, the author and dispenser of which is God himself, Eph 4:11; 1 Cor 12:5,6; Matt 9:38.
Thirdly, there is required the singular assurance of the assistance of God.
Fourthly, there is required a singular expectation of a blessing from God, Matt 28:20.
Fifthly, there is required singular fidelity, and alacrity, 1 Tim 4:14.
Sixthly, it is requisite that order be observed, 1 Cor 14:40.
Question 2. What things are necessarily required in him that is to be called to the Ministry?
5. A. 1. Such an integrity of life, that he be not only without Scandal, but also have a good testimony, 1 Tim 3:7; by a testimony here is understood the good opinion that we have concerning his uprightness, made manifest by his honest and pious conversation.
6. 2. Knowledge and skill in the Doctrine of Christ above the common sort of Believers, 2 Tim 3:16. To which also must be added, the understanding of those things which pertain to his Office in governing the Church, 1 Tim 3:16.
7. 3. Some dexterity in teaching, or in communicating unto others, that knowledge which he hath himself, 1 Tim 3:2; 2 Tim 2:2.
8. 4. A will in some sort ready to undertake the Ministry, and to discharge it: which will of his ought not to arise from fear of poverty, or such like discommodity; or out of a desire of superiority, fame, or gain, or such like, etc., 1 Pet 5:2; for this will is in some sort constrained, and is not properly and directly carried to the work of the Ministry, but out of pure love and zeal, John 21:15-17.
9. 5. The difference in these qualifications is such, that First, a knowledge of the truth with some dexterity of teaching is necessarily required to the essence of a Minister; because they are the proper foundations of that vocation: but integrity is only necessary by the precept of God, even to the very being of a Minister.
Secondly, concerning the Doctrine, and dexterity, judgment may be given by others; but concerning the inclination of the will, no man beside the party to be called can certainly and always judge.
Thirdly, Doctrine and dexterity cannot suddenly be procured by others: but the will drawing back through fear, or modesty, may and ought to be excited, and stirred up by exhortations. As for those that can, and are not willing, pains is well spent in the calling them; not so for those that cannot, but would.
Question 3. Whether are those which can read , or recite a Sermon by heart, out of the writings of others, furnished with the necessary gifts of Ministers?
10. A. 1. In no sort. For first, the gift of reading and rehearsing by heart, is not a gift of the Ministry, but a gift of wisdom and knowledge, 1 Cor 12:8.
11. 2. A Minister must necessarily have a faculty of applying the Word, according to the diversity of hearers, times, places, and other circumstances, without that variety which diverse occasions do require, 2 Tim 2:15; but this cannot be done, by reading, or reciting out the prescript of another.
12. 3. He ought also to be ready to give an account of those things which he teacheth, to anyone that asketh, and to convince the gainsayers, Tit 1:9; which cannot be done by reading and reciting.
13. 4. He ought to go before the Church in those gifts, which are to be affected and sought by all Believers, 1 Tim 4:13,14,etc.; but all Believers ought to endeavor, that the Word of God might dwell plenteously in them, Col 3:16.
14. 5. No man can discharge the office, either of an Advocate, or a Physician, by reciting prescript forms. Now a Minister is a spiritual Advocate and Physician.
Question 4. Whether it be lawful to desire the Ministry?
15. A. 1. To seek a place in the Ministry, either for lucre, or the profit that it may bring along with it, is plainly to be condemned. For this is to account gain godliness, 1 Tim 6:5.
16. 2. To desire the work of the Ministry, out of desire and zeal to edify the Church, and to glorify God, this is pious and laudable, 1 Cor 16:15; 1 Tim 3:1.
17. 3. To offer himself to the judgment of others to be tried and approved for the Ministry, is no way repugnant to the honor of the Ministry.
18. 4. He which hath a good testimony of his fitness, for the work of the Ministry, may without offence of conscience, modestly offer his pains to any Church, Isa 6:8; for God offers such to the Churches.
19. 5. Yet importunately to urge his own calling, and by cunning to procure it, is utterly unfit for one that is rightly disposed to the Ministry, 2 Cor 2:16.
20. 6. By fraud and violence to thrust himself upon a Church against their will, is plainly a devilish part[?] .
21. 7. So to come to the office of the Ministry, as to a thing subject to buying and selling, this is Simony. Because to office of the Cure of Souls, is the gift of God, which is communicated properly by God alone; and therefore to buy that office is all one in kind, and in the nature of the thing, with that which Simon did, Acts 8.
22. 8. Simony is committed not only by a gift from the hand, when money is given to procure such an office, but also by a gift from observance, which is given and yielded to any for that end: and also by a gift from the tongue, when it is procured by intercession and prayers, so that the worthiness is not principally regarded.
Question 5. Who are they which have the right and power of calling Ministers?
23. A. 1. The chief right of calling is in Christ alone, who is the Head of the Church, the Author of the Ministry, and the Lord of the Ministers.
24. 2. The delegated right cannot properly be in Diocesan, Bishops, or Patrons, or Magistrates; as such, because Christ who ordained the Ministry, hath prescribed nothing singular concerning those Orders, hath communicated no new right unto them, and hath left his Church well ordered without them.
25. 3. The delegated right belongs to that whole Church, which the Minister that is to be called must serve.
For, first, Ministers are given by Christ to the Church, that by the same ordinary and certain way, they may be procured by every Church. But if the vocation should depend upon others, the Church should often be destitute, of a certain, of procuring Ministers to itself, and so such a Church should be instituted of Christ, which should not be sufficient in itself.
Secondly, If the right of calling were in the power of others, then the Church should not immediately receive her Ministers from Christ, but from those whose this right was.
Thirdly, otherwise, it could not be, that the Church should always freely submit herself to her Ministers, which yet in the Ministry is no less necessary than in Marriage.
26. 4. This right of Calling doth so in regard of the propriety remain in the Church, that it cannot either by the authority of any other be taken away, or by a voluntary grant be lost, or be wholly committed to the fidelity of another. For the act of the Church is a cause necessarily required to Ecclesiastical calling.
27. 5. Yet diverse actions pertaining to calling may be commanded to others, and ordinarily ought to be performed by the principal members of the Church, or the Presbyters. And the care that all things be done rightly, belongs to the Magistrate.
Question 6. What is the act in which Vocation properly consists?
28. A. Vocation properly and essentially consists in election. For first, that voluntary relation which is between the Minister and people, cannot have any other foundation than voluntary election.
Secondly, a free Church, retaining her liberty, cannot be subjected to any, but by free election.
Thirdly, all those acts which pertain to vocation, either tend to election, as nomination, presentation, examination, or depend upon election, or ordination, institution, or induction, which is nothing else but the complement of election, and a solemn declaration; as the Coronation of a King, or the Inauguration of a Magistrate, and so is wont Metonymically, to be used, for election, or vocation.
Question 7. Where the freedom of election is diminished by Bishops, Magistrates, Patrons; what kind of Calling is there?
29. A. Although election be not in that manner and degree free as it ought to be; yet a voluntary consent, as in Marriage, so in the Ministry, though procured by unjust means, hath the essence of an election and vocation.
Question 8. When many are fit, who among them is to be elected?
30. A. 1. He which is most fit in the conscience of him that doth elect, well informed, because to do otherwise were and accepting of persons, which being displeasing to God, ought to have no place at all in Divine matters. But this is so to be understood: First that comparison be made among those which may commodiously be had.
31. 2. That he be judged most fit, who though he be simply absolutely inferior, yet in relation to that church for which a Minister is desired, considering all circumstances is found fittest.
Question 9. Whether a man may be called to the Ministry, for some certain term of years?
32. A. 1. That this should be expressed, or directly included in the Calling, is utterly repugnant to the nature of the Ministry. For first, a Minister doth not properly devote his pains to the Church, but to Christ. Now Christ hath no where revealed his Will concerning a definite law of Ministry.
Secondly, Such a vocation doth diminish the affection and care of a Minister to his people, and of the people again to him.
Thirdly, It lessens also the dignity of the Ministry, while in show, at least, it makes it mercenary.
Fourthly, It brings along with it divers dangers, both to Minister and People. For so the Minister may without a just cause be dismissed, and the people may unseasonably be forsaken.
33. 2. Yet that they should be understood implicitly, a power of obtaining an honest dismission upon some condition, the necessity of which, the condition either of the party called, or parties calling, or the Church in general may cause, there is nothing that absolutely forbids.
Question 10. Whether may one that is rightly called to the Ministry, afterward leave off the Ministry?
34. A. 1. It is not lawful for anyone to attempt this at his own will.
First, because he is bound to God in that vocation, neither can he without his Commandment forsake his station.
Secondly, he is also bound to the Church, not by an human, but by a Divine covenant. And he can no more forsake the Church, than be forsaken of it.
35. 2. Yet if such a cause fall out, that makes him unfit for the Ministry, or makes the exercise of it impossible to him, or bring a necessity of sinning upon him in the exercise of it, then by God’s allowance he seems to be loosed from the Ministry.
Question 11. Whether it be lawful for a Minister to get from one Church to another?
36. A. It is one thing to go from one to another, another thing to be translated or removed. Go he may not so long as the foundation of his former calling remains; but removed he may be upon the judgment of other Churches, and by the consent of that Church to which he is bound, for a further fruit of common edification.
Chapter 26
Of making Sermons
Question 1. What ought to be the Text, or Argument of the Sermon?
1. A. 1. Seeing nothing ought to be Preached by a Minister of the Church of Christ, besides the Word of God; and the Word is not to be found anywhere but in the Scriptures, it necessarily followeth that his Preaching must be altogether of the Scriptures.
2. 2. Although the Catechism in which is contracted the sum of the Scripture which is most necessary for all; be necessarily with all diligence to be inculcated, yet a difference always ought to be observed between such human forms, and the Holy Scripture. Therefore it is not meet that the Catechism should be in the same manner propounded for a Text in the Church, as the holy Scripture is wont to be.
3. 3. For the honor therefore of the Scripture; for the efficacy of the truth preached, and the danger of the scandal which may arise from that custom, it is most safe that some select places of Scripture be propounded for a foundation of the Catechetical instruction, and that the Doctrine of the Catechism be drawn aright of them, as the Doctrine of the Scripture, and that the Doctrine of the Catechism be drawn aright of them, as the Doctrine of the Scripture.
Question 2. Whether is that custom to be approved which hath held in the Papacy, and is still used in some Reformed Churches, in the Sermons only ordinarily to explain certain Parcels and Sections, which are called by the name of the Gospels and Epistles?
4. A. 1. The public reading of those Sections, omitting the other Scriptures, is repugnant to the express Commandment of God, who hath commanded the whole book of the Law to be often read, Deut 31:10-12; and to the practice of the Ancient Church, Neh 8:21; 2 Chron 34:30; Acts 15:32; Col 4:16.
5. 2. The exposition of those Sections is not sufficient for the due edification of the Church. For many things are necessary to be known, which are not contained in those Sections, 2 Tim 3:16.
6. 3. The Sections are perverse, so that many of them are, as parts cut off from entire bodies, and are propounded by themselves, maimed without head or tail.
7. 4. They which adhere to these Sections, neglect the Divine order and manner of the Scripture, and conceal it from the people, to the great detriment of Religion
8. 5. This custom of Preaching only out of these Dominical readings, was brought in, in the depraved and dark times of the Church, not without a Superstitious respect to some Solemnities devised by men, against the rule of Scripture, and practice of the primitive Church.
9. 6. Experience hath taught, and doth teach still that the knowledge of God doth more abound in those Churches, where, this custom being left, the Scriptures are freely handled; partly, in a continued order through some whole Books; partly, as any singular and necessary occasion requireth.
Question 3. Whether is it lawful to procure Sermons out of Postils?
10. A. 1. To beg, or to rehearse verbatim a Sermon out of the prescript of another, is altogether unworthy for a Minister of the Gospel.
First, because by these means those gifts which God hath given men for the Ministry are not exercised, but only memory and pronunciation.
Secondly, because they that do so, cannot aright cut the Word of God by a fit accommodation of it to the condition of the hearers, according to the variety of occasions.
Thirdly, because the force and efficacy of the Sermon is lost, which is not fetched from the certain judgment , and inward affection of the speaker: which cannot be expected from them, that speak all out of a prescript form.
Fourthly, because this manner of doing, makes Ministers not increase in knowledge, but in memory only.
Fifthly, it makes them also to be despised among many.
11. 2. Yet Commentaries, and godly Sermons made by others, may be of great use to a Minister less exercised.
First, because imperfect beginners are excited and directed in this way, by the example of such as are more perfect, and of greater years.
Secondly, because diverse things are to be found in such kind of writings, which those that are less exercised may transfer into their own use.
Thirdly, because some things are propounded with more confidence by beginners, when they see the same things used by the gravest Divines.
12. 3. For those Sermons which are commonly called Postils, so much is not to be attributed unto them, as that they should be numbered among the singular helps of Sermons.
First, because the most of those Postils were written by Popish men, who were ignorant of the force and efficacy of the Gospel; or by other Heterodox persons, whose Orations are read with more danger than fruit, by the unskilfull, or lastly, by some lighter Doctors, who without any great judgment, have in this way accommodated themselves to the time.
Secondly, because these Postils are only accommodated to the Dominical Sections, to which a Minister of the Gospel ought not to adhere.
Thirdly, because they contain neither the Divinity that is to be taught, but in a very little measure, nor any certain and edifying manner of teaching, but such as is fitted for the pleasing of vain men.
Fourthly, because in those Churches where they are most used, Religion is not to be found in its vigor, but either ignorance, or the form of godliness takes place, the power of it being denied.
Question 4. Whether are the Writings and Sayings of Heathens to be alleged in Sermons.
13. A. In the ordinary course of Preaching, among Auditors that are unskillful in such matters, and which acknowledge the Divine Authority of the Scripture, such allegations are altogether to be abstained from.
First, because they are not fit means to beget, nourish, and preserve Faith and spiritual life.
Secondly, because neither Moses, who was learned in all the wisdom of Egypt, nor Christ in whom were all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, ever alleged any such thing.
Thirdly, because injury is offered to Christ, as if he only were not to be heard.
Fourthly, injury is done to the Scripture, as if it alone were not sufficient for the edification of the Church
Fifthly, because a scandal by this means is brought into the Church, whilst it hears the testimony of Heathens promiscuously mingled with the Oracles of God, as if they were of like Authority.
Sixthly, because human wisdom is to be concealed in the Preaching of the Gospel, 1 Cor 2:1; 2 Cor 2:4; because it hinders the demonstration of the Spirit, and the efficacy of Preaching.
Question 5. Whether it is lawful promiscuously to allege the sentences of Fathers in Sermons?
14. A. First, they cannot be brought in place of proof; because they were men subject to errors, and so their authority causeth not a certain and Divine Faith.
Secondly, they cannot serve for any illustration among common Hearers, to whom even the names of the Fathers are unknown.
Thirdly, they cannot be brought for ornament sake, because human mixtures do not adorn, but pollute.
Fourthly, yet sometimes to convince the pertinaciousness of some, to refute the slanders of the enemies, and to help to weakness of others, it may be necessary to use such kind of testimonies. But then they ought so to be produced, that it may plainly appear, that the Minister is compelled to go out of the bounds of the Scripture, and that he doth this only for the causes before named; the Word of God, and the edification of Believers requiring no such thing.
Question 6. Whether it is lawful to mingle in the Sermon, Words of Art, Latin words, Greek, Hebrew, etc.
15. A. Among the ignorant it is not lawful. First, because strange Words do hinder the understanding, and interrupt the attention of the Auditors.
Secondly, because if they be not explicated, they make not for the edification of the simple, and if they be explicated, it is an unprofitable wasting of time.
Thirdly, because they savor of ostentation in the Minister, and minister occasion and argument to the ignorant to cherish and excuse their ignorance.
Question 7. Whether may Allegories invented by man’s study be propounded in Sermons?
16. A. 1. Continued Metaphors (which most properly are called Allegories) if they be apt, cannot with any reason be disallowed; for if it be lawful to use a Metaphor, it is lawful to continue the same.
Secondly, Allegorical interpretations of things which have no certain foundation in Scripture, ought not to be propounded as certain.
First, because they are inventions of men, not the Word of God.
Secondly, because they wrest the Word of God from its proper scope.
Thirdly, because they subject the Oracles of God to the pleasure of vain men, to be drawn hither and thither as they think good.
Fourthly, because seeing they are not produced out of the Word of God, but by men brought unto it, they have no spiritual efficacy in working upon the consciences of men.
Fifthly, because they can have no sound doctrine in them, but that which hath a certain foundation in other places of Scripture, and so they tend to the prejudice of that doctrine, which is handled fondly, and out of that place, without foundation, as if it had none anywhere.
Sixthly, because they can breed no Faith, but that which consists in the wisdom of men.
Seventhly, because they make the solid and saving simplicity of the Preaching of the Gospel unsavory and ungrateful to unskillful men, who are taken with these toys.
Question 8. Whether any care be to be had of Exordiums in the making of Sermons?
17. A. 1. An Exordium or preamble is not accounted, by Orators themselves, for any necessary and internal part, though but of an human Oration: it is a great defect of judgment therefore in them, who will have it necessary in an holy Sermon.
18. 2. The seeking the good-will, docility and attention (in which consists the end of preambles) among Believers well instructed, acknowledging their Pastor, prepared and excited by prayers, both public and private, to the hearing of the word of God; hath no necessary use.
19. 3. A Preamble, if it be nothing to the business in hand, is condemned by all: if it handle any matter which is contained in the Text, then it brings wither a perverse disturbance of order, or else Tautology.
20. 4. To seek for Proverbs, Apothegmes, Sentences, or select Histories to make Exodiums of, by the accommodating of them, doth not only savor of something human, unworthy of the Word of God, but hath a childish kind of affectation, which is not approved in the more grave speeches of men.
21. 5. The explication of the Coherence of dependence of the Text, which is part of the Analysis, may profitably be propounded instead of vulgar Exordiums. 6. And a brief insinuation may sometime be used, wherein something upon occasion singularly pertaining to the purpose is declared; but not ordinarily.
Question 9. What Text is to be chosen?
22. A. 1. For the quality of the Text, the election must be directed according to the condition of the hearers, times, and places. For the most necessary and profitable things must always be most insisted on.
23. 2. In regard of the quantity, fewness, or shortness of words ought in no sort to be affected.
First, because the more of the word is profitably explicated, the more the hearers are edified.
Secondly, because diverse Doctrines proposed may more plainly and effectually be demonstrated out of a Text of diverse propositions, than of one.
Thirdly, because unprofitable and ungrateful Tautologies, or digressions, follow upon this affectation of a short Text.
Fourthly, because it savors of a kind of ostentation, for a man to seem to desire to fetch many things out of few.
Question 10. Whether are all things which may be produced out of Scripture, or reasons to the purpose, to be propounded in the Sermon?
24. A. 1. Testimonies of Scripture, and confirmations from reasons, are not to be heaped up without prudent discretion. For 1. To prove that carefully among Christians, of which no Christian almost doubteth, were to waste the time, and weary the auditors without any fruit.
25. 2. In the confirming of that which needs proof, choice and measure is to be used, lest the memory of the auditors be overwhelmed, or firm and apt proofs be any ways weakened, by the mixture of such as are weak, and nothing to purpose.
26. 3. The heaping up of proofs, or illustrations unnecessarily, do seem to argue, either defect of judgment, or some ostentation of wit, and memory.
27. 4. Other things more edifying are omitted, because of these things, which omission when it cannot be defended, is wont ridiculously to be excused with shortness of time that was voluntary sought and procured.
Question 11. Which part is most to be insisted on, the explication of the Text, the handling of the Doctrine, or the Use and Explication of them?
28. A. Some special occasion may make the large explication of the text, or handling of the Doctrine to be necessary; but regularly, and ordinarily the principal work of the Sermon, if it be not Catechetical, is in the use and application.
First, because the use is the principal end, both of the explications and doctrines. Now the one is principally to be regarded, and those things which do nearly belong to the end: and all other things are to be directed to it.
29. 2. Because it hath more difficulty and necessity in the most part of hearers. For such is the blindness and perverseness of men, that their minds do more difficultly admit nothing, nor doth their condition require anything more, than the effectual accommodation of the Word, to the subjecting of the Conscience in all things to the will of God. The word of God is much more easily into the ears and understanding of men, than into their hearts and hands.
Thirdly, because so Christ, and the Prophets, and Apostles preached: for they did direct all things to the use and practice of life, and in persuading to that practice, they spent their greatest pains.
Question 12. Whether Rhetorical ornaments have any place in Sermons?
30. A. That Rhetoric which we find in Scripture to be used by the Prophets and Apostles, hath great use in Preaching, if it be used with the like prudence. Now in Scripture there is great use of Tropes and Figures of sentences; but for Figures of words, which consists in likeness of sounds, measures, and repetitions, very few examples of them are to be found.
The reason is, First, because the harmony of elocution is the lighter part of Rhetoric, which more agreeth to light persons and things, than to grave, sacred and divine.
Secondly, because they serve only for natural delight, not for spiritual edification.
Thirdly, because they are repugnant to the powerful demonstration of the Spirit. They do foolishly therefore which in their Sermons, affect sounds ending alike, but specially they which propound such rhymes in unknown Latin or Greek words.
Question 13. By what means especially may a Sermon be made effectual for the working upon men’s Consciences?
31. A. 1. Next to the evidence of truth, and the will of God drawn out of Scripture, nothing makes the Sermon more to pierce, than when it is apparent that it comes out of the inward affection of the heart without any affectation. To this purpose it is very profitable, if besides the daily practice of piety we use serious meditation, of fervent prayer to work those things upon our own hearts, which we would persuade others of.
Question 14. How ought Controversies to be handled in Sermons?
32. A. 1. No Controversies are to be moved, which we find not just occasion for in the Text, or in the Doctrine deduced out of the Text.
33. 2. Then there is a necessary occasion, when for the edification of the hearers, we are to meet with the secret thoughts and objections of the Auditors; or the calumnies commonly spread up and down in opposition to the Doctrine propounded.
34. 3. Obscure, subtle, and high questions are not to be handled in Sermons.
35. 4. Old Heresies, and such as are already buried, are not ordinarily to be named in Sermons, much less laboriously to be confuted, and raised from hell: for neither hath a faithful Preacher so much leisure, because of errors and sins now taking place, as to seek matter of opposition from anything else; neither makes it any whit to the edification of the people, that they should be held in hearing and learning blasphemies and heresies.
36. 5. In such Controversies as are necessary, the people are not to be loaded with many arguments, and answers of objections.
37. 6. The most convenient manner of handling Controversies among the common people, is simply and briefly to show how errors disagree from the principles of the doctrine of Christ.
38. 7. In the handling of many Controversies, that prudence is to be used, that the confirmation of the truth may appear to all, and that they which know the contrary errors, may know how they may be confuted; and that they which know them not, may remain in their simplicity, and may have ready at hand, wherewith to defend themselves, if they be set upon in that part.
39. 8. If it be necessary to defend to a more full confutation of some error, then the true state of the Controversy ought first to be laid open, that all may understand both what it is, and of what consequence in Religion. And those arguments principally are to be produced, which may effectually persuade the Conscience.
40. 9. In the manner of handling, zeal and truth must be tempered with such mildness and moderation as becomes the cause, and as may distinguish such as err out of simplicity, from such as blaspheme impiously.
Question 15. Whether beside the solemn preaching of the Word by the Minister out of the Pulpit, there be any other handling of the Scripture to be used in the audience of the Church?
41. A. 1. In the Primitive Church, there was a certain prophetical exercise distinguished from preaching, 1 Cor 14:31,32,etc.
42. 2. To this exercise were admitted, not only the Ministers, but also of the brethren, such as were of chief note and most approved, for the gifts which they had received, Ibid.
43. 3. It was lawful for others also in the Church for learning’s sake, modestly, and in order, to propound their doubts, that they might be instructed by those that had more skill, Ibid. vs. 35.
44. 4. This exercise where conveniently it may be brought into Churches, ought not to be condemned, 1 Thess 5:20.
First, because it is most agreeing to the order of the Primitive Church approved by the Apostle.
Secondly, because it tends singularly to the exciting, cherishing, and increasing the spiritual gifts of every believer.
Thirdly, because it takes away negligence and envy, and nourisheth charity.
Question 16. Whether a faithful Minister may rest in the common and public preaching of the Word, as having sufficiently done his duty?
45. A. He ought also to use private care to instruct everyone in private, according as occasion shall serve, and their necessities require.
First, because in this duty the Apostles have gone before us, and left us an example to follow, Acts 20:20; 1 Thess 2:10.
Secondly, because they have exhorted us, that we should have a care of the same duty, 1 Tim 5:1,2; 2 Tim 4:2.
Thirdly, because by private admonition, the Word of God is more applied to the condition and necessity of every particular, than in public it can.
Fourthly, because private instruction makes way for public, and also makes it much more effectual, than otherwise it would be.
Chapter 27
Of Baptism
To whom it doth belong to Baptize hath been discoursed sufficiently in another place against Bellarmine: as also concerning the necessity and form of Baptism. There remains therefore only one or two questions in this Chapter, briefly to be discussed.
Question 1. Who are to be Baptized?
1. A. 1. Concerning those of age, there can be no question: for in them is required knowledge of the true Faith, and a desire to be Baptized distinctly declared.
2. 2. As for Infants (supposing in this place that they are not to be excluded from Baptism, the grounds of which Doctrine are sufficiently declared in the Marrow of Divinity) it is chiefly required that they be in the Covenant of grace by external profession, and estimation, in respect of the Parents; and that there be hope that they shall be instructed and educated afterward in the same Covenant. For Baptism is a Sign and Seal of the Covenant of grace.
3. 3. Baptism therefore most properly belongs to those Infants, or one of them at least, is within the Church, not without.
4. 4. That carefulness therefore is no sort to be excused, whereby promiscuously, and without difference, all are admitted to Baptism whatsoever they be, and by whomsoever brought.
5. 5. Such Children whose Parents are unknown, if they be born among Christians, are in charity to be accounted as the children of Christians, if there be not a just cause of presuming the contrary.
6. 6. They which do in some sort belong to the Church in profession, but yet do openly violate the covenant of God, the infants of such ought to be baptized with some difference; namely, so that that which the Covenant requireth, and is wanting in them, may be supplied by others as far as is possible. For first, a definition between the pure and impure ought to be observed in all the holy things of God, for the consolation of the good, the reformation of the evil, and the edification of all.
Secondly, the Ordinance of God cannot otherwise be kept from all pollution.
7. 7. Children born unlawfully ought to be baptized, so that their parents show their repentance, or their education be undertaken by some other that are godly.
8. 8. The children of Excommunicate persons that be contumations, ought not to be baptized, unless there be sureties that undertake for them.
9. 9. The infants of Papists, and such like, who are half Christians, if there be a fit Surety to undertake for their education, may be baptized: because they are not altogether strangers to the profession of the Covenant; and by this means they are brought to a more pure observation of the Covenant.
Question 2. Whether may the baptism of Children be deferred at the will of Parents?
10. A. The baptism of Infants is not to be deferred without some great, and in some sort, compelling cause.
First, because the equity of the commandment for Circumcision upon the eighth day, forbids this procrastination.
Secondly, because such procrastination can hardly be distinguished, form a dis-esteem and contempt of this Ordinance.
Thirdly, because it is repugnant both to the forwardness of profession, the zeal of glorifying God, and the consolation of the parents, in the solemn consecration of the children to God.
Chapter 28
Of the Supper of the Lord
Passing by here also those things which are discoursed in another place.
Question 1. Whether the frequent use of the Lord’s Supper be necessary?
1. A. 1. All godly persons ought to endeavor that as often as they can conveniently, they make a religious use of the Sacrament.
First, because that Precept of an indeterminate time, Do this, admits no other limitation, but a want of an opportunity, or some just impediment.
Secondly, because we have continual need to feed upon Christ, and the good things purchased by him.
Thirdly, because the solemn profession of our Faith, according to God’s Ordinance, is a duty which we ought, most readily upon every just occasion, to perform.
Fourthly, because our infirmity requireth a frequent renewing of our Covenant, and excitation of our heart and mind.
Fifthly, because it is apparent, that in the Primitive Church the Sacrament of the Supper was administered every Lord’s Day, neither can there be any other reason given for the more rare use of it; but the luke-warmness of Believers, and the multitude of people in some Congregations.
Question 2. When a Controversy with one, either private or public, or enmity, be any just cause of abstaining from the Sacrament?
2. A. 1. There can be no just cause why any should of his own accord keep away from the Sacrament, beside the conscience of his own unworthiness, arising from his own sin. For that unworthiness alone which is culpable, and comes from an evil conscience, excludeth from the communion.
3. 2. Litigious Controversies, and Lawsuits, do no more of themselves hinder the use of the Supper, than they hinder Prayer. For charity toward our Neighbor is necessarily required in both.
4. 3. If therefore any man be in Law, or strife, not because he hath done injury to any, or because he will not satisfy for an injury done, or is far from peace or reconciliation, but through the wickedness of others; this cannot be a just impediment of communion. For the fault of one cannot deprive another of the benefit of Christ, and the privileges of Christians.
5. 4. If anyone therefore be overtaken with anger, or desire of revenge upon occasion of some strife, he ought not therefore to abstain from the Communion, but rather to lay it down speedily, that he may communicate: otherwise he shall by a double sin augment his fault; and he shall seem to make more account of his inordinate affection, than of holy communion with Christ.
Question 3. What kind of Preparation is required to the holy use of the Supper?
6. A. 1. The preparation to be used, is placed in three acts by the Apostle, 1 Cor 11:27-29. For he requires, First, a discerning of the Lord’s Body. Secondly, trial of ourselves. Thirdly, a worthy disposition.
7. 2. This discerning stands in a right understanding and judgment concerning the nature, use, and necessity of the Sacrament. Now because these things cannot be understood, but out of the Foundations of Christian Religion, concerning sin, and the misery that follows it; concerning Christ, and his benefits, as also concerning our duty in thankfulness and obedience to God: therefore knowledge of the principal grounds of Religion, necessary to salvation, is necessary also to this discerning of the Sacrament.
8. 3. The examination of ourselves consists in a serious trial, whether we be so disposed that we may with fruit use this Sacrament, which now we discern to be divine. The rule of this examination is the word of God, as it respects the institution of this Sacrament. The disposition in this trial, principally to be respected, are Faith, Repentance, Charity, and that study of new obedience.
9. 4. A worthy disposition doth not consist in perfection; which if we had it, there were less need of this Sacrament: but in a suitableness of our affections to so holy an action; which suitableness may consist with great imperfection.
Now it is required, First, that we renew our repentance, both generally for all our sins, and specially, for sins lately committed, and still cleaving to us, to which we are most subject.
Secondly, that we stir up in ourselves an hunger and thirst after the grace of God in Christ, both for the pardoning and mortifying of those sins, and for the amendment and reforming of our life.
Thirdly, that we do likewise stir up our faith to lay hold upon the promises of the Gospel.
Fourthly, that with all humility, reverence, and devotion, we receive this Sacrament, as the seal of grace, and of God’s promises.
Chapter 29
Of Discipline
Question 1. Whether is a singular use of the Key of binding and correcting necessary to some persons in particular, when the anger of God, and the exclusion out of heaven is denounced in the Ministry of the Word to all impenitent persons?
1. A. 1. It is not necessary for those that have tender consciences, and that are provoked to mature repentance by the ordinary preaching of the Word. For seeing nothing but due repentance, ought directly to be intended in discipline, it would be in vain to seek that by many ways, which may be obtained by fewer; so the particular of the Key to loose or absolve is not necessary, where there appears to be a general efficacy.
2. 2. Because of the hardness and deceitfulness of heart, which is to be found in many sinners, a personal application of those things which tend to the correction of sin, in the exercise of Discipline, is necessary for the shaking of security, and for the working a serious care of sanctification.
3. 3. Because the ordinance of Christ concerning the personal exercise of Discipline, although primarily and directly it tend to the recovering of one fallen, and yet secondarily, and indirectly it tend to the edification of others, by removing the hindrances, and by promoting the helps; therefore the exercise of this Discipline is necessary also in respect of them.
Question 2. What kind of sin is it, which requires the use of this Discipline?
4. A. 1. Not those infirmities which are common, almost to all Believers; for the singular care, or reforming of those, neither can be expected, nor exacted of them who are subject to the same, or like imperfection.
5. 2. Not only those heinous offences, which are wont to be restrained by human Laws: because Ecclesiastical discipline is part of the administration of the kingdom of Christ, and therefore is of a spiritual nature, and requireth more perfection than what is contained in civil honesty.
6. 3. Not only personal injuries which make differentiations among the members of the Church, and turn away others from the communion of it, because there be other sins which do as much or more require correction.
7. 4. The proper and adequate object of this censure, is a scandal given by a brother, Matt 18:15; Lev 19:17; Gal 6:1; for the end of Discipline is, by the correction of the Sinner to take away scandals, that Believer may go on, without offence, in a course of holiness, that others may be drawn on to the same way, offences that do hinder, being removed.
Question 3. Whether the correction of a scandal ought to begin with a private admonition?
8. A. 1. It ought to begin always with admonition, because the declaration of the fault is the first mean of amendment, and the genuine cause of repentance.
9. 2. In private scandals, there ought always private admonition to go before, Matt 18:15; for the fame of our brother is not without necessity to be wronged, nor his mind to be provoked, nor the scandal to be amplified, nor, in a word, the suspicion of calumny and defamation rashly to be run upon.
10. 3. In public and notorious scandals it is not necessary to begin with private admonition, 1 Tim 5:20; for the medicine ought to have a proportion to the disease for the curing of which it is applied.
Question 4. Whether ought everyone that gives a Scandal to be admonished by every Believer?
11. A. 1. In Churches well instituted and ordered, this duty may and ought to be performed by every one to his brother upon occasion. For all are enjoined to do it by Christ.
12. 2. In such Churches which labor of the want of discipline, and confusion, it is not always necessary, that he against whom the fault is committed, do admonish the offender, because he should often begin that which he hath no power to perform.
13. 3. The precept therefore of solemnly admonishing our brother, doth then only bind, where there is some hope that the admonition, either mediately, or immediately, will be of force to take away the Scandal. For the mean is so far good, as it makes for the attainment of its end.
14. 4. Yet all men are bound in some manner to signify, that the Scandal given, doth seriously out of Conscience toward God, displease them, Eph 5:11. For charity, and zeal of God’s glory doth thus far bind all the godly.
Question 5. Whether after a private admonition rejected, the matter ought straight way to be brought to the Church?
15. A. In no sort: For the second degree of correction, according to Christ’s Ordinance, is to take one or two with us, and to urge the admonition in their presence, Matt 28:16.
First, because by this testimony, the admonition is confirmed, and made stronger, either with the brother to be corrected, or the Church that is afterward to correct.
Secondly, because by this means charity is better kept, when we endeavor the amendment of our brother, with as little infamy as may be.
Question 6. Is it enough to admonish an offending Brother, once privately, and once before witnesses?
16. A. He ought in this manner so long to be admonished, till he do either manifest his repentance, or impenitency, Matt 18:15-17; If he shall hear thee; If he shall not hear thee, if he shall not hear them.
Question 7. How is he to be brought before the Church, that carries himself stubbornly?
17. A. In this order, that first the matter be brought to those that represent the whole company, and who ordinarily have the direction and administration of public businesses committed to them. Tell the Church.
Question 8. Whether ought he to be presently excommunicated, who carries himself stubbornly to the Church?
18. A. 1. In notorious crimes, publicly known, the Apostle seems so to judge, 1 Cor 5:2.
19. 2. In other sins we must proceed with much patience to this last remedy.
20. 3. Therefore a suspension from the use of the Supper, and like privileges of the Church, which is nothing but a degree of excommunication, and therefore is called by many, The lesser Excommunication; ought though not from any singular Precept of Christ, yet from the nature and equity of the thing itself, to go before, and to be continued for some time, where the Scandal is such that it may bear delay.
Question 9. Who have the power of Excommunication?
21. A. 1. The right and power is properly in that Church whose Member the person to be excommunicated is, Matt 18; 1 Cor 5.
For first, it belongs to them to cast out of communion, to whom it belongs to receive into communion, but the Church properly doth admit all the Members into Society and communion.
Secondly, they are to purge out the leaven, whose duty it is to keep the lump pure; but so is the whole Society.
Thirdly, they are to judge of the cause of denying communion, who are to deny communion; but this belongs to the whole Church.
Fourthly, without the consent of the Church no excommunication can effectually attain its end; because the denial of communion, is a free act of the community.
22. 2. Yet ordinarily the administration of the censure pertaineth to the Governors of the Church, of whose office the exercise of Discipline is not the least part.
23. 3. It belongs to the Assemblies and Synods, when any difficulty doth arise, by common consent to declare and discern who are to be excommunicated.
Question 10. What is the Pastor to do, when as a fit Presbytery is wanting, or the people will not consent to a just Excommunication?
24. A. The solemn manner of proceeding may be omitted: yet a good Pastor, with the rest of the faithful Members, ought by all means to endeavor, that the essence of the thing be so far observed, as that holy things be not given to the dogs, and swine, Matt 7:6; And that all public Scandals be publicly reproved.
Question 11. Whether may whole Churches, or the Members of another Church be Excommunicated?
25. A. 1. They cannot properly be excommunicated.
First, because every Church hath a communion in itself, out of which it can no more be cast, than out of itself.
Secondly, because the power of excommunication flows from some Superiority, but all Churches are ordained by Christ, with same equal right.
Thirdly, because the Members of one Church, are neither subject to the regiment of another, nor do immediately pertain to the communion of others, but by means of the communion of their own Church.
26. 2. Yet they may for manifest Heresies or crimes be condemned, forsaken, rejected, which hath an analogy with Excommunication.
Question 12. How far doth Excommunication separate him that is Excommunicated from communion of Saints?
27. A. 1. By the nature of the Sentence it separates from all communion which is proper to the Saints, and to be exercised among themselves mutually as they are such. For it declareth a man to be stubbornly impenitent, and so to be accounted of as an Heathen or a Publican, Matt 18.
29. A. 2. In regard therefore of external and brotherly communion, it separates absolutely, but not in regard of internal, except in case of full and plenary impenitency.
30. 3. Therefore Ecclesiastical communion ought to be denied to a man lawfully Excommunicated: and all such voluntary and free conversation, whereby singular propension of mind to another, and approbation of his state is wont to be declared, ought to be avoided, 1 Cor 5:11; 2 Thess 3:14; but not that Political, or Economical communion, which hath a bond of obligation from the Law of Nature; such as is between Husband and Wife, Parents and Children, Masters and Subjects.
Question 13. Whether are all that profess repentance, to be received into the favor and communion of the Church again?
31. A. A verbal profession of repentance doth not suffice: because the holy Ordinances of God might be exposed to the scorn of the wicked; and the whole virtue of an Ecclesiastical action should be placed in an external form. Such signs therefore are required, which in the judgment of Charity, show true and serious repentance, and do make it very probable.
Chapter 30
Of the manner of Worship. And first, of preparation to Worship
Question 1. Whether Preparation is necessary before Worship?
1. A. To solemn Worship, Preparation is necessary, Prov 24:27; Exod 19:10,11 & 30:20; Eccl 5:1,2.
First, because an apt disposition is required in the subject of it, that it may be capable of the good that is to be communicated to it. For whatever is received, is received according to the measure of the receiver.
Secondly, because we, through the infirmity and corruption of nature are untoward to every good, Jer 4:3.
Thirdly, because the excellent dignity of those things which belong to God, requireth more than ordinary care, Eph 5:1,2.
Fourthly, because the Devil useth all his endeavor, to turn our minds, either from the worship of God, or the due, and fruitful manner of performance, Luke 8:12.
Question 2. In what things doth this Preparation consist?
2. A. 1. There is first of all required a consideration of the nature of the duty we are going about, and of those things which belong to it, Eccl 5:2. Be not rash; Let not thy heart be hasty, that is, do nothing inconsiderately, Acts 10:1; 1 Thess 2:13.
3. 2. There is required a right intention of seeking that, to which that special worship in which we are to be exercised, doth of its own nature tend. For example, He that comes to the Sermon, not to learn what is the will of God, and to submit himself to it, and to put on those affections, and to follow that way, to which he is called by the Word of God; it is no marvel, if such a one go from the Sermon, such a one as he came, or worse: For he may obtain that for which he came, as the approbation of men; it may be also some kind of delight, and light speculation, Isa 3:31,32{?}; but not that the Words should become to him a savor of life to life, but rather a savor of death to death, 2 Cor 2:16. A profession of this sort very good, but hypocritical, example we have, Jer 42:3,5,9,20.
4. 3. It is required that repugnant thoughts and affections, not only those which are unlawful, but such as are at other times lawful, and may be an impediment, be laid aside, and put away, as much as can be, Exod 3:5; 1 Pet 2:1; Matt 13:22; 1 Pet 1:13.
5. 4. Lastly it is required that we bring an honest, and good heart, Luke 8:15.
Chapter 31
Of reverence, of Worship
Question 1. Whether and how far is religious reverence to be given to those things which belong to Worship, as to the words of the Scripture, the holy Bible, the Water of Baptism, the Bread and Wine in the Lord’s Supper?
1. A. 1. Reverence or honor is in a three-fold sense called Religious, either, First, because it flows from Religion, as the proper act of it, containing in it that virtue and direct relation which is in religious Worship; or, Secondly, only because it is commanded by Religion, as something agreeable with the nature of it: or, Thirdly, because it is both commanded by Religion, and hath a foundation in the relation of something, or person, to Religion, or holy Worship. In the first sense, Religious worship is due to God alone. In the second way, that civil honor which is commanded in the fifth Precept, and is especially due to Superiors, is rightly called religious. In the third sense, it is due to all those things which properly belong to worship.
2. 2. In holy use, although divine honor is not to be given to holy things; nor are those things to be accounted as the next objects of that Worship, by which the honor is carried to God; Nor lastly, is there any worship of an inferior degree to be given to them: all which are the errors of Popish Doctors, while they worship the Eucharist as God, Images as the next terms, though not the last of religious worship; and the holy Utensils with a religious observance: yet that honor which is due to God, cannot in a due manner be given to him, unless those instruments of his worship be used with singular reverence, because of that near connection and relation, that is between an action, and the instrument of the action.
3. 3. Out of holy use, because we have no external thing consecrated by Divine Institution, and placed in a religious state, in that manner, that the Ark, Altar, Temple, and such like were under the Old Testament, therefore no positive honor that is religious, is due to any external thing. Yet there is a privative kind of reverence, which necessarily followeth of the religious honor of God: whereby heed is to be taken, that nothing be done to such things as belong to Worship out of holy use, by means whereof that reverence which ought to be observed in holy use, or worship, may be diminished. Such is the care whereby heed is taken, that the words or phrases of Scripture be not mingled with jests: that the Bible be not trampled upon, or applied to any use which hath a show of baseness, or unseemliness, that the Bread or Wine left after the Communion, be not exposed to any contumelious use, etc.
Chapter 32
Of Devotion
Question 1. In what things doth Devotion consist?
1. A. 1. To Devotion it is required, that a man have a firm and absolute intention of dedicating himself to God, and his worship; so that he can be altered from this purpose by no enticements, nor dangers. In this respect, Devotion is the Fortitude of Religion: and from it comes that patience and constancy, which is proper to Religion, and the duties of it. It holds proportion with the wicked devotion mentioned, Acts 23:12.
2. 2. It is required that men rest not themselves contented in any degree of godliness, through lukewarmness, sloth, and dullness, but that they aspire to the highest perfection. In this respect Devotion is the zeal of Religion, Rev 3:15,16,19.
3. 3. It is requisite that a man have a complacency, delight, and joy in the exercise of Religion, Isa 58:13; Ps 122:2, Isa 12:3; 1 Chron 29:9. This is the spiritual pleasure of Religion.
4. 4. It is required that he be often and much in the same exercises, Acts10:3; Luke 2:37; Ps 119:164. This is the diligence of Religion.
5. 5. It is required that in those exercises he have his thoughts and affections present and intent as much as he can, without wandering and distractions of mind, Acts 16:14; Eph 6:18; 1 Tim 4:15.
6. 6. It is required that he have a tender Conscience, whereby he is holy affected according to the special occasion that happens in any exercise, 2 Kings 22:19.
7. 7. It is required lastly, that with all his endeavor, he order his life, as becomes those which worship God, 2 Tim 2:19.
Question 2. By what means may this Devotion through the grace of God, be attained by us?
8. A. 1. It is necessary first of all, that we keep our hearts perpetually, as much as may be, free from those thoughts and affections which are repugnant to Religion, and the heat of it.
9. 2. It is also necessary, not only to converse frequently with God in the exercise of holiness; but also in the interim, while we are doing other things, to keep in some sort that heat, which we get in holy duties; and by renewing to continue those holy thoughts, which we found in ourselves. He which doth otherwise, his life is spent in weaving and unweaving the same web, without progress to any perfection.
10. 3. It is necessary also, that now and then we lift up our hearts to God, upon all occasions, using those short Prayers which are called Ejaculations, and may be put up to God in all places and times. Nor is it unprofitable, especially for them that are more weak, to have Verses chosen out of the Psalms, which they find most effectual upon their hearts, that by them they may occasionally lift up their minds to God.
11. 4. It is very profitable for us to exercise ourselves, to take an occasion from common things, by the thought and discourse of the mind, to arise up to spiritual meditations. Whereof Christ hath left us diverse examples in the History of the Gospel.
12. 5. It is profitable to have certain times appointed for private exercises of Piety, and to observe them not out of custom, but seriously to spend them for the increase of godliness. And concerning those although no certain rule can be given, yet by the common instinct of all Christians, the morning and evening sacrifice is commended to all.
13. 6. It much avails to make a choice of those with whom we converse familiarly, that they be such, from whom we may come away not cooled, but stirred up in the care of Piety.
14. 7. It helps also not a little, to call ourselves now and then to account before God, of our progress and defects in the study of holiness.
Chapter 33
Of the Lord’s Day
Supposing those things which are spoken of this point in the Marrow.
Question 1. What is the difference between the observation of the Lord’s Day, and of those times which upon other days are destinated to Divine Worship?
1. A. 1. Other times are appointed by man, but this day by the Lord.
Secondly, other times are not so much instituted, as chosen by prudent Counsel, according to the commodiousness of particular Churches: but the Lord’s day hath an accurate Institution.
Thirdly, other times are only of a personal obligation, according to every one’s opportunity: but the Lord’s day is of general obligation, so that other businesses must give place to the observation of it.
Question 2. What things otherwise lawful, are unlawful on the Lord’s Day?
2. A. 1. All those employments which do notably hinder a man form attending upon God and his worship, either public, or private, are regularly, and ordinarily unlawful, from the end of this institution.
3. 2. Here is no difference between a mechanical or corporal work, which is properly called servile, and that which is called liberal. For though servile works be by Name forbidden, yet Synecdochically all works are meant, which are repugnant to that end which is aimed at, in the sanctifying of the seventh day.
4. 3. Those which belong to pleasure and recreation, if they be such as hinder from attending on God, are no less forbidden than ordinary labors.
5. 4. To make journeys which tend not to the better performing of God’s worship, but either to the dispatching of common businesses, or to pleasures, are no less disagreeing to the observation of this day, than to spend the same time in servile business, or following our delights.
6. 5. Fairs, Markets, and laborious acts of traffic, by the same reason with daily labors and occupations, are repugnant to the sanctification of this day.
7. 6. Those things which pertain to courts and judicatories, are of the same nature.
8. 7. Not only external employments about those things , but solicitous cares about them are forbidden.
Question 3. What causes are there which may excuse such occupation, that they may lawfully be done, upon the Sabbath day?
9. A. 1. Present, or imminent necessity, which is neither feigned, nor sought of purpose, but is put upon us by the providence of God, Luke 14:5.
10. 2. This necessity is, First, of the mean to the end, not respecting gain, or pleasure, as the end; but most properly the avoiding of some discommodity falling out unexpectedly. This doth not therefore justify them who accounting the leasing of gain as a loss, follow their ordinary employments, that they may not suffer an occasion of gain to pass.
Secondly, It is evident necessity, not such as is conceived of an uncertain conjecture. It makes not therefore for Husbandmen, etc. who in the time of Harvest, spend this day in labor, because they fear danger by delay.
11. 3. This necessity is to be understood, not only as it respects ourselves, but also as it respects our neighbors: so Physicians, Chyrurgoons{?}, Apothecaries, are lawfully employed in helping the sick, and as it respects the Common-wealth: so in war many servile works become necessary.
12. 4. Because the necessity of some means, in which the labor of Servants or Subjects is required by their Superiors, cannot be judged by them; therefore if laborious works be enjoined them beside what is usual, which may have their necessity, they are to be accounted by them as necessity.
13. 5. Works of mercy are to be accounted both as worthy of necessity and piety.
14. 6. Servile works which are necessary to the worship of God, are not only lawful, because of their necessity, but by reason of the worship itself, of which they are adjuncts.
15. 7. The offices of common honesty, whereby the ordinary and modest delight of life is cherished, and exercises of piety are not hindered, are necessary in respect of the end, and free in their own nature: because the Ordinances of God which tend to the furthering of spiritual life do not oppose the temporal. But sumptuous preparations for banquets, cannot consist with the due rest of this day.
16. 8. Some little and short occupation about temporal things upon occasion may be so directed, and tempered with pious meditations, that it may be no hindrance, but rather a furtherance of the duties of Religion. And indeed such business in such a manner, doth not withdraw the mind from God’s worship.
Question 4. What things are required to the sanctification of this day?
17. A. 1. The exercise of worship which are daily, must not be omitted, yet they are not sufficient, but special duties must be added to them, Numb 28:6-10.
18. 2. Exercises of public worship in a Church well constituted, and enjoying her liberty, ought to be held both before and after noon, Ibid.; Ps 92:1; Acts 20:7; and where solemn meetings are wanting, there every occasion to be laid hold one, to make up that defect as much as may be, Acts 16:13
19. 3. These things which are necessary to the receiving of due benefit by those exercises, both in the preparation before, and in the repetition following, because of the connection which they have with the exercises themselves, are to be reputed as parts of them.
20. 4. A singular meditation of the works of God in a religious way, doth singularly belong to the sanctification of this day, Ps 92.
21. 5. We are so to be employed in those exercises, that we may get spiritual refreshment thereby, by virtue of which we may be made the fitter to pass the rest of the week holily, Isa 58:13; Exod 31:13; Isa 56:2.
Conscience
with the
Power and Cases thereof
Divided into Five Books
THE FIFTH BOOK
Written by the Godly and Learned
William Ames
Doctor and Professor of the Famous University of Franeker in Friesland
Translated out of Latin into English for more Public benefit
Published by Order, May 20, 1641
Republished 2010
Gospel Covenant Publications
www.gcpublications.com
Of the Duties of Man
Towards His Neighbor
Chapter 1
Of Right
The Word Ius, signifying Right, is derived from the Latin word Iussus, because it implies a Power of some authority, commanding this or that to be done.
It is therefore taken:
First, For the Law commanding.
Secondly, For the Object and effect of Iustice, or for the Action itself, prescribed and required by Law; and in this sense, we are said to give every man his Right.
Thirdly, For skill in the Law, according to that vulgar Saying, Jus est Ars Aequi & Boni.
Fourthly, For the Power which any man hath, to do this or that according to Law, in which sense, we usually say, Such a man stands upon his Right. And not unlike to this Acception, is the applying of the same Word, to denote some particular Privilege granted to any man, either by Law or just Authority. Of which kind was that Ius trium Liberorum, among the Ancient Romans.
2. The first and second Acception are only Rationally, and not Really distinguished: For the same Rectitude is intimated in Both, but with a diverse existence. It is first in the Law, as in the Efficient Cause and Rule: and secondly in the Action, as in the Effect, conformed to the Rule. In the third and fourth Acception, there is a Metonymia, of the Subject for the Adjunct, and of the Cause for the Effect.
This Word Right in its largest acceptation is divided into
Divine, of which God is the Author.
Humance, of which Man is the Contriver.
3. Divine Right is divided into Right Natural, and Right Positive.
4. Right Natural is that which is apprehended to be fit to be done or avoided, out of the natural instinct of Natural Light; or that which is at least deduced from that Natural Light by evident Consequence. So that this Right, partly consists of Practike Principles known by Nature, and partly of Conclusions deduced from those Principles.
5. The Divine Positive Right, is a Right added to the Natural, is the same, which usually is called the Eternal Law: but it is called Eternal, in relation to God, as it is from Eternity in Him; it is called Nature of man, by the God of Nature.
7. That Positive Right was in the mind of God from Eternity, as well as the Natural. But in respect it is not so easily apprehended by Human Reason, therefore it is not usually termed, the Law Eternal.
8. The Natural and Positive Divine Right differ in this, that the Positive is mutable and various, according to God’s good pleasure; for that which was heretofore in the Indaicall Church, is different from that which is in the Christian Church: but the right natural is always the same, and like itself, and for this reason also, it is called the Law eternal.
Question 1. Whether the Natural law were not changed, when Abraham was command to kill his Son. And when the Isaraelites were permitted to take away the Egyptians’ goods.
9. A. 1. There was not in those cases a change of the law, nay not any dispensation properly so termed, but the mutation and change was in the matter, about which the law was conversant. For in the first instance, the life of the innocent, which was not subject to the power of Abraham, as the Principal cause, was subjected to him as the instrument of the command and good pleasure of God.
10. 2. In the latter instance, the goods of the Egyptians for God’s pleasure, who is the absolute Lord of all things; left off to be longer the goods of the Egyptians, and became proper to the Israelites: insomuch, that the Israealites taking them away, did not steal other men’s goods, but assumed their own.
Question 2. Whether the Law natural is not changed, When a sword left with another, being demanded by the Owner to commit murder with it, is not restored, ought not by Right to be restored.
11. A. 1. The Right of returning anything committed to a man’s trust by the Owner, is not in this case quite changed, but it is stopped for awhile and delayed by another more observable law, viz. of not committing murder.
12. A. 1. And somewhat like is the reason of prescription, or attaining anything thereby: for by this law of prescription it comes to pass, that after some certain time accomplished, the action of recovering his own goods from an unjust Possessor is denied to the true Owner. For the course of particular Right is stopped, for the sake of public right and good, that so an infinite number of suits might be prevented. Nevertheless, the right and title to anything is not so transferred in the Court of conscience for merely the forfeiture by prescription; for he who wittingly and willingly detain anything of another man’s against the will of the true Owner offends against the law of nature. Nor is this commanded by the law, but permitted only.
Question 3. Whether it be rightly said by Lawyers, that the Right natural, or the Law of Nature is that, which Nature hath taught all living creatures.
13. A. 1. In brute creatures, the true nature of right, or law, hath no more place than it hath in plants, or things inanimate. For neither is there a reason distinguishing between good and evil, neither a will or choice of one thing before another; nor lastly, any Justice at all in Brutes more than in things without all life.
14. 2. Nevertheless in all things, there is an inclination, a power and operation, which is guided by certain reason; for as much as concerns their nature and end. And in this respect, all things created are said to have a law prescribed unto them, which law or right remains passively only in them, so that in respect to themselves, it is only by similitude and some proportion termed a law or right; Ps 148:6; Job 38:10-12; Jer 33:20,25.
15. 3. But in regard, there are some inclinations and operations, which are common both to man and beast, and not to plants; and other inanimate things, of which sort the safeguard and defense of life and liberty, the coition of male and female, etc. The apprehension of which things, brute beasts have by instinct of nature, as man by the Judgment of his reason, therefore in a certain special proportion, we acknowledge the law of nature in brutes, rather than in plants and things inanimate.
16. 4. And hence is it, that the sin of any man offending against these natural inclinations, which are common to himself and beasts, even out of this very comparison is exceedingly aggravated, and rightly too, etc; Judg 10; Isa 1:3; Rom 1:26; 2 Tim 3:3
Question 4. Whether the Law of Nations be the same, with the Law of nature?
17. A. 1. The law of nations, as it is taken for the law which all nations use, comprehends under it, not only the law of nature, but also the positive law. So servitude is by Lawyers said to be by the law of nations, and yet is evident, that servitude was brought in by custom and the positive law. And the same is the reason in division of possessions, and the like.
18. 2. If the law of nature, for that law which is introduced by the common consent and custom of all nations, it then participates a certain middle nature between the law natural, and that positive law which is peculiar to this or that nation. It hath thus much common with the natural law; that it is everywhere received without anything done contrary, it is censured of all men to be ill done. And it hath thus much common with the positive law, that it may be changed or abrogated by the common consent of them, whom it may concern. A division of things is by the law of nations: Nevertheless by the common consent it may upon just grounds be somewhere enacted, that almost all possessions should be in common. It is likewise the law of Nation, that in time of war the Ambassadors of each side should be peacefully entertained, because it is supposed they treat of peace, which is the end of war: or at least to speak in their own behalf, which to any guilty party is not denied & yet upon just cause, and by the common consent of both parties waging war, this law may be abrogated.
Question 5. Whether the Precepts of the law of nature be rightly stated, To live honestly, Not to hurt another, To give every man his due?
19. A. 1. This enumeration is somewhat confused and imperfect. For first, here is nothing mentioned of the worshipping of God, which nevertheless is a principle of the law of nature. 2. To live honestly (as this phrase is actually taken by Philosophers and Divines) is the same thing as to follow virtue. For virtue is honesty or the honest good, as it is distinguished from the good profitable or pleasant, and in the same sense it is called the absolute good, or the just good. Therefore to live honestly (if it be taken in this sense) is nothing else than to live justly: Insomuch, that when to live honestly, is called precept of the law; nothing else is meant, but that the law prescribes, we should live according to the law, and so it is as much as to say nothing at all, because in that saying they express the same thing by itself. But if in this phrase be so understood (as usually among the vulgar it is) for the esteem and credit which may be gotten among men, then it contains no certain precept, but that every man should diligently endeavor his own credit and esteem in the vain and inconstant opinion of the multitude. 3. What is meant by the injunction not to hurt another, must be expounded by the particular precepts of the law; for in that we do our duty towards any man, we hurt him not: But if we do not that which is our duty, we do hurt him, because we give him not his due, though perhaps, for some reasons to ourselves known, we think we have thereby deserved well at his hands. This therefore is too confused a precept. 4. To give every man right; (that is,) to do what is right and just: Therefore to live justifiably, and according to law, is rather an injunction of the law in particular, than a precept of the law in general.
Question 6. Whether that precept be of the law of nature, What you would have done to yourself, do that to another: What you would have not done to yourself, do not that to another.
20. A. 1. This precept is natural, and indeed Divine; Matt 7:12; Luke 6:31. Yet in this it is to be observed: First, that this law doth not include the whole compass of the natural law in general, but that part only, in which our duty between man and man is comprehended. 2. That our will whatsoever it be, may not be the square and rule of the performance of our duty to others, (for under that pretence, he which would have any base things done to himself, should do in like manner to others: He which would himself be made drunk should make others drunk; he which would himself be enticed to Lewdness, should entice another to Lewdness: ) but our Natural will being well disposed, and not tainted with any passion or perturbation, by which we truly and considerately wish good unto ourselves. 3. That it be not enjoined, that we do all those things to others which we in particular desire to be done to ourselves, (for so Masters should obey their own servants, and cease to be Masters) but the same things by way of proportion, or supposition; as if indeed we ourselves were in the case of them, from whom we expect those duties. The Root of Justice and the whole foundation of Equity (saith Lactantius in his Epit. Cap. 3. Is comprehended in this: Have a care, you do not that to another, which you would not willingly have done to yourself: If it be irksome, to suffer an injury, whosoever he be, that doth one, is unjust. Do but transfer what thou thinkst in thyself to the person of another, and what thou judgest of another person to thyself, and you will soon perceive that you yourself are unjust if you hurt another, as another if he hurt you. If we ruminate on these things, we shall be sure to retain our innocence, in which, Justice, as in its first step, is contained; for the first step of Justice is, Not to hurt your Neighbor, but readily to do him all the good you may. Alexander Severus (as Lampidrius relates it,) did oftentimes proclaim this, which he had observed from some Jews or Christians, and himself did approve, nay and commanded it publicly to be proclaimed by a Common crier when he corrected any offender, Do not that to another, which you would not have done to yourself; Which sentence he so much affected, that he commanded it to be written in his Palace, and other public works.
Question 7. What proportion the Civil Law, hold with the Law of Nature.
21. A. 1. The Civil Law is, that which every City or Society of men enacts current for itself. And such a kind of Law is not only peculiar to the Romans, but also to the Athenians, English, or any else, who have no respect to the Roman Law.
22. 2. This Civil Law inasmuch as it is Right is derived from the Law of Nature; for that is not Law which is not just and right, and that in morality is called Right, which accords with right practical reason, and Right practical is the Law of Nature.
23. 3. This Civil Law therefore is derived from the Law of Nature, either as a special conclusion inferred from a general proposition, or as a special determination and application of a general Axiom.
24. 4. That Law which is derived from the Natural Law, only by way of conclusion, if the consequence be good, hath its whole strength from the Law of Nature, as the Conclusion hath its force from the premised propositions; but that which is derived from the Law of Nature, by way of determination and application, is in part a new constitution: Even as every species hath its own proper form and essence, besides which is actually comprehended in the Genus.
25. 5. Seeing then, that as well in conclusions as determinations, the Reason of man, can only imperfectly judge, nay, and is often therein cozened; hence it must need follow, that all human Constitutions are of necessity liable to imperfection, error, and injustice: This the Authors of the Roman Law confess of their own Laws. It is impossible, that a reason should be given of all things that are enacted not to all men, nor of all Laws, and it is proved in innumerable cases, that there are many things received in the Civil Law for the public good, which are somewhat contrary to a disputative reason. Ad leg. Aquil. f. 51.
26. 6. The imperfection of the best Civil Law consisteth in this.
First, In regard it contains not in its compass the whole Law of Nature, but so much of it, only as such or such men have approved and thought applicable to their own manners.
Secondly, in respect it hath no eye at all upon the inward affection, but only upon the outward Action; for it doth not suppress absolutely all vices, but those only, which may seem likely to disturb the peace and quiet of the Commonwealth, neither doth it enjoin all acts of all virtues, but those only, which are opposite to the inconvenient vices.
Thirdly, In that it doth not principally make good men, but only good Subjects of Citizens.
Fourthly, In that upon occasion it may admit in many things of addition, detraction, or correction.
Question 8. What proportion the Moral Law bears to the Law of Nature.
27. A. 1. All the precepts of the Moral Law, are out of the Law of Nature, except the determination of the Sabbath-day in the fourth Commandment, which is from the positive Law.
For first, we meet with nothing in them, which concerneth not all Nations at all times, so that these Precepts do not respect any particular sort of men, but even Nature itself.
Secondly, Nothing is contained in them, which is not very necessary to human Nature, for the attaining of its end.
Thirdly, there is nothing in them, which is not so grounded upon right reason, but it may be solidly defended and maintained by human discourse, nothing but what may be well enjoined from clear reason.
Fourthly, All things contained in them, are for the substance approved, even of the more understanding sort of the Heathen.
Fifthly, They all much conduce to the benefit of Mankind in this present life, insomuch, that if all these Precepts were duly observed, there would be no need of any other human Laws and Constitutions. Memorable is that sentence in Hierome ad Celant, de instit. Matrisfam. Whether it be Hieromes or Paulinus his, upon the Precepts of the second Table: All things saith he, which you would have men do unto you, even so do ye unto them. He would have charity knit and maintained among us by mutual good offices, so that the whole Law of God is nothing else, but the general benefit of mankind. O the wonderful mercy of the Lord! O the unspeakable goodness of our God, he promiseth a reward unto us on the condition that we love one another, that is, if we mutually perform those things among ourselves, which we ourselves stand in need of; yet we with a proud and ingrateful heart resist his will, whose very command is our own benefit.
Obect. But it may be objected, that if the Moral were the same with the Law of Nature, it had no need to be promulgated either by voice of writing for it would have been writ in the hearts of all men by Nature.
28. A. 1. That to Nature upright, (i.e.) as it was in the State of innocency; there was no need of such a Promulgation. But ever since, the corruption of our Nature, such is the blindness of our understanding and perverseness of our will and disorder of our affections, that there are only some Relics of that Law remaining in our hearts like to some dim aged picture, and therefore by the voice and power of God it ought to be renewed as with a fresh pencil. Therefore is there nowhere found any true right practical reason, pure and complete in all parts, but in the written Law of God. Ps 119:66.
Question 9. What proportion the Judicial Law bears to the natural.
29. A. 1. That is properly termed the Judicial, which is about Judgments or any politic matters thereto belonging as that was called the Ceremonial Law, which was about ceremonies, and that the Moral Law which was about manners and civil duties.
30. 2. That Judicial Law which was given by Moses to the Israelites as proper only to them, was a most exact determination and accommodation of the Law of Nature unto them, according to the particular condition of that people.
31. 3. To the Israelites therefore in respect of the use, it was of like nature, with other good Civil laws among other Nations: but in respect of the Authority, which from God the immediate giver, it received, it was of much more perfection than any.
32. 4. This Law belongeth not to Christians under the title of a Law, especially obliging them, but only by way of Doctrine, inasmuch as in its general Nature, or in its due proportion to it, it doth always exhibit unto us the best determination of the Law of Nature.
33. 5. This Judicial law is not accurately distinguished from the Moral and Natural Law, in this, that the Moral Law was published by God with his own voice, and twice written in Tables of stone and expressed in the Decalogue, But the Judicial Law without all this solemnity, was afterwards delivered to Moses, and by him to the people. For the Laws of restoring things Lent or Trusted, of just Weights and Measures, of paying the Laborer his hire, and many such as these, not expressly set down in the Decalogue, are not more Judicial or less Moral, and natural than the Commandment, Thou shalt not steal.
34. 6. Those Laws were properly termed Judicial; which being not Ceremonial, had some singular respect to the people of the Jews, so that the whole reason and ground of them, was constituted in some particular condition of that Nation.
35. 7. But it is no certain Rule (which is given by some) that wheresoever the reason of the Law is Moral, there the Law itself is Moral, as is seen in Leviticus 11:44. For any special determination of a Law may be confirmed by a General Reason: and the nature of the Lawgiver being mutable hath some place too, and power in constituting Laws which may be mutable. But where the special intrinsical and proper reason of the Law is moral, there it always follows, that the Law itself must needs be Moral.
36. 8. Those Laws therefore which are usually reckoned among the Judicial, and yet in their Nature bear no singular respect to the condition of the Jews more than of any other people. Those are all of the Moral and Natural Law, which are common to all Nations.
Chapter 2
Of Justice
Question 1. Whether Justice be rightly defined to be a Perpetual and constant intent of giving to every man his due.
1. A. 1. This is not a Definition of the General Justice, which denotes the rectitude of Virtue, and so intimateth one and the same thing with Virtue in general. For it is not essential to all Virtue, to respect only what is precisely due to another: as appears in the Virtue of Liberality.
2. Secondly, It is not any exact definition of any particular Justice, because it doth not set down the Proximum genus, next common nature of any special Virtue. For seeing that a perpetual and constant Intent or Will, implies as much as a Habit, and being that between a Habit and any special Virtue. For seeing that a perpetual and constant Intent or Will, implies as much as a Habit, and being that between a Habit and any special Virtue, Virtue in general is interposed as the Genus, the perpetual and constant Will, or Intent, cannot be the immediate Genus of any special Virtue.
3. Thirdly, The Lawyers which maintain that definition of Justice, do in it miserably contradict themselves: because, Justice being every way of as large extent as Right, which is the Object of it, and they themselves allow three Acts of Right, viz. To give every man his Right or due.
4. Fourthly, If this description of Justice were thus corrected, that by a Perpetual and constant Will should be meant Virtue, and by every man, our Neighbor should be designed, and by His Right, the duties we ought to perform towards him, then it layeth down the Justice of the second Table, and is the same with our definition: viz. Justice is a Virtue whereby we are inclined to perform all due Offices to our neighbor.
Question 2. Whether Justice hath always some respect to another.
5. A. 1. All Virtue is after its manner ordained to the uprightness and perfection of him that hath such a Virtue. Justice therefore doth not so wholly respect another, but that it hath some eye upon him that exerciseth it.
6. 2. Besides, in that very respect, that a Just man gives another his due, it must needs follow, that he make himself fit for the performance of that duty, and so also conserve his own due to himself with moderation.
7. 3. Howsoever in respect there is some peculiar difficulty in the designing and procuring what is Right, and due to another, which cannot arise in the search of our own Good or Right; and because that Justice doth not consist in the proper commodity of him that exerciseth it; but is necessarily extended to other: in these respects, I say, it is most properly defined by Another’s Right.
Question 3. Whether Equity, or that which the Civilians call Epieikeia, (i.e.) a Moderation of the strict Law, do truly participate of the nature of the Justice?
8. A. 1. All Law which is the Rule of Justice, hath always a double end. The one Intrinsical and Immediate, which the Lawgiver doth immediately look upon: the other Extrinsical and mediate. So the Law of not opening some City gates in time of War, doth immediately consider the not letting in of the Enemies, which is the immediate End: but it hath another remote End, to wit, the safeguard and preservation of the City. Legal Justice as it is strictly taken, considereth only the next immediate End: but this Epieikeia respects the more remote End.
9. 2. In respect he which makes the Law doth always first and more principally look at the remote End, therefore to speak absolutely and clearly, Epieikeia hath more in it of Legal Justice, though taken in the strict sense. For if it be certain that upon admission of some part of the hostile Forces into the City, the safeguard of the City, and Victory would follow, it is more just to open the Gates so far, than to keep them still shut.
10. 3. Legal Justice taken strictly, considereth the words just as they are written, but Equity considereth the End, scope and intent of the Law, and so hath more Law in it, than Legal Justice, when taken strictly.
11. 4. Legal Justice strictly taken, as it is opposed to Equity, is iniquity. For being Equity is a virtue, it is necessary that whatever hath a contrary nature to it, should be reckoned among vices.
12. 5. In that Proverb, where Extreme Right is termed Extreme Wrong, Extreme Right is not to be understood, as if it signified an exact observance of the Law, but rathe as it expresseth the Outside, Superficies, and as it were, the bark of the Law: (i.e.) that which the Words and Letter of the Law speak, in which sound and outside oftentimes lurketh exteme wrong.
13. 6. Therefore it is the best Justice, so to stick to the words of the Law, that we be still ready to receive some further direction from the intent of the Lawgiver according to the equity of Justice.
14. 7. But howsoever in many things which appertain to the public good, it is not usually in the power of any Subjects to depart from the words of the Law: In which sense it is rightly said, The Law carries no meaning in it but the words.
Question 4. What is the difference between Distributive and Commutative Justice?
15. A. 1. Distributive Justice is, as it were, from the Whole to the Parts, but Commutative is as from Part to Part. For the distribution of Honors and Rewards proceeds from the whole, as the greater; but al Commutation considers the Equity of Right between the parts Commuting.
16. 2. In distributive Justice, that which is due is given not as if before it had been in the possession and command of him that receiveth, or as it had formerly been conferred, but that now in equity it should be conferred: But in the Commutative Justice, that which is due is retorted to a man, as being now properly his own Possession.
17. 3. In Distributive Justice, the proportion which one party bears to the other, in respect of the thing to be delivered, is directly observed. But in the Commutative nothing is directly observed, but the proportion between the thing received, and the thing returned.
Question 5. To which of these two species do Rewarding and Punishing belong?
18. A. 1. The conferring of those Rewards which are freely given according to due proportion, doth belong to distributive Justice: But the Collation of those Rewards which may of right be exacted, for some service performed, as out of condign merits doth properly belong to Commutative Justice: Because in this case the proportion and equality between that which is bestowed, and that which is received, is still considered. But punishing, in regard it always deals about some injury offered, that it may be punished with due and answerable punishment, it therefore belongeth rather to the Commutative than the distributive Justice. But because this Commutation is compelled for the most part, and is brought about by a Counter-passion (as they call it) not any answerable or equal action; it is therefore most properly referred to the singular species of corrective Justice, properly so called.
Question 6. What is the difference between Civil and Criminal Justice?
19. A. 1. Civil Justice in its punishing doth principally aim at the injustice of the thing, but Criminal Justice in its punishing doth principally aim at the Injustice of the Person.
20. 2. Injustice sometimes is comprehended only in the thing done, the action, or the work itself; but sometimes not only in the thing done, or action, but in the intent of the Doer. If the Action only, or Thing done be unjust without any appearance of injustice whereby this injustice is punished, is to be termed Civil. But if not only the Action, but the Intention be found to be unjust, then in regard there is a crime comes in to be punished, the Justice whereby such injustice is punished, in as much as it hath a Crime for its Object, is rightly styled Criminal.
21. 3. Hence it is, that Civil suits in Law, are appointed for the prosecution of the thing, and so are called Real, but criminal suits were intended for Punishment, proceeding from the demerit and obligation of the crime, and thence are called Personal.
22. 4. Hence it is, that when any private commodity of the Party wronged is aimed at, it may be called a Civil suit, But when the suit is, that punishment may be given to the party offending, and that if any Fine or Mulct do thence follow, it fall to the public Treasury, and not to the party offended, it is then called a Criminal suit.
23. 5. Moreover hence it is, that in a Civil cause a man may be cast, as guilty of injustice, without all scandal to himself, in respect there appeared not any ill intent; But unjustice in a criminal cause bears always with it an ill intent, in which is evidently seen the nature of an offence.
24. 6. Nevertheless, although these two differ in the whole Genus, yet they may meet in one and the same cause, as in case of some damage offered by open violence, where the suit aims at both the thing, and the punishment.
Chapter 3
Of Revenge, or Vengeance
Question 1. To what Species of Justice belongeth Revenge?
1. A. 1. Revenge or Vengeance (whereby faults are punished according to their deserts) is sometimes taken for the Act of the Judge, who by public authority may lawfully execute it: sometimes for the Act of a private man, whereby he seeks of the Judge that vengeance may be executed according to Law: sometimes for the Act of a private man, whereby he himself punisheth his enemy.
2. 2. Vengeance in the Judge is not an Act of distributive Justice, because there is not any distribution of Goods, and evil things are not properly disposed by the Judge, as if they were things to be distributed. It hath nevertheless some likeness with distributive Justice, in regard more grievous offences are more grievously punished, and lighter more lightly.
3. 3. Vengeance in the Judge, if you take the thing in itself, is in some sort an act of Commutative Justice.
First, Because of the equality which is considered between the offence and the punishment.
Secondly, Because that which is due out of precedent merit, is by that conferred.
Thirdly, Because Vengeance as much as may be, maketh the party injured who suffered the wrong, equal to the other Citizens, in respect of the immunity from that wrong.
4. 4. The seeking revenge from a Judge, in a private person, is sometimes an act of commutative Justice: As for example, He who is much wronged by any in his credit, and is to stand upon his credit with other men, insomuch that he may not exercise his function as long as his credit is tainted, is bound by that commutative Justice whereby he stands engaged to others, to seek Revenge. And it is the like case when a man is offended by one whose amendment can by no other means than by suffering vengeance be expected. For it behoveth Justice to have a care, that the Common-wealth be not full of pernicious men.
5. 5. But the seeking of Revenge when it is not necessary for any public good, nor for the amendment of the delinquent, not for the immunity of the party offended, is by no means an act of Justice. And the reason is, Because in such a case there is not anything which doth legally engage any private man to seek vengeance; nay, on the other side, there are many things which oblige him to forgive the injury.
6. 6. Private Revenge is unjust, especially in a public society, Rom 12:17 & 13:4; 1 Pet 2:14. The first Reason is, Because to take vengeance upon another man’s offence, belongs only to him who is Superior in his power: But all private men are by Right equal.
Secondly, Because Vengeance is an act of Judicature, and no man is a competent Judge in his own cause: which indeed is the reason too, that he which desire revenge seeks it not rightly, unless he desire it with this condition, that his cause being heard, it shall be thought fit by the Judge.
Thirdly, Because a private man cannot by himself set any limits to his revenge. For seeing that in the Vindication of other men’s injuries, these three things ought to be considered both by the Law and Magistrate.
That the Delinquent punishment may be thereby amended, Rom 13:4.
That the example of his punishment may make others better, Deut 19:20.
That there may be henceforth more security to the party offended, and to others, Exod 21:18; Rom 13:4; 1 Tim 2:2. He that taketh private Revenge doth not attain to any one of these. For he doth more and more provoke his Adversary: he gives a scandalous example to others, and draws and endless vexation upon himself, and others.
Fourthly, Because vengeance is proper to God, Deut 25:35; Rom 12:16; Heb 10:30; and therefore not to undertaken by any, but those to whom by God it is committed, and their Vindication is the Vengeance of the Lord, Numb 31:2.
7. 7. Public Revenge, whether it be exercised by a Magistrate, or sought by a private man, if it proceed out of Envy, Hatred, Thirst of blood, or Cruelty, or if by any other means it be tainted in the impulsine, formal, or final cause, doth in that respect become private and unlawful.
Question 2. Whether Vengeance may be lawfully taken upon those that are free from fault?
8. A. 1. Vengeance in its proper nature is a punishment: and all just punishment doth essentially and formally respect some antecedent Crime, as the effect doth its compelling cause, or as the adjunct doth its proper subject, or any like, or proportionate thing, respects the rule to which it is like, and from which its takes it measure; or as the correcting act respects the object to be corrected, and therefore it can have no place where there was no precedent crime.
9. 2. Yet there is something like revenge, which by way of Medicine, and as it may be necessary, either to prevent future crimes, or encourage Virtue, may be exercised, though no singular crime proceed. For as we cut a Vein for the health and safeguard of the heart, so some certain external conveniences are to be denied to some private men, as occasion shall serve, either for the prevention of greater inconveniences, or the procuring of some greater good. So the Leprous man is denied public commerce, and private conversation with others, and yet Leprosy is no crime.
10. 3. That sometimes Children do justly suffer under the punishment of that fault which properly is their Parents: it hence ariseth, because the children politically considered, are as members of their Parents; for they so depend upon their Parents, that the Parents cannot be punished without the damage of the children. For even as the Father cannot suffer death, but the children must needs be Orphans, so he cannot be deprived of his estate, but they must needs be the poorer.
11. 4. That the Grecians (as the proverb saith) are punished while the Captains offend (id est,) that Subjects sometime suffer for the faults of their Kings, is so, for some kind of participation in the fault, either by express consent, or by dissimulation, or for neglect of giving better advice.
12. 5. That there be some Laws that bind some to the punishment, who are guiltless of the fault, is either unjustly done, or else they are used by way of Medicine, or Example, and are not properly to be termed punishments.
Chapter 4
Of Restitution
Question 1. What is Restitution?
1. A. 1. Restitution sometimes signifieth the same thing, as to restore anything, whether it be out of Justice, or out of Charity, or Liberality, or Common duty; but among Divines and Lawyers, this word is more strictly taken to signify an act of Justice, by which any injury or injustice done is repaired, and any man stated in the possession of what was his own, but unjustly taken from him. And in the same sense, it is called a satisfaction and requital.
2. 2. It is properly an act of Commutative Justice.
First, because requital ought to be made according to the equality of the thing, not the dignity of the person.
Secondly, because restitution is of something directly due.
Question 2. In what things hath this Restitution place.
3. A. 1. It doth most properly and primarily agree to external corporal things: But by some analogy it is rightly extended to internal, incorporal, and spiritual goods, and to those external also which consist in honor and credit that is to all those things, to which a man hath any title, for those we may reckon among his goods, as well as his external and corporal riches.
Question 3. Whether it be necessary that Restitution be made.
4. A. 1. Restitution is in its own nature necessary by the necessity of Precept; because the detaining of what doth properly belong to another man against his own will, is an unlawful action, a kind of theft, and is specially forbidden, Rom 13:7,8.
5. 2. Actual Restitution is sometimes by accident not necessary: (viz.) when it is not in the power of him, that hath done the wrong, to make requital.
6. 3. A mind ready and willing to make Restitution, if it had power, if it had power, is absolutely necessary. For neither is he truly penitent for an injury done, who when he may, will not satisfy for the same: neither is there the love of Justice, or charity towards his Neighbor in him, who hath not an intention of giving every man his due. And in this sense it is not ill said, That the crime is not remitted till the thing taken away be restored.
Question 5. Who is bound to make Restitution?
7. A. 1. Every one who unjustly detaineth anything of anothers, unjustly taken from him, whether it were taken upon trust and deceit in matter of restitution; for he who by deceit possesseth anything of another’s, is absolutely bound to Restitution of the thing, and also of the loss thence acquired, and the gain which by detention ceased: but he, which detaineth a thing as committed to his trust, is not bound to a Restitution of that thing, which in his charge is lost without all fault of his, but only of that, which by the use of it, he himself hath gained, reserving still something in consideration of his own industry.
8. 2. Every man who detains anything lawfully received, beyond the appointed time, and before too, if he received it upon that condition, that if it were lost, it should not be to the loss of the owner, but the receiver.
9. 3. Every man that hath unjustly damaged another, (id est) by violence, by deceit, fraud, or negligence.
10. 4. Not only he who immediately offered the damage is bound to make Restitution, but also, (if the action whence the damage ariseth be unjust,) 6[?} sorts of persons.
First, He who either commanded or counseled the damage.
Secondly, He which maintains any such act committed in his name.
Thirdly, He who consented, if so be his consent and connivance, shall be the impulsive causes of the unjust action.
11. 5. He who did not hinder it, having power, and being in duty bound so to do.
12. 6. He who discovereth it not, if his testimony be required by a Judge, or by the nature of the thing, or his own conscience.
Question 5. What is to be restored
13. A. 1. The thing itself if it remain, and there be no extraordinary impediment.
14. 2. The price or value of it, if it be either lost, or impaired by the fault of the detainer.
15. 3. That which another ought to have had as his own.
Question 6. To whom is Restitution to be made?
16. A. 1. To the true owner if he be alive, and to be found; Heb 5:23 & 1 Sam 12:3; Heb 5:11.
17. 2. To his lawful Heir, Deputy; Num 5:8.
18. 3. If after a diligent inquiry made after the true owner, or his heirs, Neither can be found, the Restitution then ought to be made to God, bestowing the thing taken away either upon the Godly, Num 5:8; or the Poor, Luc[?] 19:8.
The first reason is, because God is always offended by that sin, which is committed against our Neighbor; therefore as far as we may, we are bound to make Restitution to God.
Secondly, The sincerity of our repentance before God, will not suffer us willingly to detain that, which is unjustly got, which must all the while needs upbraid our crime unto us.
Thirdly, We ought so much the more to abound in works of piety and charity, by how much we have done the more wrong by injustice.
Question 7. What causes may excuse a man from Restitution?
19. A. 1. A free Remission of the debt made by him to whom it was due, but by no means compelled neither by guile nor fraud, nor extorted through fear. Now this Remission is either expressed or else tacit and virtual. This virtual, tacit, implicit, or interpretative Remission then is, when from some probable signs we may guess, that the damnified person would not have any Restitution made to him from such a person, or for such an injury. The will of parents, friends, or acquaintance may pass for such a Remission, in some light matters.
20. 2. The disability of restoring, whether it be absolute, or only such, that we cannot restore anything of less value, without far greater loss.
21. 3. An equivalent Commodity bestowed upon the Creditor by way of satisfaction.
22. 4. If any inconvenience must necessarily arise out of the Restitution, to him to whom it ought to be made, it doth necessarily defer the Restitution.
Question 8. Whether or no, and how he ought to make Restitution, who against the 5th Commandment, hath injured another man’s fame?
23. A. 1. If indeed any man’s fame be notoriously blemished, if unjustly too, and not yet by any other means recovered, then he which did blemish it, is bound to make a Restitution of it.
24. 2. Fame is recovered by recantation, and by satisfaction.
25. 3. Recantation is made either by confession that the same was falsely, or rashly, and unjustly tainted.
26. 4. Satisfaction is made: 1. In the same kind, when the defamer shall discreetly procure, that the defamation be smothered, and upon all occasions speak honorably of the person defamed, and that without all sign of affectation. 2. In some certain sum of money, to be paid (as the Judge or any honest man shall think fit) not properly in lien of the same, which can by no means be rated at any price, but for the damages which may arise from the defamation, and to appease the wronged party if he be of such condition, that he may with honor receive the money.
Question 9. Whether or no, and how he ought to make Restitution, who against the 6 Commandment hath hurt another man’s life?
27. A. 1. He who hath hurt another man’s spiritual life, in respect he was the cause, perhaps of his sinning, or left some scandal before him, is bound to do what he can to reduce the party so offended to that State, at least, from which he seduced him.
For it is very just, that he which is cause of the evil, should as much as in him lies repair the same; As it is most just, that he, which hath given poison to his Neighbor, should with all speed get him an antidote. And hence it is that the Ecclesiastical Discipline in all solemn penance for a scandal given, either in words, or deeds, doth necessarily, prescribe and require Confession, Recantation, Deprecation, and holy Admonition.
28. 2. He who hath hurt his Neighbor’s corporal life, either by complete or incomplete homicide: Is first bound to make Restitution for all the damages, that from that manslaughter or hurt many arise. And the reason is, that besides the Judicial punishing and vindictive Justice which respects only the Common good, the Particular good also, inasmuch as may be, ought to be made whole. Secondly, But in respect, the damages hence arising are of two sorts, viz. either Real as the charges of curing, of diet, of burian, and the gains ceasing which all might be rated at a certain price; or else Personl, such as are Desolation, Affliction, Deformation, Maiming, and loss of life, which admit no certain rate or price, therefore there is this difference of Restitution.
First, That in real losses, equal charges, or as much as is due be restored, but in personal somewhat equivalent; or else what may be restored, and out of custom, or the judgment of wise and honest men ought to be restored.
Secondly, That real damages be paid to the Heirs of the party of what kind soever they be, though Creditors to the person deceased, but personal to them only who are so nigh the party deceased that they seem in a manner to make but one person.
Question 10. Whether or no, and how he is bound to make Restitution, who hath against the 7th Commandment defiled a woman’s chastity?
29. A. 1. Because Chastity once defiled, can no more be restored, than life when once taken from us, therefore Restitution in this kind of injustice, respecteth those damages which from such a pollution do follow.
30. 2. Now the damages thence following, are both in credit and temporal estate; for from known whoredom always doth arise irreparable infamy, and many times, partly, by reason of the infamy; partly, and by reason of the issue begot, many and great charges do also follow.
31. 3. Amongst those persons, who without further inconvenience, may enter into matrimony, that Restitution is most commendable, Exod 22:16.
32. 4. The second degree of Restitution, is a competent Dowry, Exod 22:17. And some fair satisfaction (as well as may be) made to the Parents or Guardians of the Maid, Deut 22:28,29.
33. 5. The third degree of Restitution is, to be at charges of keeping the child, and provide, as much as may be, that none henceforth be damaged thereby.
34. 6. There is a great deal of difference in the obligation to Restitution between him, which by any maid is moved to deflower[?] her, and him which moveth maid to it. For, he which moveth a maid either by violence, deceit, or fraud, or importunate solicitations, is bound to make Restitution as well to the maid as her father, as well in other damages, as in her honor. But he, that is himself moved, although he be bound as much, as in him lies to make satisfaction to those, who without their consent are in this wronged, yet in respect of the party moving him to it, he doth not in justice owe any Restitution at all.
Chapter 5
Of Acception of Persons
Question 1. What is Acception of Persons?
1. A. 1. Acception or Respect of Persons, doth not consist in love of the Persons, but in this, that when the cause only ought to be considered, the Personal qualities are only respected, which are altogether impertinent to the end, which is intended in the cause in hand, Lev 19:15; Isa 11:3. And such qualities are kindred, power, riches, and friendship; and hence in the Hebrew it is called, [ ] the respect of the face, and in the Greek ([ ]) of the external or accidental Person, not [ ].
2. 2. It therefore hath no place, but in him who is obliged for some reasons to prefer one man before another, not according to his opinion, but according to some reasons and causes inherent and to be looked after in the very Persons.
3. 3. And hence it follows, that respect of Persons hath not properly any place in free gifts and gratuities, but in those gifts only, which are some way due; whence also it comes to pass, that God when after his good will and pleasure: he bestows his gifts on some, and not others, though equal to them, is nevertheless in himself free form all respect of Persons, because he bestows his gifts freely, and not as any way due, nor hath he regard to any particular inconsiderable qualities, but only to his own good pleasure.
4. 4. But yet it hath place in some certain gifts, which in themselves are free, but upon supposition due. As in case those things, which out of liberality are wont to be distribute among all, be conferred on some few, who have no singular desert.
Question 2. Whether Respect of Persons be a sin?
5. A. 1. It is in its own general nature a sin, James 2:1; Dan 1:17; Prov 5:21,28. Because in the same act, it excludes both Justice and Charity.
For first, It deprives men of those good things which are due to them.
Secondly, Because it putteth a greater value on some smaller and more inconsiderable things, than those which are more weighty, and which ought to be considered, and perverteth the Order of human Society, Eccl 10:2-4.
Thirdly, Because in effect, it makes a plain and direct way to all kind of sin, Prov 28:21. Fourthly, And (as much as in it lieth) takes away all difference between good and ill deserts.
Question 3. To what sort of Justice is respect of Persons opposed?
6. A. Respect of Persons though it be most properly imputed to those, who offend against distributive Justice, in the deciding of controversies between things and persons; yet rightly understood, and according to Scripture-phrase, it relates to all kind of Judgment, Election, or Sentence, which is made of men, not according to the Rule, which ought in such cases to be followed, but according to the Rule, which ought in such cases to be followed, but according to some affections respecting this or that quality, which nothing at all appertains to the Judgment in hand.
Question 4. In what cases about the Election or Promotion of men to Offices Ecclesiastical or Secular, is there this offence of Respect of Persons?
7. A. 1. If any do wittingly, or willingly, or out of negligence make choice of an unworthy man. Now such a man is unworthy, who is either void of skill, honesty, or the dexterity, or readiness, which is required to the exercise of such an office, Hic & Nunc (as the Logicians term it.) And in such an Election.
First, God is robbed of his honor, which all men or public place ought to maintain as their functions shall require.
Secondly, By this means, the public good, for which all public offices are intended is much hindered.
Thirdly, There is an injury offered to them that are worthy, to whom the honor of public offices is due as a Reward of their virtues.
Fourthly, There is much wrong done to virtue herself, whose proper encouragement (Honor) is denied to her, and perversely misplaced to her great contempt.
8. 2. If in case of opposition the less worthy be chosen, and the more worthy neglected. And the reason is, because first, The less worthy, in comparison, to the more worth, is indeed unworthy.
Secondly, Because the more worthy is fitter for the end of his place, which in election ought chiefly to be considered. This is very manifest in Ecclesiastical elections, because the Church ought, as much as may be, to be edified by her Ministers, Eph 4:11-14.
9. 3. But yet there is this difference between the election of one absolutely unworthy, and one less worthy than another: That the choice of one absolutely unworthy is in itself a sin, but the choice of on less worthy is not so simply and intrinsically a sin, that it may not sometimes become lawful upon that consideration of some supervening circumstances. As for example, if there be four men presented or nominated in the election. A man absolutely unworthy, a worthy man, one more worthy than he, and one worthier than all the rest; If I give my voice to him, that is the worthiest of all, and will not concur with them, that would choose the man that is worthy, or him that is more worthy than he, the other side must needs carry it for the unworthy man, or for the less worthy at the best; it is lawful and fit for me in such a case, letting pass the most worthy to make choice of him that is worthy, or him that is the more worthy. And the reason is, because I am not bound to give my voice to him, whom I know cannot possibly be chosen, although he be most worthy: yet I am bound to hinder (as much as in me lieth) the election of one altogether unworthy, or less worthy than another, whom I may help with my choice. But such a choice is so to be moderated, that there be for all that, a fit testimonial given to him, that is the worthiest of all, or him that is more worthy than the party chosen; because every man’s due honor ought to be afforded him according to his worth: and because every man is bound to give a fair testimony of his own good intention to the Common good for example sake.
Question 5. Whether this fault of respect of persons, hath any place in giving of honor reverence to others; James 2:2-4.
10. A. 1. Saint James in his 2nd ch. doth clearly testify this sin to be too frequent.
11. 2. In that honor which is simply due to any (such as that is, which we owe to our Parents and Elders) the case is plain: because in the distribution of this kind of honor, it were very unjust to deny any the due testimony of his pre-eminence which he deserves, upon unfit grounds.
12. 3. Nay in honor, that is but upon supposition due, it hath place so far forth, as there is way for injury or contumely. And somewhat near unto this fault is it not to salute a man (as the use and custom of the Country is) that hath first saluted you: or else not to salute men at all, according to the distinction of their persons and worth.
Question 6. Whether Rich men ought to be honored for their Riches?
13. A. Simply for the possession of so much wealth, they are not to be honored, but for the good use of it, or for the place they bear, perhaps in the Commonwealth by reason of their Wealth, they are to be honored.
Question 7. Whether in those things which are left to the free will of the Judge, there may be such a thing as respect of Persons?
14. A. In those circumstances which nothing concern the parties in suit, there can be no respect of persons: But in those which do concern them and yet nevertheless are not determined by the Laws, but are (as of necessity many must) left to the discretion of the Judge, of which kind are the prorogation, or restraint of time, and the like, if they be done, (as for the most part they are) with an eye upon the person, and not on the cause; There is in such case this sin of respect of Persons.
Chapter 6
Of Injury
Question 1. Whether it is possible an Injury may be done to a willing man?
1. A. 1. By Willing, here we are to understand a man that knoweth, and willingly and freely consenteth to the fact: Otherwise there were no difficulty at all. For whatever is done either out of Ignorance, Fear, or violence, is esteemed as involuntary, at least in part is so, and so in that part may admit an injury by the consent of all men.
2. 2. This word Injury, if it be taken in its general sense for the violation of that which is Right, and perpetration of that which is Wrong, doth no way depend upon the will of the patient, whether he consent or not, but only upon the Rule of Justice. And in this sense it is plain, that an injury, or an unjust thing may be done to a man both willing and consenting, as we may see in the example of the Amalekite who killed Saul when he desired him, 2 Sam 1.
3. 3. There are many things in which a man cannot as he pleaseth, quit his own Right: to wit, those things over which he hath not a full power, but rather a custody and safeguard of them, such as are his life and members, and in these the consent of the Will taketh not away the nature of an injury.
4. 4. Now besides the Will Rational, which always springs from Counsel within, there is a certain Natural inclination, may be termed Will Natural, because virtually, always it carrieth with it the power of a Will, and doth in some sort then appear, when a man doth not directly consent to his own discommodity, because it is his discommodity, or to the evil of punishment, because it is evil. The consent therefore of the Will Rational doth not always destroy the nature of an injury.
5. 5. That this, (viz. To a willing and knowing man, there can be no Injury done) is affirmed by Philosophers and Lawyers, is from hence, because by the word Injury, they understand, a Violation of the Law, which is done by violence, and necessity of coactions. But all kind of coactions is not required, to make the thing unjust which is suffered.
6. 6. Indeed the Agent is perhaps willing and consenting, but it doth not thence follow that he is no way patient. Christ in suffering death was willing, consenting, and an agent, and yet he suffered most horrid Injuries.
Chapter 7
Of Charity towards our Neighbor
Chapter 1. Who is to be understood by that term, Our Neighbor?
1. A. 1. Every man, whom by any means we may accommodate, is, in some sort, our Neighbor, Luke 10:29,37; Acts 17:26.
2. 2. Man in general, as he is with us capable of supernatural happiness, inasmuch as he is the proper object of absolute Charity, is our Neighbor. For this is the Tie of our Charity between one another, in order to God whom we love. And thus is every man living our Neighbor, without difference of kind, affection, or manners, unless somewhat to the contrary do certainly appear unto us.
3. 3. But in regard the nature of sin doth only strive against this capacity; therefore Man as he is such, or in consideration he is a Man, is not to be loved, but rather hated and avoided.
Question 2. In what sense is our Neighbor to be loved even as ourselves?
4. A. Even as, in this precept doth no imply an absolute and universal parity, but a proportion of likeness; Now this likeness chiefly consisteth in three things.
First, that we neither wish, nor do any evil to our Neighbor, more than to ourselves
Secondly, that we wish all true good to our neighbor, and to our power endeavor to procure it.
Thirdly, that we wish these things to our Neighbor, out of sincere and hearty affection, having still an eye upon his benefit, and not our own.
Question 3. Whether it be not lawful sometimes to wish ill to our Neighbor?
5. A. 1. It is not lawful to wish any man evil, as evil; but as good, sometimes you may. And so, First, you may desire and wish a temporal evil to any, for his spiritual amendment: to wit, if his amendment cannot be probably hoped for by any other means. As in case, any man for the favor of men do perhaps neglect his duty towards God, we may lawfully wish him out of favor with those men.
6. 2. It is lawful to wish a temporal ill to some for the good of others. As if any man be a desperate corrupter of others, it is lawful to wish him taken from the earth, for fear he should undo others as well as himself.
7. 3. And such a thing as this, is sometimes lawful, out of zeal for Justice, and God’s honor.
Question 4. How the degrees of greater or less Charity ought to be observed.
8. A. 1. If you consider the good in itself, as it is to be wished to your Neighbor, there can be no imparity in the thing. For we ought to wish the chiefest good to our Neighbor, even as to ourselves. And this too is the duty of every man, that as much as in him lieth, he promote the good and welfare of his Neighbor: But yet there is some difference of order in the wishing of that good: for we ought to wish that happiness to the godly immediately, but to the ungodly, only hoping and supposing their Faith and Repentance.
9. 2. In respect of the affection itself, whereby we wish good to others, there ought to be no impurity of Intention or Remission therein: because the very Habit of Virtue in its own nature doth equally incline our Affections to its act, without all difference of greater or less intention.
10. 3. In respect of the Exercise and effects of this Affection, there is granted some imparity, as of the frequency, the order, and extention, so far as the collection of circumstances may make necessary this act and operation of Charity.
For first, We ought more frequently to stir up, and employ that act of Charity toward those, in whom we shall more frequently meet with reasons and causes for our true love.
Secondly, The order ought to be observed according to the occasion which is offered, and the proportion which the acts bear to their objects.
Thirdly, the extension to more, or more noble effects, is requisite according to the necessity of the effects, and the dignity of the parties beloved.
Question 5. Whether or no, and in what cases a man may be bound, in respect of the exercise and effects of his Charity, to love his Neighbor more than himself?
11. A. 1. There may be such cases: Because our Neighbor, by sundry means may be in extreme grievous necessity, so that he ought not to be neglected, nor ought, we to expect, when others may and will help him; although we cannot do it without our own danger.
12. 2. Every man is bound with any temporal hazard whatsoever, to help his Neighbor that is in Spiritual danger, if it be probable his assistance may do him any good, 1 John 3:36.
13. 3. Again, in extreme necessity, Every man of what condition soever, (but in the first place, he to whom of duty it may belong) is bound to expose his life to any probable danger, that so he may hinder another man’s certain death. For another Man’s certain death ought to be esteemed a greater evil than our own, if uncertain. Hence it is not lawful for a Pastor to forsake his Church and Cure in time of Plague, or persecution, unless perchance there be some other fit man who may undertake the charge.
14. 4. In temporal goods, every man is bound to prefer a public person or the community before himself. For the good of the whole is more to be values than the good of any one part. Now those men ought to be accounted public persons, who do manifestly stand the Common-Wealth in much stead.
15. 5. Moreover it is sometimes an honest thing to expose one’s corporal life to certain danger, to save the corporal of a friend, though but of equal condition, John 15:13. For although my life, by itself taken, ought to be conserved by me, rather than the life of another, yet it ought not to be conserved rather than another’s life, and my credit.
Chapter 8
Of Praying for others
Question 1. For whom ought we to pray?
1. A. 1. For all those whom we hope may be helped by our Prayers; For Prayer is a means instituted by God, that it may be applied to procure those things which we wish: Hence no man living is absolutely to be excluded from our prayers, except it be evident unto us, that he is altogether desperate.
2. 2. We ought to pray for our enemies especially, Matt 5:45.
First, Because we are to be affected especially with their sin, from whence danger hangs over their heads, Luke 23:34.
Secondly, Because by this means we do, and testify that we do, that which is necessary to the remission of our own sins, Matt 6:12.
Thirdly, because also by this means we exclude from our thoughts all unlawful desire of Revenge, Rom 12:19,20
Fourthly, In regard this is in charity to commit our cause to God.
3. 3. Howsoever we are more bound to pray for our friends and allies, because in such there are many reasons found, which directly and in themselves, are prevalent to move our Charity; insomuch that they move some love, even in Ethnics, Matt 5:46,47
Question 2. Whether or no, and how far it is lawful to wish evil unto any man?
4. A. 1. A deliberate imprecation of evil, as it is evil against any man, which is a formal cursing, cannot choose but be evil.
First, because it proceeds from Hate, which is an evil opposite to Charity
Secondly, because it is not more lawful to wish evil, as it is evil, than to do it so.
Thirdly, because it is repugnant to our blessed calling, 1 Pet 3:9.
5. 2. Those rash and common curses which are in use amongst many, (as The plague take you, Get you gone with a mischief. Would you were hanged, etc) are expressions of hatred and ill will, the signs of perturbation reigning in the heart reigning in the heart, and besides this are contumelious to our Neighbor, and therefore cannot be excused from a grievous offence.
6. 3. The imprecations of evil under consideration of good, is in itself lawful. Thus we may wish a less evil to this or that man, with relation to the glory of God, the good public or private which is of greater moment; yet this must be thus understood.
First, that there by this condition, to wit, if that good will follow out of this evil, and not but by this evil.
Secondly that we submit our will to the will of God.
7. 4. Cursings which are cast on irrational Creatures, if they have any respect to God and his providence, which is conversant about those Creature are blasphemies, if to Man who is lord of them, then they are injuries; if to the creatures, as they are simply considered in themselves, then they are the signs of heart and mouth full of bitterness, Rom 3:14; if to any evil which happens by them, then they either ought to be figurative speeches, as 2 Sam 1:21, or else they are unjustifiable motions of impatience, Job 3.
Chapter 9
Of Brotherly Reproof
Question 1. What persons fall under Brotherly Reproof?
1. A. 1. First, and most properly, the faithful, and amongst the faithful, those who are members of the same Church with us. The reason is, because those have greater brotherly conjunction with us, than others.
2. 2. Yet Infidels also on occasion are to be reproved.
First, because that seeing they are our neighbors, and to be beloved with true Charity, they ought not to be excluded from the common act, and duty of Charity.
Secondly, because the spiritual alms ought no more to be restrained, than the corporal: but the corporal ought in great necessity to be bestowed on any.
Thirdly, because the Oxe or Sheep of one’s Neighbor which is astray, ought by him that seeth it, if he can, to be brought back, Deut 22:1, then much more, one’s Neighbor himself, when he doth wander, ought to be reduced to the right way.
Fourthly, Because that he which erreth most, that most need of instruction, and the Law of Nature requires, that we strive to help our Neighbors in their greatest necessities.
Question 2. What conditions are requisite to make reproof necessary?
3. A. 1. The knowledge of the sin, which at least ought to be so probable; that it be morally certain, that is, such which is morally judged, enough to believe without rashness, That our Nieghbor sinneth. Yet in a doubtful suspicion, the reason of our duty oft-times requires that we should wisely intimate to our neighbor, what the suspicion is, and by what means it might be removed
4. 2. The hope of some fruit. For if there be no hope of amendment, in that respect reproof is not to be applied; Prov 9:7,8, Matt 7:6. Yet it oftentimes happens, that those which are incorrigible in themselves, ought to be reproved in regard of others, whose danger by this way may be prevented.
5. 3. The opportunity of time, and conveniency of other circumstances.
Question 3. Who are they which ought to reprove others.
6. A. 1. This duty is some manner belongs to all men who have the use of reason: because it is a Precept of the natural Law, a deed of Charity, and a general duty of Neighbor towards Neighbor, as he is so. Hence, the faithful ought to admonish both the believer, and the unbeliever, and the infidel, as well as the faithful, as an infidel; Gen 20:16. The inferiors and those that are subject, ought to admonish their Superiors, but with reverence, Job 31:13.
7. 2. Yet more especially it belongs to them, who either by reason of gifts are more fit to fulfill this duty with fruit, Ezek 33 & 34; Gal 6:1; Tit 2:4.
8. 3. He himself which is guilty of the same, or a greater crime, is not altogether exempted from the obligation of this Precept. For no man’s wickedness can be so helpful to him, that should excuse him from a natural Precept, as this is. But he ought to do this with special expression of repentance, and compassion, accusing himself first, and more than another, lest he incur the reprehension of our Lord, Matt 7:3-5. Thou Hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thy own eye, then thou mayst see to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye. There is a notable example in 2 Sam 16:17.
Question 4. How ought reproof to be applied?
9. A. 1. Admonition ought to be founded on the word of God, our the speech of Christ, Col 3:16. Let the word of Christ dwell in you plenteously in all wisdom, teaching and admonishing, etc.
10. 2. It ought to be sprinkled with brotherly Charity, 2 Thess 3:15; 2 Cor 2:4.
11. 3. It should be seasoned with meekness and lenity, Gal 6:1; 2 Tim 2:25.
12. 4. It ought to be strengthened by perseverance, 2 Pet 3. So often, and so long, should our brother be by us admonished, as there may any fruit be hoped for thereby.
Question 5. How ought Reproofs to be entertained?
13. A. 1. In Charity and holy reverence, 1 Thess 5:13.
14. 2. With Humility, Heb 13:22.
15. 3. With the fruit of Piety, so that it should always be to us, either, as for medicine (iama) or for warning ([ ]) or at least for a testimony (diamarturian).
Chapter 10
Of Partaking with other men’s sins
Question 1. Who are they that partake of other men’s sins?
1. A. 1. All they which do cooperate in the committing those sins, for the social or joint cause cannot choose, but partake of those sins both in the crime and guilt to the production, of which it hath jointly conferred its power. And hence, first, he who commands or persuadeth any sin, is partaker of that sin, because he hath both such an intent himself, which before God is all one as that fact; and besides for as much, as in him lieth: he would infuse that intent into another, and so he is the author of sin, 2 Sam 13:28; 1 Kings 12:30 and 13:35[?], etc.
Secondly, Not only the Authors, but the Ministers of sins have communion with them, for inasmuch, as they are the ministering and assisting causes, and do afford some strength to the sin, they have a direct communion in the same sin, Isa 10:1; 1 Sam 22:17,18 with Ps 52; 2 Kings 1:9; Matt 28:4; Acts 12:18,19.
2. 2. All they which do cooperate though indirectly, that is, which do any thing that ought to be omitted, or omitted anything which ought to be done, of which sin is the sequel. For by the moral interpretation, he also is termed the cause of sin, who doth not apply all due diligence to forwarn or hinder the same, 1 Sam 3:13; Ezek 33:6,8; Acts 20:26,27.
3. 3. And with this sin, Preachers, Magistrates, Parents, Masters, Teachers, are chiefly tainted, when they do not their duty in prevention of the sins of those, who are entrusted in their charge.
4. 4. All they who by their consent approve of a sin already committed, Rom 1:32. For he who approveth and commendeth the thing done, he sheweth his Will ready and forward to do the same thing, if need and occasion should require it. And moreover he is a conserving, defending, and promoting cause of the sin committed. To this consent of approbation or correction of the sinner, 1 Chron 5:2,6 insomuch that we may not only participate in other men’s sins, by our endeavor, speech, and example, but even by our silence, dissimulation, and connivancy.
5. 5. And in this kind also do some Preachers often offend, who make pillows for the sinners, and preach peace unto them. And all other Superiors, who through too fond an indulgence, do dissemble, or too tenderly reprove the sins of them that are under their charge, and all they too, who without some just cause omit brotherly reproof.
6. 6. Out of these principles the doubt is easily cleared, how when many are punished, and yet but one openly sinning, they are not properly said to be punished for the other’s sins, but for their own; to wit, most often for those, whereby they participate with others’ sins. And after this manner, one of our Countrymen [D. Reignolds], doth piously and learnedly show, how Judas Maccabeus and the Jews, 2 Macc 12:43, did not offer Sacrifice for the sins of those that were dead (as the Papists would have it) but for their own, and the other survivors sin, which they had contracted to themselves from the pollution of those that were dead, and whereof perhaps not unworthily, they might, in some part, think themselves the Authors. For no man (to speak properly) is punished for another’s sin, as no man dieth of another man’s disease but his own. But even as men do oftentimes contract diseases to themselves from other men’s (and many things hurt the body by transition:) so in those diseases of the mind, men do usually contract their own sins from other men’s.
7. 7. Moreover, hence the Faithful are instructed to a more profound humiliation of themselves, in the confession of their sins of this kind. And G. Par: proposeth a godly form of Confession suitable to this purpose, which will illustrate this doctrine,
O Lord my God! What evil is ther of which I am not guilty, either in myself, nor by myself, or in some other man: to wit, by being willing or consenting that he should commit it, or by commending the fault, or flattering the committer of it, or not reproving when out of my duty it belonged unto me; or (what is worse) by rejoicing at another man’s sin, or which was the greatest infidelity towards thee, by not regarding it at all. For sure, it could not be lawful for me to see one of thy flock perish, and be devoured by the infernal Wolves, and not resist as much as I was able: In the like condemnation I acknowledge myself, in respect of good things: For what good is there, which I have not either extinguished in myself, or persecuted in others; either by hindering it that it should not be done at all, or by discommending it if it were already done, or permitting it to be extinguished, or else rejoicing if it were extinguished? Lord of mercy, how many good things have been lost, either by my procuring that they should not be, or my not assisting that they might be, or by not nourishing them, or withdrawing my aid from them? Moreover, I have sinned against them, O Lord God, either by not rejoicing at them, or by not giving thanks for them to thee, the Author of them.
Question 2. Whether or no it be lawful to rejoice at another man’s sin, or to take any pleasure in it?
8. A. 1. We ought not by any means to rejoice at sin, as it is sin, but as by God it is sometime converted into occasion of some good. As if perchance some haughty-minded arrogant man, after some sliding, should repent and behave himself more modestly; or as if after some grievous offence, and excellent Law should be made, which otherwise would not had been enacted. See Phil 1:15-18.
Question 3. Whether or no it be lawful to abuse another man’s sin?
9. It is lawful when any necessity shall enforce it, provided that we do not cherish those sins which we abuse. So Jacob when he took Laban’s oath, swearing by false gods, abused Laban’s sin, without any sin of his own, Gen 31:53. So in Jeremiah 41:8. The ten innocent men did abuse the ravenousness of Ishmael: So many out of necessity compelled, do honestly abuse the iniquity of Usurers.
Chapter 11
Of good Example, and Scandal
Question 1. Who are bound to give good example to others?
1. A. 1. This belongs to all godly men, in respect of all those, to whom their life may be any ways known.
First, In regard all men ought to glorify God by their works, 1 Pet 2:12.
Secondly, because there is no man who cannot express somewhat in all his life, whereby others may be encouraged and confirmed in godliness. For from the contemplation of the Pismire men may be edified, Prov 6:6.
Thirdly, because each man in his place hath certain special occasions of performing somewhat, which upon the like occasion may be exemplary to others, Prov 2:20; Ps 34:7.
2. 2. But this duty is chiefly enjoined to such as are above others, either in Age, Parts, or some Office, Tit 2:4,7; 1 Tim 4:12; 2 Thess 3:9.
First, Because to whom much is given, of him much is required, Luke 12:48.
Secondly, Because the more eminent a man is, the more eyes lie upon him, and he is the less undiscovered, Matt 5:14.
Thirdly, Because they who in place do precede other, ought by going before, to show them the right way, 1 Thess 1:6-8.
Fourthly, Because Inferiors, do much rely upon the actions of their Superiors, and do frame themselves to their example, Prov 29:12.
Question 2. Whether or no our good works ought to be carefully made known unto others, that they may be an example to them?
3. A. 1. Good Works are of two sorts: some Public, and some Private. Those which are Private, ought not ordinarily to be divulged by us ourselves; for this were ambition of Vain-glory, Matt 6:1,2,etc. But Public good Deeds, because in their own nature they are known unto others, may, and sometimes ought, modestly and warily be represented unto others.
4. 2. The representation of a good deed, of what sort soever it be, if by it we respect our own glory as the end, is not to be allowed of: but as it may conduce to the glory of God, and edification of others, it cannot be discommended.
Question 3. Whether or no all Scandal be a sin?
5. A. 1. In all Scandal there must needs be some sin: because it always appertains to the Spiritual ruin or detriment of our Neighbor.
6. 2. Nevertheless, there may fall our some Passive, or received Scandal, without any offence of the Agent: as when the fact of one man, is an occasion of sinning to another man, beyond the intention of the doer, or the condition of the fact: And there may too be an Active Scandal, without any sin on his part whom it aims at. As when one, as much as in him lieth, by his example induceth another to sin, and yet the other will not suffer himself to be induced.
Question 4. Whether or no, Scandal be a special sort of sin?
7. A. 1. It is a special, and indeed, a devilish one, when a man intendeth the ruin of his Neighbor. For this is a special difference which constituteth a sin, that fiercely falleth on any besides the Devil himself.
8. 2. Moreover it is a special sin, when that fact, whereby our Neighbor is scandalized, cannot be any otherways evil, but by the ruin of our Neighbor; the occasion of which another man ought not to give. For by that difference, such an act is first in itself made evil, and therefore determinated to some certain kind.
9. 3. In other sins the nature of Scandal is only a circumstance opposed to that Charity which is generally required in each part of our conversion with our Neighbor. By this circumstance, Public sins are not changed but only multiplied and aggravated.
Question 5. Whether or no it be possible for a man to live without Scandal?
10. A. 1. By the Grace of God, a faithful man may live free from passive Scandal: Because he may so firmly adhere unto God, that he can never be moved from good to evil, by the other example of other men: He may live too, free from active Scandal, though not absolutely from all sin: Because the common infirmities of all the godly, in respect they are not by them maintained, have not any aptitude to induce others to sin.
Question 6. What Rules are to be observed that we give no Scandal?
11. A. 1. For the avoiding of Scandal, no sin at all ought at any time to be admitted, though it seem never so slight: for this were only to sin myself, lest another should sin, Rom 3:8. To do evil that good might come thereof. And hence no requital of crimes is to be allowed of: Such as was that of the old Gibeonite, in the cause of the Levite, Judg 19:14. And of Lot in the cause of the Angels, Gen 19:8.
12. 2. No good or lawful thing is to be omitted, for fear of the Scandal, which men of a Pharisaical temper will take thereat, Matt 15:14.
13. 3. To avoid the Scandal which the weaker may take, all those things are either to be done or omitted, which may lawfully and without sin be done or omitted. And this is the obligation of Charity, 1 Cor 8:13.
14. 4. Those are to be called the Weak, who are not sufficiently instructed, to whom we can give a reason of the fact; for it may so fall out, that some are not capable of the reason that is given, who nevertheless, though there be a reason given, are yet to be esteemed as weak.
16. 6. No human Authority can take away the nature of Scandal, from that which otherwise would be a Scandal, nor the nature of a sin from that Scandal being given. For no man hath a command of our Charity and Consciences, nor can he take away the danger of Scandal when given.
17. 7. There is no such danger of Scandal in neglecting human inventions, as there was in the Apostles’ time, about the casting out the Ceremonies of the Law. For we may not use any such Conscience in human inventions, as the Jews used in the Injunctions of God.
18. 8. There is no such perplexity that it must needs be necessary for a godly man to give Scandal, whether he do this or that, or do it not?
Question 7. What Rules are we to observe, that we do not take Scandal?
19. Ans. 1. We must have a care, that we do not so depend upon any man, let him be of what perfection he will, or have him in so high estimation, that by his sliding, falling, or defection, our hearts should be too much affected. Hither we are to direct our meditations upon those grievous sins, into which many have fallen, not only of those who seemed, and were not, but also of those who were notable servants of God, as David, Solomon, Peter, etc.
20. 2. It is a detestable and horrid perverseness of Judgment, whereby many are wont, at the falling of some, or the detection of Hypocrisy, strait to charge all of that profession with hypocrisy. For this is directly to imitate the Devil in accusing the godly, and burdening them with unjust suspicion, Job 1:11.
21. 3. Although it be good to tread in the steps of the godly, yet this is not to be done in a blind obedience, and imitation, but with a discreet and way carriage, as far they follow Christ, 1 Cor 11:1.
22. 4. We must again and again consider how base a thing it is, either for fear or hope of this world, to desist or deviate from the right path.
23. 5. Upon any occasion, we must call to mind that God permit Scandals to be offered unto us, for the trial of our Faith and constancy, Deut 13.
Chapter 12
Of Schism
Chapter 1. What is Schism?
1. A. 1. The Latin word Schisma, signifying Schism, is so called a Scindendo, from cutting. And it is a Cutting, a Separation, dis-junction, or dissolution of that Union, which among Christians ought to be kept. But because this division is chiefly effected, and appeareth by a refusal of any due Ecclesiatical Communion. Therefore this Separation by a singular appropriation is rightly called Schism.
Question 2. Whether or no, and how Schism differs from Heresy?
2. Ans. Schism, as in the general it denoteth all unjustifiable departure from the Church, containeth Heresy too, and those two words are sometimes used in one and the same sense, 1 Cor 11:18. But they are properly distinguished, in that Heresy is opposed to Faith, and Schism to Charity. Heresy is in a perverse opinion, but Schism in the fact of a perverse Separation. So that he may be an Heretic, who is not a Schismatic, as in case he deny some Article of Faith, and yet will cleave to that Church which professeth the true Faith; and he may be a Schismatic, who is no Heretic, as in case he believe all the Articles of Faith, yet will not communicate with the true Church in holy duties. And such a distinction is intimated by the Apostle, Gal 5:20.
Question 3. Whether or no all Schism be a sin?
3. Answ. Schism, (properly so called) is a most grievous sin.
First, because it is against Charity towards our Neighbor, and robs him of a spiritual good.
Secondly, It is against the edification of him which maketh the Separation, in regard it deprives him of all communion in that spiritual good.
Thirdly, It is against the honor of Christ, in regard that after its manner, it destroyeth the Unity of Christ’s Mystical body.
Fourthly, It maketh way for Heresy, and a separation from Christ.
4. 2. Nevertheless, a Withdrawing from the true Church is in some cases both lawful and necessary. As First, if a man cannot continue his communion, without a communication of their sins. Secondly, if there be any eminent danger of being seduced. Thirdly, If by oppression or persecution, a man be compelled to withdraw himself.
5. 3. Howsoever a total Cessation or Withdrawing, with an absolute renunciation and rejection of all communion with that which is the true Church, and by no mean lawfully be undertaken; but a partial secession only is allowed of, as far as there can be no Communion had, without a participation of the sin.
Question 4. Whether or no, Schismatics are Members of the Church?
6. An. Schismoth insomuch separate from the Church, as it doth renounce the communion with the Church. If therefore, First, a separation be made from certain Actions or Persons only, although that separation be Schismatical, yet doth it not presently separate from the Church.
7. 2. If the separation be made from one or more particular Churches, yet the party separated may nevertheless remain a member of some other Churches, in which he findeth not that cause of separation which he did in the other.
8. 3. If an obstinate Separation be made from all true Churches, or from any one, for a cause common to all, then such Schismatics (although it may be, retaining the Faith, they continue members of the Church Catholic) they cannot be esteemed as visible members of the Church.
Question 5. How far we ought to avoid Schismatics?
9. Ans. So far at least, that by our agreement, neither they be confirmed in their Schism, nor we have communion in the same, nor others by our example enticed to the approbation of Schism.
Question 6. Whether or no, a Schismatical Church is to be held a true Church?
10. Ans. While it retaineth the true Faith, it is to be held for a Church, and so those things which are Ecclesiastically performed therein; For the substance of them ought to be held ratified and firm; but in respect it is Schismatical, it is not to be held for a lawful and allowable Church
Chapter 13
Of the Honor of our Neighbor
Question 1. What is the Honor which is due to our Neighbor?
1. A. 1. Honor in its common signification denoteth some testification of the excellence or eminence that is another. And in regard such testification which is in words and deeds (if it be not a dissembling and vain counterfeiting of it, as indeed nowadays a Munical observance hath the name and place of Honor among many) it includeth a correspondent Judgment, and internal affection, in which resideth the testification before God; therefore the true and solid duty of honoring any man, doth chiefly rely in an internal acknowledgement of his worth and eminence, Lev 19:3; Rom 13:5,9,10.
Question 2. To what men is Honor due?
3. Ans. 1. We are bound most properly and fully to honor, those who in worth are our Superiors, as our Parents, and the like, because not only a reverend esteem and absolute acknowledgment of their preeminence is due unto them, but also an illustration of the same, by a submissive observance, springing from the confession of our own imparity.
4. 2. Yet for all this, we have the express word of God telling us that all men are to be Honored, 1 Pet 2:17; Honor all men.
First, Because another man’s eminence may be considered, not only by the comparison thereof to him that honoreth him, as if indeed he ought to be more eminent than the man that should honor him, but by the comparison of him to others, and by this reason, we owe honor to equals, nay, our inferiors, because they are more eminent and superior to others.
Secondly, Because indeed there is scarce any man found, in whom we may not observe some gift or other, in which he is superior to us, if we pass our judgment upon ourselves with all humility, Phil 2:2.
Thirdly, Because the meanest sort of people may have some singular relation to God, in which respect they are to be honored, Mk 9:41; 1 Pet 3:7; Isa 39:9.
Fourthly, Because in all, and every man, who have communion with us in the same nature at least, and are not excluded from a capacity of the same communion in grace, there appeareth somewhat which forbiddeth contempt, and so doth in some manner demand some honor, Job 31:13-15, Matt 18:6.
Object. The godly are taught to contemn the ungodly, Ps 15:4.
5. Sol. The ungodly are to be contemned, just so as they are to be hated, that is under that formal acceptation, whereby they are ungodly. They are not therefore to be honored because they are ungodly, or so that their impiety may be cherished, confirmed, or strengthened by our honor, Prov 5:9 & 6:33 & 26:1,8; but as they have good in them, a fair testimony thereof is not to be denied them, 1 Tim 6:1.
6. 2. And for this cause some signs of that honor which is in itself simply due, may for their wickedness’ sake, of right be denied unto them, 2 Kings 3:14. But with this caution, that this be not understood but of those that are very notoriously wicked, in whom the ordinary causes that should invite our honor, are by the opposite baseness quite overwhelmed; and that it be still with that moderation, that we may show a willing disposition to give them all honor, in case this obstacle of their impiety were once removed.
Question 3. Whether or no, and how far we ought to regard our own honor that is due unto us?
7. A. 1. Worldly honor, if once it come into competition with that honor which we are to seek at the hands of God, ought utterly to be contemned, John 5:4 & 12:43; Rom 2:26.
8. And for this cause, First, we may not commit any sin for to get the honor of this world.
9. 2. Neither are good works to be done wholly for the honor of this world, Matt 6.
10. 3. Out of our regard unto solid honor, we must abstain from all sin, especially from that which carrieth with it any singular note of defamation, 1 Thess 4:4; 1 Cor 6:18,19; Prov 5:9 & 6:33.
11. 4. We ought to apply ourselves to the performance of those things to which God hath annexed true and solid honor, 1 Sam 2:30; Prov 4:8 & 8:18.
First, Generally to Righteousness towards God.
Secondly, Especially, to those duties of Righteousness, which by the world are held of greatest disparagement, such as are to suffer reproof, Prov 13:18. And to cease from strife, Prov 20:3.
Chapter 14
Of Fame, or Report
Question 2. Whether or no, and how far a man ought to look to his Fame?
1. A. 1. A good Report is in its proper nature, the testimony of Virtue, and an evil Report, the testimony of Vice. That therefore is to be wished for, and sought after; but this to be avoided and feared. A good report cannot wholly be contemned, without the contempt of Virtue too, Prov 21:1; Eccl 7:3; Phil 4:8; 2 Cor 8:20,21.
2. 2. Now as all Testimony is of moment, according to the condition of him that giveth it, so also a good report among those that are good, is the only true good report, and chiefly to be considered, to wit, to be praised by a man that is generally praised himself, 2 Cor 8:18.
3. 3. And yet the testimony of those that are without the Church, so they are not desperately wicked, is not to be neglected, 1 Tim 3:7.
4. 4. A good report because it is not Virtue, but only a testimony of Virtue, ought never to be prized before Virtue or our duty, 2 Cor 6:8. We ought not to seek Report by deserting Virtue.
5. 5. Moreover a good Esteem is first to be sought in the heart and Consciences of men, rather than in their expressions, 2 Cor 4:2 & 5:11,12, and from solid works of Virtue, rather than from an applause gained by cunning Art, 2 Cor 3:1-3.
6. 6. Besides, a good esteem is to be labored for, and preserved, not for itself, neither for ourselves, as if we were bound to believe other men’s judgments upon our deeds more than our own, but principally for the glory of God, Gal 1:24; 2 Thess 1:12; and that we by our example or deeds might more benefit others, 1 Thess 1:7.
7. 7. And for this reason, those men are bound to have a special care of their credit and esteem, who by reason of their parts or function, are specially called to the promotion of God’s honor, and the good of mankind, Neh 6:10,11; 1 Tim 3:7; 1 Sam 2:17,22-24.
8. 8. Yet this difference is to be deserved, that we less esteem our credit in those things, which do not much concern God’s honor, and that we more regard it in those things, which do not much concern God’s honor, and that we more regard it in those things which do more concern that. So Paul condemning the credit of human Wisdom and Eloquence, 1 Cor 2:2 & 2 Cor 11:6, did specially regard the credit of his Calling, faithfulness, and constancy, 2 Cor 1:17,18. Nor indeed is any man’s credit impaired, for that he is undeservedly and unjustly thought poor, base, or less learned, eloquent, or witty than another. For a good esteem is not the Testimony of Wealth, Titles, or Learning, but of Virtue.
9. 9. A man may sometimes smother up his discredit in silence, as in case there be no convenient occasion offered of revealing[?] the same to any purpose, and there may be some hope that the discredit will of itself so vanish, that it may redound rather to the good, than damage of others, Matt 27:12,13. But whosoever he be that without some such reason neglects his undeserved discredit, when it is not without Scandal to others, is not so much to be thought patient, as prodigal and cruel.
10. 10. He who disparageth himself, by imputing a crime to himself which he never did, doth not by his lie offend only against the Truth, but against his Neighbor also, by leaving a Scandal to him, and against himself, whilst he robs himself of a good that ought to be preserved, and against God too, whose grace in this part is disavowed, and whose name perhaps upon this occasion may be blasphemed, Job 27:5.
11. 11. Yet a man may in some sort defame himself, by revealing some hidden crime, if there be any cause offered; as for example, if the great necessity to ask advice, or to disburden his heart of grief, or if this be necessary, or some great inconvenience to others, may hereby be prevented.
Chapter 15
Of Rash Censure
Question 1. What is rash Censure?
1. Ans. 1. It is an Opinion or belief of any man’s badness, conceived without just ground.
2. 2. It is called an Opinion or assent, because a private Censure may be in the thoughts of the heart, without any expression of probation of the same thoughts, which must necessarily be done in public judgment.
3. 3. The Object of this rash Judgment or Censure is seated in the badness of another, because the evil of the sin, is the only thing that hindereth a good repute; We generally say in the badness or wickedness of another, because the Judgment my pass not only upon some fact which is itself a sin, but also upon the state which any man is in, as if he be in the state of sin, Luke 19:7.
4. 4. The difference properly doth consist in the lightness, or insufficiency of the proofs upon which the censure is grounded: in which respect it is properly termed Rash, which if it went upon good and firm arguments, were prudent and just. But these Arguments and Reason are not only requisite in the thing itself, but must also be evidently know to him that passeth the Judgment: For a true Censure may be Rash, as a true assertion may be a Lie in him that telleth it.
5. 5. Now those grounds are to be esteemed light and insufficient, which upon sober consideration of all the circumstances, are not thought sufficient to produce such an assent as passeth. For those Reasons which are too light to fasten an ill report upon one man, may be strong and just enough to fasten it upon another; and those which are light to persuade one ill opinion, may be forcible to persuade another, those which are light to ground a firm assent, may be just to ground a weaker assent, or a suspicion which is only an inclination of the mind to assent, or to doubt, where the mind is in suspense, and cannot incline to either side.
Question 2. Whether or no, and how rash judgment be a sin?
6. 1. It is a sin of Lightness, and so against Prudence.
7. 2. It is repugnant to that natural Principle, Do not that to another, which thou wouldest not have to be done to thyself. For there is no man who would willingly have his Neighbor to Judge rashly of him, or his Actions.
8. 3. It impairs the good of our Neighbor and is Repugnant to his Right. For every man hath title to a good repute, as a commodity trusted in the bosoms of other men, till such time as he himself by his own misdemeanors shall, as it were fetch it away thence.
9. 4. It begetteth a contempt of our Neighbor, Rom 14:3, whence it cometh to pass, that he may undeservedly, be held unworthy of offices, or benefits.
10. 5. It is an usurpation of the Judgment and authority of God, inasmuch, as it either judgeth of things hidden and known to God alone, or else, that it frames to itself a Law of judging, and doth not receive any, which is only proper to God, Rom 14:4; Jam 4:11,12.
Question 3. What may be the difference of the sin in rash judging?
11. A. 1. Rash judgment may sometimes proceed from the simple error of the apprehension, or else from inadvertency, whereby it may come to pass, that those proofs of some wickedness may be held sufficient, which indeed are not so. This is a light offence, as proceeding from Common weakness: And it is a sign of this, when he, that so judged shall be ready upon better information to renounce his opinion.
12. 2. There is another kind of rash judgment, which proceedeth from a perverseness of mind, whereby, a man is ready to judge perversely of another man, or some personal misprision, whereby a man will easily be persuaded to believe evil of this, or that man, towards whom he is peevishly inclined. And a sign of this, is such a pertinacy, which willingly neglects the trial of the reasons or proofs, upon which the judgment is grounded, and a willingness to persist in the same perverse opinion, and such a kind of rash judgment, is indeed voluntary, and a grievous sin.
Question 4. Whether or no, and how things in themselves doubtful, may be interpreted upon the better part?
13. A. 1. Doubts upon things, ought to be carried according to the weight of the proofs, without any inclination to either side.
14. 2. Doubts about persons in those things, which make to the good or ill repute of the persons, are absolutely to be interpreted in the better sense, 1 Cor 13:5.
15. 3. But we must not take this, as if positively and speculatively, we ought certainly to judge those men honest, of whose honesty we never had any certain proof, (for so we should be bound to believe a falsehood) but that negatively and practically, we ought to judge well of things doubtful, (that is,) that first, we judge not ill of our Neighbor.
Secondly, That we so behave ourselves toward him in common duties, as if he were honest, seeing, we have no evidence to the contrary. And this is the judgment of charity.
16. 4. The Judgment of prudence is not repugnant to this Judgment of charity, that Judgment I mean, whereby, by way of amendment or caution, of some ill we so behave ourselves to some men in doubtful matters, as if we had some bad suspicion of them, as when we have a reasonable careful eye upon our goods before men, which we know not, as if they were thieves; or when we do somewhat harshly rebuke those men, whom we take to be honest, for their own, or the common good. For in such cases, we do not interpret doubtful things positively on the worse side, but out of a possible supposition, we prevent the worse. And this kind of judgment is not only lawful, but in some cases necessary, as well by the necessary of the Precept as of the means to the end aimed at by our place and calling. As in case of vigilant attention upon those men, who under feigned shows deceive the unwary, or as the Apostle admonisheth us: By good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the simple, Rom 16:18.
Chapter 16
Of Detraction
Question 1. What is Detraction?
1. A. 1. In propriety of language, Detraction, is as much as an unjust and secret violation of another man’s repute. But in regard, this is the chief way of injuring another man’s credit, therefore by the figure Synedoche, it may, and is usually taken in such a sense, as it may imply any open contumely. Which differeth from Detraction, properly so termed, as rapine differeth from Theft, because it is done to one, that knoweth and resisteth the injury.
2. 2. And hence, Detraction is so much the more grievous sin;
First, By how much it is the more unjust, as if it be exercised against them, who are of an unblemished conversation and manners, or if it be done with a direct intention or wronging another man’s credit, and not out of any rash or prattling humor.
Secondly, By how much the more it injureth, as if it be in a matter, which must needs carry with it, a great blemish to reputation, and in such sort as it may spread the further, and so too, that it cannot well be pretended, as in scandalous libels.
Question 2. Whether or no, he be truly a Detractor, who revealeth a true sin of another man’s, which otherwise would have been concealed.
3. A. 1. He, who doth such a thing without just cause is a Detractor, because seeing no other lawful end of such revealing doth appear, we must judge out of the nature of the thing, which in such a revealing is nothing else, but a spoiling the man’s reputation, to the intent to hurt him.
4. 2. But if he be done, either in respect to the amendment of the offender, or for the prevention of some great danger to others, or some such reasonable grounds, it is not a sin. Because by this means, the less good is neglected, that the greater may be procured; and a growing evil is some way repressed and not promoted.
Question 3. Whether or no, he be a Detractor, who reporteth things, that make to an ill fame, which he hath heard from others, without any other asseveration of them?
5. A. 1. If any man without some weighty reason, report such things, so that the hearers may be very well induced to believe them, or if it be likely, that an ill suspicion may from such a relation arise in the minds of men, then it is detraction: Because it is a cause concurring to the unjust violation of a man’s credit.
Question 4. When is it lawful to defame another man’s sins?
6. A. 1. When they are public either by the sentence of the Judge, or by the evidence of a notorious fact. For the author of a crime, being in such sort defamed, hath forfeited his right to any good repute.
7. 2. When wicked men by dissembling their wickedness, and making a feigned show of virtue, labor to get a good repute with the manifest danger of others.
Chapter 17
Of Humility towards Men
Question 1. What, and of what kind is this Humility?
1. A. 1. It differeth from the humiliation of ourselves before God, and in respect of God: because in respect of God, our very souls are to be subjected, and we ought to acknowledge ourselves not only unprofitable servants, Luke 17:10, but nothing, Prov 30:2,3; 1 Cor 3:7; Gen 18:27; and to be abhorred, Job 42:6. But such a dejection of ourselves hath no place among men. For Paul professeth himself to have been useful to the Churches, and that he deserved to be beloved and honored by them.
2. 2. Yet our Humility before men, hath dependence upon that Humiliation before God, 1 Pet 5:5,6; Prov 21:4. Not only because we ought to bear ourselves humbly before our brethren, out of conscience towards God: But also because a sense and apprehension of our own vileness and unworthiness before God maketh us truly humble; and fitteth us in all respects for true humility.
3. 3. Humility towards men, is a virtue, whereby a man hath a care, that he exalt not himself above his degree, Matt 23:12; Luke 14:11 and 18:14; Rom 12:3; 2 Cor 10:13; 14:15; And doth not willingly commend himself, 2 Cor 10:12.
4. 4. Therefore, he that is humble affecteth not any outward signs of Eminence, Matt 23:6-8; Luke 14:7.
5. 5. He prizeth others highly and labors to wait upon them, Phil 2:3; Matt 23:11.
6. 6. He patiently endureth any contempt of himself, so far as it appertains to him: 2 Cor 5:12,13 & 12:10.
7. 7. He apireth not to high things, Ps 131.
8. 8. And yet he doth not renounce the gifts which God hath bestowed upon him: 2 Cor 11:5. Nor doth out of the dejection of Spirit refuse any function to which he is called: Gen 1:6,7.
Chapter 18
Of Pride and Envy
Question 1. In what thing, doth pride towards our Neighbor consist?
1. A. 1. Pride in common is that, by which one doth inordinately go beyond that which he is. Whence it is commonly defined, an inordinate affectation of one’s proper excellence. From this disposition, it doth immediately follow, that the proud man refuseth to be subject to others; and in this respect, it chiefly looks towards God, to whom all ought to subject themselves. And it is found at least interpretatively in all sin; because he that sinneth refuseth to be subject to the Divine will.
2. 2. But in respect of men, although there be some such similitude of Pride towards superiors, to whom proud men will not be subject: Yet hath it another consideration, in respect to inferiors, to whom they desire to be, or at least seem, superiors.
3. 3. This Pride as it is in the heart, thought, and affection, is called the lifting up of the heart, 2 Chron 28:19; Ezek 28:1, as it is in the outward gestures, it is called the haughtiness of the eyes, Prov 6:17, as it is in words, it is called boasting; Prov 12:9 and 20:6.
4. 4. The same Pride as it is busied about fame, and empty praises, is called vain glory; as it is busied about honors, and dignities, it is called ambition: as about the ostentation of some great virtue, which one hath not, it is called presumption.
5. 5. This sin doth then directly hurt one’s Neighbor, when a proud man undeservedly prefers himself before him: but chiefly if it be done with any contempt, contumely, or dis-esteeming of his Neighbor.
6. 6. But because it is the proper effect of Pride, to set one’s self before his Neighbor, it singularly appears in that pertinancy, by which one will stick to his own opinion, or cause, against the judgment of others without any reason. Hence almost arise all discords, and contentions: and therefore in this consideration, also Pride is the cause of many sins against our Neighbor, Prov 13:10.
7. 7. From Pride also Envy properly flows: by which, a proud man will not, or cannot with a willing mind see another’s good, because by that his excellency seems to be diminished.
Chapter 19
Of the mutual obligation betwixt those that are superior only in age, and gifts, and their inferiors.
Quest. 1. What is the duty of such Superiors?
1. A. 1. All Superiors of this kind ought to endeavor to go before their inferiors, by some eminent example in living well; Tit 2:4; 1 Pet 5:3. The reason is, because of those which have received more, more also is required; Luke 12:48, and that, for others good, and especially for theirs which have received less. But he which is superior in good parts, hath received greater means of living: and he which is superior only in age, hath at least greater experience. Therefore from either somewhat more is required, than can be expected from inferiors, which conduceth to their good by the means of an eminent example.
2. 2. He which excels in some gift, ought readily to impart it to the benefit of others. The reason is, because those gifts which we have received of God, are not merely ours, as if we were absolute Lords of them: but we are only dispensers of them, and in the dispensing of them, the will of the Lord and Giver, is to be respected, which requires, that they be referred to his glory, in the right use of them towards other men; Rom 1:14, I am a Debtor, etc.
Quest. 2. What is the duty of inferiors towards such superiors?
3. A. 1. The inferiors owe to them a lowly reverence or honor with submission. The reason is, because all are to be honored according to their degree: and the degree of those superiors is above other, therefore, the respect which is due to them, ought to be joined with acknowledgment of superiority, which is honoring, or lowly reverence.
4. 2. That reverence ought not to be performed by internal estimation only, but by words, gestures, and deeds also.
5. 3. Inferiors also ought willingly to learn those things of such superiors, as will be for their proficiency in living well: and those things they have learned, they ought upon just occasion, gratefully to profess, Acts 18:26.
Chapter 20
Of the mutual obligation between Superiors in power, and those which are subjected to them
Quest. 1. What is the duty of this kind of Superiors?
1. A. 1. They ought to procure as much as in them lies, for those which are their subjects, that they may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and honesty, 1 Tim 2:2. The reason is, because he which is superior in power, is the Minister of God for good to others, Rom 13:4, Therefore he ought first to direct all his power, that God, whose Minister he is, may be honored by it: and then, that from the same power the greatest good may come to the subject.
2. 2. Hence, they ought as much as in them is, 1. To procure for their subjects all means of living well. For the foundation and chief act of supreme power amongst men, is the communication of good, in respect of which, those, to whom it is communicated, depend on him that did bestow it, and we subject to him.
Secondly, to free them from danger or fear in doing well, for this is protection, which is the conservation of the good they have; and therefore it is a kind, at least according to the continuation of it, of communicating good.
Thirdly, to stir them up to good by all just means, and draw them from evil; for that is the end of the means of their support and conservation
Question 2. What is the duty of subjects towards those which are Superiors in power?
3. A. 1. They owe to them that special reverence, which not only respects eminency in degree (for such is due to our Superiors either in age, or gifts) but also original eminency, on which they do depend according to their well being, in some way as on its cause.
4. 2. They owe to them subjection, by which they so acknowledge their power and authority, that they study to preserve it unhurt. For the power and authority of the Superior, can no more actually subsist, without this subjection, than one relative without its correlative. To this subjection, not only all violent insurrections, but contempt also, and dis-esteem is repugnant. For although this subjection towards men, is not properly of the soul itself, yet ought to proceed from the soul; Eph 6:6,7; Col 3:23.
5. 3. They owe to them obedience, by which they are ready to perform those things which are appointed by them. This obedience is distinguished from subjection, as the special from the general. For subjection in common, respects the precept, or command which proceeds from the power.
6. 4. Hence, First, there may be subjection, where there is not obedience; as in the humble denying of obedience, when that which is commanded by the Superior, is manifestly unlawful.
7. 5. Hence also, Secondly, the rule, of obedience and reason, why it is not to be performed, in unlawful things, floweth; because no man is bound to obey any one; but as far as he is subject to him, but God will not, that men should be subject to men, either to do unlawful things, or to sin.
8. 6. They owe to them an humble gratitude, by which they must study according to their ability to recompense those benefits, of which they are made partakers by their power.
Chapter 21
Of the mutual obligation between Man and Wife
Question 1. How the Husband ought to bear himself towards his Wife?
1. Ans. 1. He ought to reckon of his Wife in all things, as his nearest Companion, and as part of himself, or of the same Whole, in a certain parity of honor, Eph 5:28,29.
And hence first, there ought to be a most sociable and intimate affection between Man and Wife.
Secondly, a cruel, offensive, or contumelious usage of Wife, is altogether different from the true nature of wedlock, Col 3:19.
Thirdly, There is a singular Honor in a practical way due from the Man to his Wife, 1 Pet 3:7.
2. 2. Nevertheless, he ought in all things to bear himself, as the head of his Wife; 1 Cor 11:3.
And hence first, He ought to excel in knowledge and prudence, that so he may rightly give example, govern, and direct the Wife depending upon him; 1 Pet 3:7.
3. 3. He ought to provide for her all things necessary, according as his estate and condition give leave, 1 Tim 5:8. He ought to govern her in those things, which belong to good manners, and household affairs, Numb 30:14.
Question 2. In what sort ought the woman to bear herself to her Husband?
4. Ans. 1. Besides the Common duty of sociable and intimate affection, She ought in the first place to submit herself to him as her head, 1 Cor 11:3; Eph 5:22; Col 3:18; 1 Pet 3:6.
5. 2. She ought so to carry herself, that she may bring honor, (and if it may be) gain to her husband Prov 12:4 and 14:1 and 31:10-12, etc.
6. 3. She ought with fear and submiss reverence, have a care that she do not offend her Husband, Eph 5:33; 1 Pet 3:2.
7. 4. She ought in all things so to behave herself, that her Husband may content himself in her, as in another himself, Ps 45:11,12.
Chapter 22
Of the Mutual obligation between Parents and Children
Question 1. What ought Parents to do for their Children?
1. Ans. 1. They are first bound to nourish their Children, till they are fit to help themselves; 1 Tim 5:8, And this duty ariseth out of the very propension of Nature, which is common to Man and Beast. For even wild Beasts do nourish their young, till such time as they grow somewhat big. And out of this reason, it must needs follow, that it is a sin in that Mother, that without some just cause hindering, doth not nurse her Children with her own breasts.
2. 2. They are bound either by themselves, or others, to bring them up in the Discipline, and fear of the Lord; Eph 6:4. And the reason is, because Parents ought not only to provide that their Children may live, but that, (as far as in them lieth) they live well to God.
Hence, first ought (they according to their apprehensions) instruct them in the Principles of Religion, that they may from their tender years conceive the seeds of conscience, religion, and good manners, 1 Tim 3:15; 1 Reg 18:12; Prov 4:3,4 and 31:1,2.
Secondly, They ought by all fit means to deter them from evil, and incite them to good; 1 Sam 3:13. And for this reason, not only verbal, but a real correction is in its place requisite, Prov 13:24 and 19:18 and 23:13. But yet such a moderation this here to be observed, that the Children be not provoked to wrath, Eph 6:4; Col 3:21.
3. 3. They are bound so to exercise their paternal authority, that it may redound to the greatest benefit of their Children, not only while they are in the Nonage but afterwards also. And to this place, two things chiefly have respect:
First, That they provide for them some honest, and fit course of life, Prov 22:6.
Secondly, That when it shall be needful, they provide for them an honest and fit marriage, 1 Cor 7:3,8.
Question 2. What, and of what kind is the power of Parents?
4. Ans. 1. The power of Parents, is the title, that they have over their Children by reason of the generation, and education of them. And hence, all Paternal authority, is terminated in the good of their Children, by governing and restraining them, nor may it be exercised to the power of life and death.
5. 2. The chiefest power of Parents over their Children, is then, when they are destitute of the use of right reason: for so long, all the actions of the Children are subject to the command of the Parents, because, because they are not able to govern themselves.
6. 3. When they are arrived at the perfect use of reason, the power of the Parents doth chiefly consist in those things, which seem to be of moment for the government of the Common family. In respect of other things, the authority is less in the Parents, but the bond of obedience, seems to be stronger upon the Children, because then they do more understand what they are to their Parents.
7. 4. After, that by the explicit or implicit consent of their Parents, they are seated in their own power: then doth the authority of Parents (as it is properly so called) cease, though on the Children’s part, the duty of gratitude, observance, and filial piety, may never have an end.
Question 3. What are Children bound to do for their Parents?
8. Ans. 1. They owe to their Parents, as their Parents also to them a singular love, the want, of which natural affection, is reckoned among the most odious vices, Rom 1:31.
9. 2. They owe a singular reverence and honor, as the words of the fifth Commandment intimate, to which contempt, mocking and scoffing them, are opposed s most abominable sins, Lev 20:9; Deut 27:16; Prov 20:20; Prov 15:5 and 30:17.
10. 3. They owe them subjection and obedience, 1 Tim 3:4; Tit 1:6; Eph 6:1; Col 3:20.
11. 4. They ought to have a singular patience, in hiding and bearing with the infirmities of their Parents, Prov 23:22; Gen 9:22.
12. 5. They ought to fear them, Lev 19:3.
13. 6. They ought with all gratitude to repay their love and care in doing good to them as occasion shall serve, 1 Tim 5:4; Matt 15:4-6; Mark 7:12.
14. 7. All these duties ought so to be performed by the Children, that they may bear the name of piety, 1 Tim 5:4; Because the Parents in regard to their Children, do bear a singular image of God, as he is the Creator, Sustainer, and Governor.
Chapter 23
Of the mutual obligation between Masters and Servants, what, and of what kind it is
1. A. 1. Servitude is much different from the state of a child.
First, In respect, it is not from nature, as that of a child, but either undertaken by voluntary consent, or else imposed by way of punishment.
Secondly, In that the condition of a Son tendeth chiefly to his own proper good, not of his Father; but servitude doth aim directly at the good of the Master, and not of the Servant.
Thirdly, In that Children are not ordinarily enjoined and work, but what is ingenuous, but Servants are bound to do all kind of work.
Fourthly, In that the subjection of Children is not always in the same proportion and equality, but Servants owe their perpetual endeavors without all distinction of time.
Fifthly, That in all things, Children are more tenderly and favorably to be used than Servants, Prov 29:21.
2. 2. Perfect servitude, so it be voluntary, is on the patient’s part often lawful between Christian and Christian, because indeed it is necessary: but on the Master’s part who is the agent, in procuring and exercising the authority, it is scarce lawful; in respect, it thwarts that general Canon, What you would have men do unto you, even so do unto them; Matt 17:12.
3. 3. Perfect servitude, by way of punishment, can have no place by right, unless for some heinous offence, which might deserve the severest punishment, to wit, death: because our liberty in the natural account, is the very next thing to life itself, yea by many is preferred before it.
4. 4. The condition of those men, who are forever bound and enslaved to some certain kinds of work: And of other Servants, who hire themselves out for a time at such or such a price, is not perfect servitude.
5. 5. Servants owe to their Masters subjection as well as honor; And therefore, they ought not to run away from their Masters: because this were the same, as to take away another man’s proper goods, and so no less unlawful than very Theft, Ep. Ad Philem.
6. 6. They ought to obey their Masters in the Lord, in all things, wherein they are subject. And this obedience, should not guide itself with an eye upon the knowledge of Men, but of God; nor should it aim chiefly at the reward to be received from Men, but from God; Col 3:22-24; Eph 6:5,6.
7. 7. They do not only owe this subjection and obedience to good and mild Masters, but also to the bad and harsh, 1 Pet 2:18. And the reason is, because the primary ground of this duty is not the merit of the Masters, but the ordinance of God, Rom 13:3. But those Servants, which have faithful, and good Masters, ought not thence take any occasion to be slack in their subjection and obedience, but rather so much the more increase it. Because both their own charity and their Masters merit it. Gratitude is hence augmented: and so where the Masters deserve more, and the Servants are more engaged, the servile duties ought not there to be slackened, but the rather encouraged, 1 Tim 6:2.
8. 8. It is the general duty of Masters, that they do not exercise an absolute Dominion over their Servants; nor imagine, they are granted any such jurisdiction, but a limited Dominion, whereof they are to give account to God, as the common Master of them, as well as their Servants, Eph 6:9; Col 4:1.
9. 9. They ought to give their Servants what is their due, Col 4:1, (that is,) all things that are due to them for their labor, James 5:4; that is, all maintenance agreeable to their service and attendance, such as is diet, clothes, and lodging, Prov 31:15.
10. 10. They ought also to do them what is fit as well as just; Col 4:1 (that is) such things, which though they cannot be exacted by the Servants, as of right their due, yet ought of right reason to be allowed; such offices are to show some special favors to a Servant, that is, singularly trusty and discreet, Prov 14:35, and to promote him as much as is fit, Prov 14:35, and to forsake and cast off a Servant in his sickness, Matt 8:6.
11. 11. Moreover they ought to have a care that their Servants be instructed in the Doctrine of Religion, and to see that they frequent holy exercises, and also to lead them in the right way, and to turn them out of the way of sin, as appeareth in the fourth Commandment, Prov 29:12.
12. 12. They ought to bear themselves toward their Servants with humanity, and meekness; not imperiously, and domineering, dealing with them as if they were beasts rather than men, Eph 6:9.
13. 13. They ought to correct saucy Servants, Prov 29:19; or if they be incorrigible, to turn them out of doors, Ps 101:6.
Chapter 24
Of the mutual obligation between Ministers and their Flock
Quest. 1. What is the duty of the Ministers?
1. Ans. 1. They ought so to behave themselves towards the Congregation as Servants, and not as Lords; 1 Pet 5:3; 2 Cor 4:5. Now they are Servants of God as their proper Lords; Acts 20:19; And the of the Congregation as the object, whereupon their pains and service is bestowed. And hence it is, that being considered, as they are Christ’s delegates, bringing and executing his Commands by special commission, they do all things with authority; Tit 2:15. Although considered in themselves in their manner of working, which concerns their persons, they are the Servants of all men; 1 Cor 9:19.
2. 2. They ought by all means to endeavor, to fulfill their ministry, Col 4:17. As well intensively in being zealous and instant in doing their duty, as extensively in looking to every part of their duty; 2 Tim 4:2. And all this constantly without though of looking back, Luke 9:62.
3. 3. They ought in all duties of piety to behave themselves exemplarily toward their Flock; 1 Tim 4:12; 1 Pet 5:3.
4. 4. They ought to put some difference between those, that are more, and these, that are less perfect among those that are good. And accordingly accommodate and apply themselves in all things; 1 Cor 3:1,2.
6. 6. They ought to perform all these things with singular diligence as soldiers; 2 Tim 2:4, as Husbandmen, 1 Cor 3:9, as Shepherds and Watchmen ready to give an exact account of things to God, Heb 13:7.
7. 7. They ought to do all these things so, that they may appear not to respect themselves, but only the glory of God, and the edifying of his Church.
Quest. 2. What is the duty of the people towards their Ministers?
8. Ans. 1. They ought to show them singular reverence for the dignity of their place, in which Christ hath seated them as his vicegerents; Isa 52:7; Rom 10:15. And this reverence though properly it be but civil, yet in respect it is not only enjoined by the Religious worship of God himself, but is directly and immediately derived from it, and hath an individual connection with the same, it is therefore of a singular nature by itself, (that is,) participatively Religious.
9. 2. They ought to have them above measure dear; 1 Thess 5:13; Gal 4:14,15. For they who are made Partakers of a great benefit, cannot choose, but extremely love those, by whom as by instruments, it was conveyed to them.
10. 3. They ought to be obedient to them, Heb 13:17. And this obedience, as it looketh upon the will of God, manifested by them to us, ought to be spiritual in purely internal acts. It is also requisite, that obedience be yielded unto them in other things, which belong to their office, so there be not in such things any show of sin, scandal, or any notable inconvenience.
11. 4. They ought to provide, that they want nothing to maintain themselves decently, 1 Cor 9:11; Gal 6:6; Rom 15:27; 1 Tim 5:17. Nor is this any free or charitable donation, but a just and exactable debt, Ibid 18.
12. 5. All these ought so to be performed, that it may add cheerfulness to the Ministers in the performance of their duties; Heb 13:17.
13. 6. But because, these things are not due for the title’s sake, but for the Divine ordination and the work’s sake; 1 Thess 5:12,13. They are not therefore to be observed to Men servers, nor to be absolutely unworthy.
Chapter 25
Of the Mutual obligation between Magistrates and Subjects
Question 1. What kind of power is that of Magistrates?
1. Ans. 1. It is the greatest of human powers, because it is above all other, and ruleth them, Rom 13:1.
2. 2. It is the institution of God; that in general, there should be Magistrates and public Governors, Rom 3:1, 2:4. But that in special, it should be in this, or that form, is the device of men, 1 Pet 2:13.
3. 3. Hence, this power is not absolute, but carries a double limitation, one from the will of God, whose Minister every Magistrate is, Deut 17:18. 2. Another from that will of man, which is included in those conditions and Laws, in which the power of rule is founded.
4. 4. The right of Kings, 1 Sam 1:8,9,11, which is quoted by some (as it is in the old translation,) to prove the unbounded power of their rule, doth no more prove any such power, than the same word doth approve and allow of the iniquity of the Priests, 1 Sam 2:13.
5. 5. It is not to be denied, but that some people compelled by necessity, may so sell themselves over to the King, that they may be all justly his slaves, Gen 47:23. But we must not presume this, because it is not evident; because it is against custom, & against all natural inclinations: neither can it lawfully or justly be aimed at by any Prince: because it is his duty chiefly to have an eye upon the common advantage of his subjects: Neither would such a government constitute a City or Body Politic, but rather a Lordly Domineering, and a monstrous slavery.
Question 2. What is the office of a Magistrate?
6. Ans. 1. He oweth to his subject an eminent protection whereby they may stand safe from all perturbation, fear, or impediment in their honest course of life, 1 Tim 2:2; Isa 32:2, and hitherto belongeth the curbing and repression of the wicked, Ps 101:8.
7. 2. He oweth to them eminent direction, by providing so for them, that they want no means, whereby they may be advantanged in living well, Ps 72:6.7.
8. 3. The chief care of the Magistrate ought to be, that he promote true Religion, and repress impiety, Isa 49:23; Ps 2:11. Examples of this care are commended in David, Solomon, Josaphat, Hezekiah, Josiah, etc. The business of the Lord, and the business of the King, are not so disproportionate, (as you may see in the 2 Chron 19:11) but that the care and knowledge of the things which are God’s, may well belong to the King: But they are thus truly distinguished, that in the managing of affairs, the King play his part politicly, and the Priest his Ecclesiastically.
9. 4. The Magistrate ought to further and promote the external happiness of his subjects, and not disturb and overthrow their fortunes by unjust exactions, Prov 28:15,16.
10. 5. And to this end, there lieth upon the Magistrate a singular care of the Laws and Judgments, that they be as well executed as constituted with all Justice and equity; Isa 10:1; Jer 5:1; Deut 1:16,17; 1 Chron 19.
11. 6. He ought to show his subject a good example, and that by reason of his place, in an eminent manner, Ps 101:1.
12. 7. In his manners, he ought to show himself as a Brother to the rest, and in his function as a Father; Deut 17:20; Isa 12:21.
Quest. 3. What is the duty of Subjects towards their Magistrates?
13. Ans. 1. They ought specially to pray for them, and that all manner of prayer; 1 Tim 2:1,2; Ps 20. And this duty is to be performed, not only in respect the good of the subject, is included in the good of the Magistrate, Jer 29:7; 1 Tim 2,3. But because indeed, a singular part of the honor of God, depends upon their power and administration, 1 Pet 2:17.
14. 2. They owe to them singular honor, Prov 24:21; Rom 13:7. And there is a double ground for this: First, The ordination, and very image of God, which shineth in their eminence, Rom 13.
Secondly, Those blessings, which are derived to the Subjects by them, as instruments of God, Ps 72.
15. 3. They ought out of singular reverence have a care, lest they pass any rash censure upon their government, Exod 21:18; Eccl 10:20; 2 Pet 2:10; Judg 8. And the ground of this caution is:
First, That Candor which as it is due towards all men, so especially towards Superiors.
Secondly, The difficulty of searching the originals, and causes of public business.
Thirdly, That moderation, by which we ought to tolerate light infirmities and offences, and pardon them for public quietness’ sake.
16. 4. They owe to them subjection and obedience, Rom 13:2,5; Tit 3:1. And the ground of this is:
First, That supereminency of power, which Magistrates have received for the direction of subjects, which cannot by any means attain its end without the obedience of those subjects, Rom 13:1.
Secondly, That common good, which floweth from this order of rule and subjection.
Thirdly, Fear.
Fourthly, Conscience towards God, Ibid. vs. 5.
17. 5. They ought to perform all duties toward them, and pay tributes, and the ground is:
First, the due care of the common good.
Secondly, The debt of gratitude, for those benefits which are derived to all through that public administration.
Thirdly, The debt of gratitude, for those benefits which are derived to all through that public administration.
Thirdly, The debt of Justice, for the public pains discharged my the Magistrates.
Question 4. Whether or no, and how far human Laws bind the conscience?
18. Ans. 1. Nothing but the law of God doth properly, directly, immediately, and by itself bind the conscience:
First, Because the Conscience or Soul of man, is not properly subject to any, but God alone.
Secondly, Because the only rule of our conscience, is the Law of God written in our hearts, Rom 2:15.
Thirdly, Because man cannot indeed judge of the conscience.
Fourthly, Because they cannot inflict any spiritual punishment upon the conscience.
19. 2. Yet nevertheless, human Laws are to be observed out of conscience towards God, Rom 13.
Fifthly, Because the Law of God, hath constituted this power and order, and hath enjoined us to yield obedience and subjection to the same, Ibid.
20. 3. Now, because the Law of God, doth directly and immediately enjoin subjection to such supereminent power, therefore in all human Laws, the subjects are bound not to oppose them out of contempt of authority, and the offence thereby given to others, is by itself a sin against the Law of God.
21. 4. Those human Laws, which do either urge or declare the Divine, or do directly further the conservation thereof, do bind even the conscience, and the reason is because such Laws, in that respect do partake the nature, and force of the Divine Law.
22. 5. Other human Laws, because they may be either just, or unjust, or partly unjust, and that by reason of the efficient matter, former or end, or in respect of this or that subject, or adjunct, therefore they do not so absolutely bind, as that every violation of any of them should infer a mortal sin. For if it were so, then as many Laws as there were, so many snares for souls there were, and they that live under Laws, should be subject to many more sins, than they who live among barbarous people, either quite without Laws or but a few.
23. 6. The violation then of such or such a Law, which is purely human, is not any special kind of sin, in respect of the matter of Law, but is only so far forth a sin, as it breaks the Law of general obedience; insomuch that all transgressions of such Laws, may be reduced to one kind of sin.
24. 7. The obligation of the Law, must not be stretched beyond the just intention and mind of the Lawgiver. But it is to be presumed, that no man would oblige his subjects to a mortal guilt and utter damnation, for every neglect of his will and pleasure, Nay if in some case, the Law cannot possibly be observed, but some great damage, scandal, or inconvenience must needs follow, it is to be presumed, that the Lawgiver never intended, that the Law in such a case should be observed.
25. 8. If the intention of the Lawgiver should be unjust; nevertheless, the intention and end of the Law itself, if it (at least) be lawful, is always just, right and the common good.
26. 9. The intention and obligation of a Law, ought not to be stretched beyond the cause and ground of that Law; so that the ground or cause ceasing, the obligation of the Law is to cease too.
27. 10. The obligation of a Law ceaseth, when either through dis-custom; or some contrary custom, out of silent consent, or the connivency of the Magistrates, it is esteemed as abrogated. Now Magistrates may be said to consent (at least interpretatively,) to the abrogation of any of their positive Laws, when for a long time, and publicly, they know them to be neglected, and yet they do not reclaim them.
28. 11. Many Laws are purely penal, so that they are well enough observed, if the penalty due to the breach be undergone.
The reason is, First, Because the end of the Law is to deter men from the common, or frequent use of such or such a thing, to which end, the constitution of some penalty may suffice.
Secondly, Besides in all such Laws, there is a tacit compact and agreement, that the penalty only bee undergone upon breach of them.
Thirdly, Understanding men never make any scruple of conscience in such Laws, if there be neither contempt, scandal, nor any great damage in the offence. Such are the Laws against hunting, and fishing, and against the taking of fowls or fish, and against the use of this or that kind, of habit or meats, etc.
29. 12. Nor doth this penal law bind a man to undergo the penalty, unless the Judge determine it so, that the penalty be suffered, and for the most part too, not unless the sentence be put in execution. For the penal Law binds only in order as the punishment must be inflicted, the delinquent not being of his own accord to undergo or demand it, which were ridiculous.
30. 13. In all doubtful cases, we must presume upon the justice and equity of the Law, and the moderate intention thereof, or else upon the obliging force it beareth.
Chapter 26
Of the Equity of the Mosaical Laws, which are appendixes to the fifth Commandment
Question 1. Whether it be just, that he, who strikes or curses his Parent, according to Law should be punished with death? Exod 21:15,17; Lev 20:9.
1. Ans. 1. The equity of this Law, seems to be approved by the Lord under the new Testament, Matt 15:4; Mark 7:10.
2. 2. Patricide of all sins against men is the most horrid; Now to strike or curse one’s Parent, is a certain degree of patricide.
3. 3. Those sins which are against nature, or against the Law of nature are most heinous: because that Law which is more written in our hearts, hath more of Law in it, in respect of the more clear manifestation and concomitant conviction, whereby the contumacy of that man is more condemned, that shall violate such a Law, Rom 1:26,27; 1 Tim 5:8. It is right therefore, that the most grievous punishment may be appointed for such, who are not afraid to commit such kind of faults.
4. 4. In such sins, there is a complication of many sins.
For first, The chiefest duty of charity is heinously violated in its prime object.
Secondly, The crime of greatest ingratitude is incurred.
Thirdly, There is an open disclaiming of all reverence whatsoever.
Fifthly, The Image of God is foully violated.
5. 5. Besides in that kind of sin, are contained the seeds of many other sins.
For first, The bonds of domestic Discipline, being quite rent asunder, there is open way made to all licentious manner of sinning.
Secondly, By such courses, there is contracted a disposition and habit of contumacy and rebellion towards all rebellion, and even towards God himself.
Thirdly, The love of Parents, and the care necessary for their children is extinguished.
6. 6. There are many conveniences do arise from the constitution of so heavy punishment for this crime.
For first, Children will contain themselves in dutiful carriage towards their Parents.
Secondly, Parents will be the more careful and exact in the right education of their Children, lest by their fault, they perchance fall in that capital offence.
Thirdly, Youth will be exercised in the reverence due to all their Superiors, and to God himself, and also in the right estimation of the nature of the sin.
Question 2. Whether or no, is that Law in Deut 21:18 just, which appoints death to the rebellious child?
7. 7. Ans. 1. The Equity of this Law, doth appear by the causes of it.
For first, such a Child is here meant, who with rioting and drinkings, disturbs and destroys the peace of the family and estate of his Parents, vs. 20; Prov 19:26 and 28:7,24 and 29:3. Now in such a Child, the crime of theft and robbery is eminent, and that too, with a singular aggravation in respect of the parties, against whom it is committed.
8. 2. An incorrigible child is here meant, vs. 18. Now such a Child to his obstinate disobedience, hath annexed an absolute despair of his conversion, insomuch, that nothing be suffered to live; but that he will be hereafter, as pernicious to the Commonwealth, as formerly he hath been to the private family.
9. 3. Such a Son is here meant, as hath estranged from himself the affection of his Parents, and hath forced them to be his most severe Accusers, vs. 19, Prov 19:26, which to some parents is worse than death; 2 Sam 18:32 and 19:1.
10. 4. The like Equity appears from the conditions, requisite to this Law.
For first, The execution of this Law, is not the pleasure of the Magistrate immediately, but in the will of the Parents, who for the most part do rather offend by too much indulgence.
Secondly, This Law is enacted not as if it were an injunction commanded to the Parents, but as a power granted to them, to exercise if they please.
Thirdly, This power too, is not granted to all Parents, but only to such, as those, who have discharged their duties in the private education and due correction of their Children. It is not permitted to others, to complain public of that untowardness and dissoluteness of their Children, which they may thank themselves for, and they must bear those inconveniences, which they have brought upon themselves, as just judgments by God inflicted upon them.
11. 5. Moreover, by the event it appeareth, that the Law was not unjust, for although, it cannot be doubted, but Children in a family, were by this mean better kept within the limits of their duty, yet we meet not with any example in the whole old Testament of any Child, that for this cause suffered death after this manner.
Question 3. Whetehr or no, that Law be just, Deut 17:12 that the man should suffer death, that hearkeneth not to the Priest or Judge.
12. Ans. 1. The Equity of that Law, will easily appear, if we observe,
First, That it is not there meant of simple disobedience, but such a disobedience as carrieth with it petulancy, arrogancy, and sedition.
Secondly, ‘Tis a disobedience in those things, which are manifestly and plainly determined by the Law of God.
Thirdly, It is meant of the disobedience of those, who by a special compact, have promised obedience.
13. 2. Nevertheless, in respect, this Law did partly depend on the peculiar state of that people, it cannot be in its rigor extended to all people.
Chapter 27
Of Meekness, Patience, Long-suffering, and Placability
Question 1. What be the grounds of these virtues?
1. Ans. 1. That Meekness towards God, whereby we receive his word with quiet and composed affection, James 1:21,22, and submit ourselves unto his yoke, Matt 11:30.
2. 2. That Charity towards our brethren, whereby we wish unto them all good, and pity their affections, Gal 3:22,23; Eph 4:2; Tit 3:2.
3. 3. Humility, whereby we are ready to submit to our brethren for their good, Eph 4:2; Col 3:12, 1 Pet 5:5; Phil 2:3.
Question 2. By what means are these virtues discernable from other dispositions, which bear some resemblance with those, and usually the names?
4. Ans. 1. These Virtues do show themselves in quite different ways, as reason persuades, and as cause doth require, Gal 4:20; Judges 22:23. For it is not indeed, Meekness or Patience, but mere stolidity rather, which doth not conceive the causes and reasons of things, and rightly weigh and ponder them.
5. 2. These Virtues cause men, willingly to part with many things, which are properly their own, but by no means will they suffer anything of God’s right to be bated, Gal 4:12. For it is not Christian patience or meekness, but a mere stupid dullness, which doth not, with zeal oppose itself against all sin, 1 Sam 12:13.
6. 3. These Virtues do dispose a man, that they do not at all hinder him, but help him, in seeking the amendment of his brother that sinneth, Gal 6:1. For it is too fond a tenderness, and not meekness, which doth so much respect peace, that it neglects the care of its duty.
7. 4. So that these kind of Virtues, though they should never be altogether wanting in a Christian man, yet sometimes, in respect of the exercise of them, they ought to be intermitted, 1 Cor 4:21.
Question 3. By what motives is the mind of man, stirred up to the study of these Virtues?
8. Ans. 1. If we consider the meekness, patience, and longsuffering, which God showeth towards us; Eph 4:32; Col 3:13.
9. 2. If we but consider ourselves, what we have been, Tit 3:3, and what we still are, Gal 6:1.
10. 3. If we consider, how God can, and usually doth, dispense his grace, 2 Tim 2:25.
Chapter 28
Of Slowness to wrath, and of Wrath
Question 1. What kind of fault is Slowness to wrath?
1. Ans. 1. It is a fault arising from defect of anger, by which duty of justice, or charity, whereby a man is bound to admonish, chide, and punish an offender is intermitted.
2. 2. It hath indeed some resemblance with meekness, but such a one as boldness hath with fortitude, and obstinacy with constancy.
3. 3. It hath some show of longsuffering, or that slowness to wrath, which is virtue. But here is the difference, that the longsuffering man is slow to wrath out of understanding, and that not human but heavenly, James 3:17. But this is either out of dullness of nature, or of human and carnal wisdom.
4. 4. The proper evil therefore, in this slowness to wrath, (of which we speak,) is when it is the cause of the omission of some duty to be done, 1 Cor 5 with 2 Cor 7:11.
Question 2. What kind of sin is Wrath?
5. Ans. 1. It is a sin in excess of anger, because it observeth not the due mean.
6. 2. Now it is a sin, First, in respect of the impulsive cause, when without just occasion one is moved to anger; Matt 5:22.
7. 3. Secondly, In respect of the degree or measure, though in a just cause, Gen 49:7.
8. 4. In the respect of the end, when it is not directed to the glory of God, and repressing of sin, but is raised either for our credit sake, or our pride, or our profit, Prov 13:14 and 21:24 and 28:25.
9. 5. In regard of the direct effects, as when it breaks out into execrations and cursings, Ps 106:33.
10. 6. In regard of the indirect effects as when it bereaves a man of his understanding; Prov 16:32; Luke 21:19. Or renders him unfit to execute God’s Justice, (id est,) to perform those duties which God hath prescribed and doth require.
11. 7. In regard of the tim it lasteth, when in due time it is not appeased; Eph 4:26.
Chapter 29
Of Concord and Goodwill
Question 1. In what thing consisteth Concord?
1. A. 1. Concord is commendable in that which is good, but not that, which is naught. For otherwise be the design known to be naught, which they conspire about it is faction not Concord; but if that which is naught seem to be good it is an apparent Concord only, and not a true one; Phil 1:27 and 2:2 and 4:2.
2. A. 2. Hence true Concord is not properly among any but the good, because it is versed about that, which is good, which is not indeed any way sought for but by those, which are good themselves, Insomuch, that there is never any solid Concord among the wicked: because the object and ground of true Concord is still wanting.
3. A. 3. Concord is an agreement of Hearts or Wills about some desirable good: for that although in many things it may seem little different from peace, yet it contains within it somewhat more; for we may have peace with the wicked; Rom 12:18; but no Concord.
4. A. 4. Now because the Wills of men, may be united in some one good, and yet have not a perfect harmony of opinions about those things, which belong to that good; therefore a difference of opinions about those things, which are not absolutely necessary, although it somewhat take from the perfection of Concord, yet it is not repugnant to Concord itself; Phil 3:15,16.
Question 2. Whether or no Concord be a distinct virtue and necessary?
5. Ans. 1. Concord as it implies an effect of union between diverse parties, is not itself a virtue, but somewhat flowing from the virtue of those diverse. But the love of Concord is an act of virtue. But the inclination and disposition to this love, is only rationally distinguished from Charity.
6. A. 2. The desire of Concord is necessary; First, In respect of Charity from whence it flows, and which it cherisheth, promoteth, and completeth.
Secondly, In regard of Justice, whose impediments it removeth.
Thirdly, In regard both of public and private felicity, which is more easily always procured by the untied forces of agreeing good men.
Question 3. In what thing consisteth good Will?
7. Ans. 1. It properly consisteth in that desire, whereby we wish well to other men: But, First, The true and principal good things are to be wished both to others and to ourselves; I mean Spiritual good things, and other things only, as they may further these, 3 John 2.
Secondly, No good is to be wished to one man, which may by any means be prejudicial to another. Therefore we may not wish, that those may thrive either in wealth or honor, who plot mischief against others.
Chapter 30
Of Equanimity
Question 1. What is Equanimity?
1. Ans. 1. Equanimity is that, Moderation in conversation, with men, whereby Concord good will and peace is maintained; Phil 4:5. A. 2. Now this Moderation consisteth properly in a relaxation of the strict and rigid Law, as reason shall think it fit; all circumstances being rightly considered.
3. A. 3. But this Relaxation that may partake the nature of a virtue, is to carry an even temper between two extremes; so that it do not without discretion relax or pardon, either all things or nothing.
4. A. 4. This moderation in the first place is to be observed in our speech, so that we do not arrogate so much to ourselves by our words as our due is; Phile 18:19.
5. A. 5. It must be observed too in our deeds, that we do not always indeed challenge that right, which by our speech perhaps we maintain to be due; 1 Cor 9:15.
6. A. 6. The like Moderation is to be observed in a gentle toleration of those infirmities in others, which we cannot by any means cure; Rom 15:1; 1 Thess 5:14.
7. A. 7. This same Equanimity is to be exercised in the interpreting of other mens’ words or deeds, so that we allow of all that is good, and entertain all doubtful things in the better sense as far as may be; and that we do not too much aggravate what is evil, 1 Cor 13:5.
8. A. 8. It is to be exercised in passing by and pardoning manifest injuries, when thereby either God’s glory, or the public or private good of any men may thence be probably expected, 1 Cor 13:7.
Chapter 31
Of Manslaughter
Question 1. What is Manslaughter?
1. Ans. 1. By Manslaughter is meant any unlawful killing of a man, to which may be referred the maiming of a man as being an imperfect and inchoate killing. Hence it is no sin of Manslaughter, where a man is killed by Justice. But to this Justice, thy conditions must needs concur. First, That the cause be weighty and just. Secondly, That it be done orderly and by just means. Fourthly, That it be done out of right intention and zeal for Justice, not out of wrath, hatred, or desire of private revenge, or any other inordinate passion.
Question 2. What is a just cause that a man should be killed?
2. A. That only in conscience ought to be held a just cause, which God in his law hath set down for just, either in express words, or by clear consequence: the life of a man is not subject to the pleasure of any but of him, who is the Author and Lord of life. It is the part of all men to obey the Law which forbids murder, without any exception which is not allowed by the Author of the Law.
Question 3. Whether it be not in some cases lawful to kill the innocent?
3. A. Out of intention and design, it is by no means lawful in any case:
But first, It is sometimes lawful to deliver an innocent to some that will kill him. As in case, a Tyrant would quite destroy a City, were not some innocent man given to his rage: That innocent man is bound by the Law of nature of offer himself to die for the safety of the whole Commonwealth: Nay the Common-wealth cannot retain or defend him, but ought to urge him to the performance of his duty in this part.
Secondly, By accident an innocent many sometimes be killed. As if in case necessity require, that some one or more guilty should be killed, and they defend themselves by the interposition of one not guilty: Or in case, any man flying for his life through a narrow passage, cannot choose but trample upon another.
Question 4. Whether it be not lawful, to kill a man sometimes by private authority?
4. A. 1. It is sometimes lawful to kill a man without giving any public notice thereof, but it is then only lawful, when the cause doth evidently require; that it should be done; and there is no possibility of making public complaint: for in such a case every private man becomes a Minister of public Justice, as well by God’s allowance, as Man’s consent.
5. A. 2. Hence it is no doubt, but a man lawfully sometimes in his own defence kill one that assaults or sets upon him.
6. A. 3. But that this may be lawful. It is, First Requisite that the assault be violent and properly so termed; For it is force only which must be repelled by force, and not every injury.
Secondly, That the proper and true defense be in the very act of the assault, at least in a moral sense if not in a physical, and not any prevention of the assault of subsequent vindication; for if the assault amy with any possibility be avoided, no reason will allow that it should come to this.
Thirdly, That nothing be offered under show of defense which is not necessary to that end, for if it exceed measure or the moderation of a blameless safeguard, it is not properly a defense; but one assault opposite to another.
7. A. 4. The justification or recovery of a man’s honor, whether it suffer by words or any reproachful signs, or by deeds, as by a blow, or any slanderous accusation; or by a provoking to fight, or the like, is by some reduced to this kind of defense, but very unjustly.
For first, This honor, which is so much stored upon, is for the most part a vain thing, depending on the opinion of vain men, and by no means comparable to the life of a man.
Secondly, True honor is rather advanced than impaired by the contempt of such kind of injuries.
Thirdly, Any man may defend his honor by some other means.
Fourthly, That impaired credit, cannot be made whole by the death of the Detractor.
Fifthly, If this were granted, the way were open to frequent Murders.
8. A. 1. Yet this defense is justly referred to the guarding of one’s charity, because he that assaulteth another’s chastity, doth offer the greatest violence that may be, and that with so heinous and irreparable an injury, that it may seem rightly to be equal to death itself.
9. A. 6. It is rightly too extended to the defense not only of ourselves, but of others that are innocent. For this is required of the Law, that we love our neighbor as ourselves.
10. A. 7. Now the person assaulting or some other circumstances may be such, that he that is assaulted, should rather suffer death than resist with any such defense.
Question 6. Whether in no case it be lawful to kill one’s self.
11. A. 1. To kill one’s self out of direct intention so to do, is one of the most heinous kinds of Murder.
First, It is a grievous sin against the authority of God, who is the sole Lord of life.
Secondly, It sinneth against the goodness of God, whose great benefit it condemneth.
Thirdly, Against the providence of God, whose order of things it endeavoreth to disturb.
Fourthly, It is a sin against charity, whereby a man is bound to defend his own life no less than his neighbor’s.
Fifthly, against Justice, which doth not allow any man for his private pleasure to deprive the Common-wealth and other Societies, of which every man is part of any one member.
Sixthly, Against the Common inclination of nature, and so against the Law of nature.
12. A. 2. It doth not excuse this sin, though it be done for the avoidance of any great evils whatsoever, or for the getting any great good whatsoever: or for revenge upon ourselves for our sins past. For no man is a competent Judge to decree such a thing upon himself: Nor is evil to be done, that good may come thereof, or that other evils may not follow; and therefore in vain is that fact of Saul by some excused, who fell upon his sword, least he should have been mocked by God and his Enemies; 1 Sam 31:4; And such was the fact of Razis, 2 Mach 14.[?]
13. A. 3. Nevertheless it is lawful and sometimes just, that a man suffer himself to be killed by another; and not forbidding him when it is in his power, whether it be for the satisfaction of Justice, or for the great good of others either public or private, for this is not to do evil, but only to suffer it.
14. A. 14. It is lawful too sometimes to expose one’s self to such a danger, by which death must necessarily though indirectly follow. So a soldier may keep his Station, or obey any command of his Leader though he know he shall therein be killed. So Sampson (out of singular instinct) did directly intend to kill the Philistines and not himself, although he foresaw, that his own death must needs follow, Judg 16:30[?]. And somewhat like is the case of those, who with gun-powder blow-up the ship they are in, lest the enemy should possess her. For they do not directly intend to kill themselves, but disadvantage the Enemy.
Question 7. Whether or no the casual killing of a man be a sin?
15. A. 1. That is said to be done by chance, which is done beside the scope and intention of the Doer. And this may be done two manner of ways. For it is either absolutely beside intention both in itself and in its cause, or in itself only and not in its cause. If a man be slain the first way it is not Manslaughter; but only materially, and so it is no sin, because it is by no means voluntary; Exod 21:13; Numb 35:22,23; Deut 19:5.
16. A. 2. If it be done the latter way, it is the sin of Manslaughter, but weightier or lighter, as it was more or less voluntary in the cause.
17. A. 3. And in such cases he sins most, who doth some unlawful act, whereupon immediately followeth the death of another: As if a man should unjustly strike another without any thought of killing him, and yet his death should follow upon the stroke.
18. A. 4. The next degree of sin, is when a man doth an unlawful act, whereupon the death of another followeth mediately or by another party: As if a man should cherish some Ruffian or notable Murderer, although he doth it not to that intent that he should kill anybody.
19. A. 5. He sinneth heavily in this kind, who being about some warrantable business, doth not take special care to avoid Manslaughter. As when any man dischargeth a Gun, or throws a dart or shooteth an arrow without any care, not regarding whether anybody be in the way or no.
20. A. 6. But seeing, some are by duty bound to have a more special care for the prevention of Murders, any negligence in such persons is joined with the greatest gift: as if the Ministers of public Justice do not do their duties in preventing Murders and all causes or occasions of them.
21. A. 7. Nor indeed can those be well excused, who neglect that duty, which out of Charity they are bound to perform, as in case one do not succor another in great danger, when he may.
Chapter 32
Of Duels
Question 1. Whether or no Duels be lawful?
1. Ans. By duels in this Question is not understood every single combat or fight betwixt two (for so the necessary defence of one’s own life against an assaulter should be called in question;) but such a one only, which is directly and voluntarily undertaken, upon agreement and bargain, with danger of killing or maiming. And such kind of Duels are simply to be condemned, as well in him that receives the challenge, as him that provokes, though the fault be greater in him that provokes.
2. A. 2. There is no allowance of such a kind of fight in all the Scriptures, so that the Laws of dueling (as also of drinking) were never of God’s writing, but of the Devil’s tradition for the ruin of Mankind. The combat of David with Goliath, besides that it was with public authority and undertaken, and for the common good; and as it were a partial Battle, having no correspondence to a private duel agreed upon two, was also of out of a singular motion of the Holy Ghost, and so not ordinarily to be imitated.
3. A. 3. It is not a means apt, fit, or necessary to any good end. Not to the clearing of any doubtful truth, or the quitting one’s self of any accusation, because seeing, God hath nowhere promised, that he will by this means give a testimony to truth, to advise with or call his extraordinary providence thereto, is nothing else, but by a Devilish invention to tempt God. Not to the defense of worldly honor, because that honor which is to be maintained this way, is vain, and only in credit with vain men, who out of a perverse abuse and barbarous custom have cherished such an opinion, which honor or reputation whosoever prefers before the honor of God, which must needs be violated by such sin, is not fit to be reckoned among Christians. Not to the defense of the honor of God, as if any man should challenge an infidel, or accept a challenge from him, that so upon the event the true faith should appear. Because so either the infallible truth of faith, should rely upon a fallible means, or else a miracle must be presumptuously expected at God’s hands, which cannot be without tempting of God. Not to the execution of any just revenge, because neither is there any revenge allowed to private men, neither in that equal condition which Duelers are in, is there that power which is requisite to the revenging of injuries.
4. A. 4. A Duel is a War betwixt two, which is no more lawful than betwixt many, and so is of the same nature as a Civil War, which willingly or by compact to undertake all men would account for a madness.
5. A. 5. In a Duel, every man is his own Judge in his proper cause, and that too being distempered by anger, rage, and desire of revenge, and subjects to himself to the same danger with his adversary, in either slight or weighty cause.
Chapter 33
Of War
Question 1. Whether or no War be lawful for Christians?
1. A. 1. It is called a War, when there is a strife by force, which is either privately undertaken of which we spoke before, or publicly, which is now the Question.
2. A. 1. War by itself, nakedly and entirely considered is a kind of evil.
For first, On one side at the least, there is the evil of guilt or sin: because there can be no War just on both sides.
Secondly, On both parts there is the evil of punishment, for the many inconveniences, which it always bringeth with it. Whence in the Scriptures it is reckoned among the heaviest of God’s judgments.
3. A. 2. Hence it is a sign of a barbarous and cruel man, if anyone be given to war simply desiring it and delighting in it, Ps 120:7.
4. A. 3. Nevertheless by itself and intrinsically considered it is not always unlawful, but it may be warranted upon some condition: for had it been so unlawful then certainly it had never been allowed by God in the old Testament, which nobody can deny.
5. A. 4. John the Baptist the Forerunner of CHRIST in his Sermon of the Kingdom of God, or the Baptism of repentance to the forgiveness of sin, (id est,) Of the new Testament, Luke 3:14, being asked about the duty of Soldiers, persuadeth them not to cast away their arms, but to use them rightly. And the like is the reaon of the Centurions and Soldiers, which were converted to CHRIST; Luke 7; Acts 10; Acts 13:12.
6. A. 5. CHRIST the Lord, Matt 22, teacheth us to give unto Caesar the things that are Caesar’s, among which were payments for soldiers wages and costs of War, which it were unlawful to supply, if War simply were unlawful.
7. A. 6. The Apostle, Rom 13, doth openly witness, that a supereminent power doth bear the sword, as the Minister of God, and therefore that the public power of the sword is to such committed.
8. A. 7. In the Apocalypse are many Prophecies of Wars, which the Children of God should wage, and that with evident allowance.
9. A. 8. That highest power hath authority by the Law of nature (the Apostle in the 12 to the Romans approving it) to repel injuries and vindicate the subject from them: But it often falleth out, that that cannot be done without open War.
10. A. 9. Those thing which are contrarily objected out of Matt 5 and the like places do not show, that all War is allowed.
Secondly, Those things which are there said, are said to private men, in that they give any way to their affections and perturbations; Not to public authority, which by God is constituted, a Revenger to execute wrath upon him that doth evil; Rom 13:4.
Thirdly, There the hatred of enmity and mere revenge, not the care of Justice is forbidden.
Fourthly, Some Hyperbolical speeches are there used, that we might be instructed how we should be prepared in our minds with the greatest patience where need requireth, and that we ought to strive that way, to which by our nature we are most averse.
Question 2. What conditions are requisite to make a War lawful?
11. A. 1. There is required a just cause, that we fall not into that fault which is so often with detestation recorded in the Psalms; They persecute me without a cause. Now every light and small injury is not to a just cause of War, because War being such a thing which punisheth men with the most grievous punishments, it is not a just cause of War, because War being such a thing which punisheth men with the most grievous punishments, it is not to be undertaken, but upon some injury, which is great or heinous, either in itself, or in the consequences. Nor doth a great a heinous injury warrant a War, unless after the trial of all means of peace, Deut 20; Judges 20:11.
12. A. 2. In the second place is required just authority. Now such an authority though in respect of a defensive War it is to be found in every Commonwealth although imperfect; because all men have authority by the Law of nature, to defend themselves and to repel force by force, yet in respect of an assaulting War, it is not, but in the power of a perfect Commonwealth, which doth not depend not hath any recourse to a superior, but is in all things sufficient itself and entire in every point, which is requisite to a due Government. For an aggressive or assaulting war, is the supreme act of vindictive Justice; Jer 39:5 and 52:9, which kind of act can belong to none, but to a supreme Judge, such a one as hath not any superior, to whom he is to have recourse, or by whom he may demand fit fatherly affection.
13. A. 3. Thirdly, A right intention is requisite: Not only such a right intention in general as aimeth at the glory of God, (which is the common condition of every good work) but such a special on as immediately concerneth the Justice of War, (id est,) that the War be not waged out of passion, or hatred, but out of zeal for Justice, that War may always tend to a fit peace and tranquility as to its proper end.
14. A. 4. Lastly, There is requisite a just manner of waging. In which that general rule of doing nothing contrary to the Law of God is as well to be observed, as that special rule that we do not hurt to others, which is not convenient and necessary for the compassing the end of the War: Nor may the received Law of Nations be violated.
Question 3. It is here a Question about the first condition, how far those that wage War are to be acquainted with the Justice of their cause.
15. A. 1. The Prince or Author of the War, and those Soldiers of the higher rank, who are admitted to Counsels of War, are bound most diligently to weigh with themselves, and enquire of other prudent and religious men, whether or no they have just cause to make War. For, he who maketh War, bears the place of a Judge in the highest matter. Now a Judge is bound to use all diligence in the examination of causes, that so he may give sentence out of right judgment. It doth not therefore suffice to the Justice of a War, that a Prince do believe he hath a just cause, but he must be very certain upon trial of knowledge. And hence, the adverse parties’ reasons, are always to be heard, if they will discuss about, what is fit and good.
16. A. 2. If after sufficient examination and deliberation, the Justice of the war do still retain doubtful, whether the one part be in possession or not, there be right to be no War made, because, he who wageth War in a doubtful cause.
First, Sinneth in that, what he doth, he doth it not out faith.
Secondly, He doth rashly expose himself and others, as well of sinning, as of enduring the miseries.
Thirdly, He giveth and executeth the sentence of vindictive Justice, without any manifest cause.
17. A. 3. Soldiers of the lower rank, which are subjects to the Prince, making War, although in a cause manifestly unjust, they ought not to assist him, yet if after such trial, as they may conveniently make, the cause do not appear unjust, they may fight for their Prince.
For first, Such are not bound, neither are they able exactly to ponder the causes of War; but are only the Executors of another sentence and instruments, which are not so much moved by their own Counsel or deliberation, as by the Counsel and deliberation of the principal cause.
Secondly, Because in a doubtful cause, the safer part is to be chosen. Now it is safer (where no injustice appears) to follow the command of the Prince, and provide for his own and his friends safety, than for another’s.
18. A. 4. Nevertheless, such Soldiers as are not subject to the Prince making War, ought not to assist him in the War, if they doubt the Justice thereof, because in doubtful cases, the safer side is to be chosen; but Soldiers being, they are free men, if in such a case, they abstain from War do no man any wrong: and if they undertake such a War, they offer violence to their own consciences, and expose themselves to a great hazard of doing the greatest wrong that may be unto other men. And hence is it manifest, that those Soldiers who have saleable souls, and are ready to undertake any war where ‘tis probable they may have more wages, do lead a most wicked life, and are in no wise excusable.
Question 4. In the second condition, it is a Question whether it be lawful for a Christian Prince in a just War to accept the aid of Infidels, or to give them aid in such a War?
19. A. 1. This thing considered absolutely, and by itself is not unlawful for even as it is lawful in a just War to use the help of beasts, as of Elephants, Horses, etc. So also is it lawful to use the aid of beastlike men. We have a warrantable example hereof in Abraham, who joined his forces with the forces of the King of Sodom; Gen 14.
20. A. 2. Nevertheless, by accident this falls out so often to be unlawful, that it ought not indeed to be tried without special heed.
First, Because it bears a kind of show of diffidence, and inclination to compass our ends either by right or wrong, and also of an unlawful union with the wicked.
Secondly, Because hence usually, do arise the greatest scandals both between Christians and Infidels.
Thirdly, Because Infidels usually keep not faith, and so their aid proves a loss.
21. A. 3. The Israelites did not only sin for those reasons, when they used the aid of Infidels, but also, because they had a singular protection from God promised to them, nor could they be vanquished, as long as they relied upon God, 2 Chron 16:8,9 and 19:2,20,36.
22. A. 4. Such a League of friendships as binds to a mutual assistance to any War, whatsoever absolutely and without exception of cause is scarcely, or rather not scarcely fit to be entered with any faithful Prince, much less Infidel. For this were to expose one’s self to the hazard of a most heinous sin, and to suffer one’s conscience to depend upon another’s pleasure.
Question 5. In the third condition, it is a Question what kind of sin is the Minister[?] intention of him, that makes War, as for hatred, envy, desire of honor, or riches?
23. A. 1. A bad intention always vitiateth any moral action whatsoever, because the end which is intended and moveth the Will, hath the greatest power in producing the act. Now in waging of War, the sin of a bad intention is so much the more heinous, by how much the more unwillingly any War should be undertaken, for the cruelty of its nature, though with a good intention and not without a just and necessary cause.
24. A. 2. Nevertheless, the work itself (as it is a thing different from the action) is not changed either by a good or bad intention, for the intention is the cause only of the working, not of the thing wrought, it appertaineth to the manner of doing, not to the manner of the thing done, which ought always to be esteemed by it its own internal nature.
25. A. 3. Hence in a War undertaken upon just and good authority it is not unlawful to use the help of those, who fight out of a bad intention, either out of hatred, violence, or ambition, or desire of prey.
26. A. 4. And hence also a bad intention for a bad intention in a War otherwise just, although it be a sin, yet it doth not infer any obligation of restitution, because in itself, it is not a sin against Justice, for even as a Judge, who punisheth a man out of hatred though deservedly, although he commit a sin thereby, yet he is not bound to retribution, even so not he, who out of hatred makes a just War.
27. A. 5. In an unjust War, the bad intention doth augment and aggravate the injustice thereof. For seeing the injustice of the cause, is sometimes qualified and excused by an invisible ignorance; a bad intention maketh, that such an ignorance cannot bear the force of an excuse.
28. A. 6. Besides, not only that intention which is in itself bad, but also any vain or frivolous intention, (as the ostentation of forces,) is not a fit cause for any man to make a War: because it is against right reason, to choose a dangerous and dreadful means to compass a vain end.
29. A. 7. Moreover such a lawful intention, as the exercise of Military forces and the gaining of experience, or the expectation of reward, though it be in a just War, if they are principal motives to it, and not the right itself, cannot choose but vitiate the whole action.
Question 6. It is a Question in the fourth condition. First, What persons are they that we may lawfully damage by War, and how far may we damage them.
30. A. 1. Every just War is waged properly and directly against the Offenders and those, whose cause and fault it is, that the War was begun. Therefore those only in true vindictive justice ought directly and of purpose be punished. For without some preceding crime, no punishment can be justly inflicted upon any man. So that the Israelites seem to have sinned grievously, by slaying the Sons of Benjamin without choice, Judges 20.
31. A. 2. Among the guilty, neither Children nor ordinarily women, nor indeed any other quiet men, who disagreeing are forced to stay with the enemies, ought to be numbered.
32. A. 3. Those that are guilty, are not to be hurt any further than the compassing the just end of the War doth require, that is so far, that they make a fair restitution of the thing taken away, or that the injury be sufficiently revenged, or a peace established.
33. A. 4. Those that are innocent may be hurt, besides the intention of him that hurteth them, or by accident as it falls out in any lawful assault of a City or Ship, in which perhaps, there are sundry persons that are innocent; so in the spoil of the goods, by which the enemy was some way more encouraged to a War: Because by such a conjunction, these innocents are reckoned with the guilty; and all the injury which is offered them, is indeed caused by those guilty men; who detain them in their power, and from them restitution is due: Nevertheless Charity and Equity doth require, that the War be so managed as the innocent may be as little damnified as is possible.
34. A. 5. And hence the leave given to Soldiers to spoil any City, as they shall please themselves cannot lawfully be maintained, because among many other horrid things, which then follow in such a pillage, there is no distinction set between the guilty and the innocent.
35. A. 6. Hence too it is rather to be thought robbery than a just War, where the oppression of innocent husbandmen is intended, and such a kind of War is that, which Ferdinand the Emporer now wageth in Germany.
Question 7. In what things may we damnify Enemies?
36. Ans. In those things, which belong either to their just punishment or our necessary security, as in depriving them of life, outward, goods, and liberty. In which things too, such a moderation is to be observed as the rule of Justice and necessity of the security do persuade. But there can be no violence offered to chastity, or be permitted without the guilt of a grievous sin. For such things do neither belong to Justice, nor security, nor indeed can the sin of the agent be here separated from the punishment of the patient.
Question 8. Whether or no it be Lawful to use deceits and stratagems in a just War?
37. A. 1. God himself the Author of Justice, did by his own mandate approve of deceits and Military stratagems in his people, Josh 8:2, as it is in many other examples; Judges 7:16, etc. and 20:29.
38. A. 2. But now we must not reckon lies among lawful stratagems, because either to give an unlawful promise, or break a lawful one, is always unjust.
39. A. 3. Nevertheless, in stratagems ‘tis lawful, not only to conceal your Counsels and intents, but also by some deeds and other signs to make a show of somewhat you do not intend. For although directly in words to express anything that is false, is an unjustifiable lie, nevertheless, to express either by gestures or deeds some such thing, (id est,) to do that, which probably may induce the adversary to guess wrong, is no lie at all: Because those deeds which do not of their own nature, nor by any institution or mutual agreement signify this or that business, are not of the same nature or speech, and so have not any proportion to a lie, although they be in a wrong sense taken by the Spectators, and we did foresee and desire, they would be so interpreted.
Chapter 34
Of the Equity of some certain Mosaical Laws, which belong to the 6th Commandment
Question 1. What right was there in that, he which presumed to kill his Neighbor, should suffer death himself? Exod 21:14.
1. Ans. 1. The sense is, and that most just, that the intent of killing a man, or the plotting another’s death, should be punished with death.
2. A. 2. But this is to be understood, not of every kind of desire to kill another, though in words expressed, but of such an intent so followed, that the Murder is in doing, (that is,) begun to be put into act, insomuch, that the Murder may follow, as far as was in his power, that desired it.
3. A. 3. Now such an intent, is to be punished as the deed, because such a man, hath done all that in him lieth to kill the other, and so hath actively murdered him, though the passive design did not perhaps follow. And so he that wittingly and willingly did his endeavor to have the innocent condemned, is to be punished as a Murderer, Deut 19:19.
4. A. 4. And such is the reason, in case a man by weapon or poison attempt to kill another, or if on purpose, he set a house on fire, in such cases not so much the deed as the intent, not so much the event as the Will and Counsel is to be considered.
Question 2. What right is there in that Law, of giving less satisfaction for the killing or hurting of a Servant, than of a Freeman? Exod 21:21,26.
5. A. 1. There is some difference between Servants and Free-people, for matter of striking, which comes hence; in that, Servants and Slaves, are by their condition obnoxious to blows and stripes, and are compelled to answer their faults by the pain of their bodies; Luke 12:47,48. But the condition of Ingenuous and Freemen, exempts them from all such kind of violence.
6. A. 2. Nevertheless, the Servant is not subject to his Master as far as his life; but only to the utmost of his endeavor, and in all things tending thereto. For God only the Giver of life, is Lord thereof, nor can any but God, or he that bears the authority of God, as a Judge lawfully take it away.
7. A. 3. The Master therefore is not to be executed, if he strike his Servant with a weapon or instrument of slaughter, but if it be with an instrument of correction, he is, Exod 21:20.
8. A. 4. He that striketh his Servant with a rod, is not presumed to have done it with any intent to kill him, unless such force and cruelty were used that the Servant die under his hand, or immediately after the blow.
9. A. 5. That reason, which is given in the 21 of Exod, vs 21 (For he is his money) Doth not excuse a man in the Court of conscience, as if his money had procured him a title over the death of his Servant, not indeed in the outward Court, but only as far as it is presumed, he had no intent to kill him, but only intended to chastise, and give him correction; inasmuch, as he had lost the money, he bought him for.
Question 3. What Equity is there in that Law of the Beast, that killeth a Man?
10. A. Unreasonable Creatures are punishable for the killing a Man, not a if they had thereby contracted any sin to themselves; (for they are not capable of any guilt:)
But first, That the Owners of such Beasts, might thereby be punished, because they had not with diligence and care enough kept them in.
Secondly, That by this means, the life of man, might be more tenderly esteemed, and all things that make against it, might be had in the more detestation.
Thirdly, That beastly minded men by the death of such Beasts, might the more be deterred from Murders.
Question 4. What Equity was there in that law which forbade men to kill some certain Beasts? Deut 22:6, etc.
11. Ans. Diverse things of this kind are forbidden, not as if they were Murders or sins properly against Justice;
But first, Because in such things, the cruelty and savageness of some mens’ natures, appeareth, and is exercised and increased thereby, whence Murders oftentimes spring, Prov 12:10.
Secondly, Because by such rudiments men, are taught to abhor cruelty.
Thirdly, Because God would accustom his people, to keep themselves from such kind of sins, nay from the very show of them. For God would have his Law guarded with such kind of injunctions as with bounds to keep men off from more heinous sins. Now as the bounds and wall which defended the house was reckoned as one with the house, so these appendixes to the Commandments, make but one Decalogue. Like to this, is the reason that forbiddeth to boil a kid in the Dam’s milk, Exod 23:19 and 34:26; Deut 14:22,etc.
Question 5. What right is there in forbidding to eat blood? Lev 7:27 and 17:10 and 19:26; Deut 12:16,23.
12. A. This law partly aims at the further detestation of cruelty; in which respect, it is joined with that severe prohibition of Murder, Gen 9:4,5, and partly for a Religious and Typical observation: in which respect, it is joined with the Law of sacrificing; Lev 17:10,11.
Question 6. What Equity was there in the constitution of places of refuge by the Law? Exod 21:13; Num 35:22; Deut 19:4.
13. A. 1. They were not properly places of banishment, but of refuge; for banishment is a punishment, but refuge tendeth to an immunity from punishment. Not indeed is there anything in the Law read of such a punishment as banishment; all punishments being either by death, mulct, stripes, or servitude.
14. A. 2. This refuge was provided for those only, who had unawares killed any man, as by the instrument and manner is described, Num 35, and is illustrated by an example, Deut 19. But to willful Murderers, all such refuge, is severely denied, Exod 21:13; of which we have an example in the 1 Kings 1 and 2.
15. A. 3. This refuge was provided for the innocent to defend them from the heedless and rash fury of the friends of him that was so killed, not to take them out of the Magistrate’s jurisdiction.
16. A. 4. The ordinary places of refuge, were some certain Cities of the Levites, not only that those that fled thither, might remain in more security by the reverence, which all gave to the Levites, but also, that by their examples and advice, they might the better be instructed, both to a religious bearing of themselves under their condition, and to the careful execution of other parts of their duty.
17. A. 5. The extraordinary places of refuge, were the Temple and the Altar of God, Exod 21:14. Because the reverence of God, which was moved in all men at sight of that place, did repress all violence.
18. A. 6. In ordinary places of refuge, the Manslayer might stay, till such time as the anger, grief, and trouble which the deceased parties’ friends had conceived were over: Now that time did depend upon the life of the high Priest, partly that by God’s consent, he might be restored and partly that an opportunity of reconciliation, might be taken from the joy of that new succession.
19. A. 7. If before that time, the Man-slayer was taken out of the City of refuge, it was indulged to the grief of the dead’s friends, that they might unquestioned kill him.
20. A. 8. The Equity of such places, was; First, In that Man-slayers were not to be punished before the cause was heard.
Secondly, In that it was fit, such should be succored who either against or beside their intent had done some mischief.
Thirdly, That there was an account to be made of the natural grief of men.
Fourthly, That there was a singular reverence due to holy places, but yet that there was not any impunity granted to wicked men for their sakes.
Chapter 35
Of Wedlock
Question 1. Which is the more excellent state, Marriage or single Life?
1. A. 1. If they are simply and by themselves considered, there is neither virtue nor vice, nor any work morally good or bad included in either, because they are natural forms of living, neither of which is either enjoined or forbidden, 1 Cor 7:25. Seeing then, that neither state is morally good but indifferent, it cannot be properly said of either, that it is better than the other.
2. A. 2. Now because among those things, which are of a middle nature, and neither good nor bad, some are greater furtherers of virtue and good works, and some less; (as knowledge doth more help piety than strength of body, or riches;) they are therefore to be esteemed or neglected according to the power they have that way. And in this sense is the present question of the comparison of Wedlock, and a single life to be understood.
3. A. 3. Now in this very comparison, if the things be absolutely considered, the state of Wedlock seemeth more excellent.
First, Because in the beginning, it was ordained by God, for the bettering man’s condition, Gen 2:18.
Secondly, Because, that since the fall, it hath that end, and use that it directly makes for the avoiding of sins and temptations; 1 Cor 7:2,5,9. And by that means for the conservation and promotion of virtue.
4. A. 4. But if the comparison be made in respect of this or that person, judgment must then be given partly from the gift he hath, and partly from those circumstances which Paul comprehendeth under the name of present necessity, 1 Cor 7:7. And if any man according to this consideration hath the gift or power, that other conditions concurring, he findeth himself better able decently and fitly to serve God in his single life, it is better for him to remain so, vs. 26. But if any after diligent examination, see that he cannot do his business so holily and conveniently in single life as in Wedlock, to such a one, the state of Marriage, is better than single life.
5. A. 5. This is the sum of the Apostle’s advice, that he, who by temperance, and diligent wariness and prayer, cannot avoid burning, (id est,) such a burning of concupiscence which disturbeth the peace of conscience, should choose Wedlock: But as long as by such means, a man may avoid burning all things being equally considered, it is better for a man to continue single, especially in time of persecution or the like.
Question 2. Whether or no, and for what reason Polygamy is unlawful?
6. Ans. 1. Polygamy is a sin against the first institution and law of Marriage, Gen 2.
For first, God made one Man and one Woman, and joined them together: insomuch, that what is superadded, must needs be monstrous, Mal 2:15.
Secondly, By an edict from God, it is ratified that two only, not three or more should be one flesh, and that the Husband should cleave unto his Wife not to his Wives, Matt 19:5.
7. A. 2. Moreover, it is a sin against the law of nature and right reason.
For first, it is against that instinct, which is inbred in man by nature.
Secondly, It is contrary to the nature of conjugal affection, which is so singular and proper to one, that it cannot admit any third person to the communion of the same thing, as experience sheweth us in conjugal jealousies.
8. A. 3. It is against the nature of the Matrimonial contract, whereby it comes to pass, that the Married party hath not his body in his own power, 2 Cor 7:4. Whence he that joineth himself to another Wife, is said, to deal treacherously and justly, Mal 2:14,15.
9. A. 4. It is against that united care, which should be had of the progeny, and which the end of Wedlock requireth.
10. A. 5. It is contrary to that perfection, which is found in some brute beasts. For many fowls are observed not to couple but with one only, taught merely by the instinct of nature: and reason doth dictate, that man should have greater continence, than any fowl whatsoever.
11. A. 6. It is against that natural principle, Do not that to another, which you would not have another do unto you.
12. A. 7. It destroyeth the peace of the family, as experience teacheth, Gen 4:23 and 30:1; 1 Sam 1:6; Lev 18:18.
13. A. 8. Those ancient Fathers, who married more Wives than one, cannot be excused, unless they some singular dispensation. But because there is nothing in Scripture manifested unto us of any such dispensation, we cannot affirm anything for certain, than that God tolerated some such things in them, and converted them to good.
Question 3. Whether or no, and how far too nigh an affinity hindereth Marriage?
14. A. 1. That affinity which is contracted by carnal propagation from the same immediate stock and is called kindred of blood is a natural impediment of Marriage.
First, Because such kinsfolk are from the beginning one flesh, and therefore are not so fit to be made one of two, which the nature of Wedlock.
Secondly, Because nature teacheth us to pay a peculiar observance and reverence to our Parents, and the next of our kin, which reverence and observance cannot agree with the use of the conjugal state.
Thirdly, Because the increase of nearness and friendship, (which is one of the fruits of Wedlock;) in such a marriage of kinsfolk would be lost.
Fourthly, Because the familiarity and acquaintance of kindred, would give an occasion of many inconveniences, if they had power of contracting Wedlock.
15. A. 2. That Spiritual affinity, which by the Papists is feigned to be contracted in the taking of Baptism or Confirmation, or that Legal affinity which is made by adoption, as in case, a man take another’s child and make him his own, hath not any force to hinder marriage, either from the word of God, nor the Law of nature.
16. A. 3. Those degrees of consanguinity and affinity within which it is unlawful to contract Matrimony, cannot sagely be defined to the direction of the conscience, but only by the Law of God delivered by Moses, 18 Leviticus, wherein is unfolded the Law of nature.
17. A. 4. Those persons are to be reckoned among those degrees which have the same reason to be reckoned there as those which are, though they be not expressly named, as because in the Law, the Nephew is forbidden to marry with his Father’s or Mother’s sister, it follows, that the marriage of the Uncle, which his Brother or Sister’s Daughter is also prohibited.
18. A. 5. Moreover, it is more safe for honesty sake, and to avoid all show of evil to obtain from marriage with all such persons, as may but seem to have the same reason of prohibition, as it is in next Cousins.
19. A. 6. Those degrees that are generally prohibited, may in case of necessity admit such exceptions as in Scripture are allowed.
20. A. 7. Besides those degrees prohibited by Divine right, the Civil Magistrate may prohibit a Matrimonial contract to some persons for politic reasons. And so it is well in some places provided, that the Guardian marry not with his Ward.
Question 4. What, and what kind of consent, is requisite to lawful marriage?
21. A. 1. A mutual consent of the parties, is necessarily required to the essence of a conjugal state. Because in Wedlock, there is a mutual surrender of bodies, and of power, and right over their mutual bodies. Now there can be no lawful surrender of that thing which is another’s without his consent, as in all contracts doth appear. And hence it is, that such a consent, is the immediate efficient cause of Matrimonial conjunction, insomuch, that it is not in the authority or any human power to join any in marriage without both their consents.
22. A. 2. This consent ought to be so declared by external signs, that inward and hearty consent do manifestly appear by them, (as far, as morally one may guess from them). For although ordinarily those signs are no other but words, expressing the sense of the mind, yet other tokens may be equivalent to words, if they make an undoubted consent appear.
23. A. 3. The consent of both, ought to go together, as in other contracts. Yet it is not necessarily, that their consents be both at one time, but it is sufficient, if one party consent first, and that consent is thought still to be in force, for then in a moral sense, they are said to consent together.
24. A. 4. This consent must be voluntary and free, else it is not esteemed a humane consent.
25. A. 5. And hence, the consent of such as have not the use of reason, is of no force to such contract.
26. A. 6. A compelled consent, such a one, as is forced by great and violent fear for that purpose raised, doth nullify the contract, unless it be renewed or strengthened by a subsequent free consent. Now that fear, which in respect of some, may be thought light, in respect of weaker people may be counted great. For a great fear, which is not violent, but reverential, (that is,) such a fear as proceeds from a reverence towards Parents, doth not nullify the consent: because such a fear, doth not extort a consent, but softly enticeth and persuadeth it.
27. A. 7. Such a consent as doth so proceed of error, as that the error was cause of the consent (whether it be mistake of the person, as it was in Jacob about Leah, Gen 29; or of the condition or quality, which is essential to Wedlock, such as is the error treated of in the 22 Deut 20 and as Joseph suspected the blessed Virgin, Matt 1:18) such a one I say, is not to be esteemed a consent.
28. A. 8. But if the mistake be but in some condition or quality, which is only extrinsical and accidental, and nothing essential to the nature of marriage, then is the marriage no more to be nullified than the oath, which the Israelites made to the Gibeonites upon mistake, Josh 9.
29. A. 9. Moreover, the consent of Parents, and of such as bear their authority, in whose power the parties consenting at, is requisite. Now that such a consent of Parents, is requisite for the fairness of the marriage no man doubteth; but that is requisite out of necessity, the Papists do not only deny, but also anathematize all such as affirmed it; Concil, Trid. Sess. 24. But if this Question be rightly and civilly understood: so that by the name of Parents be understood Father and Mother, but especially, the Father (for in Tutors and the Mother too properly, it is only the Father’s power a little diminished;) and the consent or dissent of them be removed from all injury, and be grounded on good reasons, the affirmative part is more consonant to the Word of God and reason itself, and that for these reasons.
30. A. 10. It is always in Scripture attributed to the Father, that he should be the efficient cause of the marriage of his children; Deut 7:3; Jer 29:6,etc.
31. A. 11. The most allowed examples in Scripture show always this, that the beginning and ground of Matrimonial contract, is from the consent of the Parent, Gen 24:3,4 and 28:1,2,etc.
32. A. 12. Nay after the consent of the parties, it is left in the choice of the Father, whether he will give his Daughter or no to him that hath lain with her; Exod 22:16,17.
33. A. 13. Nor is Bellarmine’s answer satisfactory here, alleging, That the business here was not about any Matrimony already contracted, but about a future marriage enjoined for punishment of the preceeding fornication. For it is absolutely showed, that the dissent of the Father, is a just cause to hinder Wedlock, whatsoever the Man and the Maid have bargained, or shall hereafter bargain together. A vow made by a child unto God, (which often-times the Father hath less to do with than the marriage of his children, and which in its nature containeth the most strict obligation) is not ratified without the explicit, or at least the implicit consent of the Father, Num 30:4,5.
34. A. 14. And that is a mere evasion, which Bellarmine here useth: That this law only concerned Daughters, not yet come to mature age. For the business is about every Daughter, which is the house or power of the Father, about every Daughter which is unmarried, being not a widow nor divorced, vss. 6,9.
35. A. 15. The Son cannot alienate or give anything away of his Father’s, without his Father’s consent, and consequently not himself, for he is his Father’s.
36. A. 16. The Civil Laws out of the principles of the Law of nature have provided, that the marriage of Daughters without the consent of Parents should not be ratified, and the Primitive Church both by Doctine and practice, did in this part approve of those Laws. For the punishment appointed for such marriages was, that, neither Husband or Wife, nor marriage, nor dowry should be acknowledged, and that the Children which should be born, should be esteemed as Bastards, Instit. De nupt.[…?...]
Chapter 36
Of the Solemnities of Matrimony
Question 1. What right is there in Contracts?
1. A. 1. Contracts (as they are distinguished from perfect Matrimony,) are lawful and mutual promise of future matrimony expressed by some sensible sign. They are often distinguished from matrimony (in respect of the external Court) by that difference of time which the words pronounced do ordinarily signify to those that rightly understand them. For if the words import a consent of present contract, they constitute matrimony, they make a bare betroathing.
2. A. 2. Although such kinds of contracts, are not absolutely necessary, (because all contracts, which may be lawfully promised for the future, may be at the same present time wholly permitted[?],) yet ordinarily, they make for the fairness of the marriage. First, Because so there is a fair proceeding by just degrees from the beginning to the ends, (as in so weighty a business is fit.) Secondly, Because so the whole act is rendered more free from suspicion of rashness, and appeareth the more grave and deliberate.
Thirdly, Because by this means, the minds of the betroathed, are prepared and disposed to those affections, which in matrimony are requisite.
3. A. 3. Although lawful contracts thus far agree with matrimony, that any unjust violation of them, is all one as a violation of matrimony, Deut 22,23,24. Nevertheless, for many causes contracts may be broken, for which matrimony may not.
As first, if there be some honest condition joined to the contract, which is not performed.
Secondly, If there be any certain time appointed for marriage, and then one party is wanting, the other seems to be absolved of the promise, in respect, the condition was not performed.
Thirdly, If anything fall out after the contract, which would have hindered the contract, if it had fallen out before, and doth reasonably alter the mind of one party.
Fourthly, If either party free the other of the promise made.
Question 2. What is to be thought of Clandestine marriage?
4. A. 1. Clandestine marriage is such, as is secretly done, which two ways is to be understood, either when it is without meet witnesses, or without public celebration.
5. A. 2. It may be (setting aside positive laws to the contrary,) that some such marriage may be just and ratified in the Court of conscience, because all things essential to the nature of matrimony, may be done in secret.
6. A. 3. Nevertheless, because most heavy inconveniences follow such kind of marriages; as unlawful conjunctions, discords, and dissolutions of matrimonies contracted, etc. Therefore in the external Court, a marriage wholly Clantestine, is rightly esteemed as none at all.
7. A. 4. The usual conjurations, which are made in the inquiry of impediments, although they be not of the essence, but only the solemnity of marriage, yet in respect of many inconveniences which may follow, their omission, they ought ordinarily to be promised.
8. A. 5. Public celebration is necessary, not so much in respect of them that are to be married, as in respect of the community, to which they are subject, and whose part it is to see, that marriage be rightly performed.
9. A. 6. This celebration, though it may be done by a Civil Magistrate, Ruth 4:1. Yet it is most fit, that in a Church it be done by an Ecclesiastical Minister.
First, Because that ratification which is made in the name of God, by a Minister of God, before the Church of god is more weighty.
Secondly, Because a more powerful benediction and sanctification is thence expected.
Fourthly, It appeareth by Tertullian, that it was a most excellent institution of Christians, that marriages should be publicly solemnized and consecrated by the prayers of the Congregation; and Ministers, who writeth thus in his second book; How shall I be able to tell the happiness of that marriage, which the Church maketh, which the oblation confirmeth, and the Angels acknowledge sealed, and the Father ratified?
Chapter 37
Of the mutual duties of Man and Wife
Question 1. What are the duties which are mutually due between Man and Wife?
1. Ans. 1. The first duty, is a special love, and such a one as is proper to Man and Wife, which therefore may be termed conjugal, Eph 5:28,29; Gen 2:24.
2. A. 2. The second, is a special or conjugal honor, 1 Pet 3:7.
3. A. 3. The third, is living together, 1 Cor 7:10. Now this living together containeth under it the ordinary use of the same house, table, and bed.
4. A. 4. The fourth is, a mutual communication of bodies, according to the right end and limits of Wedlock with modesty and sobriety, 1 Thess 4:4.
5. A. 5. The fifth, is a communication of estates, and outward goods at least, as far, as to the use of them, Eph 5:20.
6. A. 6. The sixth, is a Communion in the ordinary worship of God, 1 Pet 3:7.
Question 2. Whether or no there is the same reason of these duties in the Man as in the Woman.
7. A. 1. In respect of the essence of the duty and obligation, there is the same reason in both. But yet for the manner of the performance there is this difference, that the man always so behave himself, that he be acknowledged by his Wife as her Head, 1 Cor 11:3.
8. A. 2. Hence it is the Husband’s part to cherish and keep his Wife, and provide for her in all necessaries, Eph 5:29; 1 Tim 3:4.
Secondly, To go before his Wife in knowledge, and every way declaring the same, 1 Pet 3:7; 1 Cor 14:35.
Thirdly, In the governing the life and actions of his Wife, 1 Tim 3:4; 1 Cor 11:3.
9. A. 3. And hence, it is the duty of the Wife, First, To acknowledge herself subject to her Husband, Eph 5:22. Secondly, To reverence her Husband, Eph 5 ult. Thirdly, To learn of her Husband, 1 Cor 14:35. Fourthly, To obey her Husband in the Lord as it becometh her; 1 Pet 3:5,6.
Question 3. Upon what causes may the Man and Wife live asunder?
10. A. 1. They may live asunder for awhile by mutual consent, 1 Cor 7:5.
11. A. 2. Absence too, may be lawful for a time upon some great cause, which cannot consist with a mutual presence, 2 Sam 11:9,10.
12. A. 3. If the Husband remove his dwelling upon any warrantable cause for a long time, and have a mind to carry his Wife with him, she is bound to follow him, unless some great danger of body or soul, is then manifestly like to follow. For the Husband being the head of his Wife, amy appoint both the place and manner of their habitation, 1 Cor 9:5; Gen 12:11,etc.
Question 4. Whether or no may the Wife give anything without her Husband’s consent?
13. A. 1. In some case she may, As first, If she have free administration and power in some goods, which in many place is granted to Women, over such goods as they bring more than their dowry, and such as they have gotten by their own industry.
Secondly, If she make presents, and give alms, as other Women use of her rank.
Thirdly, If it be not any notable, but slight quantity for the proportion of goods, which she and her Husband have in condition.
Fourthly, If it be done out of presumption of some damage otherwise likely to befall her Husband, 1 Sam 25:18.
Fifthly, If in case it be done out of presumption of the intent and consent of her Husband.
Sixthly, If her Husband be either absent, or mad, or a lavish spender of his goods.
Question 5. Whether or no, and how far it is lawful for a Man to reprove his Wife being faulty?
14. A. He may and ought to restrain her by such means as are not repugnant to conjugal society, as by admonitions, reprehensions, and the denial of some privileges which are due to a godly and obedient Wife. But it is by no means the part of any Husband, to correct his Wife with blows:
Because first, It proceedeth from an unwarranted bitterness and cruelty.
Secondly, It is repugnant to the ingenuous, quiet and peaceable society of Wedlock.
Thirdly, It destroyeth conjugal affection, as well in the Husband, while he useth his Wife as his Servant, as in the Wife while she seeth herself contemned and tyrannically dealt with.
Fourthly, Experience teacheth, that this is not the way, either to the amending of the Wife, or the peace of the Family.
Fifthly, It is not allowed by any law, nor practiced by any, by furious or drunken men.
Chapter 38
Of the dissolution of Marriage
Question 1. Whether or no, and how Marriage may be dissolved?
1. A. 1. Matrimony cannot by any at his pleasure be dissolved, and for that cause, simply and absolutely considered is rightly termed indissoluble, Matt 19:9; Rom 7:1.
2. A. 2. Now Matrimony, whether consummate, or only by contract ratified, hath this privilege above other contracts, not only from CHRIST’S institution, but also from the Law of Nature, Matt 19. From the beginning it was not so. The reason is, because Matrimony is not only a Civil, but a Divine conjunction, whose Institutor and Ordainer is God himself; Matt 19. Whom God hath joined, etc. And is of that nature, that it cannot possibly be dissolved without the great inconvenience of both parties.
3. A. 3. Nevertheless, it is not so indissoluble, but that upon such cause, as God approveth to be just it may be dissolved. For that indissolubility was not instituted for the punishment, but the comfort of the innocent and doth admit some exception, in which God ceaseth to join them, Matt 19:6,9.
4. A. 4. There is not any just cause of making, a divorce approved in Scriptures, besides adultery and the like horrid impurities, whereby it comes to pass, that two remain no longer one flesh but divided; and so the faith of Wedlock, is directly violated; Matt 5:31 and 19:9.
5. A. 5. Hence any contagious disease is not a just cause of dissolving a consummate Marriage, although it may hinder conjugal conversation. Therefore in such a case, God who enjoineth continence, will not deny it to such, as beg it by prayers, and seek to obtain it by the use of lawful means.
6. A. 6. An obstinate desertion, although in the party deserting, it containeth no just cause of making a divorce, yet it makes a fair cause for the party deserted, after the trial of all other means in vain, to suffer a divorce, 1 Cor 7:15.
7. A. 7. A voluntary and spontaneous absence, if it be beyond the time appointed and contained by deceit, is of the same nature, with a professed desertion.
8. A. 8. The great danger, which one party may be in by the cruelty of the other, or by any other manifest means of cohabitation, may be just cause of retiring for a time, so to provide for his own safety and security, but not for an absolute desertion, unless first he be deserted. For if one party drive away the other with great fierceness and cruelty, there is cause of desertion, and he is to be reputed the deserter. But if he obstinately neglect, that necessary departure of the other avoiding the eminent danger, he himself in that playeth the deserter.
Question 2. Whether or no Adultery committed, do only nullify the use, or the bond too of Matrimony?
9. A. 1. It is clear, that the bond itself is nullified.
First, Because the very essence of the contract, is directly violated: Now the contract ceasing, the bond grounded upon the contract doth necessarily cease.
Secondly, It is dissonant from all reason, that all Matrimonial duties should forever be taken away, and yet the bond or obligation to those duties should remain.
10. A. 2. The words of the Lord, in Matt 5:32 and 19:9 have no distinction of limitation, of dismission, but do simply and absolutely approve of demission in the cause of Adultery: they do allow therefore, not only a partial dismission, and in respect of some particulars as from bed or board, but a total one.
11. A. 3. The exception of fornication, Matt 19:9, signifieth a diverse thing (as Cajetane [?] observeth) from other causes, and that diverse thing is nothing else but this, but that he, who putteth away his Wife for fornication and marrieth another, doth not commit adultery. The Confession of Cajetane upon that place is observable, The Text speaketh thus in the plain literal sense: I understand therefore, that it is lawful by the law of our Lord JESUS CHRIST, for a Christian to put away his Wife for carnal fornication, and that he may marry another.
12. A. 4. The Apostle, 1 Cor 7:15, doth in express terms pronounce the deserted party to be free. Now that he which is free, is free from the bond. But if in the cause of obstinate desertion without adultery the innocent party be released of the bond, much more sure is he, so in the cause of adultery. I do not only wonder (saith Cajetanus,) but am amazed, that when CHRIST doth so clearly except the cause of fornication, that yet the whole torrent of Writers should nevertheless deny that liberty of Husband: And yet Paul not clearly saying it, they allow a solution of Wedlock out of his words in a distinct cause, from what CHRIST hath laid down and solely excepted.
13. A. 5. But yet the bond of Matrimony, is not so broken by adultery, but that it may by the consent of the innocent party be continued and renewed, 1 Sam 3:14. The reason is, because the divorce is allowed in favor of the innocent party, now he that is innocent may part with his own right. Neither is divorce enjoined as a Precept, but only permitted and allowed as a privilege: Therefore although, we ought not so to connive at this sin, that the amendment thereof be wholly neglected, for that were to encourage wickedness, yet no man is forbid to pardon the offence to the penitent so it be without scandal.
14. A. 6. There would be no Question about the offending party, if adulteries were always punished as they ought, and the Law of God requireth. Yet because usually one indulgence draweth on another, it seemeth reasonable, that they be not wholly deprived of their natural liberty.
15. A. 7. A commission of the same fault on both sides, seemeth to take away the right of divorce from either of them; for faults of an equal nature, are sometimes abolished by a compensation.
Chapter 39
Of immodest Luxury
Question 1. What kind of sin is Luxury?
1. A. 1. Luxury doth generally note any excess in the use of things, belonging to the decking of the body. For he, which liveth too delicately and soft is said to melt in Luxury. But taken strictly and properly, it doth signify a vice opposite to chastity by excess in the use of things, which pertain to generation. The reason is, because all excess in the decking of the body, doth tend to that uncleanness, as to the most full abuse of the body.
2. A. 2. It is a sin most grievous in its own nature:
For first, It destroyeth the soul, as it hath the nature of a burning, which doth consume, hinder, and oppress the piety of the heart; 1 Cor 7:9. In which sense, such desires are said to fight against the soul, 1 Pet 1:12.
Secondly, Because lust doth pollute defile the body more particularly, 1 Cor 6:18.
Thirdly, Because it is a perverse misusing of the most weighty thing, which doth not only belong to private good, but also to the common good of mankind.
Fourthly, Because it especially overwhelmeth the whole man, so that he can hardly be freed from thence, by reason of the close inhering of this concupiscence, for its continual importunity, and unbridled impotency, Hos 4:11; Prov 2:18.
Fifthly, Because from this sin as from a fruitful root, do proceed many other, as idle talk, filthy, discourse, carnal disposition, and a total alienation from God.
Sixthly, Because it bringeth along most dangerous discommodities to the natural life.
Seventhly, Because it doth extinguish the light of nature, and so is both the sin, and the punishment of the sin, as also the cause of other most grievous punishments, Rom 1:24, etc..
Question 2. What is the lust of the heart?
3. A. 1. A voluntary thought of any immodest act, except be done with detestation, is the receiving of a dangerous temptation.
4. A. 2. Any delight from an immodest act, which is represented only by the imagination and thought, although there be no meaning of executing that act, is a sin of wantonness: because the delight is alway such, as the object from whence it is sprung, and about which it is conversant.
5. A. 3. Those thoughts and delights, are so much the more vicious, by how much they are more voluntary, and continued.
6. A. 4. A consent to an impure act, if occasion and power might be given, is accounted for the act itself, Matt 5:28.
7. A. 5. A libidinous habit, by which one is inflamed upon every occasion to such delights, with consent of the will, is a disease of the affection worse than any act of impurity, 1 Thess 4:5.
Question 3. What is the Luxury of Speech?
8. A. 1. Obscene speeches are in themselves rotten, that is, no way convenient to the use of edification, but plainly repugnant to it, Eph 4:29 and 5:4.
9. A. 2. As they are commonly used, they are the manifest signs of an impure heart, from the abundance of which such words do proceed, Luke 6:45.
10. A. 3. They are not only opposite to the word of God, but to the order of nature: for those things, which in their own nature are to be hid with modesty, are impudently laid open by such words.
11. A. 4. They are temptations to the hearers, to whom by these means foul thoughts are suggested: but especially, when they are used to that end, that they might stir up, and kindle delights; 1 Cor 15:33. Ambrose sayeth rightly in the first book, Chap. 14 de poenit. Lust is fed with banquets, nourished with delicates, kindled by wine, and enflamed by drunkenness. But the fomentations of words are more dangerous than these, which inebriate the mind with wine of the vine of Sodom.
12. A. 5. Talk of beastly things, with a meaning to delight himself with the narration and proposal of such things to the fancy, as if they were present, is a verbal performance of that filthiness, of which the talk is.
13. A. 6. Obscene speeches out of a certain natural modesty, are not wont to be explained in down right words, but insinuated obliquely by Metaphorical phrases: whence it is, than upon occasion of the like words, or phrases, that godly discourse, meditations, and even prayers themselves are troubled, polluted, and hindered by such fancies intruding themselves. And for this reason, the frequent use of obscene speeches seemeth to be more hurtful to piety, than the simple act of fornication.
14. A. 7. Not only obscene songs, and verses ought to be reckoned among obscene speeches, but also some immodest gestures. For they are speeches expressed after another manner.
15. A. 8. Those also are in the compass of these sins, who willingly and without any detestation, or forbidding, hear beastly talk or read such things written. For they do either intend an unlawful delight, or at least expose themselves to the hazard of sinning so.
Question 4. What is the lust of the eyes?
16. A. 1. All beholding of that, which is in relation to unlawful delights, and carnal desires, is an exercise of the wantonness of the heart, Matt 5:28; 2 Pet 2:14.
17. A. 2. The like look, although it be not out of a foul intention, but only out of lightness, and curiosity, as far it is with the hazard of stirring up unlawful delights, doth participate of the same sin under the consideration of a medium tending to it, Job 31:1.
18. A. 3. The beholding of lascivious and beastly things, either in act, or in some real gesture, or in its representation, by an unbefitting picture, or immodest imitation, as it is commonly used, cannot be excused from the note of wantonness, Eph 5:3.
19. A. 4. The beholding of a naked person, especially in a diverse sex, because to speak morally and according to practice, it giveth occasion of lustful commotions, is not to be allowed of without a necessary cause, 2 Sam 11:2.
20. A. 5. To this kind of sin, is to be referred the lascivious trimming of the body, by which a lustful concupiscence is shown, or stirred up, or any danger given any ways to one’s own or another’s chastity, Isa 3:17; 1 Tim 2:9; 1 Pet 3:2,3.
Question 5. What is the Luxury of touching?
21. A. 1. Kisses, embraces, and lascivious touches which are done with an intention of stirring, or nourishing unlawful carnal desires, or for carnal delight betwixt those who are not man and wife, or with danger of inordinate commotion, are the forerunners of uncleanness: because in their own nature, they do tend to the joining of bodies, and is as it were an inchoation of the same, Rom 13:13; Col 3:5. The comical port showeth this sufficiently in those sentences: Be always quick, the flame is next to smoke. He which would eat the kernel, must break the shell: and he that would lie with one, must begin with a kiss. Then I seek out a Whore, and first I ask a kiss of her.
Question 6. What is to be though of dancings?
23. A. 1. Common revellings, or sportly dancings mingled or joined between men and women, are altogether to be condemned.
First, Because (to speak according to practice,) they do express the insolency, and a certain madness of the mind. For, then men are more ready to begin the dance, when they are more frantic, either out of drunkenness, or a forward desire, Exod 32:6; Mar 6:21.
Secondly, Because they do openly represent in gestures, those things which by course of nature have modestly joined with them.
Thirdly, Because they are snares and scandals not only to the Dancers, but also to the beholders. For they do stir up and enflame the mind of man by their enticings to lust: which of itself is carried thither with so much forwardness, that it ought rather by all means to be represented.
Fourthly, Because there is a kind of defiling of that dignity, which ought to be kept by all Christians: and in that respect, they were used among the graver Ethnics by hired prostitutes, and musicians.
24. A. 2. Neither do those limitations and cautions, which being set, many do contend, that dancing may me admitted, avail anything:
As first, If there be a mean observed in them, and they are not too much frequented.
Secondly, If they be instituted only for delight, and not for levity, or lust’s sake.
Thirdly, If they be done in the presence of honest persons.
For first, We do in vain seek after a mean insolency, and madness, and the like, which do consist in the excess of a mean.
Secondly, Not only the end and intention of the doer, but also the end of the deed, and what doth usually follow upon it, ought to be weighed in our consciences, especially when the thing is no way necessary.
Thirdly, Scandal may be given to honest person, and if the persons be beyond the hazard of scandal, they are more worthy of reverence, which forbiddeth such light and mad toys to be practiced before them.
25. A. 3. That doth less avail which is objected by the patrons of these sports, that they are the Conciliators of good will, and affection betwixt young men, and maidens, and so of contracting marriage. For every occasion of marriage is not to be allowed of: but an honest occasion of impolluted marriage.
Question 7. What is to be thought of stage Plays?
26. A. Such stage plays as are now in use, are utterly to be condemned?
27. A. 1. They consist in the lively representation of vices and wickednesses. And if it be not lawful to name such vices without detestation, Eph 5:3, then certainly much less may it be allowed, that the same should be expressed to the life by gestures.
28. A. 2. In the representation of such wickednesses, the actors do not only put on the resemblances of them, (which all Christians ought to abstain from, 1 Thess 5:22) But they compose themselves with great care, that they as well conceive them internally, as express themselves to it, they dispose themselves to the same vices, whence they become ready and prone to execute them without shame. For experience teacheth, that some by acting of plays, have put on such indecent habits and gestures, as they could not put them of again in a long time..
29. A. 3. Some vices are so represented as they are also really done, such are idle talk, ribaldry, vain cursings, execrations, and the like.
30. A. 4. Either Women are brought upon the stage to represent wantonness with impudency (who ought even in the Church to keep silence, 1 Cor 14:34, or to be veiled, 1 Cor 11:10) or men for to please, put on Women’s apparel, face, and gesture; which is repugnant to the word of God, Deut 23:5, and is a great kindling of wantonness, as also it giveth occasion, and leadeth the right way to those beastlinesses which are against nature, Rom 1:27.
31. A. 5. Both Actors and Spectators seek delight in those things, of which they ought to be ashamed, Rom 6:21.
32. A. 6. They expose themselves to manifest hazard. For they which are most modest, can hardly avoid the tickling thoughts of unlawful things, and others learn to do that, which they were wont to hear and see without blushing. The wiser of the Ethnics themselves, did observe this; amongst whom Seneca: Nothing is more dangerous to good manners, than to sit at a show: for then vices creep in more easily by pleasure.
33. A. 7. If there by any of so hard a breast, that they are not moved with such sights, yet they give scandal to others, who by their example are drawn into dangers, and sins.
34. A. 8. Great cost is vainly, and with hurt bestowed. For with the charges that are laid out upon one stage play, many poor may be sustained some months.
35. A. 9. Stage-players by the Civil law are infamous. In the Primitive Church, they were excluded from the Ecclesiastical communion.
36. A. 10. In time past, it was a solemn vow of all that were baptized: I renounce the Devil, his pomps, shows, and works, from whence Salvian,, de provid. Lib 6. doth thus discourse: In all spectacles, there is a certain apostacy of the faith, and a deadly prevarication from the Symbols, and heavenly Sacraments of it. For what is the first confession of Christians in saving baptism? What else, but that they protest to renounce the Devil, his pomps, shows, and works? Therefore spectacles, and pomps, according to our profession, are the works of the Devil, his pomps, according to our profession, are the works of the Devil. How canst thou, O Christian after baptism follow shows, which thou confesses to be the works of the Devil? Thou hast once renounced the Devil, and his shows: and by this thou must necessarily know that when willingly, and upon knowledge, thou dost go again to plays, , thou returnest to the Devil. For thou hast renounced both together, and didst account one as both . If thou returnest to one, thou hast gone back to both. For thou sayest, I renounce the Devil, his pomps, shows, and works. And what then? I do believe (thou sayest,) in God the Father, etc. Therefore the Devil is first renounced, before God is believed in; because he which doth no renounce the Devil, doth not believe in God. And therefore the which returneth to the Devil, leaveth God. The Devil is in his shows and pomps: and by this, when we return to spectacles, we leave the faith of CHRIST. So holy Salvian out of Tertullian (as it seemeth,) de Spectac. Cap. 4. & de Idolat. Cap. 6. Where the like sayings are found. Those objections and limitations, which are brought by some Divines in favor of these plays, are of no moment.
It is objected. First, That stage plays are someway necessary. For seeing that recreation is necessary to man, and nothing doth recreate and delight more than such kind of sports, it followeth that they are necessary.
37. 11. A. 1. Lawful recreations of sports, do consist in things only indifferent, which are neither appointed or forbidden by God. For we ought not to use forbidden things, and it is not lawful to rest with Precepts. But it hath been proved before that stage plays, do consist in things forbidden.
Secondly, Those delights which either spring form things unlawful, or which give an occasion to things unlawful, or which give an occasion to things unlawful, are vicious, and deadly.
Thirdly, The too much enticing to carnal pleasures, ought to be avoided as suspected, and dangerous, as if they were snares: because they make the flesh wanton, and infest, and press down the mind. And truly, there is no other cause, why common stage plays do so much tickle the multitude, than that they are bathed in all filthy pleasure by them, from the lively image of those lusts, which they love by any means to nourish, and stir up in themselves.
It is objected. Secondly, That then is a manifold profit of these sports: because they help the understanding and memory in the knowledge of things: they promote the flight of vice, and love of virtue, and render both speech and manners more neat and civilized.
38. 12. A. 1. If these were means which brought so much profit, without doubt they would have some approbation in the words of God. But others, and not these means are allowed of in the word of God, by the use of which those perfections ought to be attained.
Secondly, Such means are wont to be sanctified to Christians by the word and prayer, 1 Tim 4:5. But it is altogether unheard of, and strange to the nature of these sports, that any one should prepare himself by prayer to the use of them.
Thirdly, Experience of all ages showeth, and the manner of stage players do proclaim it, that the understanding and memory are polluted by such sports, vices promoted, and virtues extinguished.
It is objected. Thirdly, That those sports may have an honest end, a laudable subject, as a history of the Bible, and honest actors, free from all lightness and scurrility.
39. 13. A. 1. When the end of the deed is dishonest, it cannot be made honest by the intention of the doer.
Secondly, If choice of the two were to be granted, it seemeth more sufferable that profane rather, than sacred stories should be acted by players. For the Majesty of the word of God, which ought to be heard, and thought on with fear and trembling, is debated, spoiled, and abused in an unworthy manner, if it be turned into a matter of sport.
Thirdly, If lightness and scurrility be taken from the scene; the common stage itself is likewise taken away: because it will be destitute of actors and spectators. The Heathen Philosopher observed this of old. Tusc. Quest. l. 4. Poetry, the most famous Correctress of life, which thinks it fit, that the lover of vices, and author of levity, should be placed in the Counsel of the Gods. I speak of Comedy, which except, we did allow of these offences, would not be at all.
Chapter 40
Of the Mosaical Laws, belonging to the 7th Commandment
1. There were some laws appendixes to this Commandment, which were permissive only, by which a deed was not plainly allowed off, or made indifferent, or lawful, but only left free from the legal punishment. Of this kind was the law of putting away a wife, which was not an adulteress, but was odious for some uncleanness, Deut 24:1; Matt 19:7,8. Of this kind was the law of searching out the truth in case of jealousy, Numb 5:14. To this kind also ought those laws, at least in part, to be referred, which suppose Polygamy: Such was that which denied the transferring of the right of primogeniture from the Son of the hated wife, to the Son of the beloved, Deut 21:15.
2. Some Laws were definitive, but yet proper to that people, and had partly a judicial, partly a ceremonial consideration.
3. Such was the Law of taking one’s brother’s wife, Deut 25:5, whether the brother of both sides to the deceased, and brother in Law to the Widow be understood, (yet with the exception of the Law, Lev 19:16) which is the most received opinion: or whether the next of kin, which could marry the Widow according to the law, which is Calvin’s exposition, and not improbable.
4. Such was the Law concerning a Daughter which was an Heiress, who is commanded to marry in her Father’s tribe, lest the [haeriditance] with her, should pass from one tribe to another, Numb 36:8.
5. Such was the Law of not taking a stranger to Wife, not that if was denied the people of God to take Wives which were Idolatresses, Deut 7:3; but because the marriages at least with some Nations then contracted, and consummated were disannulled, Isa 9:1 and 10:10,11. For the Apostle under the new Testament, teacheth the contrary, 1 Cor 7:2,3.
6. Such was the law of the Priest’s marriage, Lev 21:13, and of the burning alive the Daughter of a Priest for fornication, Lev 21:9.
7. The equity of such Laws, is only from particular and moral right.
8. But other Laws concerning marriage, which neither depend on the permission, or special condition of the Jews, but flows from the nature of the thing itself, according to their substance, are of the common and moral right.
9. Such is the law of adultery committed with another man’s Wife, by killing both, Deut 22:22. There was no more derogated from this law, because CHRIST would not condemn the Adulteress, John 8:11, than was derogated from the justice and equity of parting the goods of the family, when CHRIST would not divide the inheritance betwixt the brothers, Luke 12:14.
Chapter 41
Of the Dominion of external things
Question 1. Who are properly the Lords of things?
1. A. 1. God is the only absolute Lord of all things, for whereas he is the Creator and Governor of all, he is the sole Lord of the nature of things, when man is Lord only of the use of them: and in the use itself, man is subjected to the will of God. When God useth all things as it pleaseth him.
2. A. 5. It seems, Angels have not the Dominion of bodily things: because we nowhere read, that power was given to Angels: neither is there any use of bodily things attributed to them, except Ministerially by Divine dispensation to execute the will of the Lord.
3. A. 3. Brute beasts have not properly Dominion over those things which they use: because that which is right and just is only metaphorically found in beasts, and not properly.
4. A. 4. Man hath the proper Dominion of those things, which are subjected to his power, Gen 1; Ps 8. Because he hath the ability, as far as God permits, to apply those things to his own use.
5. A. 5. Among men which live bodily lives, there is none, but hath power over his proper bodily things, in what age, state, or condition soever they be.
6. A. 6. Children, and mad men, although for want of reason, they have not the next actual power of using things, yet they have a radical power, because they are men, Gal 4.
7. A. 7. Infidels an wicked men, although by right, they are liable to be deprived of this power, being destitute of that more eminent title, which the faithful in CHRIST have obtained: yet, because the sentence of the law against them, is not commanded to be executed, and some Dominion of bodily things in this life, is due from God to human nature, being it is annexed by the law and order of nature; therefore they have a lawful and free use of those temporal things.
Question 2. Whether or no, and which way was the division of Dominions lawful?
8. A. 1. The division of things was both just, and necessary: First, To avoid contentions, Gen 13. Secondly, That those things being in parts, should be more diligently employed. Thirdly, That they might more orderly be handled.
9. A. 2. That division is founded, not only on human, but also on natural and divine right. For although the law of nature doth not from the beginning immediately command this division, yet it dictates, that division to be necessary, by reason of the multiplication of mankind, and the prevailing of iniquity, to the more peaceful and quiet settling of things. And this was always in the Law of nature, which we observe at an ordinary table, or feast, that although the dishes be set in common, yet those pieces which others have cut, no man ought to take to himself without their leave, who first had them.
Question 3. Whether true Dominion according to the Court of Conscience may be founded on the civil law alone, or the Divine law alone, or on both?
10. A. 1. The Conscience in all things, ought to look back on the judgment of God. Unless therefore, the title of Dominion is manifest to be lawful, and true by the law published by God either in nature, or in his word, it cannot stand in the Court of Conscience.
11. A. 2. Properly it doth consider only the judgment of God, because it is not subject to a human Court. If therefore, it shall plainly appear, that the title is of force, either in the law of nature, or in the Divine law, it gives true Dominion according to the Court of Conscience, although it be disannulled in the Civil law.
12. A. 3. Hence it is, that he hath just and true Dominion, which possesseth anything by a contract, which otherwise is lawful, and right, but only for the want of some ceremony, or formality, which the civil law prescribes to a contract, in the human Court is disannulled, or to be disannulled.
13. A. 4. So also Dominion is transferred in the Court of Conscience, by a will which is not formal; (id est) which wants a certain number of witnesses, the Notary, etc. This formality is therefore only prescribed in the Civil laws, to prevent deceit, and cousening, which are often used in such contracts: but when the intents of those that made these contracts doth manifestly appear, that reason ceaseth, as also the force of the Civil law doth cease; For when the cause is taken away, the effect also is taken away.
14. A. 5. The sentence of a Judge which disannuls such a contract, is founded on a presumption of deceit: but that false presumption takes no place in the Court of his Conscience, that knows the contrary.
15. A. 6. By the consent of all, the obligation of the law of nature is introduced by these contracts which are not formal, because they are made out of free will, upon deliberate Counsel. But the Civil law cannot abrogate the law of nature. Ergo,
16. A. 7. The intention of the Civil law, in disannulling such contracts, is only not to help them in the external Court, or give sentence on their sides, because of the Common good. Howsoever, all obligation which ariseth from the law of nature is left.
17. A. 8. The Civil law itself in some cases, (as in a Soldier’s will, etc.) Doth admit of this natural obligation although it want those formalities. Therefore it doth acknowledge, that these contracts in themselves, are of force in the Court of Conscience.
18. A. 9. Therefore he, in whose favor the law disannuleth such a contract, cannot (with a safe Conscience) plead against it before a Judge, or require that it may be declared, nullified, or of no force, if he knows the truth of it.
19. A. 10. Hence also the possession of another’s goods, the Lord thereof being unwilling, although it be continued so long as the laws require to prescription, doth not confer the Dominion to the possessor in the Court of Conscience.
20. A. 11. If the possession be by deceitful dealing, (id est) if the Possessor knows, or thinks the things possessed not to be his, but another’s, it is a sin against the law of nature, and therefore cannot establish the right of Dominion. And those laws, which allow so much power to such kind of possessions, tend to the destruction of the Commonwealth, in that they nourish heavy sins in detaining other men’s goods, only for delay of restitution, which is manifestly wicked.
21. A. 12. The possession of boxaefidei, by upright dealing hat nothing which is not in the possession male fidei, except it be the false opinion of the Possessor, that the thing is his own. But this opinion cannot in the Court of Conscience bring a just title of Dominion: especially after it is taken away by the manifestation of the truth, and the contrary knowledge hath place, by which he knows the thing, which he possessed was another’s.
22. A. 13. No just cause can be brought, why prescription bona fidei should transfer Dominion. Three reasons are wont to be alleged:
First, That the Dominion of things should no be uncertain.
Secondly, That contention should not be infinite.
Thirdly, That the negligence and sloth of men in regaining their goods might be punished:
But first, All these reasons are as well for the possession male fidei, by deceitful dealing, as for that which bona fidei, hath upright dealing joined with it.
Secondly, The first and second reason do not only belong to the Court of Conscience, but to the external only, where perhaps for those reasons, the action may be denied to the true owner, when the time is run out which is set down by the law.
Thirdly, The third reason is not sufficient: because every negligence of the owner in re-obtaining his goods deserves not so great a punishment. Neither in truth is the law of Prescription properly penal, for then the former Master should not loose his Dominion, or the Prescriber get it before the sentence is given. Neither can gross and supine negligence be easily proved, only by the space of time.
Fourthly, Affected ignorance and voluntary negligence in finding out the truth, which excludes upright dealing, is always presumed of him that detains another man’s goods, especially if he were the author, taking it into his possession.
23. A. 14. Hence also the detaining of goods lost by shipwreck, doth not confer a just title of Dominion on the detainer.
For first, It is most cruel and savage injustice to spoil the spoiled, and to increase the misery of the miserable.
Secondly, It is most repugnant to charity, for where singular pity and relief is required, there to add affliction to the afflicted, is to go positively opposite against charity. And it is all one, as if a traveler, which hath fallen into the hands of robbers, and been rifled of all his goods, yet let go alive with his horse, and cloak (bound nevertheless,) should by the Lord of the Soil be kept bound, and by him be spoil of those goods which were left, his horse and clothes.
24. A. 15. The detaining of goods lost by shipwreck, hath no color of right of force enough for Dominion, except that which arises from the possession of goods forsaken, which become the first Possessor’s. But goods which by shipwreck, are cast into the water, are not therefore to be accounted as forsaken. For things become forsaken either by the express act, of the former owner, or by equivalent conjectures, as when knowing and willingly he utterly neglects and permits those things, which were his to be seized on by others. But he which unwilling suffers shipwreck, doth no more abandon those goods which escape, either expressly or tacitly, than he, who by reason of fire or ruin, suffers his goods to be carried out of his house. Such goods are not out of the power of the owner de jure, but de facto. They do not want a Master, and therefore the Dominion of them cannot be acquired, by the bare finding, or detaining of them.
25. A. 16. The Civil laws themselves condemn this detention. For so Constantine Cod. Lib. 2. Tit. 5. If at any time a ship is driven by wreck on the shore, or shall touch at any land, let it belong to the owners, my Exchequer shall not interpose; For what right hat the Exchequer in another’s calamity, that it should seek advantage in so lamentable a mischance? And if the public Exchequer will not appropriate shipwrecked goods, much less ought it to be done by private men. Cajetan therefore says rightly in sum. 5. Furtum. Shipwrecked goods, which according to the laws of some shores are confiscated, therefore, because they are shipwrecked, I know not by what justice are detained, except by that which adds affliction to the afflicted. There is no reason, that anyone should gain by shipwrecks, unless it be that wages is due to those, by whose labor and industry the goods are delivered, and preserved.
Chapter 42
Of Contracts
Question 1. What law is there of the efficient causes of contracts?
1. A. 1. To a lawful Contract, first are required Persons fit to a Contract, (id est,) they which have the administration of their own goods, or power to oblige themselves in such things, Acts 5:4.
2. A. 2. Hence Infants, mad men, and prodigals are not fit to make a Contract: and under that title their Contracts by the Civil law, are deservedly accounted nullities.
3. A. 3. Those that are under age, and are come to the perfect use of reason, although they have not as yet overseers, if on mature counsel they do bargain, that Contract considered in itself, according to the Court of Conscience, seems to be of force. Whence the Lawyers teach, that those being under age, which Contract without the authority of their Guardians, although they are not obliged by the Civil law, yet by the natural they are.
4. A. 4. In the second place is required, either the formal, or virtual consent of the Contractors, and that with three conditions: That first, It be free, at least so far as one is bound freely to will and agree, although he will not in an illicit act. Secondly, Promissive, (id est,) with a mind to be obliged to those laws of that Contract which is made. Thirdly, Expressed by some outward sign.
5. A. 5. From the first condition it follows, that the consent which is wrested by extreme fear, is not sufficient to a firm Contract.
6. A. 6. Yet this must be so understood: First, That the fear is inferred to that end only that consent might be forced. For if it should be induced for another end, and he which is afraid to avoid that evil should make a contract, that contract will be of force: as if one being taken by a thief, should promise a sum of money to be freed, that fear was not the cause, but the occasion only of the contract.
Secondly, The fear must be brought on unjustly. For if one out of fear of punishment established by the laws, should bargain with him, to whom he hath done an injury, such a bargain cannot be disannulled.
7. A. 7. From the second condition it follows, that promise which is drawn out by guile, or given out of error, or is so imperfect, that it contains not an intention of obliging, doth not properly make a contract. Howsoever if one being deceived with another’s words to his own loss, taking those for a promise, he is bound to perform what he promised in that way of speaking, lest he should be a cause of damage which would follow.
8. A. 8. From the third condition it follows, that an internal promise made to a man doth not bind; the reason for it is, because the internal acts, are not fit instruments of conveighing our meanings and consents to others.
Question 2. What law is the concerning the matter, about which contracts are versed?
9. A. 1. Lawful contracts are not properly exercised, but about lawful things, the reason is:
First, Because in every contract, consent is given: but consent to an unlawful thing is sin.
Secondly, Contracct in itself hath the force of promise: but it is not lawful to promise, what is not lawful to perform.
Thirdly, From a contract an obligation doth arise; but no obligation can be lawful which obligeth to sin, because under that very title it is repugnant to the obligation of the Divine law.
10. A. 2. Hence a contract or bargain for any dishonest thing, is also itself dishonest as a bargain for murder, or whoredom, etc. The reason is, because such bargains are ordained to dishonesty as their end, and therefore are of the same nature with the end itself, that is dishonest. But if it be asked, if after the dishonest action committed, the contract obligeth him which promised, or if it be lawful to receive the hire bargained for in consideration of the danger, labor, and loss, which was joined with the dishonesty, it may be probably answered, that the promiser is obliged, but it will hardly stand with true repentance, if the other party do receive it, Matt 27:3,4.
11. A. 3. Contracts of buying, and selling, and those which are of the same nature, have no place in some things: not because they are not lawful or good in themselves, but because they are so good that they cannot be valued at a price.
12. A. 4. Hence it is a sin of Simony, to buy or sell, or any way change a holy and Spiritual, for a Temporal; the reason is,
First, Because holy things ought to be used as holy, not polluted, and profaned, which then they are, when they are brought down, as Wordly things, into Temporal contracts, being it is against the Religion and reverence, which is due to holy things.
Secondly, Because it is injustice to sell those things, which are to be bestowed on free cost, Matt 10:8.
13. A. 5. This sin is extended not only to supernatural gift, (which yet was the sin of Simon Magus, from whom it took its name;) But also first, To the causes of such gifts, as the Sacraments and the like. Secondly, To things annexed to such gifts, as they are such. Such are all those, which are so adjoined to the Spiritual function and office, either as they go before, accompany, or follow after it, that they can no ways be separated from it.
14. A. 6. Hence, not only those are guilty of Simony, which buy or sell those things which directly belong to the election, ordination, or vocation of Ecclesiastical Ministers, but all such, as in order to that calling, buy or sell those things, which are set apart for the maintaining of Ministers, which usually are called benefices.
15. A. 7. Such Simoniacal bargains, not only consists in money, but in all those things, which can be valued, and rated with money, or hath the like nature with it, in respect to spiritual things. Hence a Simoniacal gift is not absurdly divided, into a gift from the hand, a gift from the tongue, and a gift from observance. A gift from the hand is money, or that, which is of the same value with it. By the gift from the tongue are understood prayers, praises, entreaties, flatteries, if they have the power of obtaining Spiritual things. By the gift from observance, is understood some Temporal deed, which induceth the bestowing of Spiritual, as payment of a debt, whether the bargain be expressed, or tacitly understood.
16. A. 8. To intend only such donations or receivings, although it consists in one party alone, yet it is a kind of degree of this sin, and so it is not ill called Mental Simony, and by some Confidential, as it is distinguished, from conventional, and real.
17. A. 9. That which is given to the sustentation of those, which are the helpers, and Ministers of Spiritual things, hath no kind of Simony in it. That also hath a place here which is said of the reward of Physicians, and Schoolmasters: We do not pay them the price of the thing, but their work, because they serve, and being called from their own affairs, they attend ours. The do not receive the reward of their desert, but employment.
18. A. 10. Neither is it properly Simony, when somewhat is given out of mere gratitude, not by any agreement tacit, or expressed, direct, or indirect. Neither if anything is given by him, which hath a certain and undoubted right to the Spiritual function, for the avoiding of unjust troubles. Howsoever in these we must beware of deceit, and the very appearance of evil is to be avoided.
19. A. 11. And although there is not in every respect a parity, yet there is some similitude, and proportion betwixt things sacred and public offices, which have the power of jurisdiction. For the sale of such offices, hath a dishonest corruptness, which thwarts the nature of them. For as it is repugnant to the act of jurisdiction, that it should be saleable, so is it also to the power of exercising that act. Neither indeed, hath the Prince himself Dominion over the offices of jurisdiction, but only administration. There are also so many evils which spring from this kind of traffic, that it is had in detestation with all ingenuous men.
Question 3. What law is there concerning the form of Contracts?
20. A. 1. The external form is not the same set and determinated by any law, either natural, divine, or civil. For it may consist in any declaration of mutual consent whatsoever, whether it be done by words, or gestures, or writing, or the delivery of the thing itself. Therefore, although that form hath power of obliging, yet because it is not of force in itself, but as it hath relation to the internal Court, for that cause it doth the less belong to the internal Court of Conscience.
21. A. 2. The internal form of a lawful Contract, is upright dealing, by which one doth sincerely intend to oblige himself to the performance; of that which he possesseth, and afterwards to perform it as much, as in him lieth. The reason is, because a Contract includes a promissive consent. Now a promise is a testimony, by which one binds his faith to deal uprightly with another in the performance of this or that; and therefore the form doth require internal, and essential the upright dealing of the Contractor, to be true, and sincere.
22. A. 3. Hence that division of Contracts; by which some are said to be according to upright meaning, others to be according to the strictness of the law, is not accurate, and hath not place either in the Court of Conscience, or before God. For upright meaning is required in all Contracts, and because the chiefest part of the nature of Contracts doth consist in that, the judgement as far as it can appear, is to be given out of that, and according to it. Therefore in all Contracts, we should proceed according to right, and good, not the letters, or extreme rigor of the law, in which often time the most extreme injury is found.
23. A. 4. Sometimes not to stand to promises, is not repugnant to honest meaning; to wit, when the promise leaves off to bind:
As first, If the thing promised becomes unprofitable, unlawful, or impossible.
Secondly, If the state of the things and persons is so changed, that in the judgment of wisemen, the promise is thought, that he would not have comprehended such an event.
Thirdly, If the other party, in whose favor the thing was promised, should remit it.
Fourthly, If he which promised on the other side, will not fulfill his promise.
Fifthly, If anything be promised for that cause, which afterwards is found not to be in it.
24. A. 5. Repugnant to honest meaning is dissimulation; that is, craftiness, subtlety, fraud, cheating, plots or contrivements either in words, or deeds, applied to the deceiving or circumventing another’s, 1 Thess 4:6; 1 Cor 6:8. It is usually called evil craft, that it may be distinguished from an honest devise, by which one is willingly cheated into right reason.
25. A. 6. It is repugnant to honest meaning, inasmuch, as it takes away the clear intention of performing, that which was pretended, and seemed to be promised.
26. A. 7. This guile, if it be about the substance of a thing, as if one should sell glass for a pearl, the Contract in its own nature is made void, because in such a Contract the consent is wanting. For he which would buy a pearl, means not glass.
27. A. 8. Alike is the nature of evil guile, which yieldeth the chief cause to a Contract, although it meddles not with the substance of the thing, as if one should persuade his chapman to buy a pearl for that reason only that before it was his Father’s, who otherwise would not have bought it. For such a Contract is made void or to be made void, because he which was brought in by guile to bargain, suffers injury in the Contract; and therefore is fully to be satisfied by the undoing of the Contract.
28. A. 9. When this guile lights only on the Contract, and is about its accidents: as if one should be deceived in the goodness of a thing, and is brought in by deceit, not that he should buy, but that he should buy for more than its value; it doth not make the Contract utterly void, or altogether to be made void: howsoever he which deceives is bound in Conscience, to recompense the other’s damage according to equity.
29. A. 10. Of this kind is that deceit, when the seller conceals from the buyer some hidden fault of the thing sold, which bringeth damage or loss to the buyer.
30. A. 11. To this also belongs, if the seller knowing that in short time, there will be great store of such wares, by which occasion the price will be diminished, and he shall suffer great loss which shall buy before at the current price, will neither foretell that to the buyer, or abate the price: or also if the buyer knows that in short time, there will be great store of buyers, and scarcity of wares, by which the prices of things will be increased, and the seller brought into poverty by selling at the usual rate. For in such cases we are bound, at least by the law of charity, to foresee for our neighbor’s good, as long as it may be done without any great loss to us.
31. A. 12. Those Civil laws which confirm a Contract made by circumvention, so it be under half of the just price, are permissive only to diminish strifes, and do not justify the Contract, but leave it to be judged in the Court of Conscience, by the law of nature, and the Divine law.
32. A. 13. That fault also is opposed to honest dealing, which consists in the inconsiderate omission of that diligence, which might and should have been added to the fulfilling of the Contract. It differs from deceit, because deceit properly is used wittingly, and on set purpose: but this fault proceeds from not heeding, or inconsideration without set purpose or intent. It is repugnant to honest dealing, not because it doth simply exclude sincere intent, but because it doth show, that diligent and due care of performance was wanting. Therefore it is rightly called by the Apostle lightness, 2 Cor 1:17.
33. A. 14. This fault is divided into open, slight, and slightest. The open fault, is the omission of that diligence, which men in the like case ordinarily apply, as if one should leave a borrowed book in some open place form whence it may be taken away. A slight fault is the omission of that diligence, which diligent men of the like case commonly use, as if one should leave a thing entrusted of great value in an unlocked Chamber, from whence it may be taken away. The slightest fault, is the omission of that diligence, which the most diligent in the like case are wont to add, as if he should leave that thing entrusted, and think the door locked, and yet doth not certainly know.
34. A. 15. From the open fault, all Contractors are held guilty of the damage, which shall thence ensue. Because common diligence is contained in the obligation of every promise, and the omission of it, is manifestly repugnant to honest dealing. Whence it is, that this open fault is wont to be ranked almost in the same place, and order, with evil guile.
35. A. 16. From the slight, or slightest fault, they are bound so far, as either the nature of the Contract, or the agreement of the parties require, or also so far as human laws out of equity have established.
Question 4. What law is there concerning the end of Contracts?
36. A. 1 The end of a Contract, ought always to be some good. For neither obligation, promise, or consent, ought to tend to evil.
37. A. 2. Contracts ought chiefly to be for the good of the parties. For they are employed about their goods, and not other men’s. For no man can bargain about those goods, which are not in his own power.
38. A. 3. Some Contracts are for the good of the giver only, as a thing entrusted, a command. Others for the good of the receivers only as a gift, a free loan. Others for the good of both, as buying, letting out, partnership, pawns, exchange, etc. But this difference although it properly depends on the nature of the Contracts themselves, yet upon the agreement of the parties it may be changed, and many ends mixed together, as a thing entrusted may be sometimes for the good of him, which is entrusted, and a free loan for the good also of the lender.
39. A. 4. To seek one’s own good only in that Contract, which in its nature tends to the good of another, or of both sides savors of fraud, and oftentimes is repugnant to justice, but always to Christian charity.
Question What is the effect of Contracts?
40. A. 1. The effect of every lawful Contract, is the bond of obligation to perform that, to which it hath consented.
First, Because everyone is bound to stand to that, which he hath lawfully promised.
Secondly, Because from promise, and the acceptation of it, the other party hath gained right and power of demanding the promise. Whence it is, that no Contract can be broken, the party to whom it is available being unwilling.
41. A. 2. This obligation, because it is not extended beyond upright meaning, doth therefore sometimes cease upon a mere chance, or an unthought of event which happens without the fault of the obliged, seeing it could not be hindered by human providence.
42. A. 3. But although, regularly and according to the nature of the thing itself, no man is bound by a casual chance, which comes between without his fault: yet he may be bound to such chance by some particular agreement, because such an obligation can be valued at a certain price.
Chapter 43
Of the proportion of prices in Contracts of selling, buying, letting out, hiring, and in those, which are of the same nature
Question 1. What rules are to be observed in setting a just price in such Contracts?
1. A. 1. That rule is chiefest, which is delivered by the holy Ghost, Prov 20:14. That the buyer, to abate the price, should not deceitfully take anything away from the wares, which are to be bought: or the seller, to augment the price, should not amplify against his conscience the worth of his wares. For to be willing to buy cheap, and sell dear, is (as Augustine observes) common, but yet a common sin, except it is bounded within a certain measure and limits.
2. A. 2. The public authority is to be observed in those things, whose price is appointed by the Magistrate, which happens in many places concerning those things, which most necessarily belong to food. For that is always presumed just and equal in such things of common use, (except the contrary be manifest,) which is allowed of by the community. Yet here it is to be observed, that because in things necessary to life, the price is usually rated according to the bigness, for the buyer’s sake, yet notwithstanding, the price may be brought lower, though, not augmented.
3. A. 3. The common rate of the marker, and of wise and good men is to be followed. For this rate hath the force of a tacit law, and excludes the danger of any deceit to the damage of another. In this sense may be admitted that rule, which is approved in the Civil law, and the manners of men: that that price is just, if the thing be sold for so much, as it can be sole for: or every saleable thing is worth so much, as it can be sold for: that is, as it can be sold for commonly, not out of any affection, or for the profit of this or that man.
4. A. 4. Where no public rating, or common value can have any place, there the price is to be set, (yet without fraud) according to the judgment of understanding men, all circumstances being duly considered. For a more certain law in many things cannot be had to direct bargains.
5. A. 5. That difference is to be noted in the observing of these rules: that the lawful price which appointed by public authority, is indivisible, so that it cannot the least way be augmented by the seller: but the natural price which is set either by common valuation, or the agreement of parties, hath its latitude, within which upon occasion it may be altered. Hence a threefold just price useth to be assigned, one is called rigid, or the uttermost, according to the terms of parvity; And the third mean, or moderate, as it receeds from either extreme.
Question 2. Whether there be any just causes of varying the just prices?
Ans. There are many causes given.
6. A. 1. The first cause is fetched from the consideration of the office of a Merchant, for it is valuable at a price, that he spends his time, care, and thoughts in getting, preserving, and conveying things, and also that he hires servants: insomuch, that if Merchants were wanting, the Common-wealth must necessarily provide public Ministers to do those things. Hence the same thing is valued at a greater rate with Merchants, than with other private men. Yet Merchants must not reckon all their charges they have laid out: For it may oftentimes fall out, that so much labor is employed, and so great expenses bestowed in an unprofitable and unnecessary thing, and therefore the common rate is to be followed.
7. A. 2. Hence, those rules are deceitful, by which Merchants use to justify themselves, in exacting agreeable [?] price for their wares: to wit, that they bought those wares for so much, that they spent so much in procuring them. For it may happen, that a Merchant may sell cheaper than he bought, and yet sell unjustly: either because he bought it foolishly, or afterwards the rate of things is changed.
8. A. 3. The second cause is brought from the manner of selling: from whence manifold variety may follow in augmenting to diminishing the price.
9. A. 4. When the ware seeks out a chapman, it makes the just price of a thing to abate, according to the common proverb, proffered wares stink. The reason used to be given is, because in that manner of selling, a scarcity of buyers is presumed, by which the common value is diminished: but that reason doth not seem sufficient in conscience for any notable diminution of the price, except that also happen, that the thing which is so sold, in little profitable to the buyer, or such, that he would not have bought it but upon such an occasion, or that he buys not so much for his own, as the seller’s sake.
10. A. 5. From this rule it often happens, that goods which are at open sale, or by the voice of the public crier, bare less price, than otherwise they use.
11. A. 6. When Chapmen seek wares. For then the store of buyers augments the common value, and so is a just cause of augmenting the price.
12. A. 7. When one sells a great quantity of things together, and not by parcels: this manner of selling diminisheth the price, because it diminisheth the number of buyers, and also the power of detriment, or danger of loss, which might ensue upon occasion of selling it after.
13. A. 8. When one sells by parcels: this manner may justly augment the just price of things: because there is more labor in selling, and more carer in keeping, and dividing the wares.
14. A. 9. The third cause is, if the seller by selling, shall suffer some particular discommodity, although that discommodity consists only in the privation of some honor, or particular delight. For then the seller may exact somewhat more than the thing is worth in itself, and the price by accident will be just: because natural equity requires that the seller, being he is Lord of his own things, should keep himself harmless.
15. A. 10. But this is lawful only then, when the buyer solicits the seller, that he would sell that thing, which otherwise he was not about to sell. For if the seller freely offer himself to the buyer, then the buyer is not the cause, that he is deprived of his own commodity.
Chapter 44
Of Contracts by Usury
Question 1. What is Usury?
1. A. 1. Usury by lending (in this matter of Contracts,) is wont to be described, a gain sought from the loan of money by force of the loan itself.
2. A. 2. By gain is understood the acquisition of some commodity which is valuable with money, which was not mine. For is anyone seek only friendship or good will, it is not Usury; because they are not of the number of those things, which can be estimated at a price. If also one by lending should seek to receive that which is due by virtue of a former contract, and obligation, it is not Usury, for otherwise, he would not receive his own. But if one should not seek money, or wares, yet homage, or gifts, or the imposition of some burden, it is rightly called gain by Usury, because it is valuable at a price.
3. A. 3. It is said by the force of the loan itself, to exclude that gain which may be received by some other title, as for recompence of emergent loss, or the ceasing of gain. The gain of which kind is usually called interest, and is distinguished from Usury.
4. A. 4. This gain is said to be sought, not agreed upon: because not only real Usury, in which a Contract intercedes, but also mutual, which is in the intention of getting a gain from the loan as a debt, may be contained in this description.
Question 2. Whether this kind of Usury is lawful?
5. A. 1. Such Usury which is commonly practiced by Usurers, and Bankers, is deservedly condemned of all: because it is a catching art, and no regard of charity or equity being had, lays in wait for other men’s goods.
6. A. 2. But it cannot be proved solidly by any natural reason, that any Usury whatsoever is generally, and absolutely unlawful.
7. A. 3. Not by their reason who say, all loans in their nature ought to be of good will: For it cannot be proved, that every loan with whatsoever circumstances it be cloathed, ought to be freely bestowed: and if this be granted, nothing else will follow, but that, if the loan be not gratis, it passeth into some Contract, either named or not named, simple or mixed.
8. A. 4. Not by theirs who allege, that in those things which consume by use, the Dominion is not distinguished from the use, and therefore nothing can be taken for the use beyond the value of the thing itself, or the Dominion of it. For it is answered, gain is not taken simply for the use of the borrowed thing according its substance, but according to the value, or income which remains after the substance is consumed: and is oftentimes in things, which are not consumed by use: as also for the office, and act of lending, from whence the borrower receives profit.
9. A. 5. Not by theirs who object, that money in its own nature is barren. For although it be barren in itself, yet it may easily be changed into merchandise, which yield fruit; and the industry of the User being added, it bestows its power to bring forth fruit.
10. A. 6. Neither lastly by theirs who say in general, that there is nothing in the loan, for which gain may be received. For there is the fruit of the income, or profit, which probably might be expected from the money which is lent: and there is a burden annexed to the privation of the money, by which all occasion of placing it otherwise with increase is omitted. For the vacation from using money by the same right may be valued, as the vacation from labor, is Exod 21:19, seeing that, no less than labor, or work may be employed for the benefit of the owner.
11. A. 7. It is confirmed by evident reason, that some Usury is lawful: because no real difference can be shown betwixt some Usury, and other Contracts, which are allowed of by all, as for example, one is furnished with money to buy a farm, from whence he may receive the yearly profit of a hundred pound. Another desires to have the same farm, yet is not furnished with ready money: if the first buy the farm, and rents it out for a hundred pound, no man will deny, but that he hath done that which is just and right. But if he give the money to the other to purchase the farm for himself, and shall receive the same sum from him, subjecting himself to the same peril, which he should have been obnoxious to in the purchase for himself, it is the same justice, and besides there is somewhat added to him which payeth Usury, by reason of the Dominion of that farm, which he hath got by his purchase.
12. A. 8. The Scripture doth not take away altogether all Usury;
But first, That which is exacted of the poor, who for urgent necessity, and his own sustentation borroweth; so that the prohibition is founded on the condition of the person, Exod 22:25; Lev 25:35; Prov 28:8; Ezek 18:17.
Secondly, That which bites, and gnaws; that is, when the debt is exacted with rigor, and the damage of the neighbor.
Thirdly, That, which is repugnant to charity, Luke 6:35.
Fourthly, And perhaps, that which by the politic law was not lawful to the Jews to exercise among themselves, Deut 23:19.
13. A. 9. The Scripture doth seem to imply, that some Usury in itself is lawful, when it did permit the Jews to take Usury of every stranger that was not poor, Deut 23:20. For if all Usury was intrinsically and in its own nature evil, then the Jews could not take Usury of the gentiles without some grievous scandal, by which the gentiles might be averted from the religion, and law of the Jews, which admitted a thing unlawful, as lawful. Hither also it may be referred, that it is most probable from the parable of talents, Matt 25:27, that so usury of Bankers, was not only in common use among the Jews, but also not disallowed of by the Lord: because under that similitude he requires a spiritual duty, without any insinuation of dislike, which in other parables he did use to add, which did set forth our duty by the disallowing the use, as Luke 16:8.
Question 3. From what ground can the equity of gain by the lending of money be demonstrated?
14. A. 1. The equity of it is manifest, of which none can doubt, if anyone doth not bargain, that a set sum, or return shall be precisely paid; but so puts out his money with some honest man, on whose faith he doth rely, that he will be contented to receive some equal part of the fruit of the money according to the measure of God’s benediction towards the employer of the money. Of the putting out of money in this kind there can be no question, if the danger of the principal be common also: For it is nothing else, but a contract of co-partnership, both in gain and damage.
15. A. 2. Nothing is committed against equity, if the uncertain gain which will probably follow, be sold for a moderate certainty.
16. A. 3. Neither is there any iniquity in that, if the contract be made with equal conditions, that the whole danger of the principal should belong to him which employs the money. For it is nothing else, but a contract of assurance, by which the danger of another’s thing, which may be rated at a price, is undertaken for the price.
17. A. 4. It is not necessarily required, that a contract of this nature, be done distinctly and expressly, but ‘tis enough if it be done implicitly, and out of a sincere intention, as also according to the estimation of honest men, and such as understand affairs of that sort.
18. A. 5. When therefore all those contracts, as all men confess, severally are lawful, it necessarily followeth, that a contract mixed, and compounded of those, (to wit,) of a contract of co-partnership, of assurance of the flock, and of the sale of an uncertain gain for a certain, is not simply and absolutely to be disallowed.
Question 4. What things are to be observed in the putting out of money, that sin may be avoided?
19. A. 1. First, We must beware, that nothing be required beyond the principal, of those which are poor.
20. A. 2. We must beware also lest the greediness of gain any way hinder any of us, that thereby he doth less help the needy by lending, or those that are altogether poor, by simply giving, according to his abilities.
21. A. 3. We must beware all excess, which to avoid, it is most safe, that he which puts out money, should not exact all that, which is allowed by the laws of received custom, but contain within that which is permitted.
22. A. 4. Consideration is always to be had of him, with whom the business is, that the fruit of the money return to him that lent it with the profit of the borrower, and not the loss. Hence extreme right cannot be urged sometimes without extreme injury; as if one should suffer loss without his own fault in the trafficking with the money which was borrowed, it would be inhuman to demand of him the increase of the money, that is, to receive gain from his loss. Natural conscience also seemeth to dictate this equity in letting, and hiring, as if either barrenness, or any other calamity which happens, be so much, that the hirer suffers some notable damage by the thing hired, the rent is to be remitted to him by the lessor, either in whole, or according to the proportion of the loss.
23. A. 5. The rule of equity, and charity is always to be marked, and observed: that that only be taken, which every one in upright meaning being in such necessity, would have others take care of him.
24. A. 6. Offences and calumnies, (to which this kind of contract is obnoxious, Jer 15:10) ought as much as can be, always to be avoided.
Chapter 45
Of Contracts by wagers, lots, and gaming
Question 1. What is a wager?
1. A. 1. It is a contract, in which two contending about some truth, do wager somewhat on both sides, from whence he shall have reward that attains the truth, and he punished which doth not. We have an example in Samson’s riddle, Judges 14:13,14.
Question 2. Are these kind of wagers lawful?
2. A. 1. The act of waging as it is considered in itself, is not plainly unjust: because only the danger of one, is opposed to the danger of the other, which dangers sometimes may be undergone, and interchanged.
3. A. 2. One may undergo the hazard of a voluntary mulct to confirm his conjecture: and that mulct may deservedly be required of the other, if so be he rashly trusts his own conjecture.
4. A. 3. There may also be a reward appointed betwixt two upon mutual consent, on some doubtful event, that from the hope of the reward, he, or the other may be stirred up to a laudable endeavor.
5. A. 4. Yet wagers are unlawful; First, If they have an unlawful condition, as if two strive betwixt themselves for this or that sin; as who should overcome another in drinking, or who should carry himself more boldly in this or that business, which may be disallowable, etc.
Secondly, If it be to the notorious loss of either party; for such danger ought not to be undergone in that contract, which serves neither to public or private profit, and such are common wagers. And that gain is to be accounted shameful, which ariseth from another’s loss. Hence that contract of Samson’s riddle, was afterwards deservedly condemned by the Philistines themselves, because it tended to the spoiling them of their inheritance, Judges 14:16.
6. A. 5. That revenue which is called an annuity, in which one gives a sum of money, that he may receive a certain stipend every year as long as he liveth, is not to be referred to the Contract by Wagers. For he doth not promise, that he will survive, till the stipend overcome the principal, neither doth the other to the contrary. For such a contract is of buying and selling, by which an uncertain gain, is bought for a certain price; and it is held for lawful according to the laws, and nature of such a buying, and not by reason of some feigned wager.
Question 3. What is the Contract by lots?
7. A. 1. It is a contract, in which by the force of a foregoing agreement, lots are cast, that it may appear, who ought to be Master of this or that thing.
8. A. 2. Such kind of contracts are sometimes made between those, which had right before to that thing, about which the lot is cast; whether it be to be divided amongst many, as in the distribution of the land of Canaan, Josh 18. Or whether it be wholly to come to one, as in the garment of the Lord which was to be adjudged to this or that soldier, John 19:24, to which kind, those lots may be reduced which are by game. But sometimes it is between those, which before had no common right of disposing the things as when one thing, or more are exposed to be as it were sold by lots, and diverse meat to get the same by lots: which we call commonly Lotteries; or lastly, when the lots are ordained to make some election, as in the choice of Matthias, Act 1:26.
Question 4. What lawfulness is there in such kind of Contracts?
9. A. 1. The Contract in itself is lawful, and is approved in the Scriptures by diverse examples. The reason is, that because every one mutually doth expose his equal right to the thing, or that part which he ought to receive, to the hazard of lots, it is as it were an equal change.
10. A. 2. Yet it is diverse ways turned into sin.
First, If any shall depend upon the stars, or spirits, or fortune for the directing of the lots.
Secondly, If that is intended which itself is unlawful, or if an unlawful manner of doing it be adjoined.
Thirdly, If they be used without some great cause, or due reverence; because the casting of lots in its own nature, hath a particular respect to the special providence of God, Prov 16:33.
Question 5. What is a Contract by game?
11. A. 1. It is a contract, by which the players do agree betwixt themselves, that something shall be yielded by the conquered to the Conqueror. For whether all that which is staked by both, is given to the winner, or that which was staked only by the looser be spent in common, somewhat always is granted from the conquered to the Conqueror.
12. A. 2. It is mixed of two contracts, of which the first is a mutual changing both of danger, and interest for the good, either of this or the other, according to the event of the game, the second is a wager suspended either upon greater skill, industry, or good hap.
Question 6. Is such a contract lawful?
13. A. 1. It is not in itself unlawful, because such an agreement may be in the lawful power of the parties agreeing: it may be ordained to a good end upon a good intention: it may be also so used, that it shall not bring with it any violation either of religion, justice, or charity.
14. A. 2. An eager intention of gain, maketh it vicious.
First, Because the end of play is recreation, and delight of the players. Therefore if it be meant for gain, or if it be turned to the notorious discommodity of one party, it is an abuse contrary to the nature of play.
Secondly, There is either a parity betwixt the gamesters, and so it is a prodigal rashness to hazard a considerable sum of money without any necessity: or an imparity is supposed, and so the contract is vitiated by guile and deceit, when one opposeth little or no danger of loss with a certain hope of gain, to the other’s great peril.
Thirdly, No mortal man is so absolute a Lord of his, that he can alienate, or expose to the danger of alienation, any notorious sum without just cause approved of in the word of God: which cannot be affirmed of gaming as it is in self.
Fourthly, It is not lawful for any man to gain by another’s loss; which is manifestly done in gaming on purpose for gains: and in this respect, gain arising from play, is filthy lucre: neither would it be more approved of commonly, than the other kinds of avarice, but that it hath somewhat of prodigality joined with it, which seems to have some magnificence in it.
15. A. 3. That little for which it is lawful to play, may admit some variation according to the condition of the gamesters. But it is certain, that no man ought to venture more in play, than that which hath a just proportion to the end of gaming, that it, no more than a man of such a state can reasonably bestow on his recreation.
16. A. 4. Those games which only are by chance, or do especially rely upon chance, are to be removed from such contracts:
For first, In chance there is no contention or exercise of virtue, which to excite, as there ought to be rewards publicly proposed, so also upon private consent to be appointed.
Secondly, Lot in its own nature hath a special relation to the special providence of God, and so it is a sacred thing: and the old proverb is true, it is not good to play with holy things.
Thirdly, Such kind of games do give occasion of diverse sins to the gamesters;
As first, Of grievous perturbation, cursings, and blasphemies for their cross fortune as they call it.
Secondly, Of immoderate pertinacy in continuing to play, in hope of better luck, which to cast away, they can see no reason.
Thirdly, Of loss of time and money, being no true gain can redound to any from thence.
17. A. 5. Hence it is, that we read in Scripture of other exercises used and allowed of for the increase of virtue and strength, as of handling the bow; 2 Sam 1:18. But dicing hath no allowance in the Scriptures, and is condemned almost by all laws, although such laws are compelled to give way to our compted[?] manners.
Chapter 46
Of employment of life
Question 1. Whether any having no certain employment can live without sin?
1. A. 1. He which hath so much power, and gifts bestowed on him, by God that he may live laudably in some honest calling, if he abstain from all employment willingly, he cannot be quitted from sinning grievously.
For first, It is the ordinance of God, that every one by helping others in some particular calling, should glorify God, Gen 2:15 and 3:19; 1 Pet 4:10; Gal 5:13; 1 Thess 4:11.
Secondly, Every one hath received his talent, or some part of a talent from God to that end: which cannot be buried or hid without sin, Matt 25.
Thirdly, Idleness is to be fled, as the mother and nurse of many vices, especially of evil thought, desires, curiosities, and wicked contrivements; 1 Thess 4:11; 2 Thess 3:11.
Fourthly, The glory of God, public, and private welfare, as also the peace of conscience, may and ought to be sought by some honest calling.
2. A. 2. Hence lusty begging vagabonds are not to be suffered;
First, Because they openly oppose themselves to the Divine ordinance.
Secondly, They are a burden to others without necessity.
Thirdly, Because they defraud those that are poor, indeed at least of some part of the alms which they would receive, if they had not been prevented by such.
Fourthly, They do not carry themselves either as members of any Church, or Commonwealth.
Fifthly, They directly set themselves to many kinds of wickednesses.
Question 2. How may one know, that his or that employment be honest?
3. A. 1. If it be manifestly approved of in Scriptures. Secondly, If with some proportion to those callings, which are allowed of in Scripture, it be about that which is lawful in itself, or profitable to mankind, or good report, Eph 4:28; Phil 4:8.
4. A. Hence first, Those who are busied in the nourishing and furthering of sins, as those vittailers[?], which do not administer only to the necessity of strangers, and travelers, but to the intemperancy of their neighbors, lead a dishonest life.
5. A. 2. Those that follow trifling, light, sportful, scurrilous arts, or belonging that way; may not abide in them, as in an honest course of life.
First, Because nothing is found in them worthy the life of man.
Secondly, They do invert the order of nature, when they turn the remission of labor, into toiling[?].
Thirdly, They make themselves unfit for the more weighty and serious duties of Christians.
Fourthly, They use to help the Devil in tempting men, whilst they stir up, and kindle their carnal desires.
6. A. 3. Their employment, who take occasion to raise their own profit, by the damage of others, which commonly is the course of usurers, cannot be approved as honest.
Question 3. What things are required for the due exercising an honest calling?
7. Ans. 1. Skill is required, by which every one perfectly knoweth those things, which properly belong to his own vocation, Prov 14:8.
8. A. 2. Attention to his own affairs, more than others’, 2 Thess 3:11; 1 Tim 5:13; 1 Pet 4:15.
9. A. 3. Diligence in undergoing business, Prov 10:5 and 13:4 and 21:5; Eccl 10:8.
10. A. 4. Wisdom, in observing, taking, and using rightly opportunity, Prov 10:5 and 21:5; Eccl 10:8.
11. A. 5. Courage and constancy in overcoming difficulties, Prov 15:19 and 20:4 and 26:16.
12. A. 6. A moderation in the desire of gain, and care of wished success, 1 Tim 6:9; Matt 6:34; Prov 28:20,22.
13. A. 7. Lastly, A religious sanctifying of all our labors is required, 1 Cor 10:31; Gen 24:13,27; Psal 90 ult.
Chapter 47
Of poverty and riches
Question 1. How must we account of poverty?
1. A. 1. A Counterfeit poverty is ingratitude to God, whose blessing is renounced, and an injury to men, as well as those, to whom due aid is denied, as those, who for that cause are the more burdened, Prov 13:7.
2. A. 2. And such is the poverty for the most part of Popish Monks, which by word and habit profess poverty, but in deed are most rich, possessing large manors, great incomes, and might wealth. It is a ridiculous defense of those, that the Covent, and the Brothers in the Covent, do possess those goods in common, and undivided, so that any one cannot sell, or alienate anything from thence, or receive at his own will.
For first, If the Covent by rich, the Monks in that Covent cannot be poor. For if each of them be poor, and the Covent rich, then by the same reason, each part of a body may be white, and the whole black.
Secondly, The Heirs of some Prince, or rich man, although they possess the inheritance undivided, and are forbid to sell, alienate any of it, yet they are not, nor cannot be accounted poor men.
Thirdly, If two or more secular men should deliver up their goods altogether to some overseer, on that condition, that he should minister to them necessaries, as need required, either severally, or together, these surely did not put off their riches, but the burden, care, and trouble of them: as Potiphar the Egyptian did by himself, Gen 39:8 and in some sort Pharaoh, Ch 41.
Fourthly, Every Monk hath right to demand his convenient portion, insomuch that if it be denied without a just cause, it is accounted a trespass, and he may sue an action against the covent before a competent Judge.
Fifthly, It is known that many enter Monasteries to avoid poverty, because they have not wherewithal otherwise to live idly, and that many are thrust in by their parents, and kindred, that they might more certainly provide for their necessary maintenance.
Sixthly, Many go into Monasteries, that they may make a way and degree to Papal dignities and offices, by which they may enrich themselves, and theirs.
3. A. 2. True poverty, if it be directly desired and sought, which is usually called voluntary, without some special urgent necessity, it s a madness to be condemned.
First, Because such a poor man doth not provide for himself and his, according to the course of nature approved by God.
Secondly, Because he chooseth and seeketh the evil of punishment.
Thirdly, Because he doth expose himself rashly to many temptations.
Fourthly, Because he makes himself unable to render many duties which are due to their neighbors from those who have outward abilities.
Fifthly, Because this is to tempt God, if anyone having wherewithal to sustain himself, shall cast away that, expecting sustentation from God.
Sixthly, He refuseth that, which every day he desires of God, that is, his daily bread.
Seventhly, He burdeneth those, from whom he receiveth anything without necessity, and defraudeth those which should have received the same if he had not intercepted it. Such is the poverty of some amongst the Popish Monks, who live only on that, which they get from day to day begging. But they add also this madness, a superstition and wicked presumption, being they sell this poverty for a work of perfection, and supererogation which will much prevail and for satisfaction and merit before God.
4. A. 3. True poverty which is necessary, not sought on purpose, but otherwise happening, and is for the most part joined with infirmity, weakness or such like defect, whence it is that the poor cannot help themselves by labor; this poverty in itself, and by itself hath no crime in it, or fault to be ashamed of: but is oftentimes sent from God to the godly, either as a correction, or trial and searching, or both. It is therefore a miserable state, yet notwithstanding such a one by the appointment and grace of God, works with the faithful to salvation.
5. A. Hence first, Such poor men ought chiefly to beware that they do not despair; Prov 10:15.
Secondly, That they do not murmur against the providence of God, or use unlawful means to help themselves, Prov 30:9.
Thirdly, That they should behave themselves as poor men ought, free from all envy, Prov 18:23. Hence also other must take heed how they deride, contemn, or set against the poor, as also, to refuse to help them according to their abilities, Prov 14:10 and 17:5 and 19:4,7,17; James 2:3,4.
Question 2. How are riches to be esteemed?
6. A. 1. Riches as they are considered absolutely and in themselves, are morally neither good nor bad, but things indifferent which men may use either well or ill.
7. A. 2. But because in their own nature, they are ordained for a good use, Prov 3:9. Therefore although they are not moral goods, yet they are useful and profitable, and so they are rightly called the gifts and blessings of God; Prov 10:22.
8. A. 3. Yet by reason of human corruption and infirmity, the possession of large riches is joined with so much danger, that it contains the evil of great and desparate temptations: so that it is very difficult for a rich man to enter into the Kingdom of Heaven, Matt 19:23. In which respect they are compared to thick clay, which weigh down and defile the owner, Hab 2:6; to thorns which prick and tear those that handle them, and choke and strangle all spiritual seed, Matt 13:22; to an entrapping snare, and an arrow piercing through the soul, 1 Tim 6:9,10.
9. A. 4. But the more special temptations of riches is to pride, for placing vain and idolatrous trust in them for the love of the World, lastly to luxury, and the following of every affection with contempt of God, 1 Tim 6:17; Eph 5:5; Prov 30:9: Luke 16:9.
10. A. 5. Hence first, Riches are not absolutely to be desired, Prov 23:4,5; 1 Tim 6:8,9,10.
Secondly, If riches increase by God’s providence, the mind is carefully and seriously to be fortified against those vices, which usually accompany them, Ps 62:11.
Thirdly, We must strive as well by prayer to God, as all diligence to make riches our instruments of piety.
Chapter 48
Of Parsimony, and Frugality
Question 1. What is required to honest Parsimony?
1. A. 1. There is required; First, That we beware, we do not idly lavish those things, which can be employed either in profitable or honest uses, Prov 21:17. This rule, as agreeing to right reason, and the Doctrine of CHRIST, some of the Disciples thought not well of, yet did confidently apply it, especially Judas, in reproving the deed of Mary about the funeral of CHRIST, Matt 26:8,9; Mark 14:4,5; John 12:4.
2. A. 2 That we look, that no considerable thing of those, which may be useful be lost, John 6:12.
3. A. 3. That we do not out of too much griping envy ourselves the just use of, those things we possess, Eccl 6:12; Nor yet foolishly devour them, Prov 21:20.
4. A. 4. It is required that this care do not proceed from the love of riches; but out of conscience towards God, whose benefits we ought not to abuse, and out of a forsesight of providing for our necessities, and doing good to others. For honest thrift doth not hinder, but rather promote liberality and other virtues.
Question 2. What is required to honest frugality?
5. A. 1. First, There is required, that we do not lay out our money upon vain, and unprofitable things, Isa 55:2.
6. A. 2. That we be not lovers of pleasures, Prov 21:17; Luke 16:19.
7. A. 3. That we employ our money in those things, which have a real use, Prov 31:13,16.
8. A. 4. That we willingly bestow upon pious uses as far, as we are able, and we may expect from thence the most sure benefit, Prov 11:24 and 19:17; Hag 1:4,8,etc.
Chapter 49
Of Liberality and Pity
Question 1. Whose duty is it to exercise Liberality, and Pity?
1. A. 1. To profit or benefit others, is a duty belonging to all men according to a good inclination and disposition of mind, as also in some sort according to endeavor.
2. A. 2. According to the outward work of giving somewhat, whereby another’s wants are supplied, (which is the definition of an alms;) it is the duty only of those, who have somewhat of their own, and also the power of bestowing it, 1 John 3:17.
3. A. 3. This duty therefore doth not only belong to rich men, but to those also of a meaner condition, who get their living by their hands, Eph 4:28.
4. A. 4. Those who are so much subject to others, that they have nothing their own, either according to the propriety, or profit, or profit only, they are so far exempted form this duty, that they can bestow nothing at least without the tacit consent of their Masters.
5. A. 5. Neither are all men which have somewhat of their own strait bound to give somewhat to those that want. For by course we must help others with those things which do overbound with us, 1 Cor 8:13; which is to be understood:
First, Of things superfluous to the necessity of life.
Secondly, Of things superfluous to the state and condition of life, wherein we are placed, that is of those things which we may want without any detriment, either to life or state. But some extraordinary chance may require, that somewhat also of those things, which are necessary should be spent, and this is to give above one’s power, 2 Cor 8:2,3.
Question 2. To whom must we give an alms?
6. A. 1. To those that want, who cannot maintain themselves, Matt 23:35,36; Acts 20:34,35.
7. A. 2. Seeing that want, admits of a threefold degree, so that in some it is extreme, and joined with hazard, either of death, or sin; in others heavy, with danger of great discommodity, in others ordinary, requiring only some relief; from hence a difference of obligation followeth: for we are bound to help him, that wants extremely even with things necessary to our state, (for the life of a neighbor is to be more esteemed, than our own external condition.) We are bound to help him that wants grievously with things superfluous to our state; but him who wants but ordinarily, with things superfluous to the decency of our state.
Question 3. What method is to be observed in bestowing an alms?
8. A. 1. All things being alike, we must give succor to a greater, and more heavy necessity, then to a less weighty.
Secondly, Where the need is alike, those are to be preferred, in whom we discern more reasons of favor: as those that are nearer, to those who are further off, those who are of the household of faith; to unbelievers, the better to the less good, those that are more profitable to the Church or Commonwealth, to those that are less, etc. Matt 15:5,6; 1 Tim 5:8; Gal 6:10; Deut 5:7.
9. A. 2. Although we must use diligence, that we may rather aid good than bad, especially if it be likely that our alms may be an occasion, and instrument to those of glorifying God, but these of sinning, yet we must not therefore be curiously inquisitive into the hidden faults of the poor: for charity doth not easily think evil, 1 Cor 13:5.
Question 4. After what manner are alms to be given?
10. A. 1. Out of religion towards God, and desire of his honor, Prov 3:9; 1 Cor 8:3.
11. A. 2. Out of the affection of brotherly charity, and pity; 1 Cor 13:3.
12. A. 3. Out of an humble conscience of duty before God, not out of ambition of vain glory before men, Matt 6:12.
13. A. 4. With respect to the poor, not with contempt, or their shame, 1 Cor 11:22.
14. A. 5. With cheerfulness and freeness of mind and countenance, not heavily, or as it were by compulsion; 2 Cor 9:7; Rom 12:8.
15. A. 6. Readily without delay, Prov 3:27,28.
Question 5. How much must be bestowed in alms?
16. A. 1. It must be accounted for a general rule, that we should rather give plenteously, than sparingly; 2 Cor 9:6.
17. A. 2. In common, the measure of our bounty, dependeth on the measure of God’s blessing to us in external things, 1 Cor 16:2.
18. A. 3. Here we must look diligently, what piety and charity doth dictate to the best Christians, that we may do the like, if we have the like abilities, and if not according to an equal proportion, 2 Cor 9:2.
19. A. 4. And that is certain, that all, and every one must lay out, much more upon pious uses, than they consume upon their pleasures.
20. A. 5. How much we must give just here, and at this time, cannot be limited without wise consideration of all the circumstances.
Question 6. By what reasons, should we chiefly be stirred up to give alms?
21. A. 1. There is a singular excellency found in this duty. For as charity is the most excellent of all virtues, 1 Cor 13, and Pity is an excellent measure of charity: so this work of charity and pity hath its blessed transcendency; Acts 20:35.
22. A. 2. Not only the will of God revealed in the Scriptures doth require this, but also the law of human nature. For nothing is more natural than that we should do-so-to[?] another, as we would be don to ourselves. And nothing is more human, than to help the necessity of man.
23. A. 3. In pity, and its works, we do especially put on the image and likeness of God, Luke 6:36.
24. A. 4. Love towards God, cannot consist without this charity towards our neighbor, 1 John 3:17, neither can any true religion, James 1:27.
25. A. 5. God is in CHRIST, who asketh an alms of us by the poor; Matt 25:40; and he requireth only some little portion, of that which he hath given us; 1 Chr 29:11.
26. A. 6. God gave us those things, which we have not as to absolute Lords, but as to Possessors at will, that we should dispense the things committed to our trust, to his honor, and according to his will; Luke 16:12.
27. A. 7. Yet God will restore abundantly what is given to the poor in his name; Prov 3:9 and 19:17 and 28:27.
28. A. 8. Without pity to our brother, it cannot be that we should have any sense, or assurance of God’s pity towards us, or that we should be disposed either to receive or ask it; Matt 5:7 and 7:6; 1 Tim 6:17,18,19.
29. A. 9. Pity frequently in Scripture hath the promises, and uncharitableness the threatening, both of this life, and the one to come.
Chapter 50
Of Theft
Question 1. What cases are there, in which one may take away another’s goods, without the sin of theft?
A. 1. If one should snatch away anything of another’s, without intent of keeping either it, or the use, or possession of it, which may be valued by money: as it oftentimes happens in jest among friends.
Secondly, If the taking away of another man’s good be done as a punishment by one, who hath power of inflicting such a punishment.
Thirdly, If (without fraud or scandal) it be for the profit, and benefit of him from whom it is taken, as when a sword is forced from a mad man: or the money of a prodigal husband is taken away by a provident wife for the necessary use of the family.
Fourthly, If it be done out of charity, against the which the other stormeth unjustly: as if one should fling away another’s dice, or spoil his cards, lest by gaming he should sin, or run into any other danger.
Fifthly, If it be done for satisfaction of a clear and apparent debt, which could not be recovered by the ordinary course of law, so that it be done without loss, infamy, or scandal to his Neighbor.
Sixthly, If there be a probable consent or ratification of his from whom somewhat is taken away, as when a thing of small moment is taken by the Son from the Father, or the Wife from the Husband, etc. which is commonly accounted for nothing, Deut 23:24,25[?].
Seventhly, If the master which is unwilling, should be angry without reason; as in those things, which one hath taken from another man to succor his own present extreme necessity, which he could not help by any other means. For this seems to be by the law of nature more ancient, than the division of things, which cannot be abrogated by the human law, by which the division of things was made: In which sense it is not ill said, that all things are made common in urgent necessity.
Chapter 51
Of Covetousness
Question 1. What is that Covetousness which is condemned?
1. A. 1. Covetousness is properly versed about those things, which are called external goods: and belongs to the concupiscence of the eyes, as it is divided oppositely against the concupiscence of the flesh, and pride of life, 1 John 2; where the chiefest worldly sins are reduced to three heads, to honors, pleasures, and riches. Hence in Scripture it is called the love of riches, the love of lucre, and the love of money by a special appropriation, because all things may be attained, and are rated by money[?].
2. A. 2. Not every desire of riches is Covetousness, but only the inordinate love of them; and that love in inordinate which is repugnant to the love, which we owe to God, or our Neighbor. Hence, Covetousness useth to be called an immoderate, or unjust love of having.
3. A. 3. But because of the essence of Covetousness, doth consist in desire, therefore it is numbered among those sins, which can be consummated within, without any outward act, although it useth to commend the whole man, and bring forth external operations of all kinds.
4. A. 4. Hence also it is, that a Covetous man sinneth three ways: First, In desiring riches. Secondly, in attaining them. Thirdly, In retaining or keeping them. For these three are contained in the desire of having.
5. A. 5. But because the inordinateness of this love consisteth in its repugnancy to the love of God, or our Neighbor; therefore the pravity of Covetousness is in it:
First, According to its matter, if we would make ourselves rich by those things which are sacred to God, as in the sin of Simony, or by those things which are our Neighbor’s, so that they either ought not, or will not alienate them: such was the sin of Ahab about the Vineyard of Naboth, 1 Kings 21.
Secondly, According to the form or manner; if any in getting riches, useth either wicked, unjust, or unlawful acts or means, Prov 10:2 and 28:8,22.
Thirdly, According to the degree or measure, if any shall so give himself over to the heaping up of riches, that he neglects his duty towards God and his Neighbor; Luke 22:5; Isa 5:8.
Fourthly, According to the end, if riches are either loved for themselves, or are referred to some evil end, or lastly do turn a man from God, or his Neighbor either in whole or in part.
Question 2. What are the signs of a Covetous man?
6. A. 1. If he be too solicitous in thought of external goods, so that his mind is in suspense like a meteor, Luke 12:22,25,29.
7. A. 2. If his joy, and sadness, trust and fear do depend upon his success in those external affairs, Luke 12:19.
8. A. 3. If he have a quick and ready feeling in those things, but slow, and unapt to discern Spiritual things. For the attention of the mind and a knowledge more piercing in one thing than another followeth always the affection, Matt 13:22.
9. A. 4. If that time, in which he is compelled to leave of his seeking gain, although it is employed in Divine worship, seem to long to him; Amos 8:5.
10. A. 5. If his mind hunteth after gain, even in the exercise of Divine worship; Ezek 33:31.
Question 3. By what reasons may we be stirred up to flee covetousness?
11. A. 1. Because this sin so averts our love, trust, and whole heart from God to the World, that it excludes true Religion, 1 John 2:15, and contains in it Spiritual Idolatry, Eph 5:5; Col 3:5.
12. A. 2. Because it pierceth a man with cares, and deadly griefs; 1 Tim 6:10.
13. A. 3. Because it is the root of all evil; 1 Tim 6:9,10.
Question 4. What are the remedies which chiefly avail against this sin?
14. A. 1. Frequent and serious meditation of the vanity of riches; Eccl 5 and 6.
15. A. 2. A continual consideration of the shortness of this life, and of the eternity to which we ought to aspire, Luke 12:20,21,33.
16. A. 3. A stirring up of faith, and lively confidence in God’s providence, and Fatherly care over us; Luke 12:28-30.
17. A. 4. A great esteem, and zeal towards the Kingdom of God, and the righteousness thereof, which are Spiritual riches; Luke 12:21,31.
18. A. 5. Invocation to God, that he will not suffer our minds to slide into covetousness, Ps 119:36.
Chapter 52
Of some Mosaical laws belonging to the eight Commandment
Question 1. What was the equity of that Law, that no simple theft should be punished with capital punishment?
1. A. 1. There was a great equity in that moderation, which is to be observed by all Christians; because justice requireth, that a proportion be made with as much equality as can be, between the fault, and the punishment: but there will be no proportion found between those external goods, which are taken away by simple theft from men, and the life of man, if they shall be weighed together in the balance.
2. A. 2. To that which usually is most object, That when the faults increase, the punishments ought to be exasperated; It is confessed to be truly said, but with this exception and condition, that the whole kind of punishment be not changed, nor that all limits of proportion between the fault and the punishment be not leaped over.
3. A. 3. That which is brought against this, out of Prov 6:31 of the increasing of the punishment of theft to sevenfold, and out of the 2 Sam 12:5; of the thief adjudged to death by David, are not repugnant to this equity. For with Solomon, the restitution of sevenfold, seemeth to be put for a grievous mulct, which by right might, or in act used to be imposed on the thief: as the seventh number is oftentimes put in the Scripture for great. But David giving the sentence, did not only look on the simple theft, but the great cruelty of the rich thief, or spoiler, preying on his poor neighbor; and also he was kindled with wrath when he gave the sentence.
4. A. 4. That is less which is objected, that the law of Moses concerning the punishment of theft, is nowhere found to be repeated, and confirmed or enjoined in the new Testament, and therefore that it was merely politic and judicial. For they themselves grant, which are of the contrary opinion those laws of Moses to be universal and perpetual, which have an universal and perpetual cause and reason, and not a particular belonging to the Jews; and they can bring no special reason, but a ridiculous one of the kindred, and affinity of the Israelites among themselves: which reason can take no place in strangers, who notwithstanding were not punished capitally for a simple theft; and if that reason did avail against the capital punishment of thieves among the Israelites, it would have availed also against the capital punishment of other faults.
Question 2. What was the reason of restoring double the theft of money, or household stuff? Exodus 22:17.
5. A. 1. It is just (by the law of retaliation,) that not only that which is taken away should be restored, but also that the thief should suffer so much damage as he would, and did endeavor to bring upon another: and so he may learn by his punishment, what it was that he practiced against another, and how he ought to carry himself toward others.
6. A. 2. A Thief sinneth doubly against his Neighbor: for everyone ought not to be only innocent to his Neighbor, but also to wish him well, and do good to him upon occasion, but a thief is delinquent against both duties.
Question 3. What equity was in that law, where a lesser mulct was appointed for him, which had stolen money or household stuff, than for him which stole an ox or a sheep, when oftentimes there was more damage done in that theft than in this?
7. A. 1. Some evils which simply considered in themselves, are less, yet may be more hurtful to the public peace and tranquility, than others which are greater in themselves.
8. A. 2. Some evils for their opportunities are more easily committed, and more hardly redressed: as to steal a sheep, than gold, because it may, and useth to be kept closer.
9. A. 3. Because sheep and oxen in their own nature, are more necessary to sustain man’s life than gold, or household stuff.
10. A. 4. Oxen and sheep were to be offered among the chiefest sacrifices to God. Therefore it is no marvel, if he would have those things more narrowly kept, and their taking away more severely punished, out of which a part was due to him, and on which his worship for the most part did depend.
Question 4. Why were five oxen restored for one, and only four sheep?
11. A. 1. Because the use of oxen is greater to their Masters, than of sheep. But their curious observation doth not ill agree to the explaining of this difference, who say there are four commodities of sheep, the skin, the flesh, the milk, and the young ones, but in an ox they count a fifth, to wit, the labor in husbandry, in treading out the corn, and carrying of burdens.
12. A. 2. Because there is appearance of less necessity for stealing an ox, than one sheep, which one may seek for want of meat, to relieve himself, and his family in present necessity.
13. A. 3. Because it is more boldness and villainy, to steal an ox, than a sheep.
Question 5. What was the reason that a thief taken with those stolen beasts living, was less punished, than if he had killed them, or sold them?
14. A. Because in the latter case, there is found more continuation, obduration, and multiplying of the sin.
Question 6. What is the equity of that law, Exod 22:2, of killing a night thief?
15. A. 1. The Divine law doth not command this, or either simply or universally allow of it, but only but only permitteth it to be done without punishment, that is, he absolveth the killer from the ordinary penalty of manslaughter, Let not blood be upon him; Let him not be guilty of murder.
16. A. 2. The law doth also imply, that some murder some way may be permitted, which is without the intention of the slayer: for it doth not say, If any shall slay, but if one shall be smitten, and die: As if the striking was only intended, either to drive away or apprehend, and death followed upon that striking only by chance. For he, who when he could either drive away, or apprehend, had rather kill, cannot be excused before God, and in his conscience from the guilt of murder.
17. A. 3. This is not permitted to be done to any thief, but only to him which breaks through or open a house. Yet all Pirates, and High-way-robbers, are in the same condition.
18. A. 4. It is permitted particularly on the breaker open in the night.
First, Because a night breaker open, comes with a violent invasion; that is, with such a force, as may lawfully and naturally be repulsed by force.
Secondly, Because that violence in the night, is of an unknown extent and manner. For it cannot be discerned, whither the violence of the thief tendeth, as whether he be a robber, or a cut-throat.
Thirdly, Because in the night, there can neither be aid or witnesses had, and therefore we must believe him which doth depose upon his danger, and fear, and pardon him if he useth vehemency in his own defense.
19. A. 5. Out of which considerations it appeareth, that he could not lawfully kill such a thief directly for mere theft either attempted or done, but only to avoid that peril, which he ought not to undergo, and could not shun by any other means.
20. A. 6. Neither is there anything in the new Testament, by which that which is permitted in this law is forbidden. For it is natural equity, and allowed of by the Lord, Matt 24:43; That no man should suffer his House to be broken through by a thief.
Question 7. What is meant by that, which is read, Deut 15:4, There shall be no poor among you?
21. A. 1. These words cannot be so taken, as if they contained, either a promise or an absolute prediction. For so they would contradict those words which we have Verse 11, The poor shall never cease out of the land; And the like words of CHRIST’S, Matt 14:7.
22. A. 2. Whether it be a conditional promise, (as some would,) or (as others would;) the reason of the antecedent precept of exacting debts in the year of release, it hath the force of a forewarning statute, that there should be none brought to extreme want, or beggary, and left so, amongst the people of the Lord.
23. A. 3. But although this cannot be procured, but by common consent, and the authority, and care of those who have public power, yet this duty is impose upon all and every one, that they should confer somewhat to this work, according to their ability and occasion, as to the promotion of the public and common good.
24. A. 4. The equity of this law, is strengthened by most sound reasons:
For first, As it is a foul scandal to a family, and a certain token of disorder, confusion, and dissolution, where everyone is not provided of necessaries for food, insomuch, that it can hardly be accounted a family, where that care is not stirring, so also it is in every City and Community.
25. A. 2. From the neglect of this care, there springs up a great company of beggars, who live idly and disorderyly, giving themselves to most beastly manners.
26. A. 3. Thence it commeth to pass, that honest and kind Citizens are burdened above measure, and without necessity.
27. A. 4. Thence also it is, that persons truly miserable cannot be known from others, and so not relieved as they should be.
28. A. 5. Lastly, The public and wandering beggary of Christians, is a scandal of the true religion, as if it did not teach that humanity and charity, which nature itself dictateth: and passeth into contempt of CHRIST, who sayeth, that that is done to himself, which is done to his members the poor: and into the manifest disgrace of the name of God, as well in those beggars which worshipping him are made the spectacles and examples of misery, as in the route of others, who wander without God as brute beasts.
Chapter 53
The 9th Commandment
Of a Lie
Question 1. What is (to speak properly) a Lie?
1. A. 1. A Lie is a false Testimony.
2. A. 2. A false Testimony, differs from a false opinion; because a false opinion may be by error in the mind, and signified to no man: but it is required in a false Testimony, that it should be a sin of speech, that is, of an opinion expressed either by the mouth, or writing, or some sign equivalent to words.
3. A. 3. It differeth also from false enunciation, by which a thing is pronounced otherwise than it is: because this may so happen, that it is not done to procure belief, which is the nature of a Testimony, and one may through error pronounce this or that which is false, yet think it to be true in his mind: now in a Lie the speech always dissenteth from the mind.
4. A. 4. Therefore if anyone shall speak that which is false, believing it to be true, he lieth only materially. If any speaketh truth, thinking it to be false, or not thinking it to be true, he lieth formally. But if any shall speak that which is false, and think it to be false, he lieth both materially, and formally, and fully.
5. A. 5. Yet if any shall testify that which is false in those things, which he may, and is bound, and professeth to know, although he thinketh it true, he by interpretation is accounted in the Scripture as one that did not think, and under that title is said to lie; as it appeareth in false teachers: all of which are frequently in Scripture said to lie; although there were not a few amongst them, on whom God (out of just punishment,) sent the power of error, that they should believe a lie, 2 Thess 2:11.
6. A. 6. To this kind of lie an internal false speech hath some respect, as also the credulity of falsity, as far as it is in some way the beginning of false enunciation, & in some sort it is a false Testimony of that man, in that he doth testify to himself; yet it hath not the formal nature of a lie, for to speak properly, no man can testify that which is true or false to himself, but to others.
7. A. 7. It doth proceed from the same reason, that a lie, or false Testimony doth properly belong to the second Table: because words are instituted that by them we should transfer our thoughts to other men’s knowledge, and therefore should properly and truly testify to men; although Hypocrites are said with some proportion to lie to God, Ps 78:36; Acts 5:4.
Question 2. Whether every lie be a sin, and what kind of sin?
8. A. 1. It is a sin abominable to God; Ps 5:[6,]7; Prov 6:17,19 and 12:22; and which is usually punished grievously by him; Prov 19:5,9 and 21:18; Rev 21:27 and 22:15.
9. A. 2. A lie cometh from the instigation of the Devil, who is a lier, and the Father of lies, John 8:44.
10. A. 3. It is a part of the old man which is to be mortified and put off by the faithful, Eph 4:25; Col 3:9.
11. A. 4. It doth disorder the liar in himself; for it is against the order of nature, that the speech which is interpreter of the mind, should wholly disagree from the mind.
12. A. 5. It is a disorder also against his neighbor, for everyone by the obligation of the natural law, doth owe to his neighbor the observance of truth.
13. A. 6. It doth in a special manner hurt the Majesty of God, who is the author, and such a lover of truth, that he cannot lie: and also hath imprinted in man the image of his truth to be kept: neither did he ever give authority of lying by any dispensation.
14. A. 7. It is an abuse and foul defiling of the tongue, which is rightly called in Scripture the Glory of man.
15. A. 8. There is somewhat that is base, and low in a lie, more than in other vulgar sins, (whether it is, because it seemeth to proceed from fear, or because it tendeth to deceit,) whence it is that rash men, who stand upon their slight honor; (although they lie continually;) yet take so heinously the exprobation of a lie, that they think it fit to be revenged by the sword.
16. A. 9. The violation and neglect of faith, doth directly disturb, and take away all contracts and human societies: because they depend upon the faith and truth of men, as upon their chief bond, and foundation.
17. A. 10. A lie, because it robs the lier of all trust and authority, doth make him unfit to undergo either Christian, or Civil duties towards men.
Question 3. Whether, and how far may one conceal the truth, without the guilt of a lie, or some other sin?
18. A. 1. It is lawful to conceal the truth by silence, when neither piety, justice, or charity require, that it should be revealed, Matt 26:63; Mark 14:61 and 15:5; Luke 23:9; John 19:9; For the affirmative Precept, of speaking the truth, doth not bind always, but where the reason if circumstances well weighed doth require.
19. A. 2. The same is the reason of speaking one part of the truth, and hiding the other; if any (the circumstances being considered,) hath authority to hide it; Jer 38:26,27
20. A. 3. Also it is lawful sometimes, without falsehood, to speak those words, out of which we know probably, that the hearers may conclude somewhat that is false, Acts 23:6-9. For this is not to lie, or bear false witness, but only to give another occasion of erring, not to commit, but to avoid a sin.
21. A. 4. The concealing of the truth by mental reservation, (as if one guilty shall say, that he did not, or knoweth not, that which he did, or knoweth; reserving in his mind, with this meaning that he did not do it, or doth not know it, so that he would reveal it.) First, It doth [evert] the nature and doctrine of enunciation and testimony; because that part of the sentence which is reserved in the mind, doth not declare, signify, or disclose anything to any man.
23. A. 2. It doth proceed form an intention of deceiving, or creating an opinion contrary to the truth in another’s mind: which is against the nature of testifying, or bearing record of this or that thing.
24. A. 3. In words pronounced after this manner, there is a plain and bare lie contained.
For first, If the guilty which did this or that, shall say that he did, his testimony is true, therefore if he denieth that he hath done it, his testimony is false; that is, he lieth.
Secondly, By this means the guilty doth say and testify not only that which is false, but what he knoweth, and is sure is false: which is to lie both materially, and formally, that is completely.
25. A. 4. If this be not to lie, then such a guilty man, can by no means lie in the same cause, if he would never so feign. He which hath done, or knoweth this or that, if he can lie anyway, it must necessarily be by saying, I have not done it, or I do not know it. Some mental reservation either distinctly or implicitly conceived, always lurketh in common lies. For he which knoweth that to be false which he speaketh, can hardly otherwise speak false without this restriction, or some such like: although this be false, and I would confess it in another place and time, yet for some reasons, I say so at this time and place: where the mental reservation is almost the same which the Pontificians allow: I did not do it, to tell thee in this place, or at this time.
26. A. 5. There are great men amongst the Pontificians themselves, who are forced to condemn these mental reservations; Sotus de just. & jure, lib. 5, q. 6.2.2. To say, (I did not do it,) which I did, although it be with the limitation of the mind, (that I should give notice of it to you) is not equivocation, but a lie. Covarruvias followeth Sotus var. resolute. Lib. 1. Cap. 2. Num. 2. Azor. Lib. 11. Cap. 4. If words which we use, are not ambiguous in their own signification, or by the common practice of men, but only have one sense, we must use them in that sense which they give: neither is it lawful for us, although we be questioned against right and law, to wrest one thing into another by a thought, for it is never gratned to lie: but he lieth who taketh words otherwise than they signify; for there is nothing so false, which cannot be freed from all lying, if at our own pleasure we retain somewhat tacitly in our mind.
27. A. 6. That restriction of this license, which the patrons of it make to certain cases, doth not take quite away, but only diminisheth the shame: it is lawful (say they) absolutely to deny by words, that which he know to be true upon oath: First, If he hat heard it in confession. Secondly, If he be not questioned legally by a Judge. Thirdly, If some injury is brought upon him by the Interrogatory. Fourthly, If he have any reasonable cause, Filucius tr. 40. Cap. 2. Num. 49. 50. 51. 52.
For first, Those cases, although they contain causes of silence, yet they have no other relation or respect to a testimony mingled of words external, which are false in themselves, and mental feigned at will, than any other matter of speech in common discourse.
Secondly, Neither confession, or the defect of legal process, or an injury can give power to any to lie.
Thirdly, More than this, that last limitation (if he have a reasonable cause,) doth set such loose bounds to this fallacy, that it may take place upon all occasions, and in all business, with those, who think they have a reasonable cause for cousening others: which bringeth with it the destruction of human intercourse.
28. 1. When one (say they) being questioned of no man, or being alone, or before others discoursing with himself for his minds sake, may understand what he will by any words without a lie. Therefore also, he may in case he be unjustly questioned: because he is obliged to nothing by an unjust interrogatory.
But first, This is such an inference, as if one should say: it is lawful to play with huckle bones, therefore it is lawful to play with oaths.
Secondly, The reason is altogether unlike, he which discourseth alone with himself, or trifleth on set purpose before others, testifieth nothing to any man, neither doth he profess, that he will give his testimony. But he which answereth to one questioning seriously, professeth, (and that oftentimes upon the religion of an oath,) that he will give in true witness.
29. 2. There may be ambiguity in words (add they,) not only in signification, but also according to the place, times, person, manner, and other circumstances. Now it is wholly left to one, that is unjustly questioned to take ambiguous words in what sense he will. And indeed, they speak so far true, that there are some usual significations of words to be drawn out of the circumstances: to wit, when some particles may be and commonly are understood, and supplied in some proposition, by the circumstance of time, person, end, etc. As if one selling corn, after he hath sold all that he would sell, reserving so much as is necessary for himself, should answer to a Chapman, demanding if he had any corn, I have none, he did not lie: because by the circumstance of persons, the discourse is understood to be of wheat that is to be sold.
But first, In those fallacies which we treat of, there are no circumstances from which the hearers may gather that mental interpretation, (which the equivocator reserveth to himself; as for example, if a Jesuit, or some Mass-priest, should be asked by a Lay-Judge, whether he were a Priest or no, and he shall deny it therefore, because he is a Priest, and so not subject to the Jurisdiction of a Lay-judge: he denieth to this Judge that he is a Priest, only because he is one.
Secondly, Those circumstances as long as they remain the same, always denotate one and the same meanings: but Equivocators turn themselves into diverse senses even as they list.
Thirdly, He which will be understood by circumstances, neither hideth the truth, or deceiveth the Examiner, or Hearer; but an Equivocator prefesseth both.
Fourthly, When somewhat is understood by the circumstances, he which so speaketh, if he should be farther asked, whether his words ought to be understood so or no, if he should deny, it were a plain lie: but these Equivocation being asked distinctly, whether they speak equivocally, from their Master’s doctrine, use to deny that too.
30. A. 8. In the examples, which the Pontificians bring of this kind of equivocation in some speeches of our Lord which are registered in the Evangelists, there is nothing to be found, which can countenance this deceit.
31. 1. They say, CHRIST the Lord, Matt 9:24, said of the Damsel that was dead, she is not dead; understanding, in respect of my power and will.
But first, In that example, there was neither a secret of confession, neither an interrogatory made either against, or beside law, neither an injury offered to CHRIST, or any reasonable cause that did compel CHRIST to use any equivocation by a mental reservation, but it was such a speech, as CHRIST used in his common conversation with men
Secondly, The meaning of CHRIST’S words was manifest enough by the circumstances, without any mentall reservation. For he spoke to those, who crying and mourning, did provide the funeral rites for the dead, as not to be raised again; but he would testify, that he would raise her again as one awaked from sleep: and therefore could not explain this more aptly, than in those words which he used.
32. 2. They bring those words of our Lord, John 15:15, All things which I have heard from my Father, I have made known to you. Which words they say, are to be understood by a mental reservation: because he had other things to tell them, not yet spoken, John 16:12.
But, Tolet the Jesuit, upon the place, doth answer after Iansenius: That there are many thing spoken in Scripture, which are to be restrained according to the circumstances of things, persons, times, or the end or scope, for which they are produced: so CHRIST did now make known all things to his Disciples, which according to their condition and state they ought to hear.
13. 3. They object and urge, most especially that of Mark 13:32, Of that day and hour no man knoweth, no not the Son himself.
But first, The conditions which the Pontificians require to lawful equivocations, do no more agree to this instance, than the first.
Secondly, The Son as man in that place, is opposed to the Father as God. For CHRIST did not deny, or would seem to deny, but that the Holy Ghost did know the day of judgment. The meaning therefore is clear as the words sound: that CHRIST as man was ignorant as yet of the day of judgment, or at least did not know by a natural knowledge: which is the interpretation of Athanasius, Basilius, Hilarius, Nazienzen, Theodoret, Cyril, and the whole sixth Synod, as the Jesuits amone themselves do confess, Gregor. De valent. In comment. Theolog. Tom. 4.disput. 1 quest. 10. Punct. 2. And Maldonate upon Mark 13. For although CHRIST the Lord had no faulty ignorance, either privative, or out of a bad disposition, or quality, yet it was not unmeet for his state of humiliation, that as he was man, he might have the ignorance of pure negation, or a not knowledge of somethings, which afterwards he should perfectly know, being glorified.
34. 4. They alledge also that of Luke 24:28. He made as though he would have gone no[?] further. But this feigning was not in words contradicting the truth, but in gestures agreeing with the truth, but in gestures agreeing with the truth: For the Lord composed himself as if he would have gone further, unless the Disciples should earnestly urge him to the contrary, and as it were retain him by force. Such gestures of guests, when they are also joined with words agreeing to them, in common discourse do signify nothing else, than such a will suspended on such conditions. Therefore in this example, there is no likelihood or shadow of an extraordinary equivocation; in words which are otherwise contradictory to truth, unless they were translated to some unperceived meaning by mental reservation.
35. 5. Lastly, They oppose those words of our Lord, John 7:8. I will not up to the feast; because, notwithstanding this denial, the same Evangelist doth testify, that he did go up to the Feast; Verse 10. But the whole force of this objection relieth upon the doubtful translation, which properly signifieth, not yet, is rendered by not. Cajetan, Iansenius, Maldonate, and Tolet do observe this in the explanation of this place. And this is fully shown in the very vulgar translation, where in the words next following, it rendereth the same word by not yet, for my time is not yet come.
Chapter 54
Of public judgments, the Judge, Accusers, Witnesses, Advocate, and Defendant
Question 1. What is Judgment?
1. A. 1. Judgment doth properly signify, the determining of that, which is just betwixt those which strive about right. But it doth also connotate a coactive power, of compelling the parties to submit themselves to the determination, or sentence given.
Question 2. Whether such Judgments, and the office of Judges be lawful amongst Christians?
2. A. 1. They are not only lawful, but necessary; Acts 15:10; Rom 13. For that which by the law of nature is profitable and necessary for the good estate of human society, is not taken away, but rather is established, directed, and perfected by the institutions of Christian religion. For Christian religion doth not destroy, but perfect nature: but the office of Judges and judgments, by the law of nature, are useful and necessary for the good estate of human society: as it appeareth by the example and experience of all people, which have used such judicatures, as necessary for the state of the Commonwealth. For it is plain, that confusion cannot be avoided without the determination of strifes, and that many strifes cannot be ended without the Judges power.
3. A. 1. That which the Anabaptists object against this, is to take away so necessary an institution. For CHRIST, Matt 5:40, doth not Command us to flee suing at Law, as a thing unlawful: but to bear injuries patiently, and not to repay evil with evil, neither slightly to contend with those, who do us injury; Matt 7:1; a private judgment is forbidden, and that too rash, proud, and unjust, and not a just one, as it appeareth by the opposite words, John 7:24. Paul, 1 Cor 6:6, doth not condemn all going to law, but that contention which was joined with scandal, such as was that of the faithful brethren before the unbelieving Judges, which gave offence, doth to the faithful and the unbeliever.
Question 3. What things are required to a lawful Judgment?
4. A. 1. It is first required that it be from just authority; that is, that the judgment, or judicial sentence be conformable with true justice, John 7:24.
5. A. 2. It is required, that if be just in itself; that is, that the judgment, or judicial sentence be conformable with true justice, John 7:24.
6. A. 3. It is required, that the judgment be upright and sincere; that is, that it proceed from no other affection; but only from the love of Justice, and public good, 2 Chron 19:9.
Question 4. How many ways may a Judge lawfully proceed against offences?
8. A. 1. In criminal causes we commonly proceed orderly, by way of accusation: (viz.) when there is one that accuseth, and promiseth to prove the crimes which he objecteth.
The reason is, First, Because the judgment hath relation to a strife, question, or controversy, but there can be no difference, or question, except it be between two, and it can be of no fault done, except between the accuser, and defendant.
Secondly, It is the office of a Judge to appoint the medium of Justice: which can have no place, except there be two between whom it may be appointed, Deut 17:8 and 25:1; Acts 25:16.
9. A. 2. But by the natural and Divine law, there is only required a sufficient testification of the fact, which is often without a formal accuser, to the giving of a judicial sentence: viz. when there are other things which supply the place of an accuser, (as a manifest evidence of the fact, public report,) in which there is contained a virtual accusation.
10. A. 3. It oftentimes belongs to the office of a Judge, to proceed by way of enquiry, where there is no instance of the accuser.
For without this, First, All judgments would depend on the will of the accusers.
Secondly, That Justice would cease, which is necessary to the bridling of heinous vices, and to the purging and preserving of the Commonwealth.
11. 3. The Judge doth not fulfill his office, if he only knoweth the causes which are brought unto him, unless upon occasion, he doth prudently find them out; Job 29:16; Prov 24:11,12.
12. A. 4. That enquiry, which is called general, by which we moderately look into the observance of the laws, and faults committed against the laws, is both profitable, and agreeing to reason both in Church and Commonwealth; as also to the office of those, who have the care of the community, and so ought to have sufficient knowledge, how they ought to carry themselves in observance of the laws, Acts 15:36; Deut 13:14 and 21:1,2,etc.
13. A. 5. If it be certain, that the crime is committed, and the author concealed; as for example, a man lieth in the highway slain, or it is certain, that one’s house is pulled down, or rifled, then only a general enquiry ought to be made, whether or no any probable infamy, or suspicion sticketh upon a man about the fault committed near those places, and according to proportion, extraordinary enquiry is to be made, as if he be excommunicated, John 7.
14. A. 6. But if there be an infamy, probable suspicion, or complaint made of this person, as the author then there ought to be a special enquiry of that person, whether he be author of the crime or no? For then upon public notice, the Judge proceedeth as a public person. And a certain virtual accusation is contained in such an evidence; Deut 22:14,etc.
15. A. 7. In a general search, these things are to be observed.
First, No man ought to betray any to the Judge, to be punished in that case which he knoweth to be honest, and to deserve no punishment. For this would be injustice, to promote that, which is not justice.
Secondly, No man, who was not formerly attached, or tainted with the crime of which the enquiry is made is bound to betray, or accuse himself, although he be asked upon oath, whether he knoweth anyone to be guilty of such a fault?
The reason is: First, Because by the intention of the Judge which proceedeth legally, he is not asked of himself: being that he doth not enquire of things altogether hid.
Secondly, Because no man is bound to punish himself, or directly to cooperate for his own punishment.
16. A. 8. It is so far against nature, that any man should betray or defame himself, especially when there is great danger, that such enquiries, in which one is questioned of himself in criminal causes, no scandal going before, force nature, and give occasion of horrid perjuries.
17. A. 9. No man is alway bound to reveal a secret crime of another’s, of which no ill report went before. For he, whose offence is hidden, has he as yet to preserve his fame, that it should not rashly be laid open. Neither is it the part of a Judge to search into hidden faults, who as he is a public person, ought to proceed upon some notice, or suspicion.
18. A. 10. Therefore to decline such incommodities, neither the Judge ought to impose, or the examined to take that oath of enquiry, which is called ex officio, to declare the truth of whatsoever shall be asked: except it be with this restriction; as far as he is bound to it by law: or as far, as he may do it by right.
19. A. 11. Yet sometimes, secret crimes which go before were hidden are to be detected, when the circumstances being well weighed do induce this:
As for example, First, When the manifestation will be profitable and necessary to the hindering the committing of another crime, which is probably feared.
Secondly, When some dangerous discommodity is at hand, which can scarce be avoided without revealing of the crime.
Thirdly, When the manifestation is necessary, either for procuring the delinquent’s amendment, or hindering the continuation of iteration of the offence. For in such cases, there is greater account to be made of justice and charity, the common good, and one innocent, than of the same of the faulty, which is blemished only by chance, and that by his own fault.
Question 5. Whether the Judge ought always to give sentence according to the things alleged and proved?
20. A. 1. The Judge ought not to pass sentence against the things alleged and proved, whatsoever he be in his private knowledge.
For first, The Judge sentenceth as a public person, and instead of the Commonwealth, therefore he cannot be accounted to give a sentence rightly and by his office, except it may be thought, that the Commonwealth would give and approve the same sentence. But if the Commonwealth should sentence, it could not proceed, but upon public knowledge. Therefore, he must judge either according to public knowledge which ariseth out of the things alleged, and proved, or else wholly abstain from judgment.
Secondly, If the Judge could sentence either against, or beside things alleged and proved, there would from thence follow great discommodities, and the perversion of judgments: when unjust Judges would easily condemn the innocent, and quit the guilty, under pretext of a private knowledge, which disagreeth from the things alleged and proved.
Thirdly, There can be no other way, by which the Commonwealth may remain in quiet.
21. A. 2. Yet the Judge is not so restrained to things alleged and proved, that he must condemn him to death, whom he knoweth plainly to be innocent.
First, Because things alleged and proved, are only means of manifesting the truth, and therefore ought not to prevail with any against the truth which is certainly known; and that nothing availeth which they use to answer this, that the end of proofs is only public truth: because public truth doth presuppose absolute truth.
Secondly, Because a Judge which pronounceth that to be true which certainly he knoweth to be false, would be a liar, and sin against his own conscience.
22. A. 3. Neither is this argument solved by that distinction, between the public and private conscience of a Judge.
For first, the private conscience ought not to be violated at any time.
Secondly, That public knowledge, although it may be to others, yet it cannot be a rule for proceeding to him, which certainly knoweth it to be false.
Thirdly, Because to slay an innocent, is a fact intrinsically evil, and so ought not be committed, by any wittingly, and willingly. Neither is it enough to say it was done by chance, or that such a man was guilty by the common judgment. For he who wittingly and willingly, and upon deliberation doth anything, he is the cause of it by himself. And the common judgment if it err for the destruction of any, ought not either to be confirmed, or promoted by him which knoweth to the contrary.
Fourthly, He would rightly be accounted by all, a wicked man, who in such a particular case, should take upon him the office of a Judge to condemn him whom he knoweth to be innocent. Therefore it is wicked to abuse that office after such a manner when it is undertaken.
23. A. 4. If the Judge would but do his duty in procuring the manifestation of the truth, so much intricateness would seldom happen. But if it should happen after he hath tried all things for the delivery of the innocent, he is bound to leave his office of Judge rather than to condemn him.
Question 6. What sins ought a Judge especially to beware of?
24. A. 1. Either to make, or follow in judicature unjust laws; Isa 10:1. Woe unto them that decree unrighteous decrees, and that write greivousness which they have prescribed: To turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away the right from the poor of my people, etc. For every Judge ought to administer true justice. But that cannot be true justice, which is administered according to laws which are repugnant either to the natural or divine law. Because a Judge by his office is the Minister of God, and the Keeper of his law; Deut 1:17; 2 Chron 19:6,7. And therefore he ought to judge according to that.
25. A. 2. To accept of persons; that is, in judicature to respect some condition of this or that person, which maketh nothing to the judging of the cause; Deut 16:19; Exod 23:3; Lev 19:15.
For this is directly against the profession of a Judge.
First, Because a Judge is appointed as a medium and Mediator beween those whose cause he judgeth, therefore as the middle doth carry itself equal in respect of either extremes, so the affection of the Judge ought not to incline to any side.
Secondly, A Judge undergoeth the person of God, who is free of all passion.
26. A. 3. To receive bribes, Deut 16:19, and everwhere in Scripture.
The reason is, First, Because this bendeth the inclination of the mind to this or that person, which is beyond the cause, and so bringeth in acception of persons.
Secondly, By this means, judgment is either corrupted, that it may be unjust, or just judgment is sold; either of which is abominable; therefore that description of a just man doth especially belong to Judges, and other administers of judgment; Isa 33:15. He that despiseth the gain of oppressions, that shaketh his hands from holding of bribes, that stoppeth his ears from hearing of blood, and shutteth his eyes form seeing evil.
27. A. 4. To put, or suffer by others to be put, demurs, prolonging, or unnecessary delays on a cause; Luke 18:3,4.
For first, This is to deny justice in part, though not in whole.
Secondly, This is to yield an occasion of damage, either of both parties, or at least of one: for whilst the cause is spun out, charges every day increase, which oftentimes exceed the principal.
Thirdly, By these means it cometh to pass, that so many inconveniences do belong to judgments, that they become hurtful, and formidable, as well to others that are lovers of the peace, as to poor and miserable persons, for whose sake they were chiefly constituted, and do especially favor busy wranglers: insomuch, that oftentimes they that have a just cause, will flee going to law, when the unjust oppressors wish it, and seek after it: which is a manifest perversion and corruption of judgments. By such abuses, judgments are turned into wormwood, Amos 5:7 and 6:12 and into unquietness, Isa 10:1,2.
Question 7. What law is there concerning accusers?
28. A. 1. Information made to a Judge of the fault of one guilty, whether it be done by complaint, (in which the private good of the party offended, is usually sought;) or by Evangelical denunciation, (where the good of the brother denounced, is intended;) or by judiciary denunciation, (where the common good, or of another which is innocent, is intended by the enquiry of the Judge;) or by perfect accusation, (where the procuring the same good, is sought by the proofs of the accuser;) if it be rightly done, and in order, is a lawful and honest thing; 1 Tim 5:19. The reason is, because such information is a certain means, which hath just proportion and order to the defending the common good. It is also and act of justice, as far as it is a taking punishment of heinous injuries by public authority.
29. A. 2. There are many cases where it is not only lawful, but necessary to accuse the delinquent:
As for example, First, Promoters, and such like Officers are bound by their place to accuse the guilty, as often as it is profitable to the advancement of the public good.
Secondly, Every Citizen is bound to bring in those faults, which do either immediately hurt the public good, or mediately redound to the public harm, or which heart heavily any innocent, if the detriment cannot conveniently by any other course be averted. The reason is, because he is bound by the law of nature, and out of charity either to the Commonwealth, or his neighbor, to employ all his industry, when need shall require, to root out utterly all such evils.
30. A. 3. All accusation is made unjust, either through calumny, by putting in a false crime, or through prevarication, by using fraud in the accusation, or by back-sliding, by desisting from a just accusation without lawful cause.
31. A. 4. It is not always necessary to use private and brotherly admonition, before judicial accusation and information. For sometimes it may be a public scandal, and so cannot be taken away by private correction: sometimes there is no hope, that private admonition will prevail. Also sometimes the common good may be so far endangered, that it cannot be defended by secret admonition.
32. A. 5. If the delinquent may be corrected by brotherly admonition, and the fault itself is not pernicious to others, so that the end of the accusation may be obtained without the accusation itself, then charity and justice require, that setting aside accusation, we content ourselves with private correction.
Question 8. What law is there concerning witnesses?
33. A. 1. A witness is bound to testify a known truth.
First, If he be lawfully asked by a Judge, because obedience which is due to the Judge, requireth this as well as the care of promoting, or at least of not hindering justice.
Secondly, Although he be not questioned by a Judge, yet if some great danger is like to befall the Commonwealth, or any private man, which cannot (to speak morally,) be averted without his testimony, he is bound to testify the truth at least out of charity, if not out of justice, if he may conveniently. Hence in Civil causes, when his Neighbor shall suffer unjustly any great damage, if there by any, which can help him, without his own detriment, he ought not only to testify when he is questioned, but also to offer his testimony: as also in criminal causes to free an innocent, Prov 24:11.
34. A. 2. In great and criminal causes, two witnesses by order are required, Num 35:30; Deut 17:6 and 19:15. The reason is, because one may easily be corrupted, and cannot easily be convinced: but two or more witnesses are more hard to be corrupted, and because they can scarce agree in all things, or speak alike, they may the more easily be convinced.
35. A. 3. Yet this doth not hinder, but that in lighter causes, especially when it doth not stand upon the condemnation of anyone witness of special authority, may suffice. As also in some crimes, about the proof, whereof from the nature of the thing itself; (as in night villainies, in adultery, or the like, where) two witnesses cannot (to speak morally,) expected or found, other proofs may suffice, although there be not two witnesses who testify the same particular fact. The reason is, because the nature of the thing, and the public necessity make this exception from the universal rule.
36. A. 4. Not only the evidence of the fact, proper confession not extorted, and written instruments have the force of a testimony, but sometimes also presumptions, if they be not rash, and light, but strong, and convincing; 1 Kings 3.
Question 9. What law is there concerning Advocates?
37. A. 1. Advocates, and Proctors are appointed to supply their places, who having a just cause, cannot handle their own causes as they should, either through unskillfulness, or absence.
38. A. 2. It is therefore the office of an Advocate, to expound the grounds of his Clients cause, and approve it to the Judge, and to persuade him as much, as in him lieth, to give sentence for it.
39. A. 3. Hence is required in an Advocate; First, A special knowledge of the cause, and of the law belonging to it. Secondly, Fidelity, and right order an method in handling the same.
40. A. 4. Hence no Advocate ought to undertake or defend any cause which he knoweth to be unjust.
For first, This were to lie, and to sin against his conscience.
Secondly, It were to defraud his neighbor against that, of Lev 19:13, and to do unrighteousness in judgment , vs. 15.
Thirdly, This is not only to participate of the sins of the Judge, but to give an effectual occasion, and cause to the same. Whence it cometh to pass that the art of pleading, (as it is used now-a-days by many,) is nothing but Sophistical and pernicious, and made up of guile, deceit, sleights, cavils, snares, captiousness, entrappings, tricks, windings, and circumventions.
41. A. 5. It followeth from the same reasons, that the Advocate, who thought the cause to be just at the beginning of the suit, and afterward in the progress findeth it to be unjust, is bound to admonish his client of the injustice of the cause, and to lay it down.
For first, when he is come to that knowledge, he cannot go forward in it, except he will do against his conscience.
Secondly, If his Client understandeth that his cause is unjust, he ought to desist, and therefore the Advocate, who is but the helper.
42. A. 6. It may also happen, that after the injustice of the cause is evidently found out, that the Advocate may be bound (if it be without scandal) to help the contrary party either by his testimony or counsel: as in a capital cause, or in any other of the like moment. For charity requireth, that everyone should be ready to hinder any great danger of his neighbor.
43. A. 7. But if the cause be so probable, that the plaintiff or defendant may try the justice of it by a judgment, then the Advocate may further it, by suggesting arguments to the Judge, which may serve to make the cause probable.
44. A. 8. Although the Advocates and Proctors may receive a moderate stipend either out of custom, or value of the goods, for their labor faithfully employed, yet for poor people which are not able to give, they ought to plead gratis, by the equity of the law; Exod 23:4; Matt 7:12. For this in such respect is the alms of the Advocate.
Question 10. What law is there concerning the defendant or party accused?
45. A. 1. If the defendant be legally questioned, he ought to confess his fault: The reason is, First, Because he can neither deny the known truth without a lie: or hold his peace, or deny the duty of answering, when he is examined by a superior, who hath power of questioning him, without the sin of disobedience.
Secondly, Because to hide a fault revealed by Divine providence, (as it ought to be manifested, so that the defendant may lawfully and legally be questioned concerning it;) either by a lie, or a sleight, is in some way against the glory of God ; Josh 7:19.
Thirdly, Because the defendant in denying a fault legally objected either indirectly, or by consequence, by calumny, sayeth, that the plaintiff lieth to his great injury.
46. A. 2. The defendant being condemned by evident injustice, may defend himself through lawful means either by active or passive resistance, that the sentence given may not be put in execution, so that it may be done without scandal, or a greater evil.
The reason is, First, Because there is no such sentence in the Court of conscience.
Secondly, Because by the law of nature, everyone hath right to defend himself against those injuries which are intended to him.
47. A. 3. A guilty man justly condemned, is bound to suffer the just punishment: but not so that he should either procure it to himself, or hasten it, or not decline the occasion of suffering.
48. A. 4. Yet it is lawful for the defendant (to avoid a greater evil,) to execute upon himself in a sort a lighter punishment, which is decreed by the just sentence of the Judge, as to restore money which is adjudged, or to go to prison, or banishment: but not the punishment of death, or some like which in its nature is horrid, and repugnant to human nature: because this is an evil intrinsically, and cannot be commended by a circumstance.
Chapter 55
Of revealing a Secret
Question 1. Whether, and how far, it is a sin, to reveal a Secret?
1. A. Another man’s Secret which we engaged ourselves to keep close, if there were a promise which doth remain lawful, cannot be disclosed without sin.
The reason is, First, Because it is against veracity, and fidelity, which we are bound to keep by the law of nature.
Secondly, Because it is repugnant to Civil society, the perturbation whereof followeth upon the detection of Secrets.
2. The promise of concealing is not thought to be made only expressly, when we do promise silence in plain words; but also tacitly, when by the manner of speaking and receiving it, and out of words signifying and persuading confidence, such a promise is left to be gathered.
3. Although there had no promise passed, yet if the detection of a secret shall be hurtful to another’s soul, body, credit, or estate, he which doth reveal it without a cause, sinneth as well against justice as charity.
4. If a desire or intention of hurting doth accompany such a revealing, the sin is the greater, being that it is directly repugnant to charity.
5. If there be no meaning of hurting another, and yet he is damaged indeed , or at least there be danger of his damage, the sin is as much as that if negligence or inconsiderateness: in which we find the fault sometimes lighter, sometimes larger. For as in deed, so also in words it is not enough that the intention of hurting be wanting, but justice and charity do further require, that we should use diligence, least another man’s detriment should follow thereupon.
6. Because the unjust revealing a Secret, hath in it oftentimes the pernicious violations of trust, friendship, and honesty, therefore it is not only in the common esteem of men, but in the Scripture also reckoned amongst the most odious sins, Ps 35:15. We did take sweet counsel together; 2 Tim 3:4. Traitors.
7. But if the Secret which is committed unto us, may be to the great loss of others, or his who committed it, except it be detected, we are bound out of charity to make it manifest.
8. Or if the Secret be of slight and no moment, if there be no promise, it may be revealed without sin: because in such a matter neither justice or charity do induce by themselves any obligation.
Chapter 56
Of the equity of the law of taliation, established by Moses, against a false witness; Deut 19:16, etc.
1. This law is not established against him, which out of probable ignorance, or inadvertency, or erro which is not much faulty, shall bring in a false testimony: but of him who upon settled counsel shall rise up to testify against any man that which is wrong; Vs. 16.
2. Diligent inquisition ought to be made by the Judges, that it may not only be agreed of the wicked fact, but also of the meaning and intention of such a witness, Vss. 17, 18, etc.
3. The heinousness of this sin, doth appear from hence:
First, That contempt of religion, and God himself is contemned in the perjury of a false witness. Secondly, That malic and extreme hatred is shown, and used against his neighbor.
Thirdly, That such false testimonies doth directly tend to the eversion of common justice and human society.
4. It is most just, that he which sinneth in this manner, should undergo the same punishment which he did intend and strive to bring upon the innocent.
For first, That law is accounted most even by the consent of all men, that he which sheddeth man’s blood, by man shall his blood be shed, Gen 9:6. Now he which by his false testimony hath procured, or striveth to procure another’s death, he, as much as in him was, hath shed his blood.
Secondly, The justice of punishment, (which consisteth in the proportion of it to the fault,) is most manifestly observed in that law.
Thirdly, The keeping of this law is for this purpose, that they which intend such an offence, and yet are afraid of such a punishment, may be admonished of the heinousness, from the nature of the thing itself, and to be deterred from their resolution.
5. The equity of this law is to be extended to false accusers, who wittingly and willingly by calumny accuse any wrongfully to Judges, who condemn the innocent out of malice, to the malicious Corrupters of witnesses, or Judges, etc. For seeing that in all these, there is the same malice in procuring their Neighbor’s ill, they ought all to suffer the same punishment.
Chapter 57
Of Contentment
Question 1. What is required to Contentment?
1. A. 1. That we have our conversation free from all covetousness, Heb 13:5.
2. A. 2. That we be not too careful for those things, which belong to this present life, Matt 6:25, etc.
3. A. 3. That we do not absolutely and greedily desire any particular measure, or kind of such things; 1 Tim 6:9.
4. A. 4. That we wish the best to our Nieghbors, and take in good part our condition whatsoever it be, 2 Cor 13:9.
Question 2. By what reasons may we stir up ourselves to the study of this content?
5. A. 1. God’s providence which dispenseth all things to his glory and our good, doth require this submission of Contenment, Job 1:21.
6. A. 2. The defect of this Contenment leadeth into diverse temptation and sins as well towards God, against whose will we murmur, as towards our Neighbor whom we envy.
7. A. 3. The tranquility of the mind (without which we are unfit for the common duties of piety, charity, and justice, and in which the greatest part of our felicity doth consist,) cannot be retained without Contentment.
8. A. 4. The want of this Contentment argueth a mind too much given, and intent to this World, and the profits thereof.
Question 3. What means are most effectual to the procuring of this Contentment?
9. A. 1. If we stir up in ourselves, a just esteem of Spiritual things, and an affection agreeable towards them.
10. A. 2. If we often and seriously meditate upon the vanity of this World.
11. A. 3. If in what condition soever we are, we chiefly give ourselves to those things which yield us matter of praising God.
12. A. 4. If we accustom ourselves to use, and have those things which God hath granted to us, as if we had them not; 1 Cor 7:30.
Glory to God, to men peace of conscience.
FINIS